UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
February 25, 197-7 . „
•• >
, 4 '
Changes to Book
FROM: Tom Friedkin , ~ ~ ~ 4 -,,
Director, Budget Operations Division, (PM-225)
J . • ' ' ' ' v '' " ' • "
TO* Recipients of 1978 Congressional: Narrative
you know, changes have been made, to the 1978 budget narjative
as' a result. of'.President CaHfer-l_s revdew, ^ • :
It is not feasibly to redo the erff&re;book in-order,to incorporate
these changes. 1 am therefore ensslpsiiigt^ set^af, changes, -jiist..^
they were provided to the^Hill, for you tp incorporate:. 33tt6 the ..4
book(s) which" you have previously received, from' this-office'. -
In some cases, pages, may be entirely ^replaced; -in others, one
side "of the page-must only be'-'^rossed through since "the other
side djid not-'ehange'.'" , ^ _
Thank; you, for yo&r cooperation in ensuring that-"all books previously
distributed are now corrected,- " - :
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
\
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
AGENCY
JUSTIFICATION OF APPROPRIATION ESTIMATES FOR
COMMITTEE ON APPROPRIATIONS, FISCAL YEAR 1978
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
1978 Budget Estimates
- Table of Contents
Summary Tables.
Air..... ..................... ....... .. ..... .... ................... ............ A- 1
Abatement and Control. ........ .. ....... ......... ......... ........ . ...... ..... A-10
' i Air Quality and Stationary Source Planning and Standards.. ...... ......... A-13
j Mobile Source Standards and Guidelines...... ................. ............ A-19
State Program Resource Assistance...., ..... ...... ..... . ........... . ........ A-22
Air Quality Strategies Implementation. ....... ..... . ....... .. ............. A-26
i ' Mobile Source Certification and Testing................... ..... .......... "A-31
1 Trends Monitoring and Progress Assessment. ............ ........ . ..... ..... A-36
Enforcement ........... ................. t .... ....... ......... ............. ..... A-42
Stationary Source Enforcement. ..... ................ . ..... , ............... A-44
'<" j Mobile Source Enforcement ................ .» ............... , .......... ..... A-49
1 Research and Devel opment .......... . . .......... . . . .......... . ............... A-52
N! Health and Ecological Effects.. ..... , .................... ........... ..... A-53
Industrial Processes ..... ...... .......... ....... .......... , ..... . . ........ A-64
Xi iMonitoring and Technical Support ....................... . ....... ....... ... A-66
5 Mater Quality. ............................. . ....... . ......................... WQ- 1
Abatement and Control... ----- ..... ..................... . .................. .. WQ-10
Water Quality Planning and Standards ................ ..................... WQ-12
"•^ Effluent Standards and Guidelines ........ . ............... ....... ____ , ____ WQ-20
i Grants Assistance Programs ..................... ..... . .................... WQ-24
« , < Water Quality Strategies Implementation ..................... . ............ WQ-28
Water Quality Monitoring and Analysis.... ............... . ................ WQ-34
Municipal Source Control......... ....... ..... ....... ....... ......... ..... WQ-38
, Enforcement ................ . . ....... . ..................... . ...... .......... WQ-48
Water Quality Enforcement............................ ____ . ..... , ........ . WQ-48
Research and Development. ... ..... . . .......... ..... .......... . ........ . ..... WQ-54
Health and Ecological Effects.. ..... , ..... .......... .. ............. ..... . WQ-55
* Industrial Processes ................... . ..... ........ .............. . ..... WQ-65
Public Sector Activities....... .......... , ............... , ..... , _____ ..... WQ-68
> I Monitoring and Technical Support. ........ ..... . ............. .... ..... .... WQ-74
Construction Grants ........ ... ............. ..... . ..... , .................. . . WQ-80
'< Water Supply....... .......................... ............................... . WS- 1
? Abatement and Control *.. ............... . . .......... . ............... ..... ..... WS- 7
* Criteria, Standards, and Guidelines ...... ...... ..... . .................... WS- 9
State Program Resource Assistance .......... ............ , ................. WS-12
-i Strategy Implementation .............. . . ............. ..... ................ WS-15
I Enforcement ........... ............. ........................................ WS-18
> ^ Water Supply Enforcement. . . ......... , ........ . . ...... ,...,.., ............ WS-18
Research and Development... ................ » .......... ..................... WS-20
Public Sector Activities. ......... ... _____ ................................ WS-20
k »
j Solid Waste. ...... ................ ....... ...... . ........ ..................... SW- 1
Abatement and Control ...... . ................. . ............. .......... ...... SW- 7
Waste Management Practices, Procedures, Guidelines., and Regulations ...... SW- 9
<.-- Financial Assistance.. ........ . ................. ...... ---- , ..... .... ...... SW-16
I Waste Management Strategies Implementation..... ...... ..... ............... SW-18
«>• » Resource Conservation. ......... ..... •. .......... ....... .... .......... ...... SW-22
Research and Development ........ ........ ...... .................. ........... SW-25
„ » Public Sector Activities ........... . ............... . ............ . ...... .. SW-2S
* 1 Enforcement ............... ... ...... ... .................... .-. ........... .... SW-29
i Solid-.Waste Enforcement. ........................... :... .................. SW-29
-------
... • , Page
Pesticides. , , P- 1 I
Abatement and Control..., •-, P- 7 \
Registration and Tolerances P— 9
- Hazard Evaluation..... p-13
Federal and State Program Support. T...T P-18
Enforcement.. , P-22
Pesticides Enforcement...... , P-22
Research and Devel opment p-24
Health and Ecological Effects ...... ... p-24 v
kv,
..... .... V
Abatement and Control R- 4 \
Criteria, Standards, and Guidelines R-6
Environmental Impact Assessment R- 9 ,
Research and Development R-13 i
Health and Ecological Effects..,.,,... , ,. R-14 . -
Noise. , » N- 1 ' *:
SEatement and Control , N- 6 *
Environmental Noise Strategies and Standards N- 7
Program Implementation N-1]
Enforcement , N-15
Noise Enforcement.... , N-15 - ^
•' \
Interdiscip'linary. , 1- 1
Abatement and Control I- 7
Preparation of Environmental Impact Statement I- 8 \
Research and Development 1-11 j
Health and Ecological Effects , 1-12 '
Industrial Processes 1-15
Public Sector Activities... 1-20
Monitoring and Technical Support ,. 1-23 {
Con sol i da ted Gran ts —, CP- 1
Abatement; Imd Control CP- 3
N
Toxic Substances. TS- 1 \
Abatement and Control , .. TS- 5
Toxic Substances Strategies.»—, — TS- 5
Research and Development TS- 9
Health and Ecological Effects ' TS-10
Enforcement , , TS-13 >
Toxic Substances Enforcement ~,.,.. TS-13
Energy - E- 1 ' ->•—• „_. '<
Research and Devel opment , E- S «*- ]
Extraction and Processing Technology , E- 8
Conservation, Utilization, and Technology Assessment E-15
Health and Ecological Effects E-22 ,
Technical Support , E-29 [
i
Program Management and Support • ••'- «-... PMS- 1
• A&atemeht and Control PMS- 4
Program Management PMS- 5 " ]
Program Support.. , PMS- 6 1
Enforcement. , PMS-7 " «
Program Management PMS- 8
Program Support PMS-10 .
Research and Development , •- • PMS-11 \
Program Management PMS-12 ;i
Program Support ....'. PMS-13
-------
Page
Agency and Regional Management. ' ARM-1
Agency Management arid Support ARM-4
Agency Management ARM-5
Agency Support. , ARM-9
Regional Management and Support. ARM-11
Regional Management , * ARM-12
Regional Support , ARM-14
Bulldings and Faci 1 i ties ; BF- 1
Scientific Activities Overseas. SAO- 1
Special Analyses,
Table of Contents. ilSA- 1
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Summary
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Budget Summary
The Environmental Protection Agency's 1973 budget proposal provides for a decrease
of 59.9 million and 1s presented under six operating appropriations. A summary of each
area and the major changes for 1978 follow.
1. Abatement and Control programs provide for development and implementation of
environmental standards, monitoring and surveillance of pollution, pollution control
planning, financial and technical assistance to State and local pollution control
agencies* assistance to other Federal agencies to minimize adverse impact of their
activities on the environment, and training of personnel engaged in pollution control
activities.
Funds budgeted for the air program Increase by $4.6 million. This Is primarily
the result of an increase of 52.5 million for control agency grants as well as a
number of other small increases. The Water quality abatement and control program
shows a reduction of $72.6 million in 1978. Assistance to areawide water quality
management planning agencies funded under Section 208 of the Federal Mater Pollution
Control Act. decreases by $78.6 million due to the nonrecurring request for a 1977
supplemental appropriation. An additional decrease arises from $15 million
appropriated in 1977 for the Clean Lakes program which will not be required in 1978. f
These decreases are partially offset by increases totalling $21.5 mill ton including I
$2.9 million for contract support of 208 programs, $400 thousand to implement the }
': Chesapeake Bay program, $4.7 million to improve management of the wastewater ;
treatment plant construction grants program, $10 million to initiate the loan [
guarantee program, $1.1 million for effluent guidelines development, and $2.4 '
million for control agency support grants. • i
The water supply program shows an increase of $6.6 million primarily as a •
result of an increase of $6.5 million in State grants. An Increase of three ]
positions and $1.0 million will provide additional support to standards and ;
regulations development, and the Increase of 20 positions and $200 thousand will
be used to assist States to implement the underground injection control program
and the public water systems supervision program, to federally implement the
public water systems supervision program in two States not accepting responsibility,
and to control hazardous wastes disposal into pits, ponds, and lagoons. These :
increases are offset by a number of small decreases.
Solid waste abatement and control will increase by $16.1 million from the
current 1977 operating plan. This increase provides for continuation of mandatory
resource recovery and conservation studies initiated in 1977 and support of the
Interagency Resource Conservation Committee. It also provides for additional
evaluations of resource recovery systems which complement research and development
in this area. In addition, necessary technical assistance will be provided to the
States in order to assure successful implementation of the requirements under the
recently enacted Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976. Funds will also ,
be available under this request far State grants.
Resources for the toxic substances abatement and control program increase
significantly in FY 1978. The increase of 174 positions and $16.6 million is to .;
support continued Implementation of the Toxic Substances Control Act which became
law October 11, 1976. In FY 1978, the major substantive provisions of the new law. ;
will become fully operative* EPA efforts will concentrate on the publications of
a final inventory list of existing chemicals; the premarket review of approximately
1,000 new chemicals, data-gathering and assessment on both these new and" old chemicals :
to determine the need for testing and/or regulation; development of the necessary j
testing requirements; and the development of appropriate regulations to protect '
*\ human health and the environment. '
3 ' ':
I
I (Revised 2/24/77) !
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Other changes in the abatement and control program are an increase of $2.5 million
in the Interdisciplinary program for additional environmental impact statement
-reparation, negative declarations related to construction grants, new source discharge
• jrraits and selected regulatory programs; and an increase of $400 thousand in the noise
fograra for labeling activities and analysis of the.economic impact of proposed noise
'standards and regulations. An increase of $10 million to support the annualization of
1977 supplemental positions is also requested but is not yet allocated by media.
2- Enforcement program responsibilities are in. the areas of air pollution control,
water quality,water supply, solid waste, pesticides, toxic substances, and noise. The
EPA enforcement program is conducted in cooperation with, and in support of, State and
community enforcement programs. Major increases totalling $11.8 million are planned for
enforcement in 1978. The air enforcement increase will.provide for additional contractual
outputs related primarily to nonattainment problems, particularly new source reviews.
A major Initiative to eliminate illegal marketing and use of pesticides will be undertaken
in 1978. Grants in- aid to States for pesticides enforcement will be increased by $4 million
in 1978 to establish additional and more comprehensive Federal/State cooperative enforcement
agreements. Twenty additional positions and $1.4 million will be used to conduct comprehensive
pesticide use investigations and establish additional enforcement activities required by
FIFRA. Additional Increases totalling $2.6 million are Included for solid waste, toxic
substances, and noise enforcement.
3. Research^, and, Development programs produce the scientific information and technical
tools on which to''bass"national polIcy and effective control strategies 1n the regulation,
prevention, and abatement of environmental pollution. In the energy related area, these
programs provide for development of a scientific basis to ensure (1) protection of human
health, (2) environmental protection necessary to facilitate the use of domestic energy
supplies, (3) implementation of energy systems initiatives without delays caused by Inadequate
and insufficient environmental impact data, and (4) the concurrent development of appropriate
control technologies and emerging energy systems to minimize control costs and environmental
impact. Overall, R&O will increase by $1.1 million, principally because of new requirements
under the recently enacted solid waste legislation. >
4. Agency and Regional^Management provides for agencywide program direction and
-.management carried 'on at EPAheadquarters and in the regional offices; it also covers a
^ariety of common service or support functions which serve agencywidq needs- A decrease of
1.4 mil lion 1s budgeted for management and support activities primarily due to the non-
recurring request for a 1977 pay cost supplemental. This will permit additional legal
services required by the toxic substances legislation; studies aimed at evaluating the
effectiveness of the technical assistance which EPA provides to State and local governments
and areawide planning activities carried out under Section 203 of the FWPCA; improved
coordination of agencywide statistical activities; for civil rights compliance activities as
related to the construction grants program; and provide for payment of additional lease costs
associated with replacing existing space which does not meet health and safety requirements
or must be vacated because of expiration of leases.
5, Buildings and- Facilities activities provide for the design and construction of new
EPA facilities as wellas necessary repairs and improvements to Federal installations which
are occupied by EPA. A decrease of $1 million is possible because repair and improvement
projects planned for FY 1978 are being limited to only those required to correct health and
safety deficiencies at various EPA laboratories. However, this decrease in repair projects
is partially offset by a project involving the construction of new laboratory building at
our Gulf Breeze, Florida, research installation which will replace an existing structure
which is not adequate for hazardous research activities.
I! (Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
6. Scientific Activities Overseas (Special Foreign Currency Program) supports cooperative
research and demonstration programs in other countries, using excess currencies available. The
1977 level of $5 million will be maintained in 1978.
Construction Grants are made to local public agencies for construction of municipal waste
water treatinehif f aci 1 ities to assist States and localities in attaining and maintaining water
quality standards. The FY 1978 budget request contains $4.5 billion for waste water treatment
plant construction grants. The Agency is proposing a 10 year program commitment totalling $45
billion along with several proposals which would assure directing Federal support to construction
of those facilities most critical to reducing pollutant discharges from municipal waste water
systems and bringing the Federal funding support requirement to a managable level. Fiscal year
1978 will be the second year of the 10 year program.
A $4.5 billion supplemental appropriation will be requested in FY 1977 for construction
grants to those States which will use up their share of the $18 billion presently authorized
by the Federal Water Pollution Control Act before FY 1978 funds became available.
Ill (Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Summary
Budget Authority, Contract Authority, Obligations, Outlays, End-of-Year
Employment
By Appropriation
(dollars in-thousands)
Abatement and Cbntrol
Budget authority
Obiigations
Outlays
Contract authority...
End-of-year employment.
Enforcement
Budget authority
Obi igations
Outlays.
End-of-year'employment.
Research and Development a/
Budget authority
Obligations.
\ Outlays.,.;
/ End-of-year employment....
Agen cy a n d Re g i on a1 Ma nag ernent
Budget authority............
Obligations
Outlays
End-of-year employment
Buildings and Facilities
Budget authority.
Obligations......
Outlays
Construction Grants
Budget authority
Contract authority.
Obiigations
Contract authority.
Outlays.
Contract authority.
Actual
1976
$375,283
323,177
311,672
65,000
3,941
-52,263
48,865
51,264
1 ,560
'v 265 ,421
217,294
235,883
1 ,857
' 71,583
60,754
65,498
1 ,992
^2,969
636
554
Budget
Estimate
1977
$329,544 •
330,519
260,000
45,000
4,241
56,561
56,561
56,000
1 ,595
256,449
240,488"
. 280,000
1,802
67,538
67,538
. 66,000
1,795
2,100
2,186
2,000
Current
Estimate
1977 b/
$384,388*
445,000*
414,000*
49,182
4,697
56,331
56,432
57,000
1 , 680
259,496
305,606
294,000
1 ,800
72,890*
72,390*
73,000*
1 ,857
2,100
5,047
3,000
Revised
Estimate
1978V
$431,453
435,573
481 ,400
4,697
70,837
70,837
72,500
1,680
263,047
262,247
267,500
1,800 •
72,846
72,846
75,700
1,857
1,142
1,142 **•
2,500
680,000 b/
137,384 " ... 524,094k/ 240,000
4,141,844 6,076,420 5,594,657 1,000,000
662,905 400,000 650,000 b/ 340,000
1,765,664 -3,370,000 3,730,000 4,530,000
IV (Revised 4/6/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Revised
Estimate
1973
I
Scientjfle_Activiities Overseas
Budget authority 4,000 6,000 5,000 5,000
Obligations 3,261 6,000 5,834 5,000
Outlays..... 3,726 5,000 4,000 4,500
Operations, Research and
£aci 1 itj.es
" Obligations 11,071 3,600 6,500 2,077
Outlays 20,803 16,000 ' 20,000 8,000
End-of-year employment 20 ... ... .,.
Revolving Fund
Obligations 455 500 500 500
Outlays ,. -214 -50 -40
Trust Funds
Budget authority... 13
Obligations 12 ... 20 53
Outlays 15 ... 20 ' '28
_jnibu£seji_
Obligations 4,625 6,000 6,800 6,800
End-of-year employment , 111 117 116 116
tonsoli dated Working fund
.^"ObTTgations......' 73
Outlays , 161 ... 53
Total, Environmental
Protection Agency
Budget authority... 771,532 718,192 1 ,460,205*b/ 844,325 b/
Contract authority ... ...
Obligations ,.... 857,607 713,392 1 ,428,723*3'1,097,075
Contract authority 4,141,844 6,076,420 5,594,657 1,000,000
Outlays...... , 1,352,267 1,084,950 1 ,51 5,033€/1 ,252,128 b/
Contract authority , 1,830,664 3,415,000 3,779,182 4,530,000"
End-of-year employment. 9,481 c/ 9,550 10,150 10,150
y
NOTE: Excludes comparative transfer of Environmental Impact Statement activities
from Agency and Regional Management to Abatement and Control:
Budget authority 8,872
- Obligations 3,416
Outlays 3,416
End-of-year employment., 123 •
»
All subsequent tables and text include this comparative transfer.
IV(a) Revised,4/6/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
J-of-year employment = permanent positions.
•dj Includes Energy Research and'Development appropriation
Budget authority 100,550 96,973
Obligations 83,436 88,333
Outlays.. 65,687 120,000
End-of-year employment.. 143 123
* Includes proposed supplemental for pay raise costs of $2 million for Agency
and Regional Management, and $4 million for Abatement and Control. All
subsequent tables and narrative exclude this proposed supplemental.
b_/ Excludes proposed funds for 1977 supplemental needs and proposed 1978
legislation:
Construction Grants:
Budget authority 4,500,000 4,500,000
Obligations 400,000 4,100,000
Outlays 50,000 290,000
Abatement and Control:
Budget authority .... 74,000
Obligations... 74,000
Outlays 14,000
c/ Excludes 69 vacancies.
V (Revised 4/6/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Summary of Budget Authority, Contract Authority,
Obligations, (Outlays and End-of-Year Employment
By Media
(dollars in thousands)
Budget Current Revised
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate
1976 . 1977 1977 £/ 1978
Air
Budget authority .$144,938 $142,824 $147,805 $154,257
Obligations 110,710 139,082 177,536 153,118
Outlays 164,983 148,720 164,000 168,063
End-of-year employment ,. 1,670 1,763 1,829 1,829
Water• guality -
Budget authority ,. 238,014 ' 178,237 219,095 218,319
Obligations., , 216,250 176,598 256,411 219,380
Outlays , 198,849 138,655 275,000 307,244
Contract authority, 65,000 45,000 49,182 ...
End-of-year employment 3,156 3,132 3,209 3,209
Water Supply
Budget authority ,. 32,578 43,754 44,595 53,636
\0bligations 25,584 42,594 51,874 54,460
/Outlays 10,423 29,480 33,154 34,991
End-of-year employment 245 298 327 327
Solid Wastes
Budget authority 15,660 15,737 15,762 37,367
Obligations 15,404 16,346 20,053 36,862
Outlays 18,543 13,200 17,200 22,678
End-of-year employment 172 183 230 230
Pesticides
""Bu^geTauthority .. 43,706 39,807 39,723 45,986
Obligations 36,523 39,862 41,354 45,983
Outlays 38,88;2 34,880 37,200 45,391
End-of-year employment... 962 952 998 998
Radiation
BudgeTliuthority 6,343 4,901 5,381 5,64 5
Obligations 6,221 4,991 7,667 5,619
Outlays 7,492 , 5,270 6,400 5,930
Und-of-year employment... 229 204 214 214
Noise
Budget authority 10,250 10,285 10,277 10,882
Obligations 5,625 10,345 14,313 10,805
Outlays 5,817. 9,045 9,200 10,387
End-of-year employment ,. 83 95 101 101
VI(Revised 4/6/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Actual
1976
Interdisciplinary a/
Budget authority 36,829-
Obligations 26,956
Outlays ... 15,534 a/
'End-of-year employment 326~~
Undistributed
Budget authority. ...
Obligations ...
Outlays ...
End-of-year employment
Toxic Substances
Budget
Estimate
1977
36,020
36,390
26,500
350
Current
Estimate
197 7 £/
37,771
36,763
36,200
344
r/
ConstructionGrants^
Budget' autHority".'. ....
Contract authority, ...
Obligations 187,384
Contract authority 4,141,844
Outlays 662,905
Contract authority 1,765,664
6,076,420
400,000
3,370,000
680,000
524,094
5,594,657
650,000
3,730,000
Revised
Estimate
1978
40,051
39,676
30,100
344
Budget authority.
Obi igations
Outlays
End-of-year employment
Energy
Budget authority
Obligations
Outlays
^nd-of-year employment
Program Management and Support
Budget authority.
Obi igations
Outlays
End-of-year employment
Agency and Regional Management
Budget authority .
Obligations.
Outlays
End-of-year employment
Buildings and Facilities
Budget authority
Obligations
Outlays :....
8,006
5,491
5,289
36
100,000
83,037
65,687
143
65,515
60,950
67,320
459
a/
62,711 -
57,339
65,498a/
1,869"
2,969
636
554
7,367
8,188
5,100
52
96,427
87,787
120 000
123
67,195
65,385
65 150
486
67,538
67,538
66,000
1,795
2,100
2 186
2.000
7,271
10,083
6,100
314
96,362
115,680
106 000
123
72,] 73
71,304
70 546
488
70,890
70,890
71,000
1,857
2,100
S 047
3.000
28,005
27,128
21,437
314
96,427
101,062
101 000
123
74,762
74,564
72,882
488
72,846
72,846
76,997
1,857
1,142
1 142
2 . 500
240,000
1,000,000
340,,000
4,530,000
VII(Revised 4/6/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
I Budget Current Revised
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate
1976 1977 1977 £' 1978
Scientific Activities Overseas
Budget authority . 4,000 6,000 5,000 5,0.0.0
Obligations 3,261 6,000 5,834 5,000
Outlays ,.< 3,726 5,000 4,000 4,500
Operations, Research and Facilities
Obligations........... 11,071 3,600 6,500 2,077
Outlays 20,803 16,000 20,000 8,000
End-of-year employment........ 20 ... ... ...
Revolving Fund ^
Obligations.......... 455 "^ 500 500 500
Outlays -214 -50 -40
Trust Funds
Budget authority 13 ... ... ...
Obligations 12 ... 20 53
Outlays. , ... 15 ... 20 28.
Reimbursements
Obligations 4,625 6,000 6,800 6,800
End-o£-year employment Ill 117 116 116
i
I
^dnsolidated Working Fund
Obligations .. 73 ... ... ...
Outlays 161 ... 53
Total, EnvironmentalProtection
Agency
Budget authority 771,532 718,192 1,454,205* 844,325
Obligations 857,607 713,392 '1,422,723* 1,097,075
Contract authority..;. ,.4,141,844 6,076,420 5,594,657 1,000,000
Outlays 1,352,267 1,084,950 1,509,033* 1,252,128
Contract authority. 1,830,664 . 3,415,000 '3,779,182 4,530,000
End-of-year employment 9,48l5/ 9,550 10,150 10,150
a/ Includes comparative transfer of EIS from Agency and Regional Management to
Interdisciplinary:
Budget authority 8,872
Obligations ,. 3,416
Outlays ,. 3,416 •
End-of-year employment... 123
b_/ Excludes 69 vacancies.
:"1
VIII(Revised 4/6/77)
-------
Page^Intentionally Blank
-------
Summary
Budget Authority, Contract Authority, Obligations, Outlays, End-of-Year Employment
By Appropriation
(do!Tars in-thousands)
Abatement and Control
Budget authority ...
Obligations
Outlays
Contract authority...
End-of-year employment.
Enforcement
Budget authority.
Obligations
Outlays..
End-of-year employment.
Research and I Deygtopjiefil: a/
!""" ~
Obligations
Outlays... .......
End-of-year empl oyment.
Agency and R.egi onal Management,
Budget authority .......... '...
Obligations .................
Outlays .....................
End-of-year employment
Bjujl di ngsTi and Fact 1 i ti es
Budget authority
Obligations
Outlays
Construction Grants
-
Contract authority
Obligations
Contract authority
Outlays
Contract authority
Scientific Activities Overseas
Budget authority
Obligations
Outlays
Operations, Research and Facilities
Obligations.
Outlays.....
End-of-year employme
IV (Revised 2/2/777)
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
$375,283
323,177
311,672
65,000
3,941
52,263
48,865
51,264
1,560
265,421
217,294
235,883
1,357 i
/
71,533 /
60.754/
65,49s7
1,902
$329,544
330,519
260,000
45,000
4,241
56,561
56,561
56,000
1,595
67,538
67,533
66,000
1,795
2,100
2,186
2,000
187,334
4,141,844 6,076,420
662,905 400,000
1,765,664 3,370,000
4,000
3,261
3,726
11,071
20,803
20
6,000
6,000
5,000
3,600
16,000
Current
Estimate
1977 I/
$384,388*
445,000*
414,000*
49,1
4,
56,331
5.6.432
57,000
1,518
259,496
305,506
294,000
1,798
72,890 *
72,890*
73,000 *
1,824
2,100
5,047
3,000
680,000 ¥
Revise
Estimat
197J3i/
438,029
442,149
481,400
4,982
68,115
63,115
72,500
1,546
260,583
259,783
267,500
1,664
71,456
71,456
75,700
1,842
1,142
1,142
2,500
524,094 5
5,594,557 u
650,000 &
3,730,000
5,000
5,834
4,000
6,500
20,000
/ 240,000
1 ,000,000
/ 340,000
4,530,000
5,000
5,000
4,500
2,077
8,000
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
•?
_,"Excludes proposed funds for 1977 supplemental needs and proposed 1978 legislation:
Construction Grants:
' Budget authority 4,500,000 4,500,000
Obligations 400,000 4,100,000
Outlays , 50,000 290,000
Water Quality:
Budget authority 69,000
Obligations... 69,000 • '
Outlays,..., 10,000
Undistributed:
• Budget authority 5,000
Obligations , 5,000
• Outlays , . 4,000
*Excludes proposed $6 million supplemental for pay raise costs; distributed by
media is undetermined. Subsequent tables and narrative also exclude this
proposed amount.
VIIIa(Revised 4/6/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Revolving Fund
Qf3Tigations7.
Outlays
Trust Funds
Budget authority.
Obligations
Outlays.,
Reimbursements
Obligations
End-of-year employment.
bWf gati ons.
Outlays.....
Total, Environmental Protection Agency
Budget authority.
Contract authority.....
Obi igations
Contract authority
Outlays
Contract authority ,
End-of-year employment..*...., .
Actual
1976
455
-214
13
12
15"
4,625
111
73
161
771,532
Budget
Estimate
1977
500
-50
6,000
117
Current
Estimate
1977
500
-40
20
20
6,800
116
Revised
Estimate
1978
500
53
28
6,800
116
NOTE:
857,607 713,392 1,428,723*£/ 1,097,075b/
4,141,844 6,076,420 5,594,657 1,000,000
1,352,267 1,084,950 1,515,Q23*b/ 1,252,128b/
1,830,664 3,415,000 3.779/W2 ~ 4,530,000~
9.481C/ • 9,550 ^,680 I/ 10,150
Excludes comparative transfer of Environmental Impact Statement activities from Agency and
Regional Management to Abatement and Control:
53
718,192 1 ,460,205*b//844,325b/
Budget authority ,.
Obligations
Outlays '.
End-of-year employment.
8,872
3,416
3 416
123
All subsequent tables and text Include this comparative transfer.
/
End-of-year employment = permanent positions. /
a/ Includes Energy Research and Development appropriation,''
f
Budget autho ri ty 100,550/
*
Obligations.
Outl ays
End-of-year employment.
83,43|
65,687
/143
96,973
88,333
120,000
123
Includes proposed supplemental for pay raise coj»ts of $2 million for Agency and Regional
Management, and $4 million for Abatement and §OTtrol. All subsequent tables and narrative
exclude this proposed supplemental.
/
b/ Excludes proposed funds for 1977 supplemental needs and proposed 1978 legislation:
Construction Grants:
Budget authority 7. ' ' 4,500,000
Obligations . 400,000
Outlays , 50,000
Abatement and Control: /
Budget authority /. 74,000
Obi igations /. 74,000
Outlays / 14,000
(Supplemental positions under review)
4,500,000
4,100,000
290,000
,c_/ Excludes 69 vacancies. /
\/ Excludes 470 positions proposed for 1977 supplemental.
V (Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Summary of Budget Authority, Contract Authority,
Obligations, Outlays and End-of-Year Employment
By Media
(dollars in thousands)
Air
Budget authority
Obi igations.
Outlays
End-of-year employment.
Hater quality
Budget authori ty..
Obligations.....
Outlays. ..
Contract authority,..
End-of-year employment.
Hater Supply
Budget authority
Obligations...
Outlays
End-of-year employment.
Solid Hastas
Budget authori ty
Obiigations.
Outlays...
End-of-year employment.
Pesticides
Budget authority
Obligations
Outlays
End-of-year employment.
Radiation
Budget authority...
Obligations
Outlays...
End-of-year employment.
Noise
Budget authority.
Obi igations.
Outlays...
End-of-year employment ..
Interdisciplinary
Budget authority..
Obligations
Outlays.
End-of-year employment.
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
$144,938 $142,824
110,710 139,082
164,983 148,720
1,670 1,763
233,014
216,250
198,349
65,000
3,156
32,578
25,584
10,423
245
15,660
15,404
18,543
172
43,706 /
36,523/
38,88,?
962
/6,343
/ 6,221
/ 7,492
/ 229
10,250
5,625
5,817
83
36.829IL/
26,956
15,534 i
178,237
176,598
138,655
45,000
3,132
43,754
42,594
29,480 /
298 /
15,737
16,346
1,3,200
/ 183
39,807
39,862
34,880
952
4,901
4,991
5,270
204
10,285
10,345
9,045
95
36,020
36,390
26,500
350
Current
Estimate
1977 c/
$147,805
177,536
164,000
1,776
219,095 /
2S6,4n/
275, OO/
49,1/2
3/076
/44.59S
/ 51,874
f 33,154
296
15,762
20,053
17,200
215
39,723
41,354
37,200
958
5,381
7,667
6,400
204
10,277
14,313
9,200
96
37,771
36,763
36,200
371
Revised
Estimate
1978
$152.777
lawoo
/
216,039
217,100
305,270
2,937
53,154
53,978
34,454
327
36,533
36,028
21 ,900
215
45,204
45,201
44,700
973
5,645
5,619
5,930
204
10,789
10,712
10,300
103
39,756
39,381
30,100
340
VI(Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Undistributed **
Budget authori ty
Obi igations.
Outl ays
End-of-year employment
Toxic Substances
Budget authority
Obi igations
Outlays. ,....•
End-of-year employment.
Energy
Budget authority
Obi igations.
Outl ays
End-of-vear employment.
Program Management and Support
Budget authority.
Obi igations
Outlays
End-of-year empl oyment.
Agency and Regional Management
Budget authori ty
Obi igations .'....
Outl ays
End-of-year empl oyment
Buildings and Facilities
Budget authority
Obligations..
Outlays
Cpns.truc.t1 on Grants^
Budget authori ty . .
Contract authority. . ...
Obi igations
Contract authority
Outl ays
Contract authority
Scientific Activities Overseas
Budget authority.
Obi igations.
Out! ays
Operations, Research and Facilities
Obligations
Outl ays
End-of-year empl oyment
Revolving Fund
Obi iglitiohs
Outl ays
Actual
1976
8,006
5,491
5,289
36
100,000
83,037
65,687
143
65,515
60,950
67,320
459
6Z,711a/
57,339
65,498
1 , 869a/
2,969
636
554
187,384
4,141,844
662,905
1,765,664
4,000 1
3,261 /
3,7261
11,0/1
20,803
' / 20
f 455
-214
Budget
Estimate
1977
7,367
8,188
5,100
52
96,427
87,787
120,000
123
67,195
65,385
65,150
486
67,538
67,538
66,000
1,795
2,100 /
2.186/
2,OQCf
/
/
6,076,420
loo, ooo
3/370,000
r6, 000
6,000
5,000
3,600
16,000
500
-50
Current
Estimate
1977 c/
7,271
10,083
6,100
143
96,362
115,680
106,000
123
72,173 /
71.304/
J6
2
0
0
o
/ 1 ,BiJ4
f 2,100
5,047
3,000
680,000
524,094
5,594,657
650,000
3,730,000
5,000
5,834
4,000
6,500
20,000
500
-40
Revised
Estimate
1978
15 000
15 000
14 000
452
24 258
23 381 ••>
17,940 /
322/
/
96/427
101,062
foi.ooo
/ 123
/
71,145
70,947
69,506
A83
71 ,456
71,456
75,700
1,842
1,142
1,142
2,500
240,000
1 ,000,000
340,000
4,530,000
5,000
5,000
4,500
2,077
3,000
500
VII (Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
TrustFunds
Budget authority.
Obligations
Outlays
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
13
12
15
Reimbujsements
Obiigations..
End-of-year employment.
Consolidated Working Fund
Obligations
Outlays
Totalj. Environmental Protection Agency
Budget authority..... .7. .7.'.......V."
Obi igations
Contract authority
Outlays.
Contract authority
End-of-year employment ,
4,625
111
73
161
771,532
857,607
4,141,844
1,352,267
1,830,664
9,481
6,000
117
b/
718,192
713,392
6,076,420
1,084,950
3,415,000
9,550
Current
Estimate
1977
20
20
6,800
1T6
53
1,454,205*
1,422,723*
5,594,657
1,509,033*,
3,779,1
9,e
Estimate
1973
53
28
6,800
116
,325
1/97,075
',000,000
1,252,128
4,530,003
10,150
a/ Includes comparative transfer of EIS from Agency and Regional Manag
Interdisciplinary:
Eudget authority
Obligations.......
Outlays..
End-of-year employment.
Excludes 6S vacancies.
8,872
3,416
3,416
123
£/
Excludes proposed funds for'1977 supplemental needs and/proposed 1978 legislation:
Construction Grantsr
Budget authori ty
Obligations
Outlays
Water quality:
Budget authority.
Obligations
Outlays
4,500,000
400,000
50,000
4,500,000
4,100,000
290,000
69,000
69,000
10,000
Undistributed:
Budget authority. 5,000
Obi igations 5,000
Outlays 4,000
(Supplemental positions under revjew)
*Excludes proposed S6 million supplemental" for pay raise costs; distribution by media is
undetermined. Subsequent tables and na/rative also exclude this proposed amount.
„*'
** Undistributed funds related to new positions.
*** Excludes 470 positions for the 19^7 supplemental.
VIII (Revised 2/24/77)
/
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Summary of Increase or Decrease
Budget Authority and End-of-Year Employment
(dollars in thousands)
Abatement and Control
Budget authority.... •,..
End-of-year employment.
Enforcement
Budget authority........
End-of-year employment.
Research and Development
Budget authority.... .7.
End-of-year employment.
Agency and Regional Management
Budget authority.V.."....,'.".".,
End-of-year employment.......
Buildings and Facilities
"^Budget authority.......
Scientific Activities Overseas
Budget authority........,....
Re imbursements
End-of-year employment
Subtotal
Budget authority
End-of-year employment ,
Construction Grants
Budget authority
Proposed supplemental,
Proposed legislation..
Current
Estimate.
1977 -a/
$380,388
4,697
56,331
1,680
259,496
1,800
70,890
1,857
2,100
5,000
116
774,205
10,150
680,000
400,000
Revised
Estimate
1978
.$431,453
4,697
70,837
1,680
263,047
1,800
72,846
1,857
1,142
5,000
116
844,325
10,150
:::]
Increase +
Decrease -
+$51,065
+14,506
+3,551
+1,956
-958
+70,120
+3,420,000
4,500,000)
IX(Revised 4/6/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Current Revised
Estimate Estimate Increase -
1977g/ 1978 Decrease +
Total, Environmental^Protection Agency
Budget authority"........ ..'. 1,454,205 844,325)
Proposed supplemental ,. 400,000 ...) +3,490,120
Proposed legislation ' ... 4,500,000)
End-of-year employment. 10,150 10,150
End-of-year employment = permanent positions.
a/ Excludes proposed funds for 1977 supplemental needs:
Abatement and Control:
Budget authority 74,000
Construction Grants:
Budget authority , 4,100,000
IXa(Revised 4/6/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Summary of Increase or Decrease
Budget Authority and End-of-Year Employment
(dollars in thousands)
Abatementand Control
Budget authori ty......,.
End-of-year employment.
Enforcement
Budget authority.......
End-of-year employment.
Research and Development
Budget authority.......
End-of-year employment.
Agency and Regional Management
Budget authori ty. —,
End-of-year employment
Buildings and Facilities
Budget authority
Scientific Activities Overseas
Budget authority.............
Reimbursements
End-of-year employment.
Sufttotaj • ••' •
Budget authori ty
End-of-year employment.
Cqnstructj.OT.J.rant.s^
Budgetauthority..—
Proposed supplemental*
Proposed legislation..
Total ^.Environmental Protection Agency
' : " " ~
Proposed supplemental
Proposed 1 egislation
End-of-year employment.
Current
Estimate
1977 a/
Revised
Estimate Increase +
1978 Degrease -
+11,784
-72
+1,087
-134
+566
+18
-958
844,325
10,150
+70,120
+470
1,454,205
400,000
9,680
...) +3,420,000
4,500,000)
844,325)
-.-) +3,490,120
4,500,000)
10,150 +470
End-of-year employment * permanent positions.
a/ Excludes proposed funds for 1977 s/pplemental needs:
Abatement and Control:
Budget authority
(Supplemental positions under/review
Construction Grants:
Budget authority /.
74,000
4,100,000
IX (Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Summary of Increase or Decrease
Budget Authority and End-of-Year Employment
{dollars in thousands)
Current.
Estimate
1977
Abatement and ft
"Budget1 authority
inovof-yeer empl
authort ty
End-of-yeai- employment
Research and Development
Budget authority
End-of-year employment
Agency and Regional Management
Budget authority
End-of-year employment
Buildings and Faculties
feudget authori ty
Activities Overseas
Budget authority
Reimbursements
ihd-of-year employment
Budget authority.. .S.
End-of-year employment
Construction grafts
~ luflget authority
Proposed supplemental
ProposedJegislatfon
Total. EifrlrontBental Protection Agency
~ Budget authority.,...,...,,...
Pronesed supplemental
Proposed legislation
Eno-of-year employment ......
+1,791
-134
+970
+18
Estimate/ Increase
1978/ Decrease
-958
1,454.205
400,000
9,580
+28,530
+18
...) +3,420,000
802,735)
...) +3,448,530
4,500,000)
9,698 +18
End-of-year employment * permanent positions.
-------
Liquidation of Contract Authority
(in thousands of dollars)
1976 TQ 1977 1978
- "• —-
Construction Brants $800,000 $800,000 $3,800,000 $5,000,000
Abatement and Control
(Areawide Waste Treatment
Management Grants)..... €5.000 19.000 - . 49.182 „._
Total..... 865,000 819,000 3,849,182 . 5,000,000
-------
Air
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Air
Ford Submission
Po's. Amount
(dollars in thousands)
Abatement and Control:
824
$3.9.066
Air Quality and Stationary Source Planning and Standards.
Emissions Standards and Technology Assessment.
Energy and Pollutant Strategies Development
State Programs Guidelines and Regulations Development..
Mobile. Source Standards and Guidelines..._._......................
Mobile .Source Standards and Guidelines. ,
State Program Resource Assistance.
Control Agency Resource Supplementation....
Trai ni ng -.
Air Quality Str3tec|ies Implementation
Federal Activities CIS/Review
Air Quality Hanageraent Implementation..,.. ..........
Mobile Source Certification and Testing.
Certification,- Review ,
Laboratory and Data Analysis Support....
Trends Monitoring and Progress .Assessment.
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ..... ,
Mobile Sources Monitoring
Air Quality and Emissions Data Analysis and Progress
Assessments.
199
11,130
(101)
(32)
(66)
49
5,817)
.2,138)
(3,175)
4,520
(49)
0
(4,520)
4.526
(8)
235
3,000)
1,526)
4.720
(34)
(201)
181
(74TT
(3,979)
7.618
(721
(109)
152
T2.416)
(5,202)
6,552
(461
(13)
(93)
1,4261
1,449)
(3,677)
1978 Revised
Carter Final
Pos. Amount
(dollars in thousands)
'*-*. • -> **
852 $94,535
199
TTOI )
(32)
(66)
54
(54)
15
(15)
251
(347
(217)
181
(72)
(109)
152
151}
(0)
(93)
11.130
5.317J.
2,138)
3,175}
4,520
T4~520)
59.526
(58,000')
.(1,526)
.._ 4.905
(741)
(4,164)
7.952
(2,657)
(5,295)
(
6,552
0 ,426)
(1,449)
(3,677)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Enforcement:
Stationary Source Enforcement.
Stationary Source Enforcement. .'
Mobile Source Enforcement.... ......
Mobile Source Enforcement -..
Research and Development:
Heal t'h and Ecologlcal Effects...._..
Health Effects.
Ecological Process and Effects...,,.
Transport and Fate of Pol 1 utants .......
Industrial Processes............. .....-..._
Mineral, Processing and Manufacturing Industries
Monitoring and Technical Support
Characterization and Measurement Methods Developraent..
Measurement, Techniques and Equipment Standardization.
Technical Support
Ford Submission
POS.Amount
(dollars in thousands)
489 19,107
371
14,780
(371)
118
1T18T
400
(147780)
4,327
(4,327)
39.604
245
26.648
(180)
(24)
(41)
40
(15,756)
(1.000)
(9,892)
5,000
115
(5,000)
7.956
1S4T
(61)
157695)
(265)
(1,996)
1978 Revised
Carter Final
Pps. Amount
(dollars in thousands)
-512 -^ 19',477
391
13911
121
TW
465
290
(217)
(34)
(39)
38
(38T
137
(4
(77)
•1.5,150 ^'
(15,150)
4,327
(4,327)
(40,195)
21,028
116,052
' (1,084
(9,892
5.000
(5,000)
8,167
157737")
(299)
(2,131)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AIR
LJ
D
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
J
G
0
c:
u
D
n
D
Actual
1976
$63.552
787
44,721
11,353
432
4,315
35,806
451
19,294
110,711
1 ,570
68,330
164,983
163,135
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current -
Estimate
1977
r^SVIS^esf Increase +
Estimate Decrease -
1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands}
583,139 $85,458 £33,006
815 824 824
N/A N/A N/A
13,743
477
N/A
45,942
471
N/A
142,824
1S763
N/A
148,720
219,621
14,341
' 492
N/A
44,006
460
N/A
147,805
1,775
N/A
164,000,,
15,000='
19,107 .
489
N/A
39,604
400
N/A
/S3.777
€7,77?
1,713
m£»/lAp
15,000*
t££>£MwbMM*
N/A
•14,766
-3
N/A
-4,402
-60
N/A
'-63
o W
Abatement and Control:
Appropri ati on. ,
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter..,
Enforcement:
Appropri ati on ,
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Research and Development:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Total, Air Program:
Appropriation...
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
..Outlays
Authorization Levels.
a/ Funds in FY 1977 are considered authorized by virtue of Appropriation Act.
~ *Authorisation pending for remaining funds.
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
The Clean Air Act authorizes a national program of air pollution research, regulation,
and enforcement activities. Under the Act, primary responsibility for the prevention and
control of afr pollution rests with State and local governments, with the program directed
at the Federal level by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). EPA's role is to conduct
research and development programs, set national environmental goals, provide assistance to
the States, and ensure that the standards and regulations are effectively enforced.
The environmental standards are the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS).
These standards sat forth the allowable concentration in air of pollutants which affect
human health and public welfare. The health arid other effects of pollutants are delineated
in criteria documents which are the basis for the standards. National Ambient A1r Quality
Standards have been set for total suspended particulates, sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide,
carbon monoxide, photochemical oxidants, and hydrocarbons. Two types of standards are set:
orimary standards to orotect human health and secondary standards to protect the public
welfare (prevention of damage to property, animals, vegetation, crops, visibility, ate.).
Controlling emissions to meet standards is handled through two major types of activities:
(1) States carry out State Implementation Plans (SIPs) which control pollution primarily
by prescribing specific emission limitations or control actions for types of polluters,
and (2) EPA controls emissions from new motor vehicles and selected stationary sources.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
AIR
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thousands)
Increase +
Decrease >•
1978 VS.JW7
Abatement and Control
Appropriation...
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Enforcement:
Appropri ati on
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Research and Development:
Appropri ati on........
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Total, Air Program:
. Appropriation ....
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Outlays.....
Authorization Levels.
$63,552 $83,139
787 815
.44,721 N/A
11,3S
432
4,315
35,806
451
19,294
110,711
1,670
68,330
164,983
163,195
a/ Funds in FY 1977 are consider
*Authorization pending for rp
OVERVIEH AND STRATEGY
13,743
477
N/A
45 ,J
142,820
1,7*
Jl
r,720
rg,62i
$89,458
824
N/A
14,341
492^
f.006
460
N/A
147^05
1.1
N/*
164,000,,
"$39,066,,
19,107
489
N/A
39,604
400
N/A
97,777
1,713
N/A
138,600
15,000*
+4,766
-3
N/A
-4,402
-60
N/A
-50,028
-63
N/A
-25,400
authorized by virtue or*
ainlng funds.
Appropriation Act.
The Clean Air Act authorizes a national program of air pollutidc research, regulation,
and enforcement activities ./Under the Act, primary responsibility for the prevention and
control of air pollution Bests with State and local governments, with\he program directed
at the Federal level by Jme Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). EPA's role is to conduct
research and development programs, set national environmental goals, provide assistance to
the States, and ensur/r that the standards and regulations are effectively enforced.
The environmental standards are the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS).
These standards set forth the allowable concentration in air of pollutants which affect
human health ansr public welfare. The health and pther effects of pollutants are delineated
in criteria documents which are the basis for the standards. National Ambient Air Quality
Standards have been set for total suspended participates, sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide,
carbon monoxide, photochemical oxidants, and hydrocarbons. Two types of standards are set:
primary standards to protect human health and secondary standards to protect the public
welfare (prevention of damage to property, animals, vegetation, crops, visibility, etc.).
Controlling emissions to meet standards is handled through two major types of activities:
(1) States carry out State Implementation Plans (SIPs) which control pollution primarily
by prescribing specific emission limitations or control actions for types of polluters,
and (2) EPA controls emissions from new motor vehicles arid selected stationary sources.
A-l
-------
The attainment of the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (HAAQS) has been the main
objective of the air program under the Clean A1r Act. The combined Federal-State-local effort
at controlling air pollution has achieved a notable degree of success in reducing air pollutant
emission levels and in improving ambient air quality across the Nation. However, it is clear
that the standards have not been attained in many areas of the Nation. (Nonattainment is
defined as the standards being exceeded at one or more monitoring sites in the AQCR.} The
following table summarizes the status of attainment of the NAAQS by Air Quality Control Regions
{AQCRs):
Pollutants
Total Suspended
Particulates
Number of AQCRs
Attaining NAAQS...
Number of AQCRs Not
Attaining NAAQS...
Number of AQCRs of
Indeterminate
Status
101
146
Sulfur
Dioxide
205
41
1
Photochemical
Qxidants
114
131
2
carbon Nitrogen
Monoxide Dioxide
177
68
240
3
All AQCRs.
247
247
247
247
247
Although there are many AQCRs with ambient air quality levels exceeding standards,
significant progress has been made in reducing pollutant levels and in attaining standards
for the pollutants, predominantly associated with stationary sources. The concentration of
particulates in the ambient air has decreased annually at an average rate of five percent
through 1975. A review of the most recent sulfur dioxide ambient data shows that concentrations
in urban areas have decreased an average of 30 percent since 1970. Fewer than 10 percent'of
all urban monitors are exceeding the sulfur dioxide standards.
Progress has also been documented for automotive related pollutants. Although carbon..
monoxide historical data are limited, available data in several States and major cities suggest
a continuation in the general improvement noted in EPA trend reports. The average number of
occasions in which eight hour concentrations exceed the carbon monoxide standard has declined,
typically by 50 percent, in many of the urban areas of the States for which data are available.
Historical data on oxidants (which are produced by the photochemical transformation in the
atmosphere of hydrocarbons emitted from both stationary and mobile sources) exist for only a
few urban areas. Los Angeles and San Francisco have shown notable improvements; the number of
hours in excess of the oxidant standard has been reduced by as much as 50 percent since 1970
at many monitoring stations in these metropolitan areas. Nitrogen oxides emissions have
increased nationally about 10 percent since 1970. Because of recent changes in measurement
methodology for monitoring nitrogen dioxide, few areas have sufficient historical data to
assess trends. However, valid data indicate that only a few areas of the country have ambient
nitrogen dioxide concentrations in excess of the national standard.
The program emphasis for FY 1978 will continue to be on the attainment and maintenance
of the National Ambient Air Quality Standards. Because the implementation of control actions
is basically the responsibility pf the;State and local governments, it will be required that
they take on increased responsibilities for air pollution control if the standards are to be
attained, particularly 1n the case of motor vehicle related pollutants. The State control
plans incorporate controls for motor vehicle related pollutants since reductions achieved
as a result of the Federal motor vehicle control program are not Sufficient to attain the
standards for such pollutants in many areas.
A-2
-------
In order to attain the standards, efforts are to concentrate on the implementation
of State Implementation Plans, their reassessment, and revision if indicated. For
maintenance of the standards, many SIPs will have to be revised to include the controls
required to assure that the ambient air quality standards are not violated in the future.
The governors of 45 States have been formally notified by EPA Regional Administrators
,?p that the SIPs for their States must be revised in order to attain and maintain the NAAQS.
,V Plan revisions are necessary in 31 States for particulate matter; 12 States for sulfur
1 IT' dioxide; 22 States for carbon monoxide; 29 States for photochemical oxidants; and three
States for nitrogen dioxide. The revised plans, containing revised or additional
emission limitations, must be submitted to EPA by July 1977. By July 1978, SIPs must
i^T? incorporate all other necessary regulatory measures such as improved transportation
,.?y measures. The revised SIPs are to provide for the attainment of the NAAQS as
w expeditiously as practicable.
The nature and magnitude of the problems associated with attainment and maintenance
1 of the NAAQS varies with the specific pollutant involved. Federal programs will be
„ ' aimed at the formulation of methodologies "for developing control strategies and the
development of control systems as well as to the support of State and local programs.
^ "Particulate matter problems are related in many cases to sources that are not
generally controllable fay the application of commonly available particulate emission controls.
Examples of such sources are "fugitive dust" and "urban particulate background", which
result from activities such as fanning operations, construction, the abrasion of road
' j surfaces, and atmospheric reactions involving pollutants emitted as gases. Development of
control strategies for particulate air pollutants that take into account these problems
will require the definition of sources, development of appropriate analytical tools
(including, in some cases, measurement technology), and the identification of control
. technology. The FY 1978 program addresses these problems. For sulfur dioxide, the
national problem is generally related to the need to minimize the Impact on energy
supplies of the specific control technologies that are to be applied for continued
maintenance of the standards. The attainment of standards for this pollutant is relatively
well in hand. Similarly, problems associated with carbon monoxide do not require extensive
development work; implementation of available controls, rather than development of controls,
seems to be required. The FY 1978 program is aimed at such implementation.
Problems associated with photochemically formed pollutants (i.e., photochemical
oxidants and nitrogen dioxide) are related to lack of complete technical understanding of
their formation. Nevertheless, it is clear that reductions in precursor (hydrocarbons
and nitrogen oxides) emissions will lead to their control. Understanding of the atmospheric
transformation and the impact that resulting pollutants have on public health and welfare
is essential if adequate control strategies are to he developed. Implementation plans
' """• will be reassessed, as necessary, as to the adequacy of "their control requirements in view
of improved understanding of the transport and transformation processes.
Maintenance of the standards in the long-term will be facilitated by Federal
programs that lead to the minimization of emissions from new sources (i.e., new motor
vehicle emission standards and standards of performance for new stationary sources) and
the assurance of continued low emissions performance for these sources during their
useful lives. Program emphasis is on the control of new sources of pollutants that lead
to photochemical pollutants formation (i.e., on sources of nitrogen oxides and
hydrocarbons) and on programs designed to assure compliance of production and in-use
vehicles with applicable emission standards. In addition, an expanded program for the
>. ' control of emissions of synthetic organic chemical substances will result In the
prevention of future problems associated with these substances as well as in the
—s reduction of photochemical oxidants.
A-3
-------
Development of the basic understanding of.pollutant formation, transportation, and
ultimate fate requisite for the development of control recommendations for dealing with
newly Identified environmental problems will be continued. Among these fall the effects <,,
that sulfates and nitrates may have on human health and welfare, including long-term - 5
impacts on terrestrial ecology. The definition of tBfi fppact on j
human health of many substances emitted to tne atmosphere in small amounts, such_as many
trace metals, also requires attention. Emerging health problems may be averted if control
programs are initiated in time. '\^J
Improving understanding of health and ecological effects and the transport and > "•"'
transportation of air pollutants is the responsibility of the research program. As a
better scientific data base on the air pollutants now regulated becomes available, the . ^%
research program is shifting emphasis to the identification of other airborne substances ' ;
which may require regulation in the future. Areas receiving increased attention in FY 1978 "I
include sulfates, carcinogens, and potentially toxic airborne substances.
Research will also continue in FY 1978 to provide a better data base for implementation , ';
of the NAAQS, such as the scheduled revision of the Criteria Documents, and for assessment \
of other potential problems, such as nitrates and trace metals. Research efforts will '
emphasize the development of an understanding of the formation of photochemical oxidants
and nitrates, instrumentation development, and identification and quantification of pollutant •""*
emissions from various sources. i
The stationary source enforcement program is directed toward supplementing State and
local agency enforcement. The mobile source enforcement program is directed primarily
toward achieving compliance with vehicle emissions standards and fuel regulations \ ;
promulgated by EPA. In FY 1978, the stationary source program will concentrate on
bringing major (Class A)* sources in nonattainment areas into compliance with State
Implementation Plan requirements, and on the review of new sources. EPA assistance and
guidance to States will be required to develop and implement new source review procedures
including strategies to assess the impact on the air quality standards of potential new J
sources. EPA's new sources review policies are designed not to limit industrial growth
but to ensure that industrial expansion and environmental protection are accomplished
simultaneously. I" W 1978, the stationary source enforcement program will also develop
and implement, with States and communities, strategies tc control minor (Class B) sources.
Mobile source enforcement efforts in FY 1978 will be focused on the Selective
Enforcement Audit assembly line testing program for light-duty vehicles and a pilot SEA
program for motorcycles. This program will assure that production line vehicles are in *i
compliance with emission to help assure compliance of in-use vehicles with emission ;
standards. <
In summary, the EPA program is aimed at supporting States and localities in their -^
air pollution control efforts, at providing an adequate level of Federal activity in j1
those areas for which the Federal Government has the primary responsibility (e.g., the ,i
setting of emissions standards for new sources) or where Federal activity would result "
in a high environmental payoff (e.g., enforcement actions against major air pollution
sources in cases where States do not have the resources to take action), and at the H
development of air pollution control related knowledge and techniques supportive of the •<
national air pollution control effort (e.g., control technology for N(JX, health effects ***
of air pollutants).
~^1
• "I
* Industrial air pollution sources have been divided Into classes. Major (Class A) sources '"^
are those individually capable of emitting 100 tons/year or more of a pollutant assuming
no controls; Minor (Class B) sources are those individually capable of emitting from 25 t<-\t
tons/year to 100 tons/year of a pollutant assuming no controls. i
\
A-4 -
-------
L..
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AMD DECREASES . . ( in_ thousands of , do! 1 ars )
. 1977 Air Program ..................................... .. $147,805
? Abatement and Control ........................... ..... *J&fSST~ +
X
V
0
LJ
r.
n
LJ
LJ
The net reduction for the air abatement and control
program includes both increases and >dee±se|S5 for specific
programs. The resource level will lasSSSsTrimarily as a
control agency
Other
reases provide for a reduction in training (-,$.4 million),
a reduced effort in emission characterization and
regulations development (-$.1 million), and reduced
efforts in air quality management implementation (-S.9 million).
Offsetting these decreases are several program increases:
air quality planning and standards will increase by $1.9
million to provide more emphasis on setting New Source
Performance Standards and in developing a better technical
,•"— basis for improving air quality management methods and
i , techniques; the mobile source program will increase by
(_._, SI.2 million to provide for greater emission testing and
implementation of fuel economy related requirements of the
Energy Policy and Conservation Act; and S.4 million for
improved technical guidance for State and local monitoring
operations.
Enforcement * +4,766
Of the requested increase, $4.3 million is for the
stationary source enforcement program to be used primarily
to handle nonattainment problems posed by Class A and 3
emitters and to solve complex sets of problems associated
with industrial growth and expansion; S.5 million will oe
used in the mobile source enforcement program for the
implementation of the SEA and recall programs.
Research and Development -4,402
Resource levels for the air research and development
program will decrease $1.7 million in the health effects
program; S.9 million in the ecological effects program;
S.5 million in the monitoring and technical support area;
and SI.3 million due to the completion of the BACER short-
term effort.
1978 Air Program ....................................... """"97.7TT""
, 777
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES
1. Summary of Budget Request.
\>
An appropriation of 3a7'.770y7iDO' is requested for 1378. This request,
by appropriation account, is as follows:
Abatement and Control ......... . ...................... t»,1)65,700
Enforcement ................... ................ ..... .. 19,107,000
Research and Development. ................... ... ...... . 39,604,000
This represents a dea>»eaae of 550 , flggrfflff* from the 1977 pnagrmjuid Includes 4b
iiiSnvBOfti tn .the naiii ttanMlidatael1 ai'anta" media 'Fpaiitfcorerol agency suooort
grants; in the planning and standards activity, an increase of $1,498.600 is requested
for accelerating the setting of national emission standards and for continued work on
the synthetic organic chemicals industry, and an increase of $400,500 for improvements
in air quality management methods and techniques; 1n the mobile source certification and
testing activity, an Increase of $1,200,200 is requested for the implementation of fuel
economy related requirements and expanded light-duty truck and motorcycle emission
standards and certification; an increase of 5400,100 for ambient air quality and mobile
sources monitoring; the air quality management implementation effort is being reduced
by $851,300; a reduced effort in emission characterization and regulations development
results in a decrease of $120,000; and a decrease of $370,000 in air training.
Also plfTaftinp.ithia.1 lunge aaaraita to the air media is a requested increase of
$4,262,500 for stationary source enforcement to obtain contractor assistance to solve
nonattai mhent problems posed by Class A and B emitters and to handle the complex sets
of problems presented by industrial growth and expansion, and an increase of $503,400
for mobile source enforcement for SEA and recall programs.
Other decreases included in the budget request are $2,704,000 in the air health
effects program for a reduction in research on criteria pollutants and pollutants
generated by automotive catalytic converters; research on noncriteria pollutants and
nonpesticide organics and Inorganics will' be slightly reduced. A decrease of
$1,301,000 results from the completion of the short-term BACER effort, with $1
million being reprogrammed for the environmental carcinogens program to initiate
retrospective epidemiology studies. A decrease of $910,000 in the ecological effects
program results from phasing out work on acid rain, pollutant effects on soil and whole
ecosystems a~nd reducing mathematical modeling activities; a further decrease of
$487,000 reduces the level of short-term technical assistance services to the Office
of Air Quality Planning and Standards and to the Office of Enforcement, and termination
of support for the. continuous air monitoring project.
2. Changes from Original 1977 Budget Estimate
Changes from the budget are as follows:
(in thousands of dollars)
• Original 1977 estimate ........ ..... ---- $142,824
Congressional increases:
Research ......... . .......... . ........ +551
Control agency grants ...... . ......... +4,000
Academic training ..... ....; ...... .... -t-1,370
Pay rai se costs. . '. ............ . . ....... +1 96
Transfer at NEIC.... ................... ' +100
Operating adjustments .................. +836
BACER reprogramming .................... ' +450
Office of Research and Development
reprogramming ---- , ................... -2,522
Current 1977 estimate .................. 147,305"
A-6
^
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
0
Congressional add-ons to the 1977 budget request were made for "unspecified"
- research, 5551,000, for air control agency support grants, 54,000,000, and for academic
training,'$4,iDOO,000, of which 51,370,000 was allocated to the air program.
Pay raise cost funds were transferred from the Agency and Regional Management
appropriation in accordance with the Committee's provision that the funds were to be
transferred as needed, +$196,000.
As a result of a realignment of workload between stationary source enforcement
and water quality enforcement at the Denver -Nat!onal Enforcement Investigation Center,
$100,000 was transferred to the air program.
Operating adjustments are changes required to adjust the budget to actual
operating conditions. In the process of applying the budget to the specific needs
of each regional office, laboratory, and headquarters prooram office, it 1s often
necessary to make adjustments to the planned budget. The 5336,000 Increase is the
cumulative effect of these changes on air programs in 1977.
A reprogramming of 5450,000 to support the stratospheric modification program,
Biological and Climatic Effects Research (BACER), was made from the pesticides,
r^T energy, and interdisciplinary medias. The Committees have been notified of the
i : BACER reprogrammings.
In applying the budget to actual operating conditions, the Office of Research
—-^ and Development reprogrammed 52,522,000 from the air media. These funds were
\ , transferred to the interdisciplinary and proqram management medias. A proposal
L > will be submitted .to the Committee, as appropriate, for separate consideration for the
,: research and development reprogramming.
"""" l ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
i «. - -" ' ' '
•—/ • Current
.--. Estimate Estimate
• 1977 1978
i • (in.thousands of dollars)
""" Prior year obligations.. 5110,711 $177,536
T Effect of congressional increases " -
I on research, control agency
t—' grants, and academic training...... +3*200
Miscellaneous increases and
decreases, as 11 sted above -893
Program increases and decreases...... ... +3,083
Change in amount of carryover funds , '
available '. -HJ4.518 -29,731
" ,ff
Total estimated obligations 177,536 'WtOOfl •" /•Sf-/f
(From new obligation authority}.... (147,391) (01,371) >
(From prior, year funds) (30,145) (414)
G
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AMD DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Increases provided by the'Congress are expected to increase 1977 obligations by 53.200,000.
<
The tmntfftr iiif-4Ht air control agency support grants
is expected to dasmiMe obligations by JUS,900,000.
The increases and decreases to the 1977 budget estimate, as previously detailed, are
expected to result in a decrease of 5893.000.
Program increases and decreases requested in 1978 are estimated to have a net change
of +$3,083,000 to 1978 obligations.
A major change is due to the amount of carryover'funds 'available for obligation.
Carryover funds effecting obligations after FY 1976 result in a change of +$64,"518,QOQ;
obligations from carryover funds in 1977 are estimated to be 130,145,000. In 1978,
obligations are expected to be $414,000, a decrease of 329,731,000.
A-8
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AIR
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1J77 1978 1978 vs. 1977
PROGRAM LEVELS
Number of sources subject
to NSPS... 1,145 4,000 1,155 1,385 +230
Number of States delegated
NSPS enforcement
authority. * 25 48 40 43 +3
Number of States delegated
NESHAP enforcement
authority 18 48 34 40 46
Number of pollutants covered
by hazardous pollutants
standards 3 4 4 4
Number of engine families
certified for conformity
with emission standards... 372 300 406 479 +73
Number of source categories
covered by NSPS . 20 25 24 33 +9
Number of emission tests
carried out for motor
vehicle certification
purposes... 2,407 2,890 2,554 3,067 +513
Number of fuel economy tests
carried out 680 1,810 175 -175
Identified Class A source in
U.S 21,930 20,000 23,000 26,000 +3,000
Identified Class B sources
in U.S. having impact on
nonattainment.... 2,830 10,200 2,830 75,000 +72,170
Sources subject to FEA
prohibition orders.. 75 ... 75 1,075 +1,000
Assembly Line testing test
orders......... ... 20 15 - 23 +8
Certification and
production inspection/
compliance.... 85 60 80 80
Combined fuels/vapor
recovery inspections 27,666 20,000 • 25,000 9,000 -16,000
Recall investigations 15 115 20 25 +5
NSPS: New Source Performance Standards
NESHAP: National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
A-9
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
D
D
n
t i
AIR
Abatement and Control
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Current /y£4S/S£Ct Increase +
Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Appropriation
Air Quality and Stationary
Source Planning and
Standards
Mobile Source Standards and
Guidelines.. ..
State Programs Resource
Assistance.
Air Quality -Strategies
Implementation
Mobile Source Certification
and Testing. ..............
Trends Monitoring and
Progress Assessment.
Total
Permanent Posi tjons
Air Qual ity and Stati onary
Source Planning and
Standards.
Mobile Source Standards and
Guidelines
State Programs Resource
Assistance.
Air Quality Strategies
Implementation
Mobile Source Certification
and Testing. ..............
Trends Monitoring and
Progress Assessment. ......
Total... ...
57,159
5,251
33,393
5,387
4,712
7,140
63,552
193
54
18
234
161
127
787
(dollars In thousands)
58,058 IS ,231 111,130
4,320 4,639 4,520
51,554 57,446 .^^Yigafr
5,676 5,572 4,720
6,827 6,418 7,618
5,704 6,152 6,552
83,139
181
50
15
250
158
151
815
89,458
199
54
15
241
163
152
824
199
49
8
235
181
152
824
+51 ,899
-119
**£££*
— "sSf^9Sff
-852
+1 ,200
+400
* e *
-5
-7
-6
+18
• * *
A-13
A-19
1
A-22
A-25
A-31
A-36
/
Purpose
The Abatement and Control appropriation encompasses air program activities related to the
development of control strategies and control programs, and the implementation of such programs.
This objective is accomplished in two basic ways. First, State and local actions are encouraged
by the provision of assistance in all areas of technical and policy matters. Second, direct
Federal action is taken in cases of State or local failure to act as required by the Clean Air
Act. The activities under the three appropriations complement each other. Knowledge gained as
a result of activities funded by research and development is translated Into practical control
programs by abatement and control activities; if required, these programs are ultimately
enforced by EPAf
A-10
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AIR
Abatement and Control
Appropriation
Air\0yal1ty and Stationary
Soures^Planning and
Standa
Mobile Source^'Standards and
Guidelines
State Programs Resou
Assistance
Air Quality Strategies
Implementation
Mobile Source Certification
and Testing......
Trends Monitoring and
Progress Assessment,
Total,
Permanent Positions
Air 'Quality and Stationary
Source Planning and
Standards
Mobile Source Standards and
Guide! ines
State Programs Resource
Assistance
Air Quality Strategies
Implementation.
Mobile Source Certification
and Testing
Trends Monitoring and
Progress Assessment.
Total
Purpose
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
63,552
193
787
Current Increase +
Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
{dollars in thousands)
815
89,458
-39,066
824
824
-50,392
-5
-7
-6
+18
Page
•*•$!,899 A-13
-119 A-19
-52,920 A-22
-852 A-26
+1.200 A-31
MOO A-36
The Abatement and Control appropriation encompasses air program activities related to
development or control strategies and control programs, and the implementation of such programs.
This objective is accomplished in two basic ways. First, State and local actions are encouraged
by the provision of assistance in all areas of technical and policy matters. Second, direct
Federal action is taken in cases of State or local failure to act as required by the Clean Air
Act. The activities under the three appropriations complement each other. Knowledge gained as
a result of activities funded by research and developent is translated. Into practical control
programs by abatement and control activities; if required, these programs are ultimately
enforced by EPA,
A-10
-------
Abatement and control activities in the air program are aimed at supporting the overall
air program objectives of attaining and maintaining the NAAQS. Support of State and local
programs is the highest priority objective under abatement and control, followed by the
implementation of complementary Federal controls, i.e.. New Source Performance Standards and
motor vehicle emission controls. Lower emphasis must be placed on obtaining solutions.for
other important environmental problems, such as the control of pollutants with localized
effects and the control of pollutants with no direct human health impact.
Supporting the primary air program objective are activities related to the revision of
State Implementation Plans which are substantially inadequate for attaining and maintaining
the standards, especially the plans for the control of participate matter, carbon monoxide,
and photochemical oxidants. The plans for the control of sulfur dioxide are generally
adequate as attainment is, in most cases, well in hand. The plans for sulfur dioxide
control may require revision, however, pursuant to State actions aimed at increasing the use
of readily available higher sulfur content fuels and FEA conversion orders related to the
Energy Supply and Coordination Act (ESECA).
The maintenance of the standards in the future (and, in many cases, their eventual
attainment) will require long-range planning of controls with an ever increasing level of
sophistication. The impact of air pollution control requirements on society, economic
activity, and energy supplies will be minimized and air pollution control goals will be
adequately considered along with other social goals only if improved planning processes are
implemented. Program emphasis 1n FY 1978 will be on the development of analytical tools,
data bases, and processes that will foster the planning, development, and implementation
of control programs at the State and local level in order to alleviate the need for Federal
intervention.
The abatement and control activities are categorized under the following subactivities:
Air Quality and Stationary Source Planning and^Standards. This subactlvity is related
to (1) the^ development of nationwide control strategiesTfor"Both regulated and unregulated
pollutants, the reassessment and modification of these strategies, and the translation of
decisions on appropriate control requirements into regulatory actions, and (2) the development
of emissions standards for stationary sources of air pollution, and the requisite supportive
analyses and technology assessments. Control strategies developed under this subactivity are
translated into criteria for State action, e.g., State Implementation Plans, or directly into
Federal control requirements, e.g., New Source Performance Standards.
Mobile Source Standards and 6uidelines. This subactivity involves the setting of emissions
standards for mobile sources(includingthe associated technical analyses and technology
assessments) and the development of mobile source related technical procedures and guidelines
applicable to the control of emissions from new and in-use vehicles. Under this subactivity,
findings made in relation to the need for control of mobile source emissions under the research
and development activities or under the air quality and stationary source planning and
standards subactivity are translated into practical control programs applicable to appropriate
classes of motor vehicles or to appropriate stages of motor vehicle's life, from design to the
end of their useful lives.
StatePrograms Resource Assistance. This subactivity involves the provision of resources
to support State ami local gbvernmehts' activities in implementing air pollution control
programs, including vehicle inspection and maintenance. The primary responsibility for
controlling air pollution rests on the States and localities. If these governments are to
effectively implement air pollution control programs, thereby eliminating or reducing the
need for direct Federal Intervention, supplementation of State and local resources is required.
Resource supplementation, similar to other Federal programs (e.g., the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration's State and community highway safety grants), complements the purpose of
the activities carried out under the other subactivities of the abatement and control
appropriation.
A-ll
-------
A1 r Qua 11 tyLStrategles Imp]ementati on. This subactivity is related to the implementation
of regulatory requ^Veraenti^iFor mlchTthe Federal Government has primary responsibility, such
as the consultation with, and overview of, air pollution control activities carried out by
Federal facilities, the review of environmental impact statements prepared by other Federal
agencies for air pollution impact, the implementation of air quality standards and control
strategies in specific areas of the Nation, and the interaction with State and local governments
in the implementation of air pollution control activities. These activities result in the
implementation of the general control strategies (developed under the standards subactivities)
at specific areas of the Nation, i.e., States and localities, through State and local control
programs.
Mobile Source Certification and Testing. This subactivity includes the certification
of prototype motor vehicles and engines for conformity with motor vehicle emissions standards
developed under the mobile source standards and guidelines subactivity. This subactivity also
includes laboratory and other associated support activities (Including data analysis) involved
in technology assessment, emissions characterization, test procedures development, and test
procedure refinement for mobile sources.
Trends Monitoringand Progress Assessment. This subactivity includes the determination
of ambient air quality and emission levels, determining their relationships, and assessing
progress made towards the attainment of environmental goals. These data and assessments are
used for judging the progress made in achieving legislative or regulatory program goals and
providing guidance as to the need for reassessing, changing, or developing control strategies,
A-12
-------
AIR
Abatement and Control
Air Quality and Stationary Source Planning and Standards
Actual
1976
Appropriation
Emissions Standards &
Technology Assessment..-
Energy & Pollutant
Strategies Development..
State Programs Guidelines
& Regulations Development. 2,092
Total
Permanent Positions
Emissions Standards &
Technology Assessment....
Energy & Pollutant
Strategies Development...
State Programs Guidelines
& Regulations Development.
Total.
193
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
"(dollars in thousands;
Estimate
1978 .
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
$3,222
1,845
2,092
7,159
$4,056
1,918
2,084
8,058
$4,318
2,138
2,775
9,231
$5,817
2,138
3,175
11,130 .
+$1,499
...
+400
+1 ,899
95
32
66
97
29
55
101
32
66
101
32
66
181
199
199
Budget Request
The resources requested for this budget subactivity are $11,130,000 and 199 positions. This
reflects an increase of $1,498,600 over the FY 1977 level for emissions standards and technology
assessment which will provide for emission testing and industry studies activities in order to
increase the number of New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) which can be developed in 1978.
Primary emphasis is on sources of HC and NOX, pollutants for which long-term nationwide emissions
will be favorably impacted if standards are set at an early date. The emphasis on the synthetic
organic chemicals industry will be continued. A two-fold objective will be served by controlling
emissions from this industry: New Source Performance Standards will significantly reduce emissions
of photochemical precursors from this industry (contributing to the control of photochemical
oxidants) and future problems related to the potentially toxic or carcinogenic nature of these
substances will be prevented, avoiding the need for pollutant-specific controls in the future. In
addition, an increase of $400,200 over the FY 1977 level in State programs guidelines and regulations
development will provide for a greater emphasis on defining control technology for existing sources
and on studies aimed at improving the technical basis for air quality management.
Program Description
This subactivity Includes the setting of emission standards for stationary sources and all
industry studies, cost studies, and other analyses which support the standard setting function.
Also included is the setting of ambient air quality standards, the development and reassessment of
nationwide control strategies needed to meet these standards, studies oriented toward the balancing
of energy and environmental goals, the assessment of potential pollutants, the development of
"control strategies, analytical tools and guidelines, and the translation of.all control strategies
into regulatory actions.
i
A-13
-------
Emjs§igtis. Standards and Technology Assessments -•• New Source Performance Standards are set for
production processes within specifically designated industries, and for control of specific
pollutants. An example is the standard for electric arc furnaces within the ferroalloy industry
to control participates. New Source Performance Standards provide the basis for controlling
emerging industries, such as oil shale use and coal gasification, and are a major long-run tool
to prevent significant deterioration and to maintain air quality. The standards define best
available control technology (BACT) for specific production units of the industries studied; the
technical data used for determination of BACT are documented and made available with the standards.
These data are useful to State agencies who are frequently engaged in dialogues with industry on
the subject of control technology.
The standard setting activity for stationary sources has been largely concerned with process
emissions of TSP and S02- A study prepared in 1975 by the Argorme National Laboratory has shown
that the standard setting activity, with a limited Increase in resources, can have a greater impact
on long-term nationwide emissions by changing Its emphasis to control of sources of substantial
hydrocarbon and nitrogen oxide emissions. The use of standards of performance to control new
sources of hydrocarbons is now seen as the main regulatory program for maintenance of oxidant
standards. The use of standards of performance to control nitrogen oxides is similarly seen as the
preferred regulatory approach rather than the widespread use of State Implementation Plans.
Fugitive emissions have also emerged as a priority target for standard setting for both new
and existing sources. New programs have been initiated to delineate emission factors and control
technology for this previous federally unregulated source of pollution.
- |n|rgy and Pol 1 utant^Strategies Development — National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)
travetteenset for six pollutants. Although most readily available control methods have been employed
nationally, many regions have not attained standards and are not expected to attain them in the
time frame envisioned by the Clean Air Act. This situation requires a reassessment of control
strategies. Methodologies and criteria for control strategy development for large geographical areas
and for specific areas must be developed. In addition, air pollution problems related to atmospheric
transformations (e.g., nitrogen dioxide and nitrates formed from nitrogen oxide emissions,
photochemical oxidants from hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides, and sulfates from sulfur dioxide) are
proving to affect large-scale geographical areas, i.e., multi-State areas, far exceeding the size
of Air Quality Control Regions (AQCRs). New approaches to air pollution control for areas of this
magnitude are required. In other cases (e.g., sulfur dioxide or carbon monoxide-related air quality
problems }> refinements and improvements 1n well-understood techniques may be in order for optimal
effectiveness of control requirements. The current situation with respect to EPA involvement In
energy projects such as the Clean Fuels Policy, the oil-to-coal conversion program and other aspects
of ESECA has made it apparent that the availability of energy fuels information, in a readily useable
form, is necessary to conduct these activities. The gathering and interpretation of energy
information, and the subsequent analysis using this information have become significant tasks in
themselves.
Control strategies for noncriteria pollutants are also required by the Clean Air Act. The
regulatory pathway for controlling these pollutants may be any of a series of authorities provided
by the Clean Air Act, e.g., Section 111 (NSPS) or Section 112, National Emissions Standards for
Hazardous Air Pollutants {NESHAP}. To control a pollutant via Section 112, the Administrator must
make a determination that the pollutant "may cause or contribute to, an Increase in mortality or an
increase in serious irreversible, or Incapacitating reversible illness". Thus far, NESHAP have been
applied to control mercury, asbestos and beryllium from specific sources. During 1976 vinyl chloride
was added to the list of hazardous pollutants controlled under Section 112 and the standards for
asbestos and mercury will be expanded to Include additional sourtes in FY 1977. Section 111 also
allows the Agency to promulgate standards for control of noncriteria pollutants from not only new
sources, but from existing sources as well. Sulfuric acid mist, fluorides and total reduced sulfur
compounds are noncriteria pollutants regulated by NSPS. State plans to control existing sources
will be initiated in FY 1977. Several multimedia pollutants such as cadmium, chromium, arsenic and
mercury are now under review to identify specific environmental damages. The health effects and
environmental damage of approximately 700 high volume industrial organic substances, presumed to be
prevalent in the environment, are being assessed. The need for action, if any, will be determined
and the regulatory pathway will be recommended at the conclusion of each assessment.
A-14
-------
State Programs Guidelines and Regulations Development — The currently identified need for
the revision of the State Implementation Plans and the expected additional plan revisions for
the maintenance of the Standards require that the most effective control strategies be utilized
by the States and localities for the control of air pollution. The identification of these
control strategies and the development of the control plans by the States and localities require a
sophisticated and integrated program aimed at the development and dissemination of policy,
procedures, and guidelines to be utilized by States in Implementing plan revision and development
actions. State guidelines for control of noncriteria pollutants emitted from sources covered
by New Source Performance Standards for which regulations exist under Section ll.l(d) of the Clean
Air Act are an example of the results of the EPA work. Other examples include special studies
to identify technical barriers to the achievement of the standards (e.g., fugitive emissions,
urban participate background) and the documentation (for use by States) of the findings of these
studies. In addition, analytical tools will be prepared for State and local agencies to aid 1n
control strategy reassessment and development (EPA activities supportive of States in these tasks
are described under the Air Quality Strategies Implementation subactivity).
EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT
1976 Accomplishments
1976 resources included approximately $3.0 million of contract support for studies of the
synthetic organic chemicals manufacturing industry, source emissions testing, studies of
evaporative hydrocarbon emissions control, Industry studies (including industrial boilers, coal
gasification, petroleum refineries, and iron ore benefication), and cost and economic analyses
associated with emission standards. New Source Performance Standards were promulgated for
primary copper, lead and zinc smelters, coal cleaning plants, phosphate fertilizer plants (five
processes), electric arc furnaces in iron and steel mills and feroalToy plants, guidelines
for the control of existing phosphate fertilizer plants under Section lll(d) were proposed.
During FY 1976, a shift in emphasis to the control of hydrocarbons from that of partfculates
and sulfur dioxide was made.
In addition, work on the following standards related areas was completed in 1976:
guidelines for the control of existing sulfuric aciS plants under Section lll(d), sulfur
recovery in petroleum refineries, kraft pulp mills, lignite-fired steam generators, coke ovens,
grain elevators, opacity for basic oxygen furnaces in iron and steel mills. Preliminary
work began on the examination of 600-700 processes in the synthetic organic chemicals
manufacturing industries; the study will take about three years and will involve 200-300
compounds. A review of health effects and environmental damages of 20 high volume industrial
organics was completed. As a result, & closer examination of benzene is being made to assess
its potential as a community air pollution problem.
1977 Program
The development of emission standards and technology assessment has been allocated
$4,318,400 and 101 positions. These resources include approximately $2.2 million in contract
funds for continued studies of the synthetic organic chemicals industry, and emissions
measurement and industry studies in support of emission standards setting. NSPS will be
proposed for coke ovens (charging); grain elevators; fuel sulfur analysis for steam generators
greater than 250 million BTUs per hour; combined1 combustion of refuse and fossil fuels;
phosphate rock preparation; chloralkali plants (mercury cells); Hme plants; lignite-fired
steam generators; basic oxygen furnace in steel mills', electric arc furnaces in gray iron
foundries; carbon black plants; dry cleaning; natural gas and oil production; steel mtll sintering
machines; stationary gas turbines; and nonmetallic minerals (20 processes). Guidelines will be
proposed for the control of existing primary aluminum plants under Section lll(d). The following
standards will be promulgated: gasoline marketing regulations; sulfur recovery in petroleum
refineries; petroleum refineries (opacity reevaluation); and guidelines for the control of
existing sulfuric acid plants and phosphate fertilizer plants under Section lll(d). Test methods
used to determine compliance with standards of performance will be revised to incorporate the
International System of Measurement and to correct minor inadequacies. Guideline documents for
the determination of reasonably available control technology for existing sources of
hydrocarbons will be issued for approximately 12 source categories in the surface coating
industry, including: motor vehicle and light truck assembly, coil, fabric, machinery, paper and
can coating; as well as other solvent using processes in adhesives, rubber, and pharmaceutical
manufacturing.
A-15 "
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
There Is an Increase of $262 thousand over the budget estimate for this program element.
This increase is due to a reprogramming of funds in order to provide a greater emphasis on
development of New Source Performance Standards. The availability of funds resulted from
cost savings in the operation of the Air Pollution Technical Information Center.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 plan for this program element'includes $5,817,000 and 101 positions. This
represents an increase of $1,498,600 which will provide for accelerating the setting of national
emission standards for sources of vapor-phase organic substances and nitrogen oxides, and for
continued work on the synthetic organic chemicals industry, including the determination of the
need for possible pollutant-specific controls for any of these substances that may be toxic or
carcinogenic.
Work which will be completed or initiated in this area includes promulgation of New Source
Performance Standards for grain elevators; combined refuse and fossil fuel combustion;
phosphate rock preparation; kraft pulp mills; coke ovens (charging); lignite-fired steam
generators; lime plants; chloral kali plants (mercury cells); and coal gasification. In
addition, NSPS will be proposed for stationary internal combustion engines; guidelines for
the control of existing kraft pulp mills under Section lll(d); coke ovens (pushing); solvent
degreasing; asphalt roofing manufacturing plants; lead acid storage battery manufacturing;
revisions to the standard for steam generators greater than 250 million BTU per hour heat input;
petroleum refineries (11 processes); petroleum storage (twoprocesses);petroleum transfer
operations (three processes); and solvent end use applications (12 processes). Guidelines for the
determination of reasonably available control, technology will be prepared in conjunction with State
Implementation Plan revisions. National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants will be
promulgated for asbestos from iron ore benefication plants.
ENERGY AND POLLUTANT STRATEGIES DEVELOPMENT
1976 Accomplishments
1976 resources Included approximately $0.9 million for contract support for pollutant
screening and control strategy evaluations, and economic analyses of control strategies and
control plans.
An assessment of arsenic was made indicating that arsenic is not a widespread urban air
pollution problem but may pose a community exposure problem around nonferrous ore smelters.
Additional health and control technology studies for arsenic are underway. If warranted,
regulatory steps may be taken at the completion of these studies. Many requirements of the
Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination Act (ESECA) were completed. ESECA, however, was
extended by the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA), continuing the overall planning
and guidance program aimed at environmentally sound conversions to coal of major fuel burning
installations, both utility and industrial. A report prepared in late calendar year 1975
indicated that the impact of gas curtailments and the burning of alternate fuels (especially coal)
may signicantly effect air quality. The use of replacement fuels would result in an increase
in both S02 and TSP-emissions, with the increase in emissions occuring in areas already impacted
by high air pollution levels. The Energy Data System (EDS) was developed as a tool for assessing
air quality and energy impacts of environmental legislation. The system will store nationwide
summaries of air quality data relating to fuel consumption and atmospheric emissions from power
plants and large Industrial fuel burners. The Agency's policy on atmospheric sulfates was
developed and published.
A-16
-------
1977 Program
The work on energy and pollutant strategies has been allocated $2,137,700 and 32 positions.
These resources Include an estimated $0.9 million 1n contract funds for pollutant and control
strategy evaluations, energy related analyses, and economic assessments related to control
strategy assessments. The program for a preliminary screening of some 700 organic chemicals
as potential air contaminants is to be continued. Those chemicals determined to be of special
concern will be further assessed to establish the need for regulatory action. A similar program
is planned for inorganic materials with emphasis on toxic metals. An assessment of the need
for a short-term ambient air quality standard for N02 is to be completed early in the fiscal
year. Significant changes resulting from a review of the criteria documents will be reflected
in the air quality standards and the strategies used for attainment and maintenance. A
National Ambient Air Quality Standard for lead will be promulgated. Energy strategy studies
are related to energy conversion, natural gas curtailment, supply and demand analyses,
energy data base development and application, and studies regarding trends in energy/environmental
problems. The program also includes the assessment of the environmental impact of power plant
and industrial coal conversion. This involves (1) the technical feasibility, the time required
for modification and the associated costs to convert or reconvert gas and/or oil fired power
plants to coal and (2) the technical feasibility and the associated costs to retrofit these •
and other selected coal fired power plants with flue gas desulfurization systems. The
results from these individual plant investigations will be used in both analysis and
implementation of sulfur oxide control strategies and also to develop EPA strategies for the
short and long-term reconversion of power plants from natural gas and fuel oil to coal.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
An increase of $219,500 over the budget estimate for this program element is due to a
reprogramming of funds in order tp provide for more pollutant analyses. The availability of
funds resulted from cost savings in the operations of the Air Pollution Technical Information
Center.
1978 Plan '
——————
The FY 1978 plan for this program element Includes $2,138,000 and 32 positions,
representing no changes in resources in this program element from the 1977 level. Contract
funds in FY 1978 approximate $0.9 million. It is anticipated'that assessments will be completed
for at least three potential pollutants and control strategies recommended. Work will
continue on the screening of organic and inorganic chemicals. The strategy for attainment
and maintenance of the suspended parti oil ate standard will be completed with a view toward
developing an Agency policy on fine particulates. Analyses will continue to be made of the
impact on air quality of the various energy policies and the energy demands of air pollution
regulatory action.
STATE PROGRAMSGUIDELINES AND REGULATIONS DEVELOPMENT
1976 Accomplishments
1
1976 resources included approximately $0.3 million of contract support for the development of
guidance on the control of fugitive particulate emissions, and the control of nitrogen oxides.
Guidance on the implementation of EPA's tall stacks policy and Supplemental Control Systems
(SCS) was issued to the States and regional offices; guidance on the development of revised
control strategies for nitrogen toxides was prepared; policy and guidelines for implementation of
ESECA's coal conversion-related requirements were issued (i.e., on regional limitation
determinations, primary standard conditions specification, and significant risk); and the policy
for the review and control of new sources seeking to locate in areas exceeding the standards
was developed.
A-17
-------
1977 Program
The development of State programs guidelines and regulations has been allocated
$2,774,800 and 66 positions. These resources Include an estimated $1.6 million in contract
funds for the development of guidance on complex aspects of air pollution control. Work will
concentrate on guidance for the control of particulate and hydrocarbon emission. Guidance will
be developed on the effectiveness of fugitive dust controls; development of revised.control
strategies for particulates and photochemical oxidants; techniques for the management of
other particulate air pollution problems; air quality improvements achievable
through energy conservation; fine particulates.control; development of a State and
local hydrocarbon control program; the spatial and temporal distribution of pollutants and their
reaction products; and methodologies to relate emissions to air quality. In addition, abatement
and control strategies will be analyzed in order to determine technical inadequacies causing
nonachievement of the ambient air quality standards; pollution source categories for which
knowledge of the emission characteristics is limited will be identified and emissions quantified;
improved emission inventory techniques as well as documents to guide State and local
inventory activities will be developed and will be developed additional emission factors for
natural sources of hydrocarbon and other oxidant precursors.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
An increase of $690,900 over the budget estimate for this program element is due to
reprogramming aimed at consolidating into one program element activities related to developing
an improved technical basis for air quality management which were being carried out under various
program elements. These funds were transferred chiefly from the trends monitoring and progress
assessment area within the air program.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 plan for this program element include $3,775,000 and 66 positions. This
^presents an increase of $0.4 million which will provide for Improvements In air quality
management methods and techniques, particularly to aid control agencies in determining reasonably
available control technology and to develop Information on the techniques available to control
the more complex aspects of air pollution, such as photochemical oxidants and fugitive dust.
Contract funds in FY 1978 approximate $1.6 million.
Projects will be aimed at Identifying barriers to the achievement of the ambient air
quality standards and the studies and analyses for removing these barriers and improving the
technical basis for the air quality management approach to air pollution. Such projects will
include studies of long-range oxidant transport, sulfur dioxide to sulfate relationships,
short-term to annual N02 relationships, fugitive dust and fugitive emissions, analysis to
determine the reason for failures to meet TSP standards, HC reactivity evaluation and the
impact of Federal auto standards on attainment of air quality standards.
A-18
-------
AIR
Abatement and Control
Mobile Sources Standards and Guidelines
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. .1977
(dollars in thousands}
Appropriation
Mobile Source Standards
and Guidelines . $5.261 $4.320 $4.639 $4.520 -$119
Total.... .' 5,261 4,320 4,639 4,520 -119
Permanent Positions
Mobile Source Standards
and Guidelines... m__54 60 54 49 ^5
Total , 54 60 54 49 -5
Budget Rec|ues t
The resources requested for this budget subactivity are $4,519,500 and 49 positions.
This reflects a decrease of $119,000 and five positions from the FY 1977 appropriation.
Program Description
This subactivity includes the development of emission standards for mobile sources of
air pollution (I.e., passenger motor vehicles, heavy-duty and light-duty trucks, motorcycles,
and aircraft) and associated technical activities, such as technology assessments and emissions
characterization. The control of all significant classes of motor vehicles is necessary if
the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for carbon monoxide, photochemical oxidants, and
nitrogen dioxide are to be attained and maintained in many areas of the Nation.
The development of standards for mobile sources involves a characterization and analysis
process. First, air pollutant emissions from representative individual vehicles are determined.
Follow-up work involves the characterization of the use of these vehicles and the character-
ization of emissions on the basis of vehicle samples representative of actual in-use vehicle
populations. At this stage, the development of appropriate emissions sampling and testing
procedures may have to be carried out. After the initiation of a regulatory action, further
definition of issues raised during the regulatory process" may be required. After a regulatory
action has been completed, the reassessment of control requirements or procedures may be
indicated; such reassessments may involve a process similar to that of new regulatory actions.
An essential part of the reassessment process is the continuous assessment of new or improved
technologies for potential changes in the nature and magnitude of air pollutant emissions and
other related factors, e.g., fuel economy.
A-19
-------
The various categories of mobile sources are at different stages of this generalized
process for development of emission controls. Initial control actions for light-duty motor
vehicles (automobiles) were taken in the past, with future actions related to this class
of motor vehicles revolving around the statutory standards set by the Congress (under
amendments to the Clean Air Act) and the associated administrative actions, such as the
extension of the time by which the standards are to be applied or the assessment of the
energy impacts of the standards set. The emissions standards for this class of vehicles
will require future technology assessments to determine If changes in the standards are
warranted by changing technology. The assessment of emissions of currently unregulated
pollutants from automobiles may also be required due to changes in the technology used by
manufacturers to meet emission standards which may result in emissions of toxic substances
(e.g., sulfuric acid emissions from catalysts or hydrogen cyanide emissions from a specific
type of catalyst). The results of the assessments may indicate the need for changes in the
standards or additional regulatory action for preventing the emissions of substances that
may turn out to present a health risk.
The controls for other motor vehicles are at the Initial stages of implementation or
are just reaching the levels of stringency comparable to the controls required of automobiles.
As the emission standards are Imposed on additional classes of motor vehicles and as the
stringency of these standards increases, it is likely that the reassessments of the emissions
standards as well as of the control technology used by the manufacturers (in terms of its
energy as well as nonregulated pollutant impacts) will be required, in a fashion similar to
the process experienced with automobiles. Therefore, it 1s expected that work of Increasing
complexity, involving additional classes of motor vehicles will have to be carried out for
the foreseeable future.
MOBILE SOURCE STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES
1976 Accomplishments
1976 resources were allocated to the development and refinement of emissions standards
for other than light-duty motor vehicles and to the assessment of the impacts on light-duty
vehicles of the emissions standards already set; the assessment of the feasibility and
energy impacts of the various proposals for emissions standards being considered by the
Congress as amendments to the Clean Air Act; and the development of the regulations for
implementation of the fuel economy testing and labeling responsibilities imposed on EPA by
the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA), The level of resources included $1.4 million
in contract funds. Contract funds supported work on the effects of ambient conditions on
motor vehicle emissions levels; development of emissions standards for heavy-duty vehicles;
assessment of the Impact on emissions of a variety of control technologies; characterization
of sulfuric acid emissions; and determination of operational characteristics of vehicles
that lead to the formation of carbon monoxide "hot spots".
The motor vehicle emissions control technology assessment program was a major project
for FY 1976. Sulfate and sulfuric acid emissions assessments constituted a significant
element of this work. Work on this subject should continue through the next few years.
Work has begun on: characterization of sulfuric acid emissions from a representative
1n-u.se vehicle population, and from heavy-and light-duty diesel engines; assessment of
the impact on sulfuric acid emissions of catalyst modifications and control of oxygen in
the catalyst; and assessments of catalysts with, low sulfuric add emission testing, and a
protocol for manufacturers to use In generating data on sulfuric acid emissions from vehicles
tested during the certification process.
A-20
-------
Standard setting activity for FY T976 included the promulgation of SST aircraft
emission standards and a revised evaporative emission standard (based on a revised
test) for light-duty vehicles as well as extensive work on exhaust emission standards
for motorcycles and light-and heavy-duty trucks. Work on the development of an
emission test for implementation of the warranty provisions of Section £07(b) of the
Clean Air Act has reached a stage where regulation proposal should come in early 1977.
Work on fuel economy standards and label ing-related matters, also a major -
activity required by EPCA, resulted in regulatory requirements. The 1976 fuel
economy labeling and fuel economy compliance regulations were promulgated, being
applicable to the 1977 and 1978 model years, respectively. Work on fuel economy
compliance and fuel economy retrofit regulations was also carried out.
T977 Program
The FY 1977 resource level for this program element is $4,639,500 and 54 positions."
These resources will be directed at the setting of emissions standards and the assessment
of the need for the control of additional sources of unregulated pollutants. These
resources include approximately $3.1 million in contracts related to technology
assessment, emissions characterization, emissions standards and associated procedures '
development, and technical support for State and local in-use vehicle emissions control
programs. Work will concentrate on assessing manufacturer efforts towards meeting
statutory standards as a continuation of the FY 1976 work. Special attention is being
placed on the impact that evolving technologies have on the emissions of uncontrolled
substances -and the fuel economy of motor vehicles. Regulations will be promulgated for
more stringent emissions controls for light-duty and for heavy-duty trucks. Work will
continue on characterization of emissions from dlesel engines, and unregulated emissions
from catalysts (other than sulfuric acid and sulfates). The soecial effects of ambient
temperatures on emissions will be assessed since evidence available to date indicates
that normal variations in temperature result in large changes in motor vehicle emissions,
a factor that is not accounted for by the current emission standards.
1:97.7. Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
An Increase of $318,900 over the budget estimate for this program element is due to
the funding of a contract on assessment of the certification program from this element
rather than from mobile source certification and testing. The difference is also due to .
increased contract effort to investigate high in-use emission levels.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 plan for this program element jncludes $4,519,500 and 49 positions.
This represents a decrease of $119,000 and five" positions. This decrease will result in
a reduced effort in emission characterization and regulations development. Contract funds
in FY 1978 approximate $3.3 million for technology assessments, characterization of
unregulated pollutants, development of emission control regulations, and support of State
and local in-use vehicle control programs.
Characterization of unregulated pollutants for current and, more importantly, future
control technologies must be implemented if EPA is to be aware of the types and quantities
of pollutants which can be expected to result from the introduction of new technologies.
In the vehicle emissions control area, a report on gaseous and particulate emissions from
light-duty diesel fuels, as well as recommendations for their control, will be prepared.
Conduct of the sulfuric acid test program will continue through FY 1978 including a
report on sulfuric acid control system durability and a report on gaseous and particulate
emissions from light-duty diesel fuels. The results of these studies may indicate the need
for setting"emissions standards for pollutants not currently controlled.
In addition, the various fuel economy emissions standards are to be updated; a report
on the characterization of emissions from malfunctioning catalyst-equipped vehicles is to be
issued; the promulgation of 1983 aircraft retrofit regulations is to be completed; and the
data on emissions reductions achievable by in-use vehicle inspection and maintenance programs
will be updated. , '
A-21
-------
rt'
AIR
Abatanent and Control
State Programs Resource Assistance
Budget
Actual Estimate
1975 1977
Current
Estimate
1977
ftev/s,**?
Increase +•.
Estimate Decrease -
1973 1973 vs. 1977
Appropriation
.ControlAgency Resource
Supplementation
Training , ,.
332,334
1.559
SSI,550
(dollars in thousands)
355,550
1,396
1.526
-370
Total,
33,333 51,554.
Permanent Positions
Control Agency Sasourcs
Supplementation
Training
13
15
57.-U6
15
-7
Total.
18
15
15
Budget Reqyast
-7
and eight positions.
JThe resources requested for this budget subactivity are S+rSfii
This re'flecgSxa.i^im'uo.lsian" jf 032i;M97ftOO' and seven oositions, primarily for the
control agency grant funds «(MN4he«
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AIR
Abatement and Control
State Programs Resource Assistance
J'l
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 . 1977 1978 1978 vs. >977
(dollars in thousands)
Appropri ati on
.Control Agency Resource
Supplementation
Training
532,334 $51,550 $55,550
1.559 4 1,896
Total.
Permanent Positions
Control "Agency Resource
Supplementation
Training
$3,0
-$52,S50
-370
51,554
18
57,446
15
4,526
-52,920
-7
Total,
18
15
15 8 -7
Budg et Regu es t
The resources requested for this budget^subactivity
This reflects a reduction of $52,920,000 jmd seven position"*
control agency grant funds to the consolidated grant media.
Program Description
$4,526,000 and eight positions.
primarily for the transfer of
This activity includes the resources and assistance provided\to support State and
local governments' activities in/implementing air pollution contro\ programs. Support
is provided as grants to control agencies, grants for demonstrating^improvements in
agency operations, services of contractors, assignment of personnel \o State agencies,
and training and techmcal/fnformation services provided to personneAof State and
local agencies. For FY Iw8» support of control agencies will be provided under the
Consolidated Grants program.
t
A major task fof control agencies in FY 1977 will be the development of revised
SIPs in those AQCRs and interstate portions where the current SIP has been determined
to be substantia/iy inadequate. It is currently expected that there will «e some 72
revisions for oarticulates. Ten revisions for sulfur dioxide, 40 for carbon monoxide, as
many as 122 wr oxidants, and one for nitrogen dioxide. This will be a major workload
and will Involve the agencies in special studies for specific pollutants, analysis of
air qualit/data, increased emphasis on emission data, development of emission limitations,
other regulation development, and increased source Inspection frequency. States are
required to adopt all revisions of emission limits involving reasonably available
control technology by July 1, 1977. Other measures (e.g., control of transportation
sources) must be adopted by July 1, 1978. In addition, the State and local agencies will
have to place added emphasis on new source review programs if the standards are to be
attained and maintained in the future.
-------
Grants to State and local control agencies having a major role in carrying out State
Implementation Plans have constituted the major form of EPA assistance. These funds support
the full range of activities required of a control agency including ambient air quality
monitoring, control plan development (including control regulations), source surveillance,
enforcement actions against violators, and technical and administrative support functions.
Grants assistance is supplemented by the provision of services of contractors for specific
tasks identified by the States, localities or EPA as required for carrying out or revising
the State Implementation Plan. Examples of this type of support are emission inventory
development, dispersion modeling, source inspections, air quality monitoring, and control
strategy development.
Resource assistance is further-supplemented by the provision of training in specialized
areas of air pollution control. Since July 1, 1976, the EPA Air Pollution Training Institute
at Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, has been operated by contract with Northrop
Services, Inc. The contractor is developing new courses, revising and updating instructional
manuals and materials and conducting all laboratory courses at Research Triangle Park as well
as supplying manuals and instructional materials for university field centers. A small EPA
staff monitors the contract, maintains liaison with regional offices and State and local
agencies, assesses changing training requirements, and ensures that those requirements are
fulfilled. The EPA staff also works with regional university centers to develop State and
local selfsufficiency in training by offering field courses closer to the agencies.
Eventually as many as six to eight centers may be used.
CONTROL AGENCY RESOURCE SUPPLEMENTATION
1976 Accomplishments
1976 funds included approximately $3.0 million in contractor assistance in the areas of
control strategy reassessment and revision; emission inventory improvement; air quality and
source monitoring; and improvements in control agency technical procedures. The balance of
funds were utilized to provide grant support to State and local agencies for air pollution
control programs. A major accomplishment of State and local agencies in FY 1976 was the
determination of the attainment status of all AQCRs. This work was done in connection with
EPA's regional offices and involved detailed air quality and compliance analyses. This
effort laid the groundwork for a program to develop revised SIPs and further enforcement
in nonattainment areas. These areas will all require further study and a case-by-case
determination of the appropriate mix of future control actions, i.e., SIP revisions and/or
further compliance work. Ongoing compliance and enforcement work by State and local agencies
has led to progress in reducing emissions. These agencies, together with EPA, have identified
22,000 Class A sources (sources capable of emitting over 100 tons of pollutant each year). By
December 1975, some 87 percent of these sources were in final compliance or on a firm schedule
leading to final compliance.
1977 Program
Control agency resource supplementation has been allocated $55,550,000. These funds
include approximately $3 million for contractor assistance in the areas of control strategy
reassessment and revision and other technical air pollution control work. The remaining
$52.5 million are allocated for grant support of State and local air pollution control
programs. States will have to (in addition to carrying out monitoring and enforcement
programs) develop SIP revisions; continue priority work on programs associated with reviews
of new and/or modified sources, new source performance standards, national emissions
standards for hazardous air pollution sources; and proceed with compliance work in the
nonattainment AQCRs.
State and local control efforts to date have been concentrated on obtaining compliance
with participate and S02 regulations at an estimated 22,000 Class A sources across the
country. By the end of FY 1976, excellent results had been ach1eved~84 percent of Class A
sources were, complying with final emission limitations; an additional six percent were
meeting increments in compliance schedules. The remaining 10 percent of Class A sources
A-23
-------
still in violation are for the most part powerful and recalcitrant industries that will
continue to require extensive resources to collect evidence, negotiate agreements and/or
mount effective court actions if they are to be brought into compliance. Since compliance
by these large volume polluters is known to be a major factor in both attaining and
maintaining the primary NAAQS, States and localities will have to continue to concentrate
on Class A violators. In addition, the control agencies will have to place more emphasis
on compliance by Class B sources, particularly those in nonattainment areas. It is
estimated that about 130,000 Class B sources exfst in nonattainment areas.
1977 Explanation ofChanges from Budget Estimate
The increase of $4 million over the budget estimate for this program element is due
to a congressional add-on to the budget request.
1978 Plan
A total of $58.0 million is requested in 1978 for
providing grants and contractor assistance to State and
local air pollution control agencies.
Control agency resource supplementation will support
the continued development of SIP revisions by State and
local agencies; whereas in FY 1977 emphasis is on developing
emission limitations, in FY 1978 the emphasis will be on
other measures, such as control of transportation sources.
This will present the agencies with problems of developing
increasingly complex plans constrained by energy tradeoffs,
extens'ive social and economic impacts, long-range transport
of air pollutants, and other similarly complex issues. This
will also involve the development of control strategies for
nontraditional sources, such as industrial fugitive emissions
and reentrainment of dust in urban environments. The com-
pliance and enforcement priorities of the control agencies
will continue to include compliance by the problem Class A
sources and by Class B sources. A new factor will be added
in FY 1978 as the agencies begin to seek compliance with
emission limitations developed in FY 1977 as part of the
SIP revision process.
TRAINING
1976 Accomplishments
Contract funds provided for operation of the training institute (beginning
in July 1976) and course development work. Grants supported nine graduate training grants
producing a total of 72 trainees, 70 full time equivalent fellowships and two speciality
programs, i.e., the Environmental Management Institute and the Automotive Emission Control
Training Program at Colorado State University. During FY 1976, two workshops were conducted
by Colorado State University. The purpose of these programs was to provide training in
auto emission control systems to some 40 master,instructors who will return to their
communities and train other instructors and practicing mechanics. The Air Pollution Training
Institute conducted 66 courses, providing 1,442 students a total of 5,271 man-days of
training. Fifty percent of the students were employees of State and local governments, 32
percent were EPA employees, and the remainder were from other Federal agencies, private
industry, universities and foreign governments.
1977 Program
Training activities are allocated $1,896,000 and 15 positions.' These resources include
an estimated $1.5 million in grant and contract funds for the air pollution training program.
Contract funds provide for continued operation of the training Institute, short-term training
courses given in the field by universities and course development work. Grant funds will
support graduate and specialized training at academic institutions through university grants,
fellowships and special projects. Short-term technical training will be provided to 1,470
students, totaling 6,000 man-days of training, in 63 courses. Fellowships will be provided to
approximately 125 employees of State and local air pollution control agencies. University
grants will be provided to an estimated seven institutions and two special projects will be funded.
(Revised 2/24/77) A-24
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
still in violation are for the most part powerful and recalcitrant industries that will
continue to require extensive resources to collect evidence, negotiate agreements and/or
mount effective court actions if they are to be brought into compliance. Since compliance
by theSe }large volume polluters is known to be a major factor in both attaining and
maintaift/ng the primary NAAQS, States and localities will have to continue to/fconcentrate
on Class Tl violators. In addition, the control agencies will have to plac^more emphasis
on compliaroe by Class B sources, particularly those fn nonattainmsnt areas. It is
estimated thaV^about 130,000 Class B sources exist in nonattainment areas.
1977 Explanation&C Changes from Budget Estimate
The increase of\4 million over the budget estimate for thi^program element is due
to a congressional ado\on to the budget request.
1978 Plan
A total of $3 millidk is requested 1n 1978 for this
assistance to State and local agencies to continue cent
revision, and other technica\air pollutant control wojj
jram element for contractor
strategy reassessment and
Control agency resource supplementation will be/provided under the Consolidated
Grants program. These grant funos will support ths'continued development of SIP revisions
by State and local agencies; whereas in FY 1977 emphasis is on developing emission
limitations, in FY 1978 the emphasisyAdll be on .ether measures, such as control of
transportation sources. This will present the>egencies with problems of developing
increasingly complex plans constrained^ enemy tradeoffs, extensive social and
economic impacts, long-range transport o\atr pollutants, and other similarly complex
issues. This will also involve the development of control strategies for nontraditional
sources, such as industrial fugitive emissions and reentrainment of dust in urban
environments. The compliance and enforasnenrvpriorities of the control agencies will
continue to include compliance by the p/oblem D^ass A sources and by Class B sources.
A new factor will be added in FY 1978 /s the agencies begin to seek compliance with
emission limitations developed in FY/I977 as part\f the SIP revision process,
TRAINING
1976 Accomplishments
producing a total of 72 traj
programs, i.e., the Envirog
Contract funds provided ftfr operation of the training^ nrtitute (beginning
in July 1976) and course deve/opment work. Grants supporter.nine graduate training grants
ES, 70 full time equivalent fellowships and two speciality
ental Management Institute and theSAutomotive Emission Control
training Program at Colorado State University. During FY 1976,Vwo workshops were conducted
by Colorado State Universnty. The purpose of these programs wasN^p provide training in
auto emission control srctems to some 40 master instructors who wnl return to their
communities and train^ther instructors and practicing mechanics. The Air Pollution Training
Institute conducted fie courses, providing 1,442 students a total of Ss.271 man-days of
training. Fifty percent of the students were employees of State and rtecal governments, 32
percent were EPA employees, and the remainder were from other Federal agencies, private
industry, universities and foreign governments.
1977 Program
Train ing Activities are allocated $1,896,000 and 15 positions. These resources include
an estimatedy$1.5 million in grant and contract funds for the air pollution training program.
Contract fupras provide for continued operation of the training institute, short-term training
courses given in the field by universities and course development work. Granu funds will
support graduate and specialized training at academic institutions through university grants,
fellowships.and special projects. Short-term technical training will be provided to 1,470
students/ totaling 6,000 man-days of training, in 63 courses. Fellowships will be provided to
approximately 125 employees of State and local air pollution control agencies. University
grants will be provided to an estimated seven institutions and two special projects will be funded.
A-24
-------
1977 Explanation ofChanges from BudgetEstimate
The increase of $1,892,000 over the budget estimate for this program element Is a.result of two
actions. First, the Congress added on $4 million to our budget request for academic training.
The allocation to the air program, of the $4 million, is $1,770,000. Second, the regional
offices were increased $122,000 when applying the budget to actual operating conditions to
support the positions allocated them in 1977.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 plan for this program element includes $1,526,000 and eight positions. This
represents a decrease of $370,000 and seven positions which will substantially reduce the
identification of manpower needs by air pollution control agencies and workshops on national
issues. Courses will be updated less frequently and the monitoring of training contracts
will be significantly reduced. The resources will provide, however, for a continuation of
direct training activities through contracts. Training will be provided to an estimated
1,900 students, totaling 7,500 man-days of training, In 80 courses. There are no funds requested
for university 'grants, fellowships, or special projects.
A-25
-------
AIR
Abatement and Control
s,
'.'! A1r Quality Strategies Implementation
: : Budget Current Increase +
1 , Act'ual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs 1977
[dollars In thousands}
Appropriation
Federal Actlvi t1es/EIS
Review $733 $677 $741 $741
, , Air Quality Management
Implementation. 4.654 4.199 4,831 3.979 -$852
Total.. 5,387 5,676 5.572 4,720 -852
Permanent Positions
- Federal Activlties/EIS
Reviews. 40 -38 34 34
Air Quality Management
Implementation......... 194 212 207 201 -6
Total.,. 234 250 241 235 -6
Budget Request
The resources requested for this budget subactivlty are $4,720,000 and 235 positions.
This reflects a decrease of six positions and $851,800 from the FY 1977 level.
; Program Description
This subactlvity includes the development of control strategies for areas of the
country where States do not carry out their responsibilities; the incorporation of these
control strategies into appropriate regulatory actions; the Interaction with State and local
governments in implementing air pollution control programs; evaluation of State and local
control agencies and consultation with State and local control agencies on specific air
pollution control problems; and management of State and local support resources and their
allocation. It also involves EPA responsibilities in monitoring Federal facilities' air
pollution control activities, in providing advice to other Federal agencies 1n their air
pollution control activities, and reviewing the Environmental Impact Statements (EIS)
prepared by other Federal agencies insofar as air pollution impacts are concerned.
Air Quality Management Implementation
High levels of activity are foreseen in the area of State Implementation Plan (SIP)
reassessments, development, and execution. Many of these plans have proven to be
; inadequate for the attainment and maintenance of the NAAQS thus requiring redevelopment and
additional Implementation. During FY 1976. all State implementation Plans were evaluated
relative to their ability to attain and maintain the NAAQS. As a result of these evaluations,
plan revisions have been requested 1n 45 States. EPA personnel will have to participate in
the development of such plans and, in some cases, do the planning and execution of the plans.
A-26
-------
Implementation plans requiring emission limitations representative of achievable
control technology (as needed) must be developed by July 1, 1977, with subsequent implementation
of those plans beginning in FY 1978. Implementation plans requiring other measures
(generally referring to the control of transportation sources and land use measures) necessary
for attainment must be developed during FY 1977 and FY 1978 with implementation beginning in
FY 1979. Implementation of additional controls, e.g., NESHAPS, will require increased EPA
activity.
Very complex control strategies will have to be developed and Implemented for the control
of participates and those pollutants that are produced in atmospheric reactions, such as
photochemical oxidants, and nitrogen dioxide. These pollutants are characterized by
originating from many sources spread over wide geographical areas and by the transport, over
large distances, of the air pollutant precursors, e.g., hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides. In
order to progress toward attainment of the suspended particulate standards, control plans
will be developed and implemented that control fugitive emissions from various processes and
control fugitive dust generated by man's activities, such as unpaved roads and construction;
Such controls were not emphasized during earlier control efforts. In order to progress toward the
attainment of the oxidant standards, control plans will be developed and implemented that
require stationary source hydrocarbon controls over-entire megalopolises of the east coast,
midwest, and far west. Additional transportation control measures will also be required. The
particulate and hydrocarbon controls to be implemented will require greater emphasis on public
participation in their development. General public support will be required to make the control
programs effective.
A particularly critical program will be that of reviewing new sources of pollution to
assure that they will not cause air quality to deteriorate in areas already attaining the
NAAQS or that they will not delay attainment (or aggravate current problems) in areas that
have not yet attained the NAAQS. This will, in some cases, necessitate the use of best
available emission control technology, selective source siting, and emission trade-offs.
Such sophisticated siting and review analysis of new sources will require increased EPA
and State activity.
Federal Activit1es/EIS Review
Also included are EPA activities related to the process of assuring Federal agency
compliance with pollution control requirements and the review of Environmental Impact
Statements (EIS). All Federal agencies are, under Executive Order 11752, to ensure that their
facilities comply with Federal, State, interstate, and local substantive standards and
limitations for the prevention and control of environmental pollution. EPA activities in
relation to other Federal agencies include providing technical advice and assistance in air
pollution control, monitoring their programs for achieving air quality standards, and
reviewing compliance strategies. Activities also include the review, for air quality impact,
of EIS's prepared by the other Federal agencies pursuant to the National Environmental
Policy Act (NEPA). Equivalent reviews are carried out pursuant to Section 309 of the
Clean Air Act.
FEDERAL ACTIVITIES/EIS REVIEW
1976 Accomplishments
In Federal facilities, the emphasis was on assuring compliance with State Implementation
Plan requirements. The number of major Federal point sources in compliance with SIP
requirements increased from 118 to 246. Only 82 major point sources remained out of compliance
with SIP requirements and, of this number, 41 were under a consent declaration. The number
of major Federal point sources in unknown compliance status declined from 208 to 59.
A-27
-------
A total of 1,002 draft and 992 final EIS's, as well as 104 proposed Federal agency
regulations and other proposed Federal actions, were reviewed for air quality impact.
, Emphasis was placed on predraft EIS liaison with other Federal agencies and on the timely
S" completion of reviews and issuance of comments on draft EIS's. The fuel crisis
accelerated energy proposals involving new source air emissions and shifts by power plants
; from burning oil and gas to coal, thus increasing EPA's EIS review. The Agency continued
ft > to achieve a high level of satisfactory modifications to those proposed Federal actions
t ( which had been rated as environmentally unsatisfactory or for which EPA had reservations
concerning the potential environmental impact at the draft EIS stage.
1977 Program
Federal activities and Environmental Impact Statements review is allocated $741,100*
and 34 positions under the FY 1977 program. In Federal facilities compliance, primary
emphasis will be placed on effecting consent declarations for those sources known to be
in violation of SIP requirements. In addition, the level of on-site inspection effort will be
increased to ensure adherence to consent declarations by Federal facilities currently in
violation with SIP standards, and to determine the compliance status of non-registered sources.
Technical guidelines on air emissions selfmonitoring for Federal facilities will be issued.
No significant change in the overall level of EIS review activity from the previous year
is expected. However, proposals for transporting, storing, and refining Alaskan oil and for
construction of deep water ports will require unusually detailed EIS review. General program
emphasis will be on pre-EIS liaison and on maintaining effective follow-up of those proposed
Federal actions rated as environmentally unsatisfactory or causing significant environmental
! reservations at the draft EIS stage. EIS review guidelines on airport projects will be
completed and issued.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The increase of $64,000 over the budget estimate is a result of two factors. The
regional offices, when applying the budget to actual operating conditions in 1977, decreased
this area in the amount of -$36,000; the funds were utilized in the trends monitoring and
progress assessment area within the air program. Offsetting this decrease was a
transfer of $100,000 from the program management media for increased support in Region V, Chicago.
197B Plan
Federal activities and Environmental Impact Statements review will be allocated
$741,100 and 34 positions in the FY 1978 plan, the same level as in 1S77.
In Federal facilities compliance, primary emphasis will be on ensuring adherence to
consent declarations by noncomplying facilities. Increased efforts will be directed toward
improving the effectiveness and timeliness of air new source reviews and coordination
with EIS review process.
No significant change in the level of EIS review activity from the current year is
anticipated. The major emphasis will be on Increased EPA assistance to other Federal agencies
to integrate more effectively environmental planning with basic programmatic decision making
processes on major energy, transportation, and other development projects that might otherwise
, , cause severe air pollution or other environmental harm. Revised EIS review guidelines on
: highway projects will be issued.
A-28
-------
AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT IMPLEMENTATION
1976 Accomplishments
The main accomplishment during FY 1976 was the issuance of calls for SIP revisions, resulting
from a finding that many plans were substantially inadequate to attain the standards. This finding
was reached at the conclusion of a year-long .evaluation, and led to notification to the governors
45 States that SIP revisions were, necessary in order to attain and/or maintain the NAAQS
Revisions are required for particulate matter In 31 States, sulfur dioxide in 12 States, carbon
monoxide in 22 States, photochemical oxidants. in -29 States, and nitrogen dioxide 1n three States.
In addition, in order to Implement the prevention of significant deterioration of air
quality policy, continuing reviews were made by EPA of potential new sources of pollution;
a complex control strategy for the attainment and maintenance of the sulfur dioxide standards
in the State of Ohio was promulgated; the Agency began Implementing Its policy concerning the use
of supplementary control systems and tall stacks and on the Issuance of variances'.(policies
which may require SIP revisions); the impact of FEA issued prohibition orders (issued under
the provisions of ESECA) on air quality were assessed; air pollution control agencies receiving
grants assistance were evaluated as to their ability to carry out air pollution control tasks
in areas s,uch as monitoring, laboratory and engineering services, and enforcement, with
commitments for the performance of high-priority program outputs obtained from these agencies-,
and significant progress was made in obtaining State commitments to the enforcement of New
Source Performance Standards (25 States) and National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants (18 States), with an additional 17 States in various stages of the delegation process
by the end of the year.
1977 Program
The implementation of air quality management strategies has been allocated $4,830,700
and 207 positions. These resources include essentially no contract funds. Work during FY 1977
will concentrate on the development of State Implementation Plan revisions for the areas that were
issued calls for plan revisions; the assessment of the plans for other areas where the
attainment of the standards is in doubt or the adequacy of the State Implementation Plan is
questionable; and the continued work related to the delegation of responsibilities to States
and new source reviews where this responsibility resides with EPA.
The SIP revisions will require complex analyses and technical judgements to be made by the
State, local, and EPA personnel, the coordination of many sources of expertise, meetings with
the affected industries to determine the extent of the control capabilities and impacts (both
economic and technical) of the contemplated control requirements, and public hearings on the
proposed revisions to the SIP's. In addition, implementation actions and defense of EPA's
requirements will have to continue for those controls that require implementation during
FY 1977, e.g., the promulgated controls for sulfur dioxide 1n Ohio.
The requirements of ESECA (as extended by the Energy Policy and Conservation Act.(EPCA))
will continue to require EPA review of the air quality impact of the prohibition orders
issued by FEA. It Is expected that approximately 170 utility units and an additional 560 major
fuel burning installations will be affected by such orders during FY 1977. All of these
potential conversions to the use of coal require EPA review and determinations, based on the
constraints established by ESECA, prior to the prohibition orders becoming effective.
Work related to the evaluation of control agencies will continue; commitments from
States to the performance of air pollution control tasks will be obtained. Delegations of the
enforcement of the Hew Source Performance Standards and the National Emissions Standards for
Hazardous Air Pollutants are expected to bring the total number of States to which enforcement
of these standards has been delegated to 40 and 34 respectively.
A-29
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The net decrease of $158.700 from the budget estimate results from the application of
the budget to actual operating conditions. The transfers were applied within the air program.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 plan Includes $3,978,900 and 201 positions for the Implementation of air
quality management strategies. This represents a reduction of $851,800 and six positions.
this level of resources Includes essentially no funds for contracts. It 1s expected that
the work during FY 1978 will represent a continuation of the development and adoption, by
States, of the air pollution control plans required for attainment of the standards In the
areas that have deficient State Implementation Plans. The six position decrease reflects a
reduced effort by the regions in assisting States in the development of revised plans.
Current plans envision the adoption of all control measures requisite for the attainment
of standards by the end of FY 1978, with Implementation of these measures during the 1979
to 1981 period. The FY 1978 program would concentrate on final development of the revised
State control plans and the Initiation of the process for adoption, by the sources, of the
requisite controls. It is expected .that significant workloads will be presented to the
States, localities, and EPA in the development of the source-specific control requirements
that will have to be developed pursuant to the adoption of control plans by the States.
Although it is expected that the States will make substantial progress in the adoption
of control measures for the attainment of standards, it 1s clear that all reasonable control
measures will not lead to the attainment of the standards in many areas of the Nation.
Far reaching controls will have to be developed for these areas. It is-expected that the
development of these additional, complex, control plans and requirements will have been
initiated during FY 1978. EPA regional offices will have to participate in the development
of these plans, providing assistance to the States and localities, Identifying areas that
require the development of additional analytical procedures, and Implementing the provisions
of the expected amendments to the Clean Air Act, expecially those amendments that relate to
the extension of the dates by which standards are to be attained. All of these actions will
have to be accompanied by complex analyses of control requirements, control capabilities,
and the reasonableness of the application of specific control requirements under the
unique circumstances applicable to various sources and localities.
In addition, the activities related to the evaluation of State and local control
programs will continue; commitments from States to the performance of air pollution control
tasks will be obtained. Delegations of the enforcement of the New- Source Performance
Standards and the National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants are expected
to be made for a total of 43 and 40 States, respectively.
A-30
-------
AIR
Abatement and Control
Mobile Source Certification and Testing
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Certification Review.
Laboratory and Data
Analysis Support....
Total.
$1 ,243
3,469
4,712
$1,842
4,985
6,827
$1 ,607
4,811
6,418
$2,416
5,202
7,618
+$809
+391
+1,200
Permanent Positions
Certification Review.
Laboratory and Data
Analysis Support....
56
105
55
103
59
104
72
109
+13
+5
Total.
161
158
163
181
+18
Budget Request
The resources requested for this subactivity are $7,618,200 and 181 positions.
This reflects an increase of 18 positions and $1,200,200 over the FY 1977 level and
includes resources to conduct the fuel economy labeling, compliance, and retrofit
testing programs and finance the installation of the second phase of the real time system
computer.
Program Description
Two distinct areas of activity are covered by this subactivity: (1) activities
related to the engineering review of the data used to certify motor vehicles for
compliance with emission standards and associated technical support, and (2) the
operation of the Ann Arbor motor vehicle emissions testing laboratory, including data
processing and analysis support, for both certification of motor vehicles and engines
and the development of standards and guidelines. The certification process involves the
submission to EPA of applications for certification; the development of emissions
performance information by manufacturers and EPA on the basis of prototype vehicle
testing; and the review of these data by EPA for the purpose of determining compliance
with standards and approval/disapproval of certificates of conformity.
Manufacturers apply for certification by submitting an application for certification
to EPA (Part I application) which describes the vehicles and engines the manufacturer plans
to offer for sale. EPA reviews the manufacturer's application and determines what actions
the manufacturer is to take to demonstrate compliance with emission standards. EPA reviews
the application for acceptability of proposed procedures for mileage accumulation and
emission testing, and the proposed maintenance procedures for the vehicles and engines.
A-31
-------
EPA selects durability vehicles and engines (I.e., tested to determine emission control
system durability to 50,000 miles for purposes of deriving deterioration factors) and emission
data vehicles and engines (i.e., tested to determine typical engine class emissions) based
on information supplied in the application for certification. During the testing of vehicles,
EPA personnel carry out surveillance of manufacturers' testing. During site visits to manufacturers'
facilities, EPA personnel also inspect the procedures and controlsusediy the manufacturers in
their own test facilities to insure that these facilities and certification procedures
comply with Federal requirements and that data submitted to EPA are obtained using
valid procedures.
After completion of the testing program (including confirmatory testing at the EPA
laboratory), manufacturers submit a Part II application, which summarizes the certification
test results. Review of this application involves the final review of test data, the review
of manufacturers' engineering reports, the calculation of the deterioration factors to ensure
that emission levels do not exceed the applicable standards, and the final decision to
certify an engine family. Certification review also Involves the review of manufacturers'
maintenance instructions to the ultimate purchaser, manufacturers' warranties, and
manufacturers' service and technical bulletins.
After the issuance of the certificate of conformity, manufacturers are allow to submit
requests for "running changes" to their certified products to reflect technological changes
and changes in product lines. Review of "running changes" may involve, at EPA's discretion,
additional testing at the manufacturer's facility or at the EPA facility. Since running
changes are approved after the certificate of conformity has been issued and vehicles may
be in production, their impact on changing emissions is monitored, closely by EPA. It should
be noted that each fiscal year motor vehicle manufacturers' full line of vehicles and
engines undergoes the certification process. In general, each fiscal year covers the pre-
manufacture certification of each model year, e.g., FY 1978 covers the certification of
1979 model year, with production changes, i.e., "running changes", processed in the
•following year, i.e., FY 1979.
Additional activity is required by the constant reevaluation of certification procedures.
The automotive industry is characterized by constant engineering changes resulting from
technological changes or the constraints imposed by the marketplace. All changes in vehicle
and engine configurations which may affect emissions are reviewed and analyzed by EPA.
Manufacturers, in order to evaluate the impact on emissions of proposed changes they wish
to make, request interpretation from EPA of the Federal regulations, advisory circulars
(used to document EPA approved procedures and policy that do not require regulatory action),
and general policy. These activities are expected to increase in the future.
The changing nature of the emissions standards for light-duty motor vehicles (with
congressional action expected to provide a phased scheduling of standards to the statutory
levels for a manufacturer's full vehicle line by model year 1982), coupled with industry's
certain attempts to meet the standards with a changing technology aimed at lowering costs
and improving fuel economy, necessitates the continuation of the design verification function
(by actual emissions testing) represented by the certification program; For FY 1978, work-
loads associated with the certification program are expected to Increase due to the need
to certify additional classes of motor vehicles that will be covered by emissions standards,
such as an expanded class of light-duty trucks. The workloads are summarized in Tables 1-4.
A-32
-------
Table 1
Summary of Certification Tests Carried
Out at EPA by Model Years and Fiscal
Years — Light-Duty Vehicles*
Total Number of Tests by Fiscal Year-
Model Year Emission Tests FY 1976TC} Fri9?TFY 1978
1976 1903 1372
1977 2893 1035 985 873
1978 2566 1681 885
1979 3120 2182
Total 2407 985 2554 3067
* Assumes continuation of 1977 model year emission standards for the 197S model year.
Table 2
Summary of Certification Tests Carried
* Out by EPA — Heavy-Duty Engines
Fiscal Years .
FY1976FYT97/FY 1978
Number of Tests........ , 8 10 54
Table 3
Summary of Number of Engine Families Certified
and Number of Certificates of Conformity
(in parentheses) Issued*
FY 1976 FY 1977 FY 1978
Light-duty vehicles 346(205) 272(230) 299(271)
Heavy-duty vehicles... 131 (131) 131 (131) 131 (131)
Light-duty trucks -. 57 (36) 52 (45) 80 (77)
Assumes continuation of 1977 model year emission standards for the 1978 model year.
Table 4
Summary of Running Changes
FY 1976 FY 1977 FY 1978
Light-duty vehicles and trucks., 1500 1800 1BOO
Heavy-duty engines.... '... 300 364 364
CERTIFICATION REVIEW
1976 Accompl i shinents
The testing workloads and motor vehicle .certification accomplishments were summarized
in the preceeding tables. Significant impacts on the certification and testing activities
A-33
-------
AIR
Abatement and Control
Trends Monitoring and Progess Assessment
ppriation
Jient Air Quality
Monitoring
Mobile Sources
Monitoring
Air Quality &
Emissions data-
Analysis & Progress
Assessments
Total.
Permanent Positions
Ambient Air Quality
Monitoring..........
Mobile Sources
Monitoring..........
A1r Quality &
Emissions Data
Analysis & Progress
Assessments.........
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Current Increase +
Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1977 1978 1978 vs 1977
Total.
.$1,010
2,140
3,990
7,140
44
8
75
127
$977
1,384
4,343
6,704
50
8
93
151
(dollars
' $1,126
1,349
3,677
6,152
51
8
93
152
in thousands)
$1 ,426
1 ,449
3,677
6,552
46
13
93
152
+$300
+100
+400
""0
+5
* • *
Budget Request
The resources requested for this subactlvity are $'6,552,000 and 152 positions.
This reflects an increase of $400,000 which will provide for expanding ambient air
quality standards attainment-related field work and analyses.
Program Descr1 fit Ipn
This subactivlty covers the work related to determining ambient air quality levels
and air pollution source emission levels, determining and analyzing their relationships,
and assessing the progress made toward the attainment of environmental goals.
Ambient Air Qua!ItyMonitoring — Activity1 in this program Includes EPA's ambient
air monitoring operations carried out by regional offices, the requisite associated
laboratory support, and special field monitoring studies. Most ambient air quality and
source monitoring is carried out by State and local agencies who provide these data to
EPA. The regional offices oversee State monitoring efforts, develop and carry out
quality control programs to assure the quality and consistency of State data, and process
and evaluate data submitted to EPA by the States. Determination of attainment or non-
attainment of the ambient air quality standards are made on the basis of these data.
A-36
-------
It is expected that monitoring activities and data analyses will increase due to
the need for continuously reassessing the SIPs in nonattainment areas as to their
adequacy for attaining standards, and the need to develop revised control plans.
In addition to SIPs (i.e., criteria pollutants and related monitoring), a limited
program to acquire available State data on currently unregulated pollutants is also
being carried out. These data aid in understanding relationships between sources
and receptors of currently unregulated pollutants, and are used for making long-and
short-term trends analyses supportive of decisions on the need for control.
This program element also includes efforts directed at improving State and
local monitoring programs. Continuing efforts include the technical guidelines
on monitoring developed by EPA headquarters for the use of regional offices and
State and local agencies, such as guidance on the siting of ambient air quality
monitors and on the appropriate size for monitoring networks. Adherence to these
criteria should promote uniformity of 5itJng, and ensure that the several objectives
of the State and local networks are met.
Mobi 1 e Sources Monitoring -- Also included are activities alined at determining
mobile sources' emissions performance. These data are used to assess the effectiveness
of control programs, to assess the need for additional or new controls, and to develop
the basis for regulatory actions. In this program, vehicles in consumer use are tested
in the condition in which they are received (i.e., without any consideration as to
state of maintenance), in order to determine their emissions. The data are used to
determine the average emissions that are to be expected from average in-use vehicle
populations. Samples tested are generally defined by model year and are representative
of diverse geographical areas. The data so obtained are used to calculate emission
reductions to be required by control strategies developed for attainment and maintenance
of NAAQS. "The model year and type of vehicles to be tested each year varies. In general,
a sample of about 180 vehicles, selected to be representative of the in-use vehicle
population mix, are tested in six or seven locations in the country. The areas covered
to date have been Chicago, Denver, Detroit, Houston, Los Angeles, Newark, Phoenix,
St. Louis, and Uahington. Results are available from programs Initiated in FY 1971-1974.
Approximately 900 vehicles were tested by the FY 1971 and FY 1972 programs, covering
1957 through 1972 model year vehicles. The FY 1973 testing program covered 1,080,1967
through 1974, model year vehicles. The FY 1974 testing program included 1,704, 1965
through 1975,model year vehicles in six cities. The FY 1975 testing program includes
2,220, 1967 through 1976, model year vehicles in seven cities.
Air Quality and Emissions Data Analysis and Progress Assessments ~ Al-so included
are the preparation of the annual and special reports on air quality and emission
trends, special analyses on 'the status of attainment of the NAAQS, development and
dissemination of new or improved techniques for data analysis, collection and analysis
of emission data, and development and publication of emission factors. Diffusion models
are validated, refined and applied to predict air quality levels around point sources
and in urbanized (multisource) areas. Technical guidance and direct assistance in the
application of diffusion models is provided by headquarters to the regional offices and
State and local control agencies. Also included are the development, updating, and
maintenance of systems for storage and retrieval of air quality and emissions data
gathered by monitoring activities. The data systems are composed mainly of an Inventory
of point sources and their emissions, and a storage field for ambient air quality data.
To assist the States in efficient and timely submission of data to EPA, continuing support
is provided to the 30 State and local agencies using the Comprehensive Data Handling System.
A-37
-------
resulted from the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA) passed in December 1975.
EPCA has two separate impacts on EPA's mobile source certification testing program:
testing for labeling and testing for calculation of manufacturer annual average fuel
economy. Regulations were promulgated to implement the labeling provisions of EPCA.
The "regulations proposed to continue essentially the same level of testing as Is
currently used 1n the voluntary labeling program. The testing impact of the current
program is the conduct of a highway test on all emission data vehicles (approximately
600 in FY 1976, all tested at EPA), a highway test on all running change vehicles
tested before the mileage guide data cutoff data of September 15 (approximately 100
in FV 1976, with 30 tested at EPA), and a city and highway test on additional vehicles
needed to plug data loopholes in the mileage guide (approximately 100 in FY 1976, with
50 tested at EPA).
1977_Progj-am
The FY 1977 level of resources is $1,607,000 and 59 positions. These resources
include no contract funds. The projected testing and certification workloads were
summarized in the preceeding tables. The Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA)
will continue to impact the certification and testing program. Regulations,
applicable to the 1978 model year, have been promulgated for the testing of vehicles
for, and calculation of, compliance with fuel economy standards. The regulations
require the testing of small numbers of vehicles needed to cover all base levels
(Individual vehicle groupings) and the testing of running changes which would not
normally be tested for demonstration of emission standard compliance but which can
be expected to have an impact on average fuel economy. For the 1978 model year, the
number of extra vehicles to require testing is about 700. EPA currently plans to test
about one-fourth of these in its own laboratory. Test vehicles will be chosen on the
basis of checks to determine 1f manufacturer submitted data appear reasonable, and
.some random spot checking to ensure the integrity of manufacturer submitted data,
'he 25 percent level was chosen because it represents a minimum level of confirmatory
esting while still providing a capability to check suspect data.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $235,500 from the budget estimate for this program element 1s due
chiefly to a transfer for the funding of a contract on assessment of the certification
program to the mobile source standards and guidelines program element.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 plan for this program element includes $2,416,000 and 72 positions.
This level of resources includes an increase of $809,000 and 13 positions, which is
related to the Implementation of EPCA's fuel economy-related requirements, to the
implementation of expanded light-duty truck emission standards, and to an in-depth
review of certification procedures. The projected certification workloads are summarized
in the preceeding tables.
LABORATORY AND DATA ANALYSIS SUPPORT J
197 6 Accompl1shments
The workloads incurred in the testing program are summarized in the preceeding tables.
1977 Program
The FY 1977 level of resources is $4,811,000 and 1 Oppositions. These resources include
$2.3 mill ion in contract funds for support of emission testing and data processing activities.
The projected emission testing workloads associated with emissions certification and fuel economy
compliance are summarized in the preceeding tables. It should also be noted that Sealed Housing
for Evaporative Determination (SHED) tests will begin during FY 1977 on the 1978 model year
vehicles. The SHED method is being instituted because it 1s estimated that over two-thirds of
evaporative emissions go undetected with current Procedures.
• j • A-34
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $173,600 from the budget estimate for this program element Is due
chiefly to delays in the procurement and installation of the first phase of the real
time system computer; the funds were utilized in the mobile source standards and
guidelines area within the air program.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 plan for this program element includes $5,202,200 and 109 positions.
This represents an increase of $391,200 and five positions which will provide for the
emissions and fuel economy testing (and associated data processing and analysis) related
to determinations of compliance with fuel economy standards established by EPCA, and
for emissions testing related to certification of motorcycles and light-duty trucks.
The projected emission testing workloads are summarized in the proceeding tables.
A-35
-------
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING
1976 Accomplishments
State and local monitoring activities were evaluated; field visits were carried
out to determine the degree to which monitoring operations met EPA's criteria and are
generating valid data; and State and local agency data on ambient air quality were
processed. At the end of the year, 2,300 monitoring stations were reporting data
for sulfur dioxide; 3,800 for total suspended particulates; 400 for carbon monoxide;
350 for photochemical oxldants; and 1,350 for nitrogen dioxide.
1977Program
The development of ambient air quality data and field monitoring operations is
allocated $1,126,300 and 51 positions. Essentially no contract funds are included
in this allocation, Technical guidance and direction are to be provided to State
and local agencies to ensure that State and local monitoring sites are operating
properly and generating valid data. Data generated fay States and localities will
be edited and verified.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
An increase of $149,800 over the budget estimate will result 1n improved technical
guidance for State and local monitoring operations. The increase is due to reprogrammings
within the air program.
1978 Plan
The development of ambient air quality data and field monitoring operations 1s
allocated $1,426,300 and 46 positions. This represents an increase of $300,000 and a
decrease of five positions. Essentially no contract funds are part of the planned
resources. Technical guidance and direction are to be provided to State and local
agencies' field monitoring and laboratory operations to ensure that State and local
monitoring networks generate valid air quality data. However, the decrease in positions
reflects reduced technical assistance to State and local offices in developing and
implementing new Quality assurance plans. It is expected that improvements In monitoring
network design and operation, resulting from a reassessment of monitoring objectives and
requirements, wiTT be implemented.
MOBILE SOURCE MONITORING
1976 Accomplishments
1976 resources Included approximately $1.9 million in contracts for testing in-use
vehicle populations in order to determine their actual emission levels. Analyses of the
data obtained from the FY 1972 and FY 1973 In-Use Compliance Testing Program were completed.
These data identified glasses of light-duty motor vehicles which had emission levels in
excess of the applicable standards, Due to technical documentation problems, the Agency has
not found it possible to use these data to support a recall of high emitting vehicle classes.
The FY 1974 emission test program, covering 1,704, 1972 through 1975, model year vehicles,
was completed; results will be used to update emission factors used to calculate motor
vehicle emissions. In addition, an emission test program covering 2,200, 1967 through 1976,
model year vehicles was initiated.
1977 Program
The monitoring of emissions from motor vehicles has been allocated $1,349,100 and eight
positions. These resources include approximately $1.1 million in contracts for testing
infuse vehicle populations in order to determine their actual emission levels. The results
of the FY 1974 emission test program will be used for updating EPA's official publication
A-38
-------
on emissions factors (AP-42), for the first time including data on emissions from in-use
production vehicles that were equipped with catalysts. These data will permit an assessment
to be made of in-use catalyst deterioration and the impact that such deterioration may have
on new and in-use control strategies as well as stationary source control. The program will
also provide improved data on heavy-duty vehicle emissions on the basis of actual measurements
over a road route, and additional data on in-use catalyst equipped vehicles with more mileage
than those covered by the FY 1976 revisions to AP-42. A report presenting updated emission
factors for 1967 through 1976 model year light-duty trucks will also be provided. The format
in which these emission factors are presented will be revised in order to facilitate the use
of the data by State and local personnel responsible for planning transportation systems.
1977 Explanationof Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $34,700 from the budget estimate is a result of applying the budget to
actual operating conditions. The transfers were chiefly within the air program.
1978 Plan
The monitoring of emissions from motor vehicles that are in actual use will be allocated
$1,449,200 and 13 positions in FY 1978. This represents an increase of $100,100. and five
positions. The 1978 resources include approximately $1.1 million in contracts for the testing
of in-use vehicle populations in order to determine their actual emission levels. The additional
positions will allow increased surveillance of contractor testing to insure the validity of the
test data which has presented significant problems 'in the past. Additional data on the perfor-
mance of in-use catalyst-equipped vehicles will be generated. Additional data on emissions for
heavy-duty and light-duty trucks will also be available. An updated report will also be issued
on the emissions from 1967-1977 model year light-duty vehicles.
AIRgUAlITYAND EMISSIONSDATA ANALYSISANDPROGRESS ASSESSMENT
1976 Accomplishments
1976 resources included approximately $2.0 million in contract support for studies to validate
and refine diffusion models and other simulation techniques used in assessing source-receptor
relationships; assessment; of national and regional air pollution control strategies for air
quality standard attainment and maintenance; development of revised criteria and guidelines for
the siting of air quality monitors; development of methods for determining and displaying popul-
ations exposed to air quality levels above the NAAQS; development of analytical techniques used
in preparing EPA's annual Monitoring and Air Quality Trends Report and other special reports; and
the provision of installation, training and troubleshooting services to State and local users of
the Comprehensive Data Handling System (CDHS).
The Monitoring and Air Quality Trends Report, 1974 was completed and published. Analyses
were performed on the status ofattainment orthestandards. In-depth studies of 14 metropolitan
areas not currently meeting the standards for total suspended particulates were completed.
Reports of these studies (and other studies concerned with resuspended particulates) will be
released early in FY 1977. Preliminary efforts were made In developing systems for analyzing
and quantifying the change in exposure that selected populations have experienced over time.
These analyses show clearly that, although certain localities are still exposed to ambient levels
above the NAAQS, the vast majority of people living in the large metropolitan areas are exposed
to far less pollution than they were in 1970. In addition, a study of oxidant levels in rural
areas indicated that hydrocarbons and other precursors transported from population centers
contribute to the formation of elevated oxidant levels observed in areas well away from the
population centers. A standardized air quality index was also developed. This index provides
a mechanism for relating daily air quality values to standard descriptions of air quality that
can be easily understood by the public.
Analyses of emission data from a number of source categories led to the issuance of
Supplement No. 6 to publication AP-42, the conpilation used for estimating current and projected
air pollutant emissionsas part of air pollution control strategies development. New or
revised'snission faptors were presented for fijel oil combustion sources,' opening burning,
natural gas processing sources, woodworking sources and a number of agricultural process sources.
A-39
-------
\ ! 1977 Program
i- - ^
The assessment of environmental trends and progress of control programs has
been allocated $3,676,500 and 93 positions. This level of resources includes
^;- approximately $2.1 million in contracts for Identification and documentation
>% ; of air quality monitoring sites to be used for long-term national trends;
'' ' development and issuance of guidelines setting forth techniques and priorities
for monitoring; development of additional analytical techniques for use in
preparation of EPA's annual Monitoring and Air .Quality Trends Report and special
reports; evaluation of selecte.«f State ambient lonif orlngnetworks» primar 11 y In
nonattainment areas, to determine network adequacy and conformity with published
siting guidance; validation and refinement of recently developed
diffusion models and other simulation techniques; and assessments of national
and regional air pollution control strategies for air quality standard attainment
i and maintenance'
The Monitoring and AirQualityTrends Report, 1975 will be published.
During FY 1977, EPA wiIV encourage State and local' agencies and regional councils
to use the standardized air quality index developed in FY 1976. An evaluation "
of the index using data from 20 cities is planned. A Federal-State program
for collection and analyses of ambient data for nonregulated pollutants will be
continued. Nationally, much of these data are collected by State and local agencies,
but at this time these data are not available for national assessments of the need
for control or for determining trends for these pollutants. Related to these types
of assessments, the development of a rapid capability for obtaining air quality
information for special studies is planned. During the year, the need for assessing
the impacts of unregulated substances (past examples are lead, sulfates, vinyl chloride,
; hexachlorobenzene) can be expected to arise. The installation of automated air quality
• data handling systems (CDHS) in an additional three to five State and local control
agencies will be completed. Criteria for the siting of ambient air quality monitors,
presented 1n a regulatory guideline, will be proposed.
1977 Explanation of ChangejS^from Budget Estimates
The decrease of $666,900 from the budget estimate is due to a reprograraning
which grouped into one program element all the activities which were being carried out
related to the development of an improved technical base for air quality management.
These resources were transferred to the State Program Guidelines and Regulations
element within the air program.
1978 Plan
The assessment of environmental trends and progress of control programs will be
allocated $3,676,500 and 93 positions 1n the plan for FY 1978, the same level as in 1977.
The level of resources includes approximately $2.0 million in contracts for continued
development and issuance of new or revised guidelines setting forth techniques and
priorities for monitoring; evaluation of selected State ambient monitoring networks to
determine network adequacy and conformity with the monitor siting regulatory guide!inej-
development of emission factors for additional categories of natural emissions,
••• ; particularly for hydrocarbons and other oxident precursors; validation and refinement of
*-' | diffusion models and other simulation techniques; and assessments of national and
regional air pollution control strategies for air quality standard attainment and
maintenance.
r" i
1' i Activities of the same nature as those described for FY 1976 and FY 1977 will be
» i carried out. During FY 1978, the EPA regional offices will have to assess the adequacy
of State Implementation Plans for attaining and maintaining the ambient air quality
standards for the pollutants that require complex control strategies, such as photochemical
A-40
-------
oxidants and particulates. The Monitoring and Air Quality Trends Report, 1976
will be published. Criteria for the siting of ambient air quality monitors will
be promulgated. A complementary expansion in the overall emissions data base
for nitrogen oxides is also contemplated in support of the need to reassess
control strategies for these pollutants. Similarly, an expected expanded availability
of air quality data will permit more precise assessments of control strategy
potentials for attaining standards and will provide guidance to control strategy
redevelopment activities. It is expected that the revisions of State Implementation
Plans will require a high level of effort in the areas of diffusion modeling and
other control strategy development related work.
A-41
-------
Enforcement
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AIR
Enforcement
Actual
1976
Appropriation
Stationary Source
Enforcement....... $8,714
Mobile Source
Enforcement. ,
Permanent Positions
Stationary Source
Enforcement.
Mobile Source
Enforcement.......
Total,
432
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
"(dollarsin thousandsT
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
$8,714
2,639
11,353
$9,841
3,902
- 13,743
$10,517
3,824
14,341
$14.780
4,327
19,107
+$4,263 A-44
.„, +503 A-49
+4,766
327
105
357
120
371
121
371
118
-3
477
492
489
-3
Purpose
The air enforcement program 1s directed toward achieving compliance with the standards and
regulations established for stationary and mobile sources of air pollution under the provisions
of the Clean Air Act. The stationary source enforcement program is undertaken to bolster and
stimulate State enforcement of State Implementation Plans (SIP's), New Source Performance
Standards (N5PS), and National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPS). The
mobile source enforcement program is primarily a Federal effort directed toward achieving compliance
with fuel and motor vehicle emission standards and regulations.
The Clean Air Act places the primary responsibility for development and enforcement of
regulations limiting emission of air pollutants upon the States. EPA's primary objective regarding
the stationary source enforcement program is to assist and to stimulate State enforcement programs.
Activities under State Implementation Plans thus far have focused on enforcing applicable emission
limitations for existing Class A Sources of air pollution and on identifying the problems causing
nonattainment of the primary health related-.standards in many areas of the country. This includes
source identification, compliance status determinations, developing enforceable compliance
schedules for sources not in final compliance, and assuring compliance with final emission
limitations or increments of progress contained in compliance schedules.
In 1978, approximately the same level of resources will be directed at the remaining
recalcitrant Class A violators and enforcement of standards for an estimated 75,000 Class B
sources impacting nonattainment. Increased resources will also be applied toward dealing with
about 1,000 additional combustion sources prohibited by FEA from burning oil. In addition, a
large proportion of the increased resources will be used to develop and implement, with States and
local governments, a comprehensive program to ensure that new industrial growth 1s balanced with
environmental concerns. This effort will be achieved by implementing far-reaching programs for
new source reviews, prevention of significant deterioration, and enforcement of new source
performance standards. Efforts will also be directed toward maintaining compliance by those
sources now on schedules or complying with final emission limits in order to ensure that advances
made toward clean air goals are not lost.
A-42
-------
The mobile source enforcement program 1s directed primarily toward achieving compliance with
motor vehicle and fuel emission standards and regulations. In FY 1978, efforts in the program
will be focused on programs aimed at reducing the failure of vehicles to meet emission standards.
The program will implement the Selective Enforcement Audit assembly line testing program for light-
duty vehicles and a pilot SEA program for motorcycles, a recall enforcement testing program, an
increased level of recall investigative activity as a result of an expanded recall surveillance
program, and enforcement field testing in support of SEA and recall.
A-43
-------
AIR
Enforcement
Stationary Source Enforcement
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1S77_ - 197g 1978 vs. 1977
(dollarsTin thousands)
Appropriation
Stationary Source
Enforcement... $8,714 $9,841 $10,517 $14,780 +$4,263
Permanent Positions
Stationary Source
Enforcement 327 357 371 371
Budget Request
An appropriation of $14,780,000 is requested for FY 1978. This represents .an increase
of $4,262,500 over FY 1977, and maintains the same position level of 371 as currently estimated
for FY 1977. The additional dollars will be used to obtain contractor assistance primarily
to solve nonattainment problems posed by Class A and 6 emitters and to handle the complex
sets of problems presented by industrial growth and expansion.
Program Description
The stationary source air enforcement program is designed to effectively utilize the
enforcement authorities provided by the Clean Air Act and the Energy Policy and Conservation
Act (EPCA) to ensure nationwide compliance with State Implementation Plans (SIPs), New Source
Performance Standards (NSPS), and National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
(NESHAPS). EPA's stationary source enforcement program consists of ensuring compliance by
all Class A sources, working with State and local agencies to deal with Class B sources,
contributing to the resolution of attainment problems, encouraging States to request
delegations of enforcement authority for NSPS and NESHAPS, and enforcing SIP, NSPS and
NESHAPS requirements to support and stimulate State efforts.
The responsibility for enforcing State developed, EPA approved emission limitations is
shared by EPA and the States. The Clean A1r Act directs that States have primary responsibility
for achieving clean air within their jurisdictions. When States do not enforce air pollution
emission standards, however, the Act requires EPA to take action.
In accordance with the intent of the Act, the EPA air enforcement program is designed to
ensure that all sources achieve compliance with applicable standards. EPA bolsters State air
enforcement efforts by supporting State control agencies through control agency grants, providing
specialized skill and expertise or special contractual efforts, and by taking enforcement
actions against selected sources when the States cannot or will not enforce.
A-44
-------
EPA has primary responsibility for the enforcement of the Federal emission standards it
promulgates. However, both Section 111 (New Source Performance) and Section 112 (National
Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants) provide for State enforcement of all or a
portion of these standards. In accordance with the intent of Congress, EPA is placing a high
priority on delegating enforcement authority for NSPS and NESHAPS to the States. After
delegation, EPA actively monitors the enforcement of these standards.
1976 Accomplishments
- Completed update of inventory of Class A sources resulting in an increase in the
number of identified sources from 19,360 to 21.954;
- Compliance achieved with standards or compliance schedules by about 90 percent
of the Class A sources subject to SIPs—up from 84 percent at the end of 1975
despite a large increase in inventory; (of the 90 percent, 84 percent are in
compliance with final emission limitations and six percent are in compliance
with schedules)-,
- Increased the number of field surveillance actions undertaken (about 8,000
actions in 1976) by 36 percent over the 1975 level making possible the
reduction in sources of unknown status;
f
- Reduced percentage of unknown sources by about 50 percent from 1,227 to 638; and
- Maintained high level of NSPS and NESHAPS compliance at 90 percent and 91
percent respectively.
Contract expenditures for FY 1976 totaled $1,885,000 including $1,465,000 for attainment
of primary standards; $320,000 for maintenance of primary standards; and $100,000 for NESHAPS
enforcement.
1977 Program
Major accomplishments during FY 1977 will be to:
- Continue to update Class A source inventory. This process is expected to identify
an additional 1,000 sources;
- .Increase level of compliance to about 95 percent in final compliance or on schedules;
- Complete nonattainment AQCR analyses in conjunction with positions assigned to Regions
under Abatement and Control appropriation, and assist States in developing strategies
and appropriate source inventories to alleviate nonattainment problems;
- Delegate major portions of NSPS and NESHAPS to nearly all States and ensure compliance
levels of at least 95 percent; and
- Begin audits of State new source review programs, including evaluations of permits
issued and make recommendations for changes.
A-45
-------
The FY 1977 planned resource level for this activity is $70,517,500. In FY 1977,
the position level trill be 371 positions, with approximately 59 percent of these
positions applied toward Class A source compliance, about 13 percent being applied to
new source programs(New Source Review (HSR), New Source Performance Standards (NSPS),
Prevention Of Significant Deterioration (PSD)], about 16 percent to nonattainment
strategies including compliance by Class B sources having an impact on attainment
problems, 5 percent to energy environment coordination including ESECA with the
remaining 7 percent allocated to enforcement of hazardous pollutant standards and
noncriteria pollutant standards under SectionsllZ and 111{dX respectively. F¥ 1977
planned contract expenditures, totalling $l,831r600, contain $1,802,600 for attainment
and maintenance of primary standards; $17,400 for NESHAPS enforcement; and $11,600 for
Section lll(d) source enforcement.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budoet_F.ptiinfttc
The net Increase of $676,000 over the budget estimate 1s a result of several
reprogrammings: An increase of $100,000 is the result of a realignment of workload
between stationary source enforcement and water Quality enforcement activities at the
Denver National Enforcement Investigation Center. An increase of $78,000 was provided
from the pay cost funds provided by Congress under the Agency and Regional Management
appropriation. Regional reprogrammings of +$468,000 resulted from the application of
the budget estimate to actual operating conditions. Finally, an adjustment of
+$30,000 was made by headquarters offices'due to shifting workload requirements.
T978 Plan
The FY 1978 budget for this activity is $14,780,000 and 371 positions, of which
approximately 51 percent wtH.be allocated to compliance by Class. A sources, • -•:
about 21 percent to new source programs, about 12 percent to nonattainment strategies,
10 percent to energy environment programs, and 6 percent to NESHAPS and noncriteria
pollutant efforts.
The FY 1976 and 1977 programs emphasize the need to assess the attainment status
of AQCRs and to develop and begin implementing plans to remedy deficiencies in areas
that are not attaining the primary standards for one or more of the criteria pollutants.
The Governors of 45 States have been notified by EPA that the SIPs for their States must
be revised in order to attain and maintain the ambient air quality standards. Plan
revisions are necessary in 31 States for particulates, in 12 States for sulfur dioxide,
in 22 States for carbon monoxide, in 29 States for photochemical oxidants, and in three
States for nitrogen dioxide. Additional calls for plan revisions are expected in the
coming months. At the present time the best information available indicates that out
of the tota] 247 AQCRs in the U.S., 146 AQCRs are not attaining the partttulate standard,
41 are not attaining the sulfur dioxide standard, 68 are not attaining the carbon monoxide
standard, 131 are not attaining the oxidant standard, and three are not attaining the
nitrogen dioxide standard—indicating the potential need for many more SIP revisions. The
revised plans incorporating emission limitations achievable with reasonably available
control technology must be submitted to EPA by July 1977, and by July 1978 State plans
must incorporate all other necessary regulatory measures for attaining and maintaining
standards such as transportation controls. SIP revisions will require extensive, input
from enforcement personnel to ensure that ongoing enforcement activities are not
'disrupted or delayed by pending revisions, that.any new provisions are achievable and
enforceable, and that strategies are properly balanced to provide for industrial and
economic growth in large and small industries
In addition, EPA personnel will work with States and local agencies to develop and
begin implementing enforcement strategies in FY 1977 based upon these completed analyses.
Following revision of plans, another round of enforcement will be required, directed at
all sources for which new or revised emission limitations have been promulgated. By the
begimting..of FY 1978, full scale enforcement programs will be underway to correct
existing attainment problems and to ensure that the many areas projected to be near
maximum allowable ambient levels remain below the health-protective standards.
A-46
-------
Enforcement efforts to date have been concentrated on obtaining compliance with participate
and SQj regulations by an estimated 22,000 Class A sources across the country. By the end of
FY 1976, excellent results had been achieved—81 percent of the Class A sources were complying
with final emission limitations and 6 percent were meeting increments in compliance schedules.
However, those Class A sources still on schedules will require close surveillance during
FY 1978 to ensure that they comply with scheduled increments. The 10 percent of Class A sources
still in violation are for the most part powerful, recalcitrant industries that will continue
to require extensive enforcement resources to collect evidence, negotiate agreements and/or
mount effective court actions if they are to be brought into compliance. Since compliance by
these large-volume polluters is known to be a major factor in both attaining and maintaining
the primary NAAQS, enforcement will continue through FY 1978 to concentrate on Class A violators.
In many nonattainment areas of the country, the cumulative effect of Class B sources will
be identified as a major contributor to nonattainment problems. An estimated 75,000 of the
130,000 Class B sources located in nonattainment AQCRs will be identified as having the potential
to impact the NAAQS. Control of these sources will be especially important because compliance
by Class B polluters will diminish the pressure to impose even tighter restrictions on existing
Class A sources than are now in effect. Although EPA anticipates dealing with these polluters
in groups and categories rather than individually as with Class A sources, and primarily through
State and local agencies, development of strategies and assistance to State and local agencies
in conducting effective enforcement programs to deal with this anticipated large number of
Class B sources will necessitate an increase in Federal enforcement resources.
Implementing energy conservation programs is also closely bound with solving and
preventing air quality problems. The Federal Energy Administration plans to issue orders
prohibiting the burning of petroleum products to some 1,000 major fuel burning installations,
during the second half of FY 1977. Therefore, during FY 1978, EPA enforcement will have to
renegotiate compliance methods and timetables with each of these sources as they convert to
coal and will have to certify to FEA the date upon which these large sources can convert and
still meet environmental standards. Close attention must be given to this program because
a very real potential exists for these s'ources to cause nonattainment problems where none
now exist or to exacerbate current air quality levels.
The concept of preventing backsliding from achieved levels of compliance applies to all
stationary source enforcement programs. Failure to support an effective NAAQS maintenance
program by ensuring the continued compliance of sources with either emission limitations or
compliance schedule increments would to a substantial extent negate the efforts expended to
date in bringing sources into compliance. EPA's enforcement program must maintain an
effective "presence" through strong field surveillance efforts to assure continued compliance.
The most important issue facing stationary source enforcement in FY 1978 will be
permitting new construction or expansion of industrial sources so that they neither prevent
attainment, cause nonattainment or cause significant deterioration of current air quality.
Some States do not yet have adequate new source review programs laid out and many of
those that do are not able to implement them to the extent needed to ensure both attainment
and maintenance of ambient standards. Federal assistance and guidance to States will be
required to develop and implement NSR procedures, including strategies to assess the Impact
on the standards of potential new sources, Uncontrolled Industrial growth in areas
marginally attaining standards would seriously jeopardize air quality gains made to date,
and-create difficult, if not Impossible, reattalnment problems. EPA's policy in this
regard 1s not to limit growth but to act as a catalyst in ensuring that the goals of
industrial expansion and environmental protection are accomplished 1n concert. Inherent
in the review program for new construction will be the States' and EPA's ability to assist
A-47
-------
industry in locating environmentally sound alternative construction sites. Control of
hydrocarbon emissions from stationary sources 1n order to attain the NAAQS for oxidants
is an excellent example of the problems facing the stationary source enforcement program. In
many nonattainment areas for oxidants, such as Los Angeles and Houston-Galveston, the
States-and EPA will be faced with managing large, involved emission trade-off programs
in order to permit new construction. Additional enforcement resources will be
necessary to assure compliance with construction permits issued under NSR and to
monitor State enforcement as appropriate to assure adequate State NSR programs. In
undertaking a vastly expanded NSR program—basically a new effort in FY 1978-<-
enforcement plans to conduct as many of the required functions as possible through
contractor assistance.
Part of the long-term program to attain and maintain standards while allowing
for growth involves ensuring the compliance of industrial sources with NSPS. Twenty-
four categories of sources are currently regulated under NSPS and 15 additional
categories of new sources will be subject to NSPS in FY 1978. This will result in
a substantial increase in the number of regulated sources and will require additional
enforcement resources above current levels.
Enforcing emission limitations for hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, and nitrogen
oxides at Class A sources and some Class B sources will be a cross cutting priority
for all enforcement efforts in FY 1977 and FY 1978. Little progress has been made to
date in reducing these emissions from stationary sources. A heightened enforcement
effort is imperative with respect to hydrocarbon sources since they are major
contributors to photochemical oxidant problems.
Contract funds requested for FY 1978, totalling nearly $6.1 million, will support
enforcement case development—$1,750,000; compliance monitoring and field surveillance—
$2,982,000; regional industrial technical and economic studies—$1,030,000; and
national profiles and enforcement strategy studies—$300,000.
A-48
-------
AIR
Enforcement
Mobile Source Enforcement
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
Appropriation
Mobile Source Enforcement....
Permanent Positions
Mobile Source Enforcement,...
BudgetRequest
(do!lars in thousands)"
Increase +
Decrease -•
1978 vs 1977
$2,639 $3,902 $3,824 $4,327
105
120
121
118
+$503
-3
The FY 1978 mobile source enforcement budget request provides for a net decrease
of three positions and an increase of $503,400 in contract funds. The three position
decrease consists of a decrease of 19 positions in the fuels program and an increase
of 16 positions in the Selective Enforcement Audit (SEA) and recall programs. The
reprogramming of the fuels program positions will allow increases in higher priority
Agency program areas, with 16 positions going into SEA and recall.
The increase in the Selective Enforcement Audit and recall programs will allow
Implementation of the Selective Enforcement Audit assembly line testing program for
light-duty vehicles and a pilot SEA program for motorcycles, the implementation of
a recall enforcement testing program, an increased level of recall investigative
activity as a result of an expanded recall surveillance program, and enforcement field
testing in support of SEA and recall. The increase of $503,400 in contract funds will
provide for recall emission testing.
Program Description
The mobile source enforcement program is directed primarily toward achieving
compliance with vehicle emission standards and fuel regulations promulgated by
EPA under provisions of the Clean Air Act. The activities of the program include
preventing introduction of uncertified new domestic and imported vehicles into
commerce through inspection and investigation of foreign and domestic manufacturers'
certification and production activities; conducting vehicle assembly line emission
testing; enforcing the recall, warranty and tampering provisions of the Act; developing
and enforcing Federal regulations regarding fuels and fuel additives, ensuring
implementation and compliance with Stage I and Stage II vapor recovery requirements,
inspection/maintenance requirements, and vehicle miles traveled (VMT) requirements of
Transportation Control Plans.
1976Accomplishments
Approximately $.939,000 of 1976 resources were contracts utilized to support
confirmatory recall testing, provide assistance to States for fuels sampling, provide
assistance to States for inspection/maintenance, establish a home base at Sandusky, Ohio,
for the Mobile Emissions Test Facility (METFac) and conduct antitampeHng support
activities. During FY 1976, the mobile source enforcement program promulgated final
Selective Enforcement Audit Regulations to assure compliance of vehicles on the
production line with emission standards, began construction of the METFac in support of
A-49
-------
SEA and recall activities, and conducted 85 inspections and 11 investigations of
foreign and domestic automobile manufacturer certification and production
compliance activities. Activities of the recall program during FY 1976 included
conducting 15 recall investigations of suspect classes of vehicles, auditing
recalls, establishing a public reporting system, developing defect reporting
regulations, and initiating the development of a confirmatory testing capability.
Efforts continued to develop regulations on the Section 207(a) and 207(b) warranty
provisions of the Clean Air Act and to develop aftermarket parts guidelines.
In FY 1976, mobile source enforcement continued its efforts to implement State
inspection/maintenance programs and to assure compliance with VMT measures., and
assured compliance with fuel additive regulations by conducting 27,666 inspections
of gasoline retail service stations. In FY 1976, mobile source enforcement also
proposed the enforcement provisions of the Stage II vapor recovery regulations and
revised the lead phase-down schedule, and initiated enforcement of the lead
phase-down regulations. In addftion, approximately 15 tampering investigations and
30 imports investigations were conducted to assure compliance with ant Hampering and
imports provisions of the Clean Air Act.
1977 Program
In FY 1577, the mobile source enforcement program will continue to carry out its
responsibilities under Title I and Title II of the Clean Air Act and win emphasize
programs aimed at reducing the failure of vehicles to meet emission standards.
The FY 1977 mobile source enforcement resource level is $3,823,600 and 121 positions.
Approximately $1,300,000 are contract funds to be used in support of recall emission
testing, METFac and home base, statistical program support, antitampering publicity, -
survey, and vehicle testing; assistance to States and regions for implementation of
inspection/maintenance programs; assistance to States for unleaded gasoline sampling
and imports publicity. In FY 1977, the mobile source enforcement program will complete
a pilot Selective Enforcement Audit Prog ram for light-duty vehicles by issuing an
estimated five test orders to manufacturers to test vehicles on the assembly line.
The SEA program will be implemented under full authority of the regulations after
January 1, 1977, with an estimated 10 test orders in the balance of 7Y 1977.
This represents the first time that EPA will exercise its authority under the Clean
Air Act to test production vehicles on the assembly line. Emphasis will also be placed
on identifying suspect classes of vehicles exceeding applicable emission standards by conduct-
ing a recall emission testing program, conducting approximately 20 recall investigations,
ordering an estimated two recalls, enforcing the defect reporting regulations, and
conducting audits of ongoing recalls. In FY 1977, an enforcement field test capability
will be developed through the completion of METFac (Mobile Enforcement Test Facility)
and establishment of a permanent station for METFac at Sandusky, Ohio. In FY 1977,
mobile source enforcement will also enforce manufacturer certification and production
compliance procedures by conducting 80 inspections and 15 investigations, and will
promulgate regulations dealing with the Section 207{a) and 207{b) warranty provisions
of the Clean Air Act. In addition, mobile source enforcement will support implementation
of inspection/maintenance programs and integrate Stage I vapor recovery inspections into
the ongoing fuels inspection activity (20,000 unleaded and 5,000 Stage I vapor recovery
inspections). Lead phase-down requirements will be monitored through review and evaluation
of industry submittals and an estimated 40 imports investigations will be conducted.
1977 Explanationof Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $78,000 from the budget estimate is a result of regional reprogrammings
at the time the budget estimate was applied to actual operating conditions.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 mobile source enforcement program budget request is 118 positions and
$4,327,000. Approximately $1,827,400 of these resources will be contract funds to be
utilized in support of recall, field testing, tampering, inspection/maintenance, vapor
recovery, fuels, and imports activities. In FY 1978, the mobile source enforcement program
will continue to place primary emphasis on the implementation of programs aimed at reducing
the failure of vehicles to meet emissions standards.
A-50
-------
In FY 1978, the Selective Enforcement Audit assembly line testing program for f^
light-duty vehicles will be implemented, and a pilot SEA program for motorcycles j \
will be initiated. This program will assure that new vehicles on the production t O
line are in compliance with emission standards before being introduced into commerce.
The recall program will also be increased to assure compliance of in-use vehicles ??1
with emission standards. A recall enforcement testing program will be conducted on , > |
suspect classes of vehicles and will result 1n more effective determination of
whether recall is appropriate. Recall investigation activity will increase in the recall
surveillance program. The promulgation of the Selective Enforcement Audit regulations, •*
the defect reporting regulations, and public reporting of investigations will all serve . *
to identify a greater number of vehicles classes suspected of exceeding exhaust emission
standards in-use.
In FY 1978, the fuels program will be reduced from 39 positions to a level of 20 , \
positions nationwide. Sixteen positions of this 19 position reduction are being reprogrammed ?
to the SEA and recall programs. Activities of the regional fuels program will be
substantially reduced over FY 1977 levels and will include .conducting 9,000 combined unleaded
and Stage I vapor recoyery inspections at service stations, and reviewing Stage II vapor
recovery compliance reports. Headquarters activities in FY 1978 will consist of monitoring >
inspections and enforcement activities of the regional unleaded fuels and Stage I vapor « '
recovery program, monitoring compliance of Stage II vapor recovery compliance reports
and enforcement actions by regions, developing enforcement guidance for the regional
unleaded Stage I and Stage II vapor recovery programs, and monitoring lead-usage reports !
and the status of refiner efforts to achieve compliance with the lead phase-down program, I
In FY 1978, efforts will be continued to support existing inspection/maintenance programs, - ,,
Inspection/maintenance programs not only serve to improve emissions from noncomplying vehicles »
in use, but data from existing inspection and maintenance programs will be used by recall •
and SEA programs to identify classes of vehicles exceeding standards and by the anti-tampering
program to Identify vehicles that have been subjected to tampering.
During FY 1978, the major activities for the mobile source enforcement program will be to: }
- \
- Issue 23 SEA test orders (21 light-duty vehicle, two motorcycle);
- Conduct 80 inspections and 15 investigations of auto manufacturers' certification '
and production activities; „ "•
- Implement Section 207(a) and (b) warranty regulations;
- Implement after-market parts guidelines;
- Conduct 25 recall investigations;
- Expand recall auditing, defect reporting and public reporting follow-up; *
- Conduct recall enforcement testing program ithrough contractor, heme base, and HETFac "--*
testing;
- Conduct 25 tampering investigations; ^ \
t"l'l
- Review enforceabiHty of AQMP's and of TCP's for additional cities;
- Enforce unleaded gas and Stage I vapor recovery requirements through 9,000 combined ' "|
fuels inspection tests; -
- Enforce lead phase-down and Stage II vapor recovery requirements; and
- Conduct 40 imports investigations. . J
, «!
\
A-51 - " -
-------
AIR
Research and Development
Apprp|>riation
Health and Ecological
Effects..
Industrial Processes..,..
Monitoring and Technical
Support
Total.
Permanent .Positions
Health and Ecological
Effects
Indus!rial Processes
Monitoring and Technical
Support
Total
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Increase +
Estimate Decrease -
1978^ 1978 vs 1977
(dollars in thousands)
$23,425
5,224
7,157
35,806
270
34
147
$30,705
5,065
10,172
45,942
303
49
119
$30,563
5,000
8,443
44,006
280
40
140
$26*648
5,000
7,956
39,604 '
245
40
115
-$3»915
-487
-4,402
-35
-25
Page
A-53
A-64
A-66
4ST
471
460
400
-60
Purpose
The air research and development program is designed to furnish EPA with the knowledge
to establish prudent environmental controls based upon known or potentially adverse health
and ecological effects; to define, develop, and demonstrate systems for controlling
stationary sources; and to evolve strategies for minimizing the emission of pollutants.
To achieve these ends, the program is structured to quantify the effects of air pollutants
on man, animals, pi ants,and the general environment; develop predictive models for
pollutant emission, transport, transformation, and removal, and verify these models by
actual measurements; develop and standardize techniques for the monitoring of pollutants;
and develop new and improved technology for preventing and controlling air pollution and
demonstrate-the cost effectiveness of such technologies.
A-52
-------
AIR
Research and Development
Health and Ecological Effects
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Appropriation
Health Effects.
Ecological Processes and
Effects •.
Transport and Fate of
Pollutants
Stratospheric Modification.
Total >.
Permanent Positions
Ecological Processes and
Effects
Transport and Fate of
Pollutants.
Stratospheric Modification.
Total.
270
Budget Request
Current . Increase +
Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollarsin thousands)
$13,163
1,680
8,582
23,425
$19,237
1,164
10,304
30,705
$17,460
1,910
9,892
1 ,301
30,563
$15,756
1,000
9,892.
26,648
-$1 ,704
-910
-1 ,301
-3,915
192
38
40
187
57
59
205
34
41
180
24
41
-25
-10
...
303
280
245
-35
. The 1978 budget request for health and ecological effects research is $26,648,000 and
245 positions, a decrease of $3,915,000 and 35 positions. The program provides for most
major efforts contained in the 1977 program, although at a reduced level with one exception.
The work on carcinogens will be increased from approximately $1 million to approximately
$2 million by reprogramming from within the health program. The Agency is considering various op-
tions available for reducing personnel in the Health Effects'Research Lab, Cincinnati, Ohio,
and the Environmental Research Lab, Corvallis, Oregon. The two year stratospheric
modification program funded with 1976 and 1977 funds will be completed.
Program Descri pti on
Research on air health and ecological effects provides the fundamental scientific basis
upon which to establish and continually evaluate both primary and secondary ambient air quality
standards, this is done in a number of program'areas including health effects, ecological
processes and effects, and transport and fate.
The health effects research program uses toxicological investigations, controlled human
exposure studies, and epidemiological studies of targeted populations to address health research
questions. Investigations focus on those air pollutants on which there is already evidence that
they may or do adversely affect the public health. Scientific data is being developed on the
effects of short-term exposures to N02", clarifying the health data base for oxidants; reviewing
emerging data to determine the adequacy of existing pollutant standards; compiling a data base
to evaluate and assess exposure-effect relationships of sulfates, nitrates and other particulates;
assessing exposure-effect relationships of chronic, low-level exposure to trace metals and other
npnpesticide substances which reach man in air; and collecting and analyzing information on the
effects of automotive pollutant emissions on public health. In addition, an effort to discern
the contribution of environmental carcinogens to the incidence of cancer in the general population
is continuing.
A-53
-------
effects research focuses upoi
isystems, especially on their
try and field studies and mat
>lishment and scheduled reeva
)o!1cy makers with guidelines,
icultural emission sources am
with the health and ecologies
*> qualitatively and quantitai
il, and chemical/physical intf
if research includes: (1) thi
radels for predicting and desc
;ement strategies, (2) determf
bing the formation and remova
included approximately .$5»82f
aicy agreements. The followif
papers was prepared, reviewec
of particulate air pbllutiop
;1on in scientific journals a|
c considered for incorporatii
n certain lunn function paraf
r million (ppm) ozone and twf
human subjects. This work w|
nal Primary Ambient Air Quail
eria for oxidants (as measur|
ase, a one hour average concf
one hour average concentrati|
. The above findings, togetf
e especially relevant to assf
n in the present ambient staff
del, developed as part of the
mtnune response or defense me|
nd nitrogen dioxide in Q.I pi
y enhance mortality and redujj
i*11 Streptococcus bacteria. I
on the effects of these pollj
isease, and will provide a ff
e. I
natural air pollution condit
concentrations of N02 over t
ttent exposures. On such a
s bacteria, an enhancement o'
trols was observed. " These fi
rther studies needed for an •
between N02 concentration ar
ul in evaluating not only th|
s, but the averaging times e
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
- Chromosomal aberrations were examined in college freshmen, half of whom
in Los Angeles, a high oxidant area, and half of whom had entered collej
residences elsewhere in the U.S. In that set of data, no evidence was i
a seasonal effect of oxidant air pollution on the frequency of aberratii
consistently higher occurrence of aberrations was observed in the Los Ai
residents as compared to the other group. This work expands our knowlee
risks associated wlthjiigh oxidant levels and will help to elucidate pn
suggestions of radiation-like effects of oxidants (measured as ozone) or
A major effort has been directed toward developing and utilizing in vitro j
techniques for predicting the cytotoxicity, mutagenicity, and carcinogenicity of
environmental pollutants. The screening systems developed so far are expected t
valuable in assessing the myriad of potentially hazardous substances presently f
the environment.
An improved monitoring methodology system has been deployed. This system 1
of measuring the exposure of selected populations to short-term, high levels of
air pollutants, such as SOZ and NOg. This system permits the health researchers
firsthand the relationships between observed acute adverse health effects and th
term, tsigh pollutant levels measured. The combination of these data is used to
degree of protection provided to the public by current short-term exposure avera
and to develop.the data base for establishing new short-term standards.
Construction of the clinical health facility at Research Triangle Park Heal
Laboratory is nearing completion. This facility will provide the capability to ;
effects on human health of specific pollutants by means of human exposure studie
out under controlled laboratory conditions. In addition, work has been in progn
develop and apply non-invasive physiological techniques for human subjects. -A s
such techniques for sensitive measurements of cardiac parameters has resulted 1n
improved methodology for assessing cardiac responses to pollutant exposures for i
has applied for a patent.
Among the scientific summaries prepared were those on nitrosamines, vinyl cl
arsenic, nitrogen oxides, vanadium, lead, and nickel. Draft reports were prepaw
and fuel additive toxicology, platinum, and palladium. In addition, as part of i
international cooperation on air pollution control, assistance was provided to tl
Health Organization in the form of reviews of Its Criteria Reports.
A long-term study of animal exposure to mobile source pollutants was complet
analyzed. Exposed groups, living in clean air for four years following terminati
five years of experimental exposures exhibited pulmonary structural pathologic cfc
supported by decrements in pulmonary physiologic function parameters. Bnphysemat
lesions were present 1n several experimental groups. This was a landmark study d
the cause-effect relationship between chronic exposure to air pollution and the d
of chronic, irreversible pulmonary disease, vis-a-vis, the usefulness and necessi
long-term, chronic inhalation studies.
1977 Program
The 1977 resources level for air health research is $17,460,000 and 205 posi
These resources include approximately $8,268,500 in contracts, $1,093,000 in gran
$241,600 in interagency agreements.
The principal 1977 research objectives for the air health effects program in
laying the foundation for the establishment of an exposure monitoring system to a:
of carcinogens in specific study areas; evaluating the effects of specific air po
man such as oxides of sulfur and nitrogen, oxidants as measured by ozone, trace mi
carcinogens; expanding and refining data relating to health hazards associated wii
automobile emissions; and determining the health effects of air pollutants, singlj
combination.
A-55
-------
The 1977 air health effects research program includes: (1) assessing the acute health
effects from short-term peak exposure to nitrogen oxides; (2) completing on-going clinical
studies on ozone/oxidants to ascertain pulmonary dysfunction and alteration of immune
response; (3) developing, through toxicologic studies, dose-response data on sulfuric acid,
ammonium sulfate, and ammonium bisulfate; (4) developing clinical data on sulfates;
(5) evaluating data on such trace metals as lead, cadmium, manganese and others;
(6) beginning to establish a monitoring program to assess levels of carcinogens in
specific study areas selected partly on the basis of cancer incidence rates; (7) expanding
toxicology studies on carcinogens to fill identified research gaps; (8) refining and
expanding knowledge on possible health hazards of emissions from motor vehicles, especially
those equipped with emission control devices; (9) continuing assessment of health risks
associated with fuel additives; and (10) examining the relationship between observed
health effects and various pollutant particle sizes, especially those in the respirable
range.
1977 Eplanatioini oiF Chan|es from Budget Estimate
The $1,777,000 reduction from the original estimate represents (1) a congressional
increase of $551,000 over the budget estimate which was subsequently reprogrammed to the
BACER effort, (2) a redirection of $300,000 within the air program to support research on
stratospheric modification (BACER) for which funds were not available, (3) a" transfer of
$746,000 to the air ecological processes and effects program to adjust the budget to
actual operating conditions, and (4) a $731,000 reprogramming primarily into the program
support media, contingent upon Committee approval, as appropriate.
1978 Plan ' -
In 1978, the total health resources level will be $15,756,000 and 180 positions. These
resources will include approximately $6,700,000 1n contracts, $900,000 in grants, and
$200,000 in interagency agreements.
In 1978, the air health effects research emphasis will continue to shift from criteria
to noncriteria pollutants as on-going criteria pollutant research is completed. Sulfates,
and to a lesser degree nitrates and respirable particulates, will receive main attention.
Some efforts will continue to develop health effects data on nonpesticide organic and
inorganic substances.
Criterja Po11uitants--The total resource level for this activity 1s $4,536,000 and
64 positiofis. The criteria pollutant effort will be reduced by approximately $1,400,000
and 11 positions. The effort will be narrowed to providing data for completing
revisions of the criteria documents. Work will be completed on collecting and analyzing
field and laboratory data on the health effects of short-term exposure to nitrogen oxides.
These data will be available as part of the criteria for short-term nitrogen oxides
exposures. Work on carbon monoxide will be essentially discontinued in order to maintain
the schedule for the revision of criteria documents. Clinical data obtained and
analyzed on ozone will be evaluated in light of the oxidant emergency episode levels.
The on-going field studies on oxidants should be nearing completion, and the resulting
data will be evaluated in conjunction with the clinical data. Studies to obtain
additional dose-response data, such as that for chronic exposures, will not be Initiated.
A minimum effort will continue on evaluating the acute and chronic health effects from
exposure to combinations of criteria pollutants in order to determine the extent of
additive or synergistlc effects.
'* :, Noncriteria Pollutants--The total resource level for this activity is $3,700,000 and
* 37 positions. Theresearch program in the noncriteria area will emphasize sulfates, with
efforts on nitrates and other respirable particulates. It will be conducted at a level
. . approximately $200.000 below the 1977 dollar level, with a reduction of seven positions.
i ; Sulfate research will concentrate on analyzing the toxicological and clinical
L ' results obtained in 1977 on sulfuric acid, ammonium sulfate, and ammonium bisulfate.
This effort, coupled with that discussed under the transport and fate and measurement
techniques and equipment development categories, may permit the Agency to reach a
* decision in the 1983-1985 period on whether these specific sulfates require regulatory
• action. Human exposure characterization for criteria and noncriteria pollutants
will be reduced from the 1977 level.
A-56
-------
Nonpesticide Inorganics and Organlcs—The total resource level for this activity 1s
$1,220,000 and 27 positions.Efforts in the nonpestlcide Inorganics and organics area
will continue at a slightly reduced level ($150,000 and three positions) and will emphasize ^ ;
collecting health effects data on such metals as cadmium and arsenic.. Studies will continue, *
for example, on characterizing human body burdens of persons living in the vicinity of " '*
smelters. This information will be available for incorporation into such actions as those
to control smelter emissions. r,^
^4
Carcinogens Program —The total resource level for this activity is $2,000,000 and six "j
positions. Although many agencies in the Federal sector are involved in research on cancer
and carcinogenic agents, only limited information is available both on the distribution and
levels of potential environmental carcinogens and on the extent to which the public health
may be at risk from such agents. EPA initiated a carcinogens program 1n 1976, the objective
of which is to develop a systematic approach for assessing the contribution of environmental -1
carcinogens to the occurrence of cancer 1n the general population- It should be noted that,
as set forth in Reorganization Plan No. 3., EPA has a mandate to determine man's total
environmental exposure to pollutants. Therefore, because of its unique technical capability ,'
to monitor and characterize environmental exposures, EPA can mate a major contribution to
national research efforts on cancer through its environmental carcinogens program. As an
integral component, the program will consolidate and coordinate the many data bases which
currently exist in other agencies. Ultimately, the principal thrust of this program is to ^
identify the significance of environmental carcinogens to the occurrence of human cancer \
via an assessment of media transport, inter and Intramedia transformation, improved
measurement methodology, assessment of exposure levels, dose assessment, and retrospective
estimation of exposure, all conducted under a rigorous quality assurance program, for both
man made and natural carcinogens which may affect the general population.
In 1978, the environmental carcinogens program will continue to build on the developing
data base. The shift of resources to Increase the program by $1",000*000 and six positions
will be used primarily to initiate retrospective epidemiology studies, the data from which
will be applied eventually to the design of a cost-effective, pollutant oriented system to !
assess the contribution of environmental carcinogens to cancer occurrence and mortality.
Catalyst Program—The total resource level for this activity is $4,300,000 and 46
positions. . The catalyst program will be reduced by approximately $950,000 and
ten positions.
Based on emerging results from exposing subjects to ultrafine sulfuric acid mist and
the field monitoring program to determine ambient concentrations of sulfuric acid and other
emitted pollutants around.heavily travelled freeways, resources will be deployed to address
additional research needed on automotive-emitted sulfuric acid or will concentrate more on
assessing the health effects from various trace metals emitted from autos using new fuel
additives or improved control systems. Animal studies on whole exhaust emissions will
continue, but at an in-house level reduced from that in 1977.
The 1978 plan calls for a total reduction in the health effects program of $1,704,000 and
25 positions. The funding reduction reflects a phasing down of work on criteria pollutants,
(-$1,400,000) as the Agency's focus shifts to the noncriteria pollutant and carcinogens
questions. Work in the noncriteria and nonpesttcide organic and inorganic areas-will be
continued at a slightly reduced level with reductions of -$200,000 and -$1SO,000, respectively.
As data 1s amassed on the health effects of oxidation catalyst generated pollutants, the
catalyst program will be reduced by $950*000, and no new work will be initiated on diesel
or three way catalysts. Part of the reduction in the above areas is to be used to increase
the carcinogen program by $1,000,000. ~
A-57
-------
ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS
1976 Accomplishments
, | The 1976 resources for ecological effects research included approximately $120,860 in
,, ; contracts, $230,700 in grants, and $116,923 in interagency agreements. The following research
'-' results were achieved in 1976:
"l*ii - A unique study was completed on the uptake and translocation of cadmium (Cd) fertilizers
sj by representative root, leaf and seed crops. Results showed that uptake of cadmium
;L contained in phosphatic fertilizers by radish, lettuce and peas grown on a coarse
textured add soil or from a calcareous silt loam soil was a linear function of the Cd
,x concentration, at least over the range of 0.0 to 0.087 micrograms Cd per gram of soil.
These uptakes may be of sufficient magnitude to be of biological significance to
consumer organisms.
- It has been assumed by most researchers that long-term chronic SQz fumigations of
conifers in their dormant period had no effect on plant growth. Preliminary estimates
of a study to test this hypothesis indicate winter S02 fumigations do affect plant
growth of one year old Douglas Fir and Ponderosa pine seedlings. A study is now under
way to determine yield effects of short (3-6) hour S02 winter fumigations on winter
wheat at different growth stages.
- Photochemical oxidant studies conducted on lettuce, table beets, and red clover to
determine yield effects at five different levels of ozone have been completed and
are being analyzed. Results obtained from exposing seedlings of nine western
conifer species to an average of 10 parts per hundred million ozone for six hours
per day for 20 weeks showed significant growth reductions (10-25 percent) in two
species (Ponderosa pine and western white pine).
- Based on preliminary findings, considerable interest has developed in the measurement
of ethylene evolution from plants as a sensitive indicator of pollution stress.
Further work has shown that oxidizing pollutants such as ozone and chlorine gas act
more effectively as ethylene generators than do sulfur dioxide and other non-oxidizing
pollutants.
- The northeastern portion of the United States consistently receives. precipitation which
is 10-100 times more acidic than the average. Other areas are also impacted. The
effects of this increase in the acidity of rain on terrestrial ecosystems is being
studied. Early work has shown that acid rain effects are associated with decomposition
processes, the germination and establishment of a wide variety of forest trees and the
growth of agronomic crops.
- Decomposition in the soil is an essential biological process in which dead organic
matter is remineralized to plant nutrients. Without this process, life as we know
it would cease on this planet. It is becoming increasingly apparent that human
activities are affecting this process. At least 12 toxic substances added at real
world concentrations to soil microcosms were found to markedly decrease the
decomposition process and to inhibit the reproductive capability of all soil
Invertebrates tested. The toxic substances include cadmium, selenium, cobalt,
mercury, zinc, nickel, chromium, manganese, vanadium, lithium, lanthanum, and silver.
1977 Program
The 1977 resource level for ecological effects research is $1,910,000 and 34 positions.
These resources include approximately $340.000 in contracts, $221,000 in grants, and $60,000
in interagency agreements,
A-58
-------
The FY. 1977 air ecological effects program Includes: (1) development and strengthening
of the scientific basis for air quality control strategies and for establishing secondary
air quality standards for major air pollutants with emphasis on S02, 03, N02 and for non- ^
criteria pollutants (e.g., heavy metals, halogen compounds, etc.) upon agronomic, ;, *
horticultural and forest ecosystems; (2) measurement of acute and chronic exposure effects ^j-f
on ecosystems; (3) determination of acute and chronic ecological effects of major air
pollutants, singly and in combination, upon agronomic, horticultural, forest, and grassland
ecosystems; (4) determination of the ecological"'effects of air pollutants within selected Q"1*
systems as a result of their transport, transformation, accumulation, and dispersal through " rj
biological, physical and chemical means; (5) development of population-dynamics models '""-*
dealing with air pollutants and terrestrial plant and animal communities; (6) development
and application of models describing transport pathways of airborne hazardous substances , -
(e.g.. particulates, heavy metals, etc.) to selected terrestrial plants and animals; and , ;
(7) determination of the effects of mercury as an air pollutant on agronomic and horticultural
plants.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate .:
The $746,000 increase over the original estimate is a result of a transfer from air
health effects to adjust the budget to actual operating conditions; no change in the nature
or scope of the research described in the FY 1977 submission will occur.
1978 Plan . -!
The air ecological effects program will be conducted at a level in 1978 of $1,000,000
'and 24 positions, a decrease of $910,000 and 10 positions. The position reduction will
occur at the Environmental Research Laboratory, Corvallis, Oregon. - ^ •
In the ecological effects program, criteria pollutants will receive continuing attention
through field, greenhouse, and laboratory studies on the effects of 50%, 03, and NOg on :
economically important crop and tree species. Long-term photochemical oxidant effects ;
studies on forest ecosystems will emphasize component interactions and systems analyses at *
the San Bernadlno forest study site. At the reduced level, work on acid rain andjiollutant
effects on soils will be terminated while mathematical modeling efforts will be sharply curtailed.
The 10 position reduction 1s part of an overall reduction in positions in the Office of
Research and Development directed at conducting more research extramurally in order to increase
positions for other Agency activities. The reduction will be effected at the Environmental
Research Laboratory, Corvallis, Oregon. The decrease of $910*000 reflects phasing out of work
in acid rain, pollutant effects on soils and whole ecosystems, and a reduction in mathematical
modeling activities. Research in these areas has been targeted for reduction as it does not
directly support secondary air quality standards development; consequently, resources will be
redirected toward higher priority research areas.
TRANSPORT AND FATE OF POLLUTANTS
1976 Accomplishments
1976 resources included approximately $3,029,124 in contracts, $1,675,431 in grants, and 4 .
$2,084,907 in Interagency agreements.
- Since airborne sulfates may cause adverse health effects, a major study was
conducted of the transport of SOg in polluted air masses. The transformation , ;
of S02 to slilfates in power plant plumes were tracked for 60-100 km and urban J
plumes for 250 km. The results support the theories of long-range transport of
sulfates from large point sources and urban areas.
A-55
-------
^hc 6*nera
W in " ' d^s-
ti . w*
on to"' "B£ * ^llsun reach^g «•
jUnersion <» v to refine*
areas
ID
*^ ^n-
the chet^5^ tles, partic forinat1on of
these uncerw i5try An *» ^ su1fu!
role of PhotOCheBl ih vs tt gr
i W»*" --
"> these
10 of photociw-"--" lwl -leve. ---
, role OT v of ^gh vs.f .^fates at 9'
sources
-------
(2) Halocarbons: Investigations are being made of man made and naturally occurring
halocarbon impacts on stratospheric ozone with emphasis on tropospheric sources,
dispersion, and reactions and stratospheric sinks.
(3) Air Quality Simulation Model Development (AQSH): Model development will shift
from the urban scale to the development and evaluation of smaller scale highway
models and larger scale (500-1000 km) models. Both of these models are needed
to evaluate adequately the sulfates problem, while the larger scale models are
required to evaluate in general the problem of long-range transport and
transformation of pollutants.
(4) Photochemical Oxi dants: Emphasis will be placed on determining the sources,
distribution and atmospheric chemistry of photochemical oxidants. Special
studies will be conducted to determine: the role of natural vs. man made
sources; the impact of long-range transport and the Inter-relationships of
N0x> HC/Oxidants; and specific hydrocarbon reactivities associated with
precursors of oxidants.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The $412,000 reduction from the original estimate reflects a redirection of funds to
the interdisciplinary media to Increase technical support services. These funds became
available subsequent to the preparation of the budget estimate through the deletion of
selected portions of work planned under the Regional Air Pollution Study (RAPS).
1978 Plan
The 1978 resources level for air transport and fate will be $9,892,000 and 41 positions,
the same level as in 1977. These resources include approximately $3,450,000 in contracts,
$2,076,000 in grants, and $2,405,000 in interagency agreements.
The 1978 program is essentially a continuation of the 1977 plan and will continue to
support and intensify research on determining the transport, transformation, and removal
processes of regulated and important non-regulated pollutants wfth major effort focused on
oxidants, sulfates, halocarbons and toxic organics.
In 1978 a new, highly focused field measurement program on the Sulfate Transport and
Transformation in the Environment (STATE) representing a series of intensive field
experiments to ascertain the nature and extent of long-range transport and transformation
of sulfates, and nitrates, will be initiated. The STATE program, a comprehensive five
year program is a necessary follow-on to the Regional Air Pollution Study (RAPS) program in
St. Louis which was heavily supportive of research on air pollution on the urban scale and
will be completed in 1977.
The STATE program is designed to acquire the data base necessary for the development
of control strategies for the reduction of sulfur and nitrogen transformation products in
the atmosphere. To obtain such information will require aerometric and meterological
measurements on an areawide scale of 100-1000 km combined with vertical characterization
(within the troposphere) to describe and predict pollutant concentrations at ground level.
The field experiments will be conducted during ,the winter periods (Including conditions
of snow cover, steady precipitation) and the summer periods (including conditions of
stagnation, shower precipitation).
The STATE field studies will address the following specific research objectives:
- Extent to which SOx and NOx rates of conversion and deposition are influenced
by (1) sunlight, (2) ammonia, (3) catalysts, (4) humidity, (5) terrain and
vegetation, and (6) meteorology;
- Contribution of natural sources of H2S to ambient air concentrations of sulfates;
- Chemical and physical behavior of SOg, sulfates, NOx, and nitrates coming from
large point sources, as opposed to area sources;
A-61
-------
Construction
Grants
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER QUALITY
Construction Grants
Actual
1976
New Authority.
Appropriation
Contract Authority....
Funds Available $7,394,312
Appropriation, at end
of year....... (127,806)
Contract Authority,
at end of year (7,266,506)
Obi igations 4,329,228
Appropriation (63,336)
Contract Authority (4,265,892)
Outlays 2,428,569
Appropriation , (662,905)
Contract Authority (1,765,664)
800,000
,,,idation of Contract
Authority
Budget Current Increase H
Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease •
1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 191
5,180,000 4,500,000 -680,000
(5,180,000) (4,500,000) (-680,000)
$68,070 :.S380,000 4,340,000 .1,040,000
(68,070) (4,380,000) (4,340,000) (-40,000)
(1,000,000) (.-.)(-1,000,000)
6,076,420 6,518,751 5,540,000 -978 751
(924,094) (4,540,000)(+3,615,906)
(6,076,420) (5,594,657) (1,000,000)(-4,594,657)
3,770,000 4,430,000 5,190,000 +760,000
(400,000) (700,000) (660,000) (-40,000)
(3,370,000) (3,.73D>000) (4,530,000) (4-800,000)
4,100,000 3,800,000 5,000,000 +1,200,000
Summary of Budget issues
An appropriation of $5 billion is requested for FY 1978 for the liquidation of
obligations incurred pursuant to authority contained in Section 203 of the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended. Also, in FY 1978, new budget
authority of $4.5 billion is requested for the construction grants program as
described under the Proposed Legislative Program discussion. A supplemental request
for $4.5 billion for FY 1977 is also proposed, and described under the Proposed
Legislative Program discussion. It is to have a reallocation date of September 30, 1979
The following table shows the expected obligation levels in fiscal years 1977
and 1978 resulting from these and existing authorizations:
Budget and Contract
Authority
Construction Grants:
P.L. 92-500 ($188)
Public Works Employment ($480M)
FY 1977 New Authority ($4.5B)
~v( 1978 Request ($4.5B)
.vcifnbursable Grants (Sec. 206(a):
P.L. 93-207 ($1.9 B)
P.L. 94-378 ($200 M)
Total
FY 1977 FY 1978
Obligations Obligations
(dollars in millions)
$5,600
200
400
100
200
$6,500
$1,000
240
3,500
800
Balance to
Carryover into FY 197
$40
600
3,700
$5,540
$4,340
?/?/i/77i
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
The above projections are based on the assumption that Congress will extend
the reallotment date (Section 205(8) of FWPCA) applicable to the construction
grant funds by one year. Thus, $1 billion of the remaining P.L. 92-500 funds are
scheduled for obligation in FY 1978.
The $4.5 billion supplemental (FY 1977) and the $4.5 billion (FY 1978) new
authority, together with the carryover funds, will provide obligation of $6.5
billion in FY 1977 and $5.5 billion in FY 1978. In line with the 10-year funding
strategy, another $4.5 billion appropriation will be requested in FY 1979.
The following table shows the projected outlays from the obligations in FY 1977
and FY 1978 and all prior years.
OUTLAYS
P.L. 84-660
FY 1977
Outlay Estimates
FY 1978 Carryover To
Outlay Estimates All Subsequent Yee
( do 1 1 ars in mill i o nsT
.978 Request ($4. SB)
Reimbursables (P.L. 93-207,
94-373) ............. :
$260 .
3,730
:.. r^s^^-
~3&— -~^
• * «
360
$100
4,530
_ __.~p-—
30ir~~*~~""*^*
20
140
$170
6,100
^^^^HP^atBaaMraWlS^^
-— 4;15Q
4,480
320
Total
$4,430
$5,190
$15,570'
Proposed Legi s 1 1 at i ye Program
A 10 year funding plan of $4.5 billion per year is recommended. This reflects
EPA long-term strategy of providing level funding over an extended period of time
to meet the most critical treatment needs as soon as practicable. The $4.5 billion
is a level of funding which EPA believes can be effectively managed by EPA and the
States and can be readily absorbed by the private sector and construction industry--
This plan is offered in conjunction with several amendments to the Federal
Water Pollution. Control Act (FWPCA) which EPA will submit. The FY 1977 Supplemental
request- qf $4. 5. bill ion is not contingent on the passage of these amendments.
The effect of the amendments are as follows:
75 percent funding for treatment plants, interceptors and infiltration/
inflow correction. This does not represent a change.
60 percent funding for control of pollutant discharges attributable
to stormwater in combined sewer systems. This reduces eligibility from
75% to 60% for this activity.. The reduction was proposed in an
attempt to lower the total cost of the program to be more within the
reach of resources which could be made available.
WQ-31 (Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
no funding for separate storm sewers, sewer replacement or
rehabilitration (except to eliminate excessive infiltration)
and new collection systems.
The eligibility for these activities have been
reduced from 75% to zero primarly due to the
nominal pollution control effectiveness that can
be gained. Both EPA and the States have placed
low priority of these efforts with the result
that few have reached the State priority lists
and hence, even fewer have been funded to date.
reserve capacities will be limited to the level required by the
service area at the time the plant becomes operational.
Previously the Agency funded reserve capacity up to
the life of the facility, assuming one demonstrated
it was cost effective at ihe time of construction
rather than later. This part of the amendments will
eliminate the eligibility for that portion of reserve
capacity designed above that necessary at the time the
plant becomes operational.
provide funding only to the levels required to comply with the Federal
effluent limitations based on alternatives to assure compliance with
the Best Practical Waste Treatment Technology limitations currently
applicable in Sections 302 or 307(a). However, where the grantee
desires a more stringent effluent limitation than necessary to comply
with the federally approved water quality standards and it can be
demonstrated to equal the cost of the most efficient means of achieving
the beneficial use objectives of the standards or guidelines, then that
portion could become fundable.
Many States'and commissions'standards are higher than those
set by the Federal government. Therefore, the cost of
planning design and construction to attain these levels
will be limited to that necessary to meet only the Federal
Standards unless it can be demonstrated to equal the cost
of the most efficient means of achieving the beneficial
use objectives of the Standard guidelines.
The Agency has laid out its long-term level funding strategy which will
have the effect of evening out both obligations and outlays so that, state
planning and local construction can be maximized without large scale hiring
and firings caused by peak loading.
WQ-82 (Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
The following table represents our projected obligations thru 1982.
Obligations and Outlays for Supplemental and New Legislation
FY 1977 FY 1978 FY 1979 FY 1980 FY 1981 FY 1982
Obligations 400 4,300 4,900 4,700 4,500 4,500
Outlays..,. 50 320 1,440 3,090 4,590 , 4,790
Both obligations and outlays should stabalize in the early 1980's*
These categories according to the 1976 Needs Survey will require'$45 billion
to provide the Federal share for all funding requirements when the anticipated
obligations from the original $18 billion is subtracted.
Program Description
This program provides grants to municipal, intermunicipal, State and interstate
agencies to assist in financing the planning, design, and construction of municipal
Ije water treatment facilities. Amounts made available for obligation are allotted
iach State on the basis of needs formulas set forth in the Federal Water Pollution
tun'trol Act Amendments of 1972 and subsequent legislation. Within these allotments,
grants are awarded on a priority basis for individual projects. Each project is
currently eligible for 75 percent Federal assistance; amendments submitted by EPA
would limit the treatment categories eligible for participation in the grant program.
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 substantially altered
methods of funding the construction grants program and the methods of providing
assistance to individual projects. Under the amendments, both the percentages of
Federal grants and the annual amount of monies authorized and appropriated were
increased over levels previously available. Subsequent legislation is expected to
provide additional funding and amend portions of the Act, but is not expected to
substantially alter the scope nor intent of the current FWPCA.
Under the existing legislation, a three step approach to funding projects is
required. The first step is development,of the facilities plan, which includes
a preliminary description of the project, a cost-effectiveness analysis of several
alternatives, an environmental assessment, an infiltration/inflow evaluation, and
identification of effluent discharge limitations. The second step is the development
of design plans and specifications. The third and final step is to fund the actual
construction of the treatment works. Grants are made for each of these steps, with
funding of subsequent steps contingent on successful completion of prior steps and
availability of funds. Payments against these obligations are made to the grantee
as all or portions of each of these steps are completed.
WQ-33 (Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Funding for the program includes both contract authority and budget authority.
The initial $18 billion authorized under the FWPCA is contract authority. For
obligations incurred under contract authority, payments cannot be made until funds
are appropriated to liquidate contract authority. Future construction funds will
be provided through new budget authority legislation.
1976 Accomplishments
During FY 1976, EPA awarded 3,976 new grants totalling $4.3 billion. Total
outlays for the program reached $2.4 billion. This level exceeded the FY 1975
outlay level by almost $500 million, and was the highest level of payments in a
single fiscal year since the program began.
At-the end of FY 1976, the number of ongoing projects totalled 8,367 repre-
senting $14.4 billion in obligations. During FY 1976, 1,662 projects were completed.
1977 Program
A total of $6.5 billion in obligations is projected during FY 1977. This will
include approximately 5,750 new awards totalling $6.2 billion for the planning, de-
', and construction of treatment facilities. Approximately $300 million will be
gated to reimburse projects eligible under Section 206(a) during FY 1977. By
the end of the year, approximately 9,900 projects will be in various stages of
preconstruction or construction activity. Total outlays for FY 1977 for all portions
of the program are estimated to increase to $4.4 billion, a jump of $2.0 billion from
FY 1976.
This level of activity assumes that the 10-year program described above is
begun in FY 1977 and that the FWPCA is amended to allow current funds to remain
available to the States for two years after the year of allocation.
In the event that the reallocation date is not extended, an additional billion
dollars would have to be obligated before September 30, 1977, and there is a probability
that a reallocation of funds would take place in a number of States. This is due to
the fact that EPA and the States may not be able to obligate all the funds allocated
to these States by September 30, 1977.
1977 Explanatjonof Changesfrom Budget Estimate
.The change from the original budget estimate for new authority result from
the requested Supplemental appropriation of £4,5 billion and two congressional
initiatives: Public Works (P.L. 94-369) of $480 million and Section 206(a) of
the PdPCA of $200 million. The obligations and outlays changes result from the
two congressional initiatives just noted and slippage in FY 1976 and the Transi-
tion Quarter obligations. This is offset by $1.0 billion of obligations being
r -,4 from FY 1977 to FY 1978.
WQ-84 (Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
1978 Program
In FY 1978, obligations totalling $5.5, billion and outlays of approximately
$5.2 billion are projected. The new obligations will support approximately 5,850
new awards. Total projects in various stages of completion at the end of FY 1978
will number about 10,900. Additional budget authority of $4.5 billion
is beihg requested. Carryover authority into FY 1979 for current and past
appropriations will be $4,340 million.
The following table summarizes the FY 1978 program and compares the activity
levels to the previous two years:
FY 1976 FY 1977 FY 1978
Item Actual Planned Estimated-
(dollarsin billions)
Total obligations $4.3 $6.5 $5.5
New Step 1 Awards.. ,. 2,341 2,100 2,000
New Step 2'Awards.. 724 2,100 2,300
New Step 3 Awards 911 1,550 1,550
?ve Projects 8,367 9,900 10,900
il Outlays $2.4 $4.4 $5.2
The $6.5 billion in obligations projected in FY 1977 represents a peak
resulting from the $9 billion FY 1976 allocation. The decrease of 1.0 billion in
obligations from this peak in FY 1978 is the result of the Agency's determination
that a $4.5 billion per year program is deemed more viable for long-term funding
purposes. From fiscal years 1978 through 1987, the obligation level is expected
to fall from $5.5 to a level of $4.5 billion per year.
Outlays, on the other hand, are expected to increase by approximately 760
million from fiscal years 1977 to 1978 as a result of the steadily increasing
number of active projects
• ;-- -Additional positions will be applied to this program. These will
be used for monitoring, reviewing, auditing and processing of applications and
projects. The affect of this increase will be the speed up of the program as
represented by the outlays shown above. These increases are .essential to the
integrity and good administration of the largest public works program in the
Federal government. Even with this increase EPA's program is operated at a
significantly lower level than other similar programs within the federal system.
WQ-85 (Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Water Supply
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER SUPPLY
Ford Submission
1978 Revised
Carter Final
Pos.
Amount *•
(dollars in thousands)
Abatement and Control: 229 $11,300
Criteria, Standards, and Guidelines
Drinking Water Standards and Regulations
State Program Guidelines and Regulations
State Program Resource Assistance
Public Water Systems Supervision Program
Underground Injection Control Grants..,.
Strategy Implementation
Public Water Systems Supervision Program
Underground Injection Control Program
Enforcement:.'." -
Water Surolv Enforcement
Research and Development
Public Sector Activities
Public Sector Activities
71
(46)
(25)
• • *
158
(130)
(28)
7
7
(7)
91
91
(91)
7,800
(3,300)
(4,500)
• * *
* » •
• * *
* • *
9 * *
* * B
'3,500
(2,874)
(626)
154
154
(154)
15,200
15,200
flS. 200)
Pos.
(dollars
229
74
(49)
(25)
• * *
• • *
• • »
• * »
* # *
• • *
155
(127)
(28)
7
7
~~w
91
91
(91)
Amount
in thousE
$38,282
7,967
(3,411)
(4,556)
26,500
(20,500)
(6,000)
* * *
* * •
• * i
3,815
(3,003)
(812)
154
154
"" (154)
15,200
15, A
(15,200)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER SUPPLY
l.J
L:
L,
L
C
D
PROGRAM .HIGHLIGHTS
Abatement and Control :
Appropriation. ...........
Permanent Pos1 ti ons ......
Enforcement:
Permanent Pos1 ti ons ......
Transition Quarter.
Research and Development:
Permanent Positions
Total,. Water Supply Program:
Appropri ation
P"nnanent Positions
Transl ti on Quarter .......
Authorl zati on Level s .......
Actual
1976
517,042
1S2
4,734
81
4
20
8,461
89
6,488
25,584
245
11,638
10,423
54,500
Estimate
1977
$30.419
209
N/A
81
4
N/A
13,254
85
N/A
43,754
298
N/A
29,480
78,500
Estimate
1977
(dollars In
531 ,214
203
N/A
154
7
N/A
13,227
86
N/A
44,595
296 .
N/A
33,154
78, SOD
Estimate
1978
thousands }
JTT^SQQ*
229
N/A
154
7
N/A
15,200
91
N/A
327
N/A
ftft^^U^^^
***r1
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
j •*•<£ ST-6
^^pfiiflwattf*""
+26
N/A
N/A
+1 ,973
+5.
N/A
_JSJ!!t^. £bMM*
+31
N/A „ .
//Vh/.-intODO' +/3QQ
W
Authorization Pending.
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
The safety of the Nation's drinking water supplies generally has been taken for granted
by the American public. However, a 1969 community water supply study conducted by the
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare covering 969 systems revealed that 36 percent of
the tap water samples contained constituents that exceeded the 1962 Public Health Service
Standards. Many systems evidenced physical deficiencies. Including Inadequate disinfection
and clarification capacity and insufficient system pressure. In addition, plant operators
were found to be poorly trained in fundamental microbiology. Many systems were not inspected
regularly by State or local authorities.
Safety of the drinking waters 1s primarily the concern of State and local governments.
However, the Congress has determined that the Federal Government shares in this responsibility,
for the causes and effects of unhealthy drinking water are not confined within the borders
of State or local jurisdictions. The solution to the problem is to be found in a cooperative
effort 1n which the Federal Government assists, reinforces, and sets standards for State and
local efforts.
The Public Health Service Act and the Interstate Quarantine Regulations provided the
original statutory authority for the Federal water supply program. The Safe Drinking Water
Act of 1974, an amendment to the Public Health Service Act, Increased the Agency's
authorities and responsibilities to improve the quality of drinking water and to protect the
public health and welfare. The Act covers approximately 50,000 community water supplies,
200,000 noncommunity supplies and 200,000 facilities that utilize underground injection to
dispose of contaminants such as Industrial byproducts' and municipal wastes.
WS - 1
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER SUPPLY
M.
PROGRAM, HIGHLIGHTS
Abatement and\Control:
Approprlatic
Permanent Positions.
Transition Quarter.
Enforcement:
Appropriation..
Permanent Positions^
Transition Quarter.
Research and Deve1opment\
Appropriation ,
Permanent Positions.,.,
Transition Quarter....,
Total, Water Supply Program:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions
Transition Quarter.......
Outalys
Authorization Levels.....
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
$17,042
152
4,734
8,461
89
6,488
25,584
245
P.638
),423
5\,50CT
Current
Estimate
1977
(dollars in thousands)
Estimate
1978
Increase +•
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
$30,419
209
N/A
$31,214
203
N/A
$11,300
22S
13,254
85
N/A
43 J
'298
N/A
'29,480
78,500
44,595
295
N/A
33,154
78,500
15,200
91
N/A
26,654
327
N/A
21,154
N/A
+1,973
+5
N/A
-17,941
+31
N/A
-12,000
Authorization Pending.
The safety of the Nation^ drinking water supplies generally has been taken for granted
by the American public. However, a 19o| community water supply study conducted by the
Department of Health, Education, and Wenfare covering 969 systems revealed that 36 percent of
the tap water samples copcained constituents that exceeded the 1962 Public Health Service
evidenced physic*! deficiencies, including inadequate disinfection
'ity and insufficient system pressure. In addition, plant operators
y trained in fundamental microbiology. Many systems were not inspected
Standards. Many syst
and clarification capi
were found to be poo;
regularly by Statej6r local authorities.
Safety of tMe drinking waters is primarily the concern of State and local governments.
However, the Congress has determined that theVederal Government shares in this responsibility,
for the cause/and effects of unhealthy drinking water are not confined within the borders
of State or/Tocal jurisdictions. The solution Ito the problem is to be found in a cooperative
effort in >mich the Federal Government assists,V^inforces, and sets standards for State and
local efforts.
fie Public Health Service Act and the Interstate Quarantine Regulations provided the
orlg/hal statutory authority for the Federal water\upply program. The Safe Drinking Water
Acpof 1974, an amendment to the Public Health Servire Act, increased the Agency's
athprities and responsibilities to improve the qualrty of drinking water and to protect the
public health and welfare. The Act covers approximately 50,000 community water supplies,
200,000 noncommunity supplies and 200,000 facilities that utilize underground injection to
dispose of contaminants such as industrial byproducts and municipal wastes.
WS - 1
-------
EPA is required to establish primary and secondary drinking water regulations <
specifying the maximum permissible bacteriological and chemical constitutent levels
necessary to protect the public health and welfare. Interim primary drinking water
regulations were promulgated in December 1975 and will be effective June 1977. Revised , ^
regulations are to be based upon a study conducted by the National Academy of Sciences ft
which is expected tp be completed early in 1977.
State participation is essential to the successful implementation of the Act. -x,.
States will have primary enforcement responsibility for public water systems to ensure »Nlt
compliance with the national drinking water regulations. Should a State fail to seek sj
primacy to satisfy the minimum State program regulations, EPA is required by the Act
to establish and enforce a program of public water systems supervision in the State.
The drinking water implementation regulations specifying the requirements for minimum i
State programs and State program grant regulations have been effective since January Jj
1976. Based upon these requirements, 54 States and territories have expressed their
intent to work toward the assumption of primacy by June 1977. In many instances, this
will require action by State legislatures. The State primacy applications for FY 1977 a
are expected very shortly. if,
•'/
The Act also requires EPA to establish regulations for State underground injection
control programs in order to protect underground sources of drinking water from
contamination. EPA is required to designate those States for which an underground i
injection control program is necessary. Designated States are intended to have y
primary enforcement responsibility for this program and must satisfy the State program
regulations to assume it. Should States fail to assume or qualify for this responsibility,
EPA must implement this program and enforce the regulations. The underground injection /• ]
control regulations were proposed in the Federal Register in August 1976. It is
anticipated that they will be promulgated by nrid-1977. :'
The program policy and strategy recognize that providing safe drinking water to all
Americans cannot be achieved immediately. As such, the program regulations rely on a '
phased approach to implementation providing adequate time for a State to satisfy the
monitoring, surveillance, public notification, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements.
In addition, to permit the States to assume the primary role for assuring the safety of
drinking water, participation by State representatives and responsible interest groups "j
and citizens has been incorporated into the regulatory development process. Special " -
attention has been given to protection of public health, economic impact, and building
on existing State institutions in developing the regulations.
The major program aniphasis for the coming budget year are. threefold: (1) establish
standards for organics and develop feasible treatment technology, (2) provide sufficient
assistance to the States to encourage the maximum number to seek primary enforcement
responsibility for public water systems supervision and underground injection control .
programs, and (3) implement a Federal program in those States that definitely refuse to i -',
seek primacy or are unable to assume primacy. The goal is to have the States and local M
governments assume the principal role in assuring safe drinking water with the Federal ""--
Government providing technical and financial support.
Water supply abatement and control is developing a coordinated program in which the ^
research and development efforts will play a significant part in the development of "•
regulations and the setting of standards. Research priorities will be implemented in
consideration- of needs and priorities of abatement and control activities. Research will
continue to study the causes, diagnosis, treatment, control, and prevention of diseases ' :j
and other impairment of health resulting directly or indirectly from contaminants in drinking >,
water. The objectives are to develop criteria for drinking water constitutent limits **
with particular emphasis on organic, inorganic, and microbiological contaminants.
WS - 2
-------
U
n
G
T
y
n
U
The products of research and development activities include: (a) improved methods to
Identify and measure the existence of contaminants; (b) improved methods to identify and
measure the health effects of contaminants in drinking water; (c) new or improved methods
of treating raw water to prepare 1t for drinking, so as to improve the efficiency of water
treatment and remove contaminants from water; and (d) Improved methods of protecting under-
ground water sources of public water systems from contamination.
During FY 1978, research will concentrate on organics and the analytical and dis-
infection methods and treatment technology to address this problem. Research efforts will
be specifically directed based on the recommendations of the National Academy of Sciences
study to be completed in early 1977. Research will be conducted to develop and implement
quality assurance procedures and protocols for water supply laboratories to assure that
data are accurate and legally defensible. Resources for this effort are included under
the interdisciplinary activity as part of a comprehensive quality assurance program for
all environmental media.
Enforcement will be used to respond to emergency situations, examine State program
applications for adequate enforcement provisions, and participate in the preparation of
program guidance and the development of enforcement policies and implementation procedures.
This program will also Implement enforcement overview and back-up support to the public
water systems program. This involves, where possible, the investigation of violations
and the initiation of civil or criminal actions 1n States without primary enforcement
responsibility.
SUMMARYOf INCREASES,AND .DECREASES " ' (in thousands of do!iars)
1977 Wa-ter Supply Program...... , 544,595
AbatementLaneLSontrol .
A net '&Sm of .$TO J'KHloe is a resu1t_pf aW
//*e*a*&.Qf*m minion am Hi the 'inalujiian Bftfpwltc water
""systems supervision grants and^unaergrouna injection
control grants'1
V&liibivi yi aui^»j i ii wilt*—iiwii *m<*^*p"WH Bum j'l'wiin* pi ui-iu.iixTr
a decrease of "si ,080,000 due to the termination of the one-
time rural water associations grant assistance and
academic training; partially offset by an increase of
$1,165,900 to provide additional contract funds
relating to organics standards development, and program
implementation, and salary support for additional
personnel.
Research and Development.... +1,973
This increase is to conduct research based on the
recommendations of the National Academy of Sciences
study of drinking water contaminants, The increase will
be used to determine occurrence and effects of potential
carcinogens in drinking water, to develop monitoring and
analytical methods, and to determine applicability of
bench level carcinogen removal techniques at large scale.
Epidemiological studies of the relationship of water
hardness to heart disease and other problems will be
conducted. Cost effective advanced treatment techniques
will be evaluated at pilot plant level and large-scale
system technology for inorganics removal will be adapted
to small community water supply systems.
1978 Water Supply Program Request
WS - 3
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
SUMWRY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES """"]
1 . Summary of Budget Request
j -
An appropriation of SS&iSS'i'iQQQ 1s requested for 1978. This request, by
appropriation account, is as follows:
Abatement and Control ..... . ...... ........ . ....... fir;300.DQer
Enforcement... ....... .................... ........ 154,000
Research and Development ...... ................... IS, 200, 000
. ,t
Tl"s r^est represents "'jftSffijU^fc^HUtft * "» "*** from *"e 1577 water
supply program and reflects ifo vrvwifinvt TJUBTJC water systems supervision
yi",iiiU» l.'iai^uWiu'u'U') and underground injection control grants -f-ff.rTL.nrri •
^B"the niv liinrnlidiitBri PMBIJI mil yj JUU pi u|p>iitt a termination of the one-time
rural water associations grant funding (-5315,0005; nonrecurring training ... y
grant funds (-$765,000); an increase in contract funds and additional staff
support relating to orgsnles standards development and program implementation
(+$1,165,900); and an increase to conduct research as recommended in the ' \
National Academy of Sciences study on drinking water contaminants (+$1,973,000). j
2. Changes from Original 1977 Budget Estimate
, ^
Changes from the original budget are as follows: {
(in thousands of dollars)
Original 1977 estimate ....................... ....... $43,754 '~1
Transfer of C1 nci nnati NFIC f uncti ons ------- . ...... . . +30 __j
Transfer within research and development
activities.. ....... . ............ ...... ............ -27
Transfer to program management and support accounts. -324 i
Rural water associations grants.......... ........... +315 I
Training grants ...... ...... ...... , ......... » ...... .. . +765
Operating adjustments ............................... +82
Current 1977 estimate. ......... ... ----- ..... .. ..... .. "44,595
A small function and associated resources, $30,000, was shifted to the water supply " _ '
program from the water quality program with the closing of the Cincinnati National Field
Investigation Center.
- — i
A proposal will be submitted to the Committee-, as appropriate, for separate consideration
for a research and development reprogramaring to the program management media to cover — j
increased costs.
- X.
In the budget estimate, the program management for the water supply program was
Included within the water supply subactivities rather than within the program management _
media. In order to realign the management resources in the same fashion as other media,
six positions and 1324,000 were transferred to the program management and support media.
The 1977 Senate Report (94-974) directed that 2315,000 be reprogramned Into this
media to be used for providing grants to State associations of rural water districts. —
This reprogranraing is now reflected in the current estimate.
MS - 4
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
The Congress added-on $4 million for academic training; initially, none of this
add-on was allocated to tile water supply program. The Committees have been requested
to approve a distribution of these funds which would involve $1,465,000 distributed
to universities and colleges for fellowships, institutional grants, and contracts for
curriculum development. It is estimated that 5755,000 of this effort will be in the
water supply area.
Operating adjustments are changes required to adjust the budget to actual operating
conditions. In the process of applying the budget to the specific needs of each regional
office, laboratory, and headquarters program office, it is often necessary to make small
adjustments to the planned budget. The $82,000 increase is the cumulative effect of
these changes on water supply programs in 1977.
OF IHCREftSES AND DECREASES TO OBLISATIONS
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(in thousands of dollars)
Prior year obligations .......... ...... .....
Additional cost of program increases ...... ,
Increases and decreases to budget estimate
above,
88*
Alitedab
rf fir I £88
grants
Program decreases....
Change in amount of carryover funds available...
Total estimated obligations,
(From new obii gati on authori ty).
(From pri or year funds)
S25.584
+10,309
+595
+15.386.
51,874
(43,028)
(8,846}
$51,874
+1,883
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES ANO DECREASES TO-OSLISATIDNS
The 1977 budget included program increases over the 1976 level which are expected to
result in an obligation increase of $10,309,000. Increases in 1978 relating to organics
standards development and program implementation and the MAS study on drinking water contaminants
is expected to result in a SI,883.000 increase to obligations.
The increases and decreases to the 1977 budget estimate, as detailed previously, result
in a net change of +$595^,000 to obligations in 1977.
I round injection
f $Wi.3 ni111!mi.
The iminsrer- e
control grants
the public water, systems supervision grants and
results in a
in obligations in 1978 in the water supply media.
The 1978 program decreases for the rural water associations grants and training grants
is expected to decrease obligations by $1 million.
Carryover funds effecting obligations after FY 1976 result in a change of +515,386,300;
obligations in 1977 from carryover funds are expected to be $8,846,000. In 1978, these
obligations are expected to decrease by •ga»aJBi9C8 to a level of
*L f m —
oeo.
WS - 5
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
The Congress added-on $4 million for academic training; initially, none of this
add-on was aHpcated to the water supply program. The Committees have been resjfle'sted
to approve a distribution of these funds which would involve $1,465,000 distnbuted
to universities\rid colleges for fellowships, institutional grants, and contracts for
curriculum development. It is estimated that $765,000 of this effort wjHi be in the
water supply area.
Operating adjustments are changes required to adjust the budae"t to actual operating
conditions. In the proaess of applying the budget to the speci&fc needs of each regional
office, laboratory, and headquarters program office, it is oftm necessary to make small
adjustments to the planneoVbudget. The $82,000 increase is t^ie cumulative effect of
these changes on water supp\y programs in 1977.
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(in thousands of dollars)
Prior year obligations ,
Additional cost of program increase!
Increases and decreases to budget esf
as listed above ,',,
Transfer to consolidated grants medij
Program decreases « ,
Change in amount of carryover fund€ availaf
le..
Total estimated obligations..
(From new obligation authoj
(From prior year funds).
rty).
$25,584
+10,309
+595
+15,386
51,874
(43,028)
(8,846)
$51,874
+1,883
-17,300
-1,000
-7.279
28,178
(26,611)
(1,567)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
The 1977 budget included program increases over the ^976 level which are expected to
result in an obligation increase of $10,309,000. IncreasesVin 1978 relating to organics
standards development ajra program implementation and the NA\study on drinking water contaminants
is expected to result>fn a $1,883,000 increase to obligations
The increasesyfnd decreases to the 1977 budget estimate,
in a net change o/+$595,000 to obligations in 1977.
detailed previously, result
The transf/r of the public water, systems supervision grants ail
control grants to the new consolidated grants media results in a dec!
in obligations in 1978 in the water supply media.
underground injection
sase of $17.3 million
The 1978 program decreases for the rural water associations grants and training grants
is expected to decrease obligations by $1 million.
Carryover funds effecting obligations after FY 1976 result in a change of +$15,386,000;
obligations in 1977 from carryover funds are expected to be $8,846,000. In 1978, these
obligations are expected to decrease by $7,279,000 to a level of $1,567,000.
WS - 5
-------
WATER SUPPLY
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
PROGRAM LEVELS
State applications for public
water systems supervision a/
grants.... 53 50 54 47~ -7
States with primary enforcement
responsibility for public
water systems supervision
programs ... 40 47 54 +7
State applications for
underground injection u/ c/
control grants ... ... T9-7 19-
States with primary enforcement
responsibility for under-
ground injection control
programs ... ... ... 10 +10
a/ To be eligible for FY 1978 grants, a State must-have been approved for primacy in FY 1977.
b/ Based on the assumption that 19 States are designated by the Administrator as requiring
underground injection control programs. However, a State may petition the Administrator
to be designated.
£/ Although the State program regulations require designated States to assume primacy within 270
days after the date of promulgation, the grant provisions extend grant eligibility of
designated States to two years upon a formal declaration of intent to assume primacy. After
the two year period, a designated State without primacy will not be eligible for grants.
MS - 6
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
- J
-1
WATER SUPPLY
Abatement and Control
Agprognation
Cri'^S, "Standards,
and Guidelines....
State Program
Resource
Assistance ,.
Strategy
Implementation...
Total.
Permanent Positions
Criteria, Standards,
and Guidelines....
State Program
Resource
Assistance.
Strategy
Implementation...
Actual
1976
33,884
10.907
2,251
17,042
57
95
Budget
Estimate
1977
$4,973
20,000
5,446
30,419
48
161
Current
Estimate Estimate
1977 1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
In thousands }
Page
$6,798
21,080
3,336
31,214
65
138
57,800
3,500
+$!,002 WS-9
HS-12
+164 WS-1&
IS, P14»
71
158
+6
+20
Total.
152
209
203
229
+26
Purpose
The Abatement and Control appropriation encompasses activities relating to the development
of regulations and establishment of standards necessary to protect the public health and
welfare, the development of control strategies and programs and the implementation of such
programs as mandated by the Safe Drinking Mater Act of 1974. These activities include the
promulgation of primary and secondary drinking water regulations which include maximum
contaminant levels, the establishment of minimum requirements for State public water systems
supervision and underground injection control programs, and the Federal implementation of
these programs if necessary.
EPA's water supply abatement and control activities are directed toward the goal of
providing safe drinking water to all Americans through the attainment and maintenance of the
primary drinking water regulations. The first program priority is to develop primary drinking
water standards to protect the public from drinking water constituents which have an adverse health
effect. This includes the establishment of standards relating to recent findings on organics,
the economic analyses on public water systems supervision, and the development of feasible
treatment technology. The second program priority is to assist the States in assuming the primary
role in implementation of the public water systems supervision and the underground injection
control programs. Also Included are the establishment of programs on Indian reservations and the
operation of a program covering Interstate carriers as required by the Act. In addition, Federal
implementation of both programs will be necessary 1n States without primacy.
J
WS - 7
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
The abatement and control activities are categorized under the following subactivities.
Criteria. Standards, and guidelines. This subactivity is related to the development of
drinking water standards and regulations and to the development of State program guidelines and
regulations. This activity Includes development of Information from fundamental studies on
health effects, control technology, and monitoring to determine the concentration of hazardous
substances in the environment. These include microbiological contaminants (bacteria and virus)
and toxic chemicals from natural and synthetic.sources. Economic analyses associated with these
activities are also included. Under this subactlvlty, the primary and secondary drinking water
regulations are established and the minimum requirements for State programs for the public water
systems supervision and underground injection control programs are established. In addition,
guidance to the regions for program implementation is provided.
State Prgjjram Resource Assistance. This subactlvty Involves the provision of resources to
support State activities in implementing the public water systems supervision and underground
injection control programs as well as to provide training support in the water supply field. The
primary responsibility for assuring the safety of the drinking water rests with the States. If
the States are to effectively implement this responsibility and thereby eliminate or reduce the
need for direct Federal Involvement, Federal resource assistance is required. -lit 0 lOTD'i fehM-
pragpOTi is intluded in tna sanea Tito-bad gutnU pmpaoal-r"-
Strategy Implementation. This subactlvlty is related to the implementation of regulatory
requirements for which the Federal Government is responsible. This Includes program oversight in
States with primacy,as well as program implementation 1n States without primary enforcement
responsibility, on Indian reservations, and for the interstate carrier conveyances programs. Other
activities Include technical assistance to States in the implementation of public water systems
supervision programs and in the establishment of underground Injection control programs; technical
evaluations of petitions for designation of sole source aquifers; coordination with water quality
, management planning programs to ensure proper consideration of water supply activities; and
technical and policy guidance relating to underground Injection.
' WS - 8
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER SUPPLY
Abatement and Control
Criteria, Standards, and Guidelines
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Drinking Water Standards
and Regulations Development
State Program Guidelines and
Regulations Development....
$2,143
1,741
$3,194
1,779
$2,298
4,500
$3, 300
4,500
+$1,002
Total.
3,884
4,973
6,798
7,800
+1,002
Permanent Positions
Drinking Water Standards
and Regulations Development
State Program Guidelines and
Regulations Development....
57
32
16
43
22
46
25
+3
+3
Total.
57
48
65
71
Budget Request
An appropriation of $7,800,000 and 71 positions is requested for FY 1978. This represents an
increase of $1,002,000 and six positions over the FY 1977 appropriation. The funds will be used for
contracts to determine exposure and health risks of some drinking water contaminants and to conduct
assessments of the technological and economic feasibility of controlling these contaminants.
Additional personnel will develop standards and program guidance documents necessary for
implementation of the public water systems supervision and the underground injection control
programs.
The Safe Drinking Water Act requires EPA to assure the safety of drinking water through the
establishment and enforcement of national drinking water regulations specifying maximum permissible
bacteriological, chemical, and radiological constituent levels required to protect the public health
and welfare. Interim primary regulations have been established which become effective in June 1977.
Final standards will be established based upon a National Academy of Sciences study which will be
completed in 1977. Currently, maximum contaminant levels for organics and the appropriate treatment
techniques to control these contaminants are being developed. EPA is also responsible for
establishing requirements for a minimum State program for public water systems supervision which would
meet the Primary Drinking Water Regulations, and for underground injection control which would protect
ground water sources of drinking water. This includes the development of program guidance documents
and strategies for program implementation.
DRINKING MATER STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS DEVELOPMENT
1976 Accomplishments
Development of drinking water standards and regulations included approximately $2 million in
contract support obligations and commitments, primarily for the National Academy of Sciences study,
the conduct of economic analyses on the proposed regulations, and health assessments of various
WS * 9
-------
contaminants in drinking water such as asbestos, viruses, hydrocarbons, etc. These activities are
expected, where necessary, to result in the establishment of maximum contaminant levels for these
constituents and the promulgation of revised primary drinking water regulations in FY 1977.
Interim primary drinking water regulations were promulgated in December 1975 and become effective
in June 1977. As a result of the discovery of organics in drinking water which may be harmful to
man, EPA initiated a request for data to aid in the assessment of these contaminants. As data
becomes available on human health effects, revised standards and regulations will be issued.
Finally, an assessment of home water treatment was initiated.
1977 Program •
$2.3 million of the 1977 appropriation has been allocated to this program element,
Approximately $1 million of the 1977 estimate will be used for contracts to evaluate health
effects of specific contaminants in drinking water, and to provide the capability to perform special
studies in problem areas. The findings from projects funded in the prior fiscal year will be used
to establish regulations and to set standards. The major outputs planned include the promulgation
of revised primary drinking water regulations, the development of procedures relating to quality
assurance and laboratory certification, and economic analysis on the regulations. Activities
relating to the assessment of health risks, economic impact, and treatment techniques will continue.
1 977 Explanation of Changes From Budget Estimate
The decrease of $896 thousand from the budget estimate was due to a transfer to other water
supply program elements to initiate the rural water survey, for public information efforts to acquaint
suppliers and citizens of the requirements of the Act and regulations, and to conduct economic
analyses on the proposed regulations.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 plan for this program element includes $3,300,000 and 46 positions, an increase
of $1,002,000 and three positions over FY 1977. The increase is to provide additional contract
funds for the development of standards and regulations, particularly to complete the basic
assessment of exposure and health risk of as many as possible of the 157 environmental health hazard
contaminants expected to be identified by the National Academy of Sciences study. Studies of the
technological and economic feasibility of controlling these selected contaminants will be conducted.
Furthermore, the groundwork for launching a major initiative to develop new approaches to water
treatment technology will be developed. The results of these efforts will form the data base for
establishing standards for as many as possible of the 157 contaminants presently being examined by
the National Academy of Sciences. The additional positions will be used to develop standards for
some of the contaminants posing a health hazard.
STATE, PROGRAM GUIDELINES AND REGULATIONS^ DEVELOPMENT
1976
The development of State program guidelines and regulations included $1.5 million in contract/
grant obligations and commitments. Development grants totalling $251,000 were awarded to the States
early in the fiscal year to assess current legislative and statutory authorities and ongoing
activities in preparation for assumption of primary enforcement responsibility. Grants were awarded
for the conduct of certain portions of the rural water survey, for the development of technical
materials to be used by small water systems, and for disseminating information to the public. An
interagency agreement with the Office of Education'- was negotiated for the purpose of designing an
educational program to upgrade the training of present utility operators. All of these activities
were initiated to encourage and assist the States to assume their full responsibility for assuring
the safety of drinking water.
US - 10-
-------
1977 Program
$4.5 million of the 1977 appropriation has been allocated to this program element. Approximately
$3 million of the 1977 estimate will be used for grants and contracts. A substantial amount of the
funds will be used to complete the rural water survey and to develop a data processing system for
the underground injection control program. In addition, projects relating to economic studies of
implementing the underground injection control regulations, training^ and public information will be
funded.
1977 Explanation of Changes From Budget Estimate
The increase of $2,721,000 over the budget estimate was necessary to support the conduct of the
rural water survey, to undertake feasibility studies for the development of ADP systems for the
public water systems supervision and underground injection control programs, and to conduct economic
analyses State program regulations. The major portion of this transfer was from the water supply
strategy implementation subactivity.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 plan for this program element is $4,500,000 and 25 positions, an increase of three
positions over FY 1977. Control strategies and programs will be developed for implementation in
areas where the Federal Government will have primary enforcement responsibilities,' principally in States
that do not assume primary enforcement responsibility. Guidance documents to assist States in
implementation of underground injection control programs will be prepared. Contract funds will be
used to obtain information on ground water. Furthermore, as the primary drinking water regulations
are revised, it may become necessary to amend implementation regulations to reflect revised program
requirements for public water systems supervision and underground injection control programs.
WS - 11
-------
WATER SUPPLY
Abatement and Control
State Program Resource Assistance
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Actual
1976
Appropriation
Public Water Systems Supervision
Program Grants \$6,907
Underground Injection Control
Grants
Special Studies and Demonstrations.. ^,000
Rural Water Associations Grants.....
Water Supply Training Grants.
Budget Current .
Estimate Estimate Estimate
1977 1977 yi978
(dollars in thousands)
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
-$1.5,000*
-5,000*
-315
-765
Total. 10,907N
21,080
-21,080
Permanent Posi tions
* Transferred to consolidated grants progra
Budget Request
Funding for the public water s«/tems supervision and underground injection control grants
is included in the new consolidate^grants.media budget requesl
Prpgram_Description
Under the Safe Drinking/Water Act, the States are to have the primary responsibility for
implementation of the public water systems supervision and the underground injection control
programs. The Congress, however, recognized that the States would rfcquire financial assistance to
develop and maintain Stara programs that would satisfy the minimum requirements of the regulations
designed to protect the'public health and to protect ground water sounces of drinking water.
Financial assistance is available to the States for implementation of the public water systems
supervision program and the underground injection control program. Foi\ States to continue to
receive grant funds, after one year in the case of public water systems and two years for
underground injection control, they must have assumed primary enforcement responsibility for the
programs. These assistance programs are a means to strengthen the cooperative relationship
between the Federal and State governments. It is the intent that through this partnership and
assistance, the States will be able to assume primary responsibility for assuring the safety of
drinking water.
In addition, this subactivity includes financial assistance to support water supply
special studies and demonstrations, academic training, and rural water associations.
WS - 12
-------
WATER SUPPLY
Abatement and Control
State Program Resource Assistance
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS •
SJ f *
f]€l//&&\
Budget Current f]G!//3C&\ Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs 1977
(dollars in thousands) f
jf
Appropriation ^
Public Mater Systems Supervision »+ ^ r^/-
Program Grants $6,907 $15.000 $15.000 e20.3aO -JlJJ.glflO
Underground Injection Control . _ ± /. of
Grants 5,000 5,000 &.O&O V^tflW
Special Studies and Demonstrations.. 4,000 ... ... ' ...
Rural Water Associations Grants ... ... 315 .... -315
Water Supply Training Grants........ ... ... 765 ... -765
Total.. 10,907 20,000 21,080 ,#<&,
Permanent Positions •••• ....
Mnno nr tniir wnr fl}Htnn .lupBi-'i'taiBB an umai-gi-
it IntlMjiri in thi nmi i8nftj>fdatad jmntt mn.iti.i .btidflut Mqm»*t.
/97%j &*** ^mJO^JL^L^^J 0u* r^fSS-
Program Descri ption A s
Under the Safe Drinking Water Act, the States are to have the primary responsibility for
implementation of the public water systems supervision and the underground injection control
programs. The Congress, however, recognized that the States would require financial assistance to
develop and maintain State programs that would satisfy the minimum requirements of the regulations
designed to protect the public health and to protect ground water sources of drinking water.
Financial assistance is available to the States for Implementation of the public water systems
supervision program and the underground Injection control program. For States to continue to
receive grant funds, after one year in the case of public water systems and two years for
underground injection control, they must have,assumed primary enforcement responsibility for the
programs. These assistance programs are a means to strengthen the cooperative relationship
between the Federal and State governments. It is the intent that through this partnership and
assistance, the States will be able to assume primary responsibility for assuring the safety of
drinking water.
In addition, this subactivity Includes financial assistance to support water supply
special studies and demonstrations, academic training, and rural water associations.
WS - 12
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
PUBLICWATER SYSTEMS SUPERVISION PROGRAMGRANTS
1976 Accomplishments
The public water systems supervision grants allocation totalled $7.5 million, with obligations
of $6.9 million. Fifty-three States applied for these grants and expressed their intention to assume
primacy in one year. The uncommitted funds of $438,200 were reallocated to the 53 States on
June 1, 1976.
1977 Program
Fifty-four States submitted applications for FY 1977 by October 22, 1976; 50 grant awards had
been approved as of January 4, 1977,
1978 Plan
Grant funds of $20.5 million available under the public
water systems supervision program will enable the States to
increase their water supply staff levels to allow them to
undertake surveillance activities, sanitary surveys, data
collection and other activities relating to State public
water systems supervision program primary enforcement re-
sponsibility, and particularly to an estimated 200,000 non-
community systems that will be included in the monitoring
regulations which are effective June 1979. The increased
grant support is necessary to adequately support the States'
first year .of primacy for this program.
UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMGRANTS
1976 Accomplishments
The underground injection control grants were not obligated due to the delay in proposing and
promulgating the applicable State program regulations.
1977 Program
A total of $5 million was appropriated for this program element. The State program and grant
regulations are expected to be promulgated in April 1977. All designated States must submit
applications by May 1977; all other States petitioning the Administrator to amend the designations
to include them are to submit their applications by'August 1977. In FY 1977, 19 States are
expected to be designated by the Administrator as requiring underground injection control programs.
1978Plan
In FY 1978, grant funds of $6.0 million will enable the
States to increase their personnel resources to establish a
program that will enable them to satisfy the requirements
for primary enforcement responsibility for the underground
injection control program.
US-13 (Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
SPECIAL STUDIES AND DEMONSTRATIONS
1 976 Accompl i shments
A $4 million supplemental was appropriated in FY 1975 and obligated in FY 1976 for a
demonstration project for removal of asbestos fibers from the drinking water of the city of
Duluth, Minnesota.
RURAL WATER ASSOC lATIONS GRANTS
1977 Program
A total of $315,000 from the 1977 appropriation has been made available for grants to rural
water associations. The Agency will also make available $685,000 from unobligated prior year funds.
The increase of $315 thousand over the budget estimate is a result of a reprogramming and
establishment of this new program element in compliance with a FY 1977 congressional directive.
Senate Report 94-974 concerning the FY 1977 budget request provided "$1,000,000 to be used for
providing grants to State associations of rural water districts for the purpose of establishing
training and technical assistance programs to assist rural water systems in complying with the
provisions of the Safe Drinking Water Act. The Committee understands that EPA has $685,000 of
transition quarter authority for underground water source protection programs which could be
reprogramed for this purpose. The Committee directs such action. The Committee further directs
the reprogYaming of the additional $315,000 from whatever source within this account that EPA
so decides."
'^978 Plan
Funds have not been requested for FY 1978.
WS-13a (Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
'UEibtC
PUBCtC WATER SYSTEMS SUPERVISION PROGRAM GRANTS
1976 Accompl 1 shments
The pubHc water systems supervision grants allocation totalled $7.5 mtMron, with obligations
of $6.9 mi llionVFifty-three States applied for these grants and expressejl/tneir intention to assume
primacy in one yeaij. The uncommitted funds of $438,200 were reanocatej>/To the 53 States on
June 1, 1976.
1977..^Program
Fifty-four States submitted applications for FY 1977 by
been approved as of January 4\J977.
ctober 22, 1976; 50 grant awards had
UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PRO
GRANTS
1976 Accomplishments
The underground injection control ghants we
promulgating the applicable State program
197? Program
not obligated due to the delay in proposing and
A total of $5 million was appropriated for th^s program element. The State program and grant
regulations are expected to be promulgated in ApriT\1977. All designated States must submit
applications by May 1977; all other ^States petition ink the Administrator to amend the designations
to include them are to submit theiir applications by August 1977. In FY 1977, 19 States are
expected to be designated by thewministrator as requirf&g underground injection control programs.
- SPECIAL STUDIES AND
1976 Accotnplishments
A $4 million suppl
demonstration project
Duluth, Minnesota.
ntal was appropriated in FY 1975 and obligated in FY 1976 for a
removal of asbestos fibers from the drinkinV water of the city of
RURAL WATER ASSOCIATIONS GRANTS
1977Program
A total o/$315,000 from the 1977 appropriation has been made available fo\ grants to rural
water associa/ions. The Agency will also make available $685,000 from unobligated prior year funds.
1977 Exp.l ajjdtion of j:hanfles from Budget Estimate
The/increase of $315 thousand over the budget estimate is a result of a reprograniHpg and
establishment of this new program element in compliance with a FY 1977 congressional directive.
Senate/Report 94-974 concerning the FY 1977 budget request provided "$1,000,000 to be used for
providing grants to State associations of rural water districts for the purpose of establishing
training and technical assistance programs to assist rural water systems in complying with the
visions of the Safe Drinking Water Act. The Committee understands that EPA has $685,000 of
t|4nsition quarter authority for underground water source protection programs which could be
eprogramed for this purpose. The Committee directs such action. The Committee further directs
the reprograming of the additional $315,000 from whatever source within this account that EPA
'so decides."
1978 Plan
Funds have not been requested for FY 1978.
WS - 13
-------
WATER SUPPLY TRAINING GRANTS
1977 Program
A total of $765,000 of the 1977 appropriation will be utilized for water supply training.
$350,000 will be used to continue the institutional grant awards made in FY 1976 with grants
assistance funds through the water quality manpower planning and training program. This program
is intended to encourage graduate and undergraduate curricula in water supply technology, thus
stimulating the flow of skilled personnel into State agencies. $300,000 will be provided to
State agencies to allow them to select promising professionals in their employ for a year of
graduate academic study, thus strengthening the technical capabilities of agency staffs. The
remaining $115,000 will be used for curriculum development and other enabling activities to
support State efforts to provide badly needed training to operators and other technicians in the
water supply field.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimates
The increase of $765,000 over the budget estimate represents a transfer of funds from the water
quality media. The Congress added-on $4 million for academic training, $2.6 million of which was
initially allocated to the water quality media. This transfer represents the application of
the academic training funds to the media which will actually utilize the funds.
T976 Plan
No resources are requested in FY 1978.
WS - 14
-------
WATER SUPPLY
Abatement and Control
Strategy Implementation
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
J976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
ABprgpriatipn
Public Water Systems
Supervision Program
Implementation
Underground Injection
Control Program
Implementation.
$2,140 $5,279 $2,812 $2,874
111
167
524
626
+$62
+102
Total.
2,251
5,446
3,336
3,500
+164
Permanent Positions
Public Water Systems
Supervision Program
Implementation,
Underground Injection
Control Program
Implementation*
95
153
8
120
18
130
28
+10
+10
Total.
95
161
138
158
+20
Budget Request
This
An appropriation of $3.5.million and 158 positions is requested for FY 1978.
represents an increase of $164,000 and 20 positions over the FY 1977 level. The
resources will be used to administer a program in the two States presently anticipated not to
accept primacy for public water systems supervision, to provide technical assistance to States
designated as requiring underground injection programs, and to study the control of hazardous
wastes discharges into pits, ponds, and lagoons.
Program Descripti on
The congressional intent of the Safe Drinking Water Act is that the States would
be primarily responsible for assuring the safety of the drinking water. However, the
Federal Government is to provide technical assistance to the States in the development
of State programs satisfying the requirements for primary enforcement responsibility
for the public water systems supervision and the underground injection control programs.
These activities include the participation of EPA personnel in the preparation of
program plans and grant applications, reviewing existing State programs, and assessing
the adequacy of legislative and regulatory authorities. In the event that States are
unable or unwilling to assume these responsibilities, EPA will develop control
strategies and programs that will be administered by the Federal Government. This will
require monitoring and surveillance activities, record keeping, and enforcement. In
addition, EPA is required to establish and implement similar program activities on
Indian reservations, Federal facilities, and interstate carrier conveyances.
WS •- 15
-------
PUBLIC WATER SYSTEMS SUPERVISION PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION
1576 Accomplishments
e ,
Public water systems supervision strategy implementation resources are primarily
located in EPA regional offices to provide the States with the necessary technical
assistance to ensure that the maximum number of States will assume primary enforcement respon-
sibility for public water systems supervision by April 1977. The activities provided
included assistance in the preparation of State program plans and grant applications,
review of current programs and the legislative and statutory authority, and the
review and approval of plans and applications. These efforts contributed to the
submission of program plans and grant applications from 53 States. These States and
one other expressed their intent to assume primary enforcement responsibility for
public water systems supervision within one year.
1977 Program
The public water systems supervision strategy implementation program has been
allocated $2,812,000 and 120 positions. These resources will provide technical
assistance to all States to ensure that the maximum number of States will assume
primacy. Assistance will continue to those States that are not approved for primacy
in April 1977 to enable them to qualify for primary enforcement responsibility during
the fiscal year. During this year, EPA will establish programs on Indian reservations
and Federal facilities, continue the interstate carrier program, and implement public
water systems supervision programs in States without primary enforcement responsibility.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $2,467,000 from the budget estimate was necessary to support
contract activities in the criteria, standards, and regulations development sub-
activity. This reprogramming does not reduce EPA's technical assistance activities
for FY 1977. The reprogrammed resources enable the national program manager to
initiate and coordinate activities which are common to all regions in program
implementation such as development and implementation of an ADP system for public
water systems and underground injection control programs that satisfy the data
requirements of the regulations, compilation of data on ground water quality and
injection practices, development of a program for Federal implementation in States
without primacy and for the completion of the rural water survey. The net impact
of this action is supportive of the strategy implementation subactivity and
contributes to uniform national program implementation.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 plan for this program element is $2,874,000 and 130 positions, an
increase of $62,000 and 10 positions. The public water system supervision implementation
program resources will increase the State assistance program and will be used for the
establishment and administration of the program in the two States that are presently anticipated
not to accept primacy. In States without primacy, EPA will perform inventory and data management
activities; implement a laboratory certification program; conduct sanitary surveys to determine
compliance, problem areas and variances and exemptions; review planned constructions
and respond to emergencies and imminent hazards situations.
UIC PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION
1976 Accomplishments
Underground injection control strategy implementation resources were used to
review data submitted in conjunction with requests for sole source, designations.
Since the underground injection control regulations were not proposed during the
fiscal year,.technical assistance activities were not initiated.
WS - 16
-------
]977 .Program
The underground injection control strategy implementation program has been allocated
$524,000 and 18 positions. These resources will be used to assist States in the review of
legislative and regulatory authorities, to assess current State programs, to participate,
where necessary, in the preparation of State program plans and grant applications, and to
review the submissions for primacy. It is anticipated that 10 of the 19 designated States
will submit their program plans for primary enforcement responsibility.
1977 Explanation of Changes From Budget Estimate
The increase of $357,000 was required to establish a national ground water program
with responsibility for protecting the underground sources of drinking water.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 plan for this program element is $626,000 and 28 positions, an increase of
$102,000 and 10 positions. Technical assistance will be provided to States in assessing
existing statutory authorities and programs and in developing programs which satisfy the
requirements for primacy. Five positions will be used to study the control of hazardous
waste discharges into pits, ponds, and lagoons.
US - 17
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Enforcement
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER SUPPLY
Enforcement
~" Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 _ 1977 1978 .1978. vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Water Supply Enforcement $81 $81 $154 $154
Permanent Positions
Water Supply Enforcement 4 4 7 7
Budget Request
An appropriation of $154,000 and 7 positions is requested in FY 1978 for water supply
enforcement. This represents no change from FY 1977,
Program Description
The Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, an amendment to the Public Health Service Act, provides
the statutory authority for the Federal water supply enforcement program. The Act provides for
assurance of the safety of drinking water through the establishment and enforcement of regulations,
specifying the maximum levels of drinking water contaminants allowable, in order to protect the
public health and welfare. The water supply Enforcement appropriation encompasses activities
relating to the investigation and initiation of civil or criminal actions for violations of the
national drinking water regulations in States without primary enforcement responsibility, to the
monitoring of enforcement actions of States with primacy and to the initiation of Federal action
when States have failed to act, and to emergency situation enforcement.
1976 Accomplishments
1976 resources provided assistance in the development of the drinking water implementation
regulations and the preparation of an enforcement strategy relating to the implementation of the
drinking water program. The allocated positions were also available to respond to emergency
situations under the authorities granted in Section 1431 of the Safe Drinking Water Act.
1977 Program
In FY 1977, this subactivity has been allocated seven positions and $154,000 to support the
water supply program. These resources will (1) respond to emergency situations under the
authorities granted in Section 1431 of the Safe Drinking Water Act, (2) provide assistance to
abatement and control in the development of regional guidance documents, (3) develop enforcement
policies and provide assistance as requested in the implementation of regional programs, and
(4) participate in review of the adequacy of compliance aspects of State program applications.
1977 Explanation of Changes From Budget Estimate
~ ~
The increase of $73,000 is due to reprogramming within a regional office to establish a
water supply enforcement capability.
WS - 18
-------
1978 Plan
In FY 1978, seven positions and $154,000 are again requested to support the water supply
program. These resources will again be used to respond to emergency situations, examine remaining
State program applications for adequate enforcement provisions, and further participate in the
preparation of program guidance and the development of enforcement policies and implementation
procedures. Remaining resources will be used to implement enforcement overview and back-up support
to the public water systems program. This involves, where possible, the investigation of
violations and the initiation of civil or criminal actions in States without primary enforcement
responsibility.
WS - 19
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER SUPPLY
Research and Development
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1 977 T ,1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Public Sector
Activities ............. $8,461 $13,254 $13,227 $15,200 +$1,973
Permanent Positions
Public Sector
Activities ____ .... ____ 89 85 86 91 +5
Budget Request
It is requested that $15,200,000 and 91 positions be approved for the water supply research
and development program. This is an increase of $1,973,000 and five positions over the 1977
resource level .
Program jte_s cri.pt ton.
The research, development, and demonstration in this program area is directed toward imple-
mentation of P.L. 92-523, the Safe Drinking Water Act. The water supply program activities
include research, development, and field evaluations designed to provide a dependable and safe
supply of drinking water. The program investigates the health effects resulting directly or
indirectly from contaminants in drinking water and thereby supports the development of valid
criteria for establishing standards for organic, inorganic and microbiological contaminants of
drinking water. It also evaluates, improves, and develops the control technology necessary for
economic attainment of drinking water standards. This involves both the adaptation of large-
scale technology to small water supply systems and the development of new or special technologies.
In addition, analytic methods are developed to assess the quality of drinking water and the
effectiveness of water treatment processes to remove and reduce contaminants in water supplies.
Research, studies, and demonstrations are conducted relating to: (1) the causes, diagnosis,
treatment, control, and prevention of physical and mental diseases and other impairments of man
resulting directly or indirectly from contaminants in waters, and (2) the provision of dependable
safe supplies of water (Sec. 1442; P.L. 92-523). The activities can be grouped into four areas:
health effects, treatment technology and systems management, identification and measurement,
and ground water management. The products of these activities include: (a) data on the health
effects of contaminants in drinking water; (b) new or improved methods of treating raw water to
prepare it for drinking, so as to improve the efficiency of water treatment and remove contami-
nants from water; (c) improved methods to identify and measure the existence of contaminants in
drinking water; and (d) improved methods of protecting underground sources of water from
contamination.
Research is also conducted to develop and '-implement quality assurance procedures and
protocols for water supply laboratories to assure that data is accurate and legally defensible.
Resources for this program activity are included under the interdisciplinary subactivity,
monitoring and technical support, as part of a comprehensive quality assurance program for all
environmental media.
1976 Accompljshments
In 1976, approximately $4,500,000 were devoted to .grants; $1,200,000 to contracts; and
$320,000 to interagency agreements. .
In the health effects area, results in 1976 included:
- Investigations of waterborne disease outbreaks in Puerto Rico
and .WasWngton;
- A report on relationship of human body burdens of lead to lead levels in finished
water;
WS - 20
-------
- Revision of "List of Organic Compounds Identified in U.S. Drinking Water";
- Completion, with the National Cancer Institutes, of a study showing chloroform
to be a carcinogen in two mammalian species;
- An interim health risk assessment of chloroform in drinking water; and
- Suggested criteria for total trihalomethanes in drinking water. •
In the treatment technology and systems management area, results in 1976 included:
- An interim treatment guide to control chloroform;
- Technical information on which to base the EPA Advance Notice for Proposed
Rulemaking on organics;
- Completion of a report on best treatment processes for the removal of the
inorganic contaminants in the primary drinking water standards;
- Completion of a study on the factors which influence the cost of water supply;
- Presentation of a seminar on a new method for removal of nitrates from water;
- Completion of a study on the migration of vinyl chloride from polyvinyl chloride
pipe into distributed waters; and
- Completion of a study on various factors influencing ozone disinfection efficiency.
In the identification and measurement area, results in 1976 included:
- An analysis of methods for determining fibrous asbestiforms in water;
- Development of a preliminary interim procedure for determining asbestos in water
(a uniform method); and
- Completion of an evaluation of plasma emission spectrometry for multielement
analysis.
In the ground water program in 1976, results included:
- Completion of a study on the availability, use and contamination problems of
ground water in Mississippi, Alabama, Georgia, Florida, North and South Carolina,
and Virginia;
- Development of drilling techniques and sampling apparatus for the collection of
aerobic and anaerobic bacteria and trace organics; and
- Completion of the Third National Ground Water Quality Symposium.
1977 Program
$13,227,000 and 86 positions have been allocated to this subactivity in 1977, of which
approximately $7,000,000 is for grants; $2,100,000 for contracts; and $500,000 for interagency
agreements.
Contaminants being addressed include organics, inorganics (including asbestos), and micro-
biological contaminants. Research on the long-range potential harmful effects from trace
organics, because of their highly suspect carcinogenicity, receives the highest priority so
approximately 45 percent of the total funds will be directed toward determining and controlling
that problem. The second highest priority is the relationship of inorganic contaminants to
health, so a' large effort (about 20 percent) will be made in this area too. Microbiologic
contaminant occurrence, monitoring, effects and control remain relatively high priority relative
to public health, bec'ause outbreaks of waterborne disease still occur in 'the United States,
especially in-areas served by poorly operated distribution systems. . .
WS - 21
-------
In the health effects area, $6,400,000 and 43 positions have been allocated. The largest
emphasis is on determining the health effects of organics identified as prevalent in a national
|,| survey of water supplies, which will be completed in January 1977. That survey concentrated on
|s| analyzing 20 specific organic compounds selected because they (1) have been reported in some
•$>•> source on treated waters, (2) have a known or suspected toxicological effect, and (3) can be
analytically quantified. As the results from the survey show which contaminants are prevalent
in finished drinking water, the literature on the toxicity of these materials will be reexamined.
{•f* Also to be developed in 1977 are: (1) preliminary data on the mutagenic and Carcinogenic activity
'*$\ of organic mixtures from tap water, (2) comparative metabolism data on the halo-ethers to determine
*"' the most appropriate model for extrapolating health effects data from animal to man, (3) data on
whether chlorobenzenes and bromobenzenes can influence the toxicity of other foreign organic
x ; compounds, and (4) data on the influence of sex difference and strain on the toxicity of
chloroform.
Current and continuing studies are being conducted, in collaboration with other Federal
agencies, to determine any relationship between cardiovascular disease and hypertension, and
; various inorganics in drinking water, including sodium, barium, cadmium, calcium, magnesium,
" lithium, iron, lead, zinc, copper, arsenic, selenium, and some corrosion products. Preliminary
reports on sodium, barium, arsenic, and selenium are expected in 1977. Efforts to determine
the carcinogenicity of asbestos when ingested continues. Outbreaks of waterborne disease are
*" " being investigated to identify preventive measures, and an attempt to determine infective dose
' levels of viruses for humans continues.
In the treatment technology and systems management area, $5,067,000 and 31 positions have
. , been allocated. The lack of firm health effects data for organics does not relieve the Agency's
responsibility to provide guidelines for economical treatment methods when reasonable doubt
about the health effects exists and monitoring is not practical. Pilot plant and larger scale
studies thus are continuing on the formation and removal of the four trihalomethanes that have
been shown to occur widely where chlorination is practiced and that are potentially toxic.
Unit processes such as granular activated carbon beds, powdered activated carbon, and macro-
reticular resins are also being studied to determine their capabilities to remove specific
organic contaminants within reasonable economic limits. Alternative disinfection processes,
such as ozonation and chlorine dioxide are being evaluated to determine whether they avoid
generation of these specific contaminants while maintaining disinfection efficiency. The
contaminants have been selected for study based on the existing data collected in the
10 city National Organics Reconnaissance Survey. This list is being expanded to include
additional compounds which may be discovered in the current Survey as candidates for future
control.
Work on inorganics focuses on treatment technology that small water utilities can use,
especially to reduce fluoride, arsenic, nitrates, and selenium. Field work and cost analysis
efforts will be reported on in 1977. Also to be completed is a study of inorganic contamination
during distribution through asbestos/cement pipes.
. > Several efforts on microbial contaminants will be completed in 1977. This includes
investigations of the effects of various parameters on disinfection efficiency with emphasis
on inactivation of viruses. Alternative, faster indicators of disinfection efficiency are also
being sought. An evaluation of ultraviolet, ozone, chlorine dioxide, and chlorine as disinfect-
1 '( ants for small systems will be completed. ,
In .the identification and measurement area, $1,000,000 and one position have been allocated.
Research proceeds along three lines to develop techniques for monitoring (1) general organic
? parameters (groups of compounds), (2) specific organics which are widely distributed and may
j; ,' have health significance, and (3) unit processes for organics removal effectiveness. Both
short-term evaluations of current techniques and long-term improvement are being pursued.
1 ' For inorganics monitoring, multielement analysis techniques (both field and laboratory)
are being emphasized, as well as continuing efforts to Improve sample collection, shipping,
storage, -and preparation for asbestos fiber counting. Work is also continuing to improve and
standardize asbestos fiber counting methods.
WS - 22
-------
Methods for identifying and measuring microbial contaminants in water supplies are also being \
evaluated and improved. A search for organisms which will provide better indices of drinking water
quality continues, as do efforts to gain a quicker measure of bacteriological quality. A tentative
standard method for detection of entero- viruses is being evaluated and an interim report prepared, "•"s
Efforts continue on the development of a method for isolation of the hepatitis A virus. '\
In the ground water management area, $760,000 and 11 positions have been allocated. The
overall objective of this area is to determine ways of protecting underground water supplies from
contamination. Work continues in three general areas during 1977. The major thrust is to develop >^5
control criteria for some 26 general avenues which have been identified for the introduction of _s ]
pollutants to underground waters. Efforts continue in describing the subsurface environment as a
receptor of pollutants by developing new drilling, sampling, and analytical technology directed
primarily at organic and microbiological parameters. In order to address more immediate problems, *?
work is directed toward the consequences of recharging ground water with treated municipal wastes. |
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The planned $27,000 reprogramming into program management, contingent upon Committee approval, I
as appropriate, is to cover increased program management costs. •
1978 Plan
5
A total of $15,200,000 and 91 positions is requested for FY 1978, an increase of five *,
positions and $1,973,000. In 1978, it is planned to allocate approximately $7,500,000 to grants; >'
$3,000,000 to contracts; and $1,000,000 to interagency agreements.
rt
Allocation of resources to the four research areas have been approximately the same for 1976 |
and 1977, except for treatment technology which received a 25 percent increase in 1977, These pro- )
portions will be maintained until after the National Academy of Sciences report is analyzed. In
calendar year 1977, a review of the water supply research program will be held and mid-course
corrections made. ";>
The States, having primary enforcement responsibility, will be addressing questions on
variances and exemptions from the primary drinking water regulations. Factors which will be
considered in granting or denying requests for variances and exemptions include health effects, ,
control methods, and cost. The research program will be directed toward establishing the scien- \
tific and technical base needed by the States to carry out these responsibilities under the
primary provisions of the Act.
In the health ef-f-ect-s -area, $7,000,000 and 45«pofiitions is planned, an increase of $600,000 v
and two positions. Defensible health effects data for organic, inorganic, and microbiological I
contaminants of drinking water will continue to be developed through short- and long-term toxico- •'
logical studies and comparative epidemiological studies. Current plans will be evaluated and re-
directed as necessary when the evaluation by the National Academy of Sciences of health effects of
contaminated drinking water, as required by P.L. 93-523, is completed. 'l
In the treatment technology and systems management area, $6,440,000 and 34 positions is
planned, an increase of $1,373,000 and three positions. Studies will be continued or initiated
on removal and inactivation of cadmium, lead, asbestos, nitrate, flouride, organic compounds, J
bacteria, and viruses. In continuing the 1977 program, EPA intends to continue development of \
techniques for preventing water quality deterioration while distributing drinking water. Tech-
nology applicable to small water supply systems will be emphasized.
There will be a substantial R&D effort to control organic contaminants in drinking water. H
Halogenated organics formation mechanisms in normal disinfection practices will be determined if
and control methods developed. Chlorine disinfection alternatives will be thoroughly studied to
determine disinfection efficiencies and identify and evaluate any potentially harmful by-products.
Candidate alternative disinfectants are chlorine dioxide, ozone, and ultraviolet light. ^
In the area of identification and measurement, $1,000,000 and one position is planned. *
Present plans for 1978 are that efforts in measurement and identification programs will focus
on development of practical techniques to identify, measure, and determine sources of con- •,
taminants (particularly organic substances and microbial agents) in drinking water. Techniques (
will be designed for use by State and local officials responsible for safeguarding public drinking }
water supplies.
WS - 23
-------
In the ground water area, $760,000 and 11 positions will be utilized. In 1978,
studies will continue to provide waste disposal site-selection criteria and information
on control of ground water pollution for protection of underground sources of drinking
water.
The National Academy of Sciences report, due March 1977, may identify additional
future research needs in the area of health effects of drinking water contamination.
The report will also require consideration by EPA of the economic and technological
feasibility of implementing the recommendations.
The 1978 increase of $1,973,000 and five positions is requested to implement
recommendations in the forthcoming report by the National Academy of Sciences.; It is
expected that the increase will be used to determine occurrence and effects of potential
carcinogens in drinking water, to develop monitoring and analytical methods, and to
determine applicability of bench level carcinogen removal techniques. Epidemiological
studies of the relationship of water hardness to heart disease and other problems will
be conducted. Cost effective advanced treatment techniques will be evaluated at pilot
plant level and large-scale system technology for inorganics removal will be adapted
to small community water supply systems. The increased efforts will allow epidemiologic
studies of greater scope; field evaluations of control and treatment technology at a
level to produce definitive cost data; and a major cost reduction effort applied to
small systems.
WS - 24
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Solid Wastes
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
SOLID WASTE
Ford Submission
1978 Revised
Carter Final
Pos. Amount
(dollars in thousands)
Abatement and Control: ' 188 $15,815
Waste Management Practices, Procedures, Guidelines and
Regulations
Hazardous Waste Management Guidelines and Regulations
Solid Waste Management Guidelines
State and Local Programs Guidelines and Regulations
Development
Financial Assistance
State Program Resource Assistance
Local Program Resource Ass istance ....................
State/Local Training Assistance
Solid Waste Management Program Implementation
Hazardous Waste Management Regulatory Strategy
Imp] ementation ".
Resource Conservation
Resource Conservation Strategy Development
Resource Conservation Strategy Implementation
Research and Development:
Public Sector Activities >
Solid Waste Management
Enforcement :
Strategy Regulation Development
Solid Waste Enforcement
109
(33)
(31)
(45)
56
(9)
(37)
(10)
23
(10)
(13)
22
22
(22)
5
5
rsi
12,145
(3,490)
(4,305)
(4,350)
• a *
• • *
• * »
• • •
1,480
(270)
(910)
(300)
2,190
(1,000)
(1,190)
7,718
7,718
(7,718)
1,000
1,000
fl.0001
Pos.
(dollars
203
109
(33)
(31)
(45)
* * *
* * •
* * •
71
(52)
(10)
23
(10)
(13)
22
22
(22)
5
5
m
Amount-
in thousa
$28,556
12,423
(3,675)
(4,398)
(4,350)
12,000
(12,000)
* * *
1,943
(1,373)
(300)
2,190
(1,000)
(1,190)
7,718
7,718
(7,718)
1,093
1,093
fl (1931
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
SOLID WASTE
, I
Li
C
n
n
H
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation....
Permanent Positions....
Transition Quarter....,
Enforcement:
AppropH atton..........
Permanent Positions....
Transition Quarter
Research and Development:
Appropriation....
Permanent Positions
Transition Quarter.....
Total, Solid Waste Program:
Appropriation.
Permanent Positions....
Transition Quarter.....
Outlays
Authorization Levels...
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
Actual
1976
$12,594
144
3,046
2,811
28
2,240
15,405.
172
5,236
18.543
13.534
Budget
Estimate
1977
$11,670
161
N/A
N/A
4,066
22
N/A
15,736
183
N/A
13,200
20,949
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
"Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
(dollars 1n thousands L/.,- „ £•
$11,664 }13,0t8
188 188
N/A N/A
5
N/A
4,098
22
N/A
15,762
215
N/A
17,200
37,000
1,000
5
N/A
7,718
22
N/A
N/A
+1,000
N/A
+3,620
N/A
215
N/A«,
i-s-vaeiifrfy
N/A
-M»- *
Solid waste management, nationwide, presents a spectrum of problems from health and environ-
mental hazards to Inefficient and costly management practices. The basic solid waste management
problem Is Improper land disposal practices. These practices cause adverse environmental and
economic Impacts such as ground and surface water pollution, air pollution, problems associated
with uncontrolled dumping, decreased land values, and resource wastage. Aesthetic damages
(e.g., Utter) which have varying Impacts on human health or animal life, are easily visualized
and usually are the focus of public concern. However, problems associated with Improper land
disposal practices are not always visible and, therefore, not easily understood. For example,
ground water contamination (which 1s not visible) from poorly sited or poorly operated land
disposal sites does occur. Although good engineering practices for siting, constructing, and
operating a land disposal site are understood, they unfortunately have not been applied by
most regulatory and operating agencies.
Environmental problems exist for a number of Interrelated reasons. The potential for ground
water contamination from land disposal practices by leachates or effluents Is not well quantified
or understood. Some States do not regulate disposal effectively and most do not enforce regulations
vigorously due to lack of resources. Municipalities do not always devote required resources to
ensure environmentally sound disposal and efficient management. There are no clearly understood
social and environmental costs for not following good solid waste management practices. Since
Utter and ugliness are typically the most obvious targets for popular displeasure, often munici-
palities manage disposal "cosmetlcally" but not environmentally, (i.e., no blowing paper, no odor,
but allow leachate to seep into the ground water). Especially acute is the absence of a program to
properly manage hazardous wastes from the industrial sector. Although potentially hazardous wastes
are small in comparison to the total waste volume (10 million tons vs. 2,865 million tons), their
potential impact on public health and safety and the environment may represent the greatest
threat. " ' .
The lack of regulation in hazardous waste management (i.e., environmental standards strictly
enforced) at the State level is due to the fact that recognition of the special nature of potential-
ly hazardous wastes is relatively recent. Further, the complexity of the hazardous waste manage-
ment cycle from the original generation to ultimate disposal requires more complex institutional
approaches. Costs for proper disposal of wastes are higher than for unregulated dumping. In
addition, public resistance to the siting of a new disposal site oftentimes forces the use of an
unacceptable site.
SH -J
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
SOLID WASTE
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Abatement anasCpntrol:
Appropriation^
Pennanent P
Transition Quartet
Enforcement:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions.
Transition Quarter.....
Research and Development:
Appropriati on
Permanent Pos i ti ons....
Transition Quarter
Total, Solid Waste Program:
Appropriation ,
Permanent Positions....
Transition Quarter
Outlays...
Authorization Levels...
Actual
1976
$12,594
144
3,046
15,405
172
5,286
18.543
13,534
Budget
Estimate
1977
$11,670
161
N/A
N/A
4,066
22
N/A
15,736
183
N/A
J3.200,
20,949
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thousands)
$11,664 5
188
N/A
4,C
15,762
215
N/A
17,200
37,000
1,000
5
N/A
7,718
22
N/A
24,533
215
N/A
15,800
140,241
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+1,000
N/A
+3,620
N/A
+8,771
N/A
-1,400
gVERVIEW AND_,STRATEGY
Solid waste management, nationwide, pr&£ents a'Sspectrum of problems from health and environ-
mental hazards to inefficient and costly management practices. The basic solid waste management
problem is improper land disposal practices. These practices cause adverse environmental and
economic impacts such as ground and surface water pollution, air pollution, problems associated
with uncontrolled dumping, decreased lafnd values, and resource wastage. Aesthetic damages
(e.g., litter) which have varying imn/cts on human healthW animal life, are easily visualized
and usually are the focus of public/concern. However, prot&ems associated with improper land
disposal practices are not always visible and, therefore, no\ easily understood. For example,
ground water contamination (which/is not visible) from poorly^ited or poorly operated land
disposal sites does occur. Although good engineering practicesvfor siting, constructing, and
operating a land disposal site /re understood, they unfortunate^ have not been applied by
most regulatory and operating/agencies.
Environmental problemsylxist for a number of interrelated reasons. The potential for ground
water contamination from limd disposal practices by leachates or effXuents is not well quantified
or understood. Some Stales do not regulate disposal effectively and nrast do not enforce regulations
vigorously due to lack o/ resources. Municipalities do not always devVte required resources to
ensure environmentally sound disposal and efficient management. There \re no clearly understood
social and environmental costs for not following good solid waste manageirent practices. Since
litter and ugliness afe typically the most obvious targets for popular displeasure, often munici-
palities manage disposal "cosmetically" but not environmentally, (i.e., noVblowing paper, no odor,
but allow leachate/to seep into the ground water). Especially acute is tha absence of a program to
properly manage hazardous wastes from the industrial sector. Although potentially hazardous wastes
are small in comparison to the total waste volume (10 million tons vs. 2,865\inillion tons), their
potential impac/on public health and safety and the environment may represent the greatest
threat.
The lack/of regulation in hazardous waste management (i.e., environmental standards strictly
enforced) atrche State level is due to the fact that recognition of the special nature of potential-
ly hazardous wastes is relatively recent. Further, the complexity of the hazardous waste manage-
ment cycle from the original generation to ultimate disposal requires more complex institutional
approaches. Costs for proper disposal of wastes are higher than for unregulated dumping. In
addition, public resistance to the siting of a new disposal site oftentimes forces the use of an
unacceptable site.
SW -.1
-------
Acceptable and safe waste management of all wastes destined for land disposal results in the
elimination of most site-related land and ground water pollution, litter and blight, improves
values around disposal sites and offers the opportunity to reclaim and restore the land. Imposing
higher costs on disposal operators has also created incentives for fiscal efficiency and environ-
mentally acceptable practices. Resource conservation is indirectly aided by the application of
good solid waste management practices. As disposal costs are raised, the economic incentives to
recover energy and materials from solid waste increase.
Conservation through resource recovery and other means is a new activity and is not yet a * ?
selfevident waste management option. It is indirectly supported by environmental, health, and
safety related upgrading of waste management. Institution of resource recovery systems (or other
measures) requires new types of fiscal, marketing, management, legal, and technical approaches
which municipalities are not familiar with and, therefore, are reluctant to undertake.
Municipal solid waste (MSW) is a source of energy which can provide environmental benefits.
Technology is being demonstrated and some systems are sufficiently advanced to be developed to
commercial application. Energy can be produced at prices which are competitive in the current - -
energy market. Interest has been expressed by many industries and communities in building such ,'
systems. Furthermore, recovery of paper, glass, aluminum, and ferrous materials from MSW produces '
additional energy savings by providing resources for recycled products. Energy costs associated
with the production of products from secondary materials are less than those produced with virgin
resources. *
The Resources Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 (P.L. 94-580) enacted *
October 21, 1976, provides the basis for the program in FY 1977 and FY 1978. The RCRA, technically
an amendment to the Solid Waste Disposal Act of 1965 as amended in 1970, in fact essentially ,
replaces the old legislation. The Act requires a comprehensive Federal-State-local approach to I
all aspects of waste management, including resource conservation and recovery, land disposal of
municipal and industrial wastes, and authorizes a new regulatory program for hazardous wastes.
The goals and objectives of RCRA are to: (1) promote the protection of health and the i
environment, and (2) conserve valuable material and energy resources. These goals and objectives ',
are essentially identical to those stated in the current EPA Solid Waste Management Strategy,
developed in 1974.
Activities mandated by RCRA, within specified time limits, include some 14 regulatory actions
and 15 reports on various subjects. Specifically, Subtitle C, Hazardous Waste Management, requires }
EPA to promulgate within 1.8 months the following:
(1) criteria for identifying the characteristics of hazardous waste >
and for listing hazardous waste; \
(2) regulations identifying the characteristics of and listing hazardous
wastes; >.
(3) regulations establishing standards applicable to generators of hazardous
waste;
(4) regulations establishing standards applicable to transporters of hazardous ';
waste; . ;>
(5) regulations establishing performance standards applicable to owners and
operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage or disposal facilities; -s
(6) regulations requiring operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage or ' -fJ
disposal facilities to have a permit; and
(7) guidelines to assist States in the development of State hazardous waste il
programs. I
' 4a
In addition, Subtitle D, State or Regional Solid Waste Plans, requires EPA to:
s
(1) publish within 180 days, by regulation, guidelines for the identification
of appropriate units for regional solid waste management planning;
(2) promulgate within one year from enactment, regulations containing criteria
for determining which facilities shall be classified as sanitary landfills '
and which as open dumps;
SW - 2
-------
(3) promulgate within 18 months regulations containing guidelines to
assist in the development and management of State solid waste
v; • management plans;
«!,<
•0 (4) publish an inventory of all disposal facilities which are open
dumps within one year after promulgating the criteria for classifying
SKS sites; and
'j*' (5) once a State has submitted its plan, approve or disapprove State solid
' waste management plans within six months.
5 Further, Section 1008 requires EPA to:
(1) publish within one year (and from time to time thereafter), suggested
guidelines for solid waste management; provide minimum criteria to be
used by the States to define those solid waste management practices
which constitute the open dumping of solid or hazardous waste to be
, ' prohibited by this Act, and
(2) publish within two years, guidelines which describe levels of performance
and methods of control providing for protection of public health and
other listed factors.
Finally, the Act requires:
(1) an Annual Report to Congress on the progress of the implementation of RCRA and
plans for the next year;
(2) publication of Reports to Congress on seven special studies by October 1, 1978;
(3) publication of Reports to Congress on four special studies by October 1979;
(4) submission to Congress of a study design for the Resource Conservation
Committee Program within six months;
(5) submission to Congress of follow-up reports on Resource Conservation
Committee Program every six months thereafter; and
(6) submission of a report to Congress on Alaska solid waste removal within
one year.
Many other activities are mandated, but without explicit time limits. These include some
20 different items among which are the following:
(1) provide solid waste management technical assistance teams upon request to
State and local governments;
i (2) enforce compliance of hazardous waste regulations unless a State h&s an
^ authorized program;
(3) promulgate regulations governing grants for State hazardous waste programs,
, , State solid waste planning, State and local solid waste management program
£ • implementation, special communities, rural communities, etc.;
(4) prepare guidelines recommending practices for procuring products containing
recycled materials;
t 5
f ' (5) establish a management program for resea'rch, development, and demonstrations
. . and conduct special studies and demonstration on energy and material recovery;
and
,' (6) conduct training, surveys, and public education programs. •
SW - 3
-------
The law also mandates that not less than 20 percent of the amount appropriated under the
general authorization shall be used only for purposes of Resource Recovery and Conservation
Panels (solid waste management technical assistance teams). Furthermore, not less than 30 percent
of the amount appropriated under the general authorization shall be used for purposes of carrying
out the hazardous\raste provisions of the Act.
Given the severeStime deadlines mandated by RCRA, it is obvious that EPA must initiate high
priority activities earV in FY 1977. New priorities have been established which include the .
development of the hazardcHlS waste and solid waste management mandatory guidelines and regulations;
development of State programs^ land disposal studies, guidelines, and evaluations; the establish-
ment of an interagency on resource conservation and recovery incentives; the jwntinuation of systems
and technology evaluations in resource recovery and solid waste management; federal facilities
implementation of guidelines; and\±he provision of technical assistance to/tates .and local
communities in all areas of solid «
-------
The law also mandates that not less than 20 percent of the amount appropriated under the
general authorization shall be used only for purposes of Resource Recovery and Conservation
Panels (solid waste management technical assistance teams). Furthermore, not less than 30 percent
of the amount appropriated under the general authorization shall be used for purposes of carrying
out the hazardous waste provisions of the Act.
given the severe time deadlines mandated by RCRA, it is obvious that EPA must Initiate high
priority activities early 1n FY 1977. New priorities have been established which include the ...
development of the hazardous waste and solid waste management mandatory guidelines and regulations;
development of State programs; land disposal studies, guidelines, and evaluations; the establish-
ment of an interagency on resource conservation and recovery incentives; the continuation of systems
and technology evaluations in resource recovery and solid waste management; Federal facilities
implementation of guidelines; and the provision of technical assistance to States and local
communities in all areas of solid waste management (including hazardous waste, resource
conservation and recovery).
The EPA solid waste enforcement program 1s authorized by the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA). This new legislation provides EPA with new regulatory authorities,
particularly 1n the regulation of hazardous wastes.
Under the RCRA, a regulatory program is being implemented wherein criteria will be promulgated
identifying hazardous wastes. RCRA requires EPA to establish record-keeping, labeling, containeri-
zation, and reporting requirements applicable to facilities which generate, transport, store, treat,
or dispose of hazardous wastes. Facilities which store, treat, or dispose of hazardous wastes will
be issued permits by ERA or by cooperating State agencies. A manifest system will be developed by
regulation to log and track the movement of such hazardous wastes.
Procedures for the inspection and sampling of facilities which generate, transport, store,
-eat, or dispose of hazardous wastes will be developed. Guidelines will be promulgated which
tabllsh standards of evidence needed to support enforcement actions. Rules of practice governing
.ne issuance of compliance orders and the conduct of hearings conducted in the assessment of admini-
strative penalties or the suspension or revocation of permits will also be promulgated.
During FY 1978, the objectives of the research and development efforts in the solid waste
program include (1) development of methodology and/or equipment to control the release into the
environment of materials present in solid and hazardous waste which adversely affect public health
and welfare; (2) evaluation, development, and demonstration of new or improved management techniques,
and new or improved methods of collection, storage, transportation, and disposal; (3) evaluation,
development, and demonstration of new or improved methods for the reduction, separation, processing,
and recovery of resources, including energy, and (4) the establishment of technical bases to
support the Agency's efforts in developing guidelines and regulations for solid and hazardous waste
management, and the implementation of these guidelines and regulations by State and local govern-
ments and the private sector.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES
1977 Solid Waste Program.
Abatement and Control..
(in thousands of'dollarsi
515,762
This increase will be utilized for such activities as
the completion of hazardous waste standards and regula-
tions, the undertaking of further studies for the
disposal of municipal sludge leading to promulgation of
guidelines and criteria, addressing problems associa-
ted with special wastes such as those from mines and
agriculture, development of hazardous waste procedures
for permit processing and monitoring programs for all
State.efforts, completion of regulations to upgrade
or close open dumps, to produce guidelines for State
use in the development and implementation of State
solid waste management plans, continuation of mandatory
resource recovery and conservation studies initiated in
FY 1977, and providing for evaluations of resource recovery
systems which complement Agency research and development
e**orts in this area
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Enforcement. . . . . ......... . . ...................... ..... ......... +1 ,000
', ^ The increase will be used to develop policies and procedures
! for the inspection and sampling of facilities which generate
or handle hazardous waste, to assist in development of
hazardous waste procedures for permit processing, to develop
— i guidance regarding standards of evidence and procedures for
| chain of custody, and to establish guidance and rules of
__ j practice governing enforcement actions against persons who
violate the provisions or regulations of RCRA.
~~1 Research and Development................. ........ .......... ..... +3,620
i
'-~' The increase will be used to expand the program in land
application of sludges and the evaluation of resource recovery
--—i systems. Addressing land application of sludges, projects
| will be undertaken to define Interim guidance on site
• ...j monitoring plans, prepare technology stattnsf-the-art reports
for an expanded technology transfer program, assess the
. _, material balances of persistent and potentially toxic
i organic* of PQTW influent and effluent streams, perform
interpretive studies of the effects of plant uptake of metals
~: and toxicants on public health, expand efforts to define
"safe" loading rates for a broad spectrum of land application
"""> alternatives. Existing resource recovery systems will be
: evaluated for performance, cost and operational features in
:• ." order to provide "state-of-the-art" information to Technical
Assistance Teams giving guidance to States and municipalities
^—. , under Section 2003 of P.L. 94-580. The evaluations will
examine: environmental aspects; energy balance; product
quality; system operability, maintainability and reliability;
~~" and economics. Considerable emphasis will be placed on the
evaluation of preprocessing equipment which is a key to
•~~": successful resource recovery system operations.
1978 Solid Waste Program
SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES
1. Summary of Budget Reuest
An appropriation of <8*,533,000 is requested for 1978. This request, by appropriation
account, is as follows:
Abatement and Control ............ $^,815,000
Enforcement ............ . ... ...... . 1,000,000
Research and Development ......... 7,718,000
This represents an increase of <$fl,771,20Q over the 1977 solid waste program. This
increase is required to implement the recently enacted Resource Conservation and Recovery Act.
2. Changes, from prijiinal 1177 Budget JEsti mate .
Changes from the original budget estimate are as follows:
._ . (in thousands of dollars)
Original 1977 estimate.. ......... . $15,736
Operatl ng ad j ustments ............ +26
Current 1977 estimate ..... , ...... 15,762
There have been no major changes to the 1977 budget for the solid waste media. The
net change of $26,000 results from adjustments required at the time the budget estimate. was
applied to actual operating conditions.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
~1
1
ANALYSIS OFINCREASES AND DECREASES TOOBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1973
(in thousands of dollars)
Prior year obligations...... ,
Change in amount of carryover^funds available.
«Pt4tiM«tfX'.<**U X
1978 program increase.
Total estimated obligations.
$15,405
$20,052
(From new obligation authority)
(From prior year funds)
EXPLAi'MTIOij OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
The amount of carryover funds effecting obligations after FY 1976 results in an
increase of $4,647,000. Obligations in 1977 from carryover funds are expected to be
$4,296,000; in 1978, obligations are expected to be 35,000, a decrease of $4,291,000.
The 1978 program increases required to implement the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act are estimated to increase 1978 obligations by 58,417,000.
(5)
n
. j
D
~i
3
J
,SW - 5
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
- Impact of atmospheric photochemical processes as they affect the S02 and NOx emitted
from different sources;
- Mechanism and rate of formation of sulfates and nitrate aerosols and characteristics
in different atmospheric regimes; and
- Decay rate of SOg from area sources as opposed to point sources, and in the combined
urban plume.
The STATE program is specifically designed to be an integral part of the Agency's
research and development program on atmospheric sulfates and is expected to play a major
role in any regulatory decision regarding sulfates.
This program is being coordinated with the Electric Power Research Institute through Its
Sulfate Regional Experiment (SURE) program and with the Energy Research and Development
Administration (ERDA), which is conducting a long-range modeling effort as part of its
Multi-State Atmospheric Power Production Pollution Study.
SIRATQSPHERICJ^qplFICATION
" rr : " " ' ' ~T
1976 Accomplishments
During 1976, the Federal Council on Science and Technology (FCST), the functions of which
are now carried out by the Federal Coordinating Committee for Science, Engineering and
Technology (FCCSET), asked EPA to serve as lead agency for managing the short-term (FY 1976-
1977) Federal interagency program of Biological and Climatic Effects Research {BACER}. This
program addresses the impacts of the reduction df stratospheric ozone. The outline and
justification for this effort had been developed by a subcommittee of the Federal interagency
task force on Inadvertent Modification of the Stratosphere (IMOS). The purpose of this short-
term BACER program was to provide scientific information on the effects of stratospheric ozone
depletion on the biosphere which would be necessary for regulatory and policy decisions
anticipated during 1977 and 1978 on the control of certain uses of substances such as
f1uorocarbons.
In response to this request, and with the assistance of an interagency BACER Policy
Advisory Group and three Interagency technical task groups (including expert consultants
from outside the Federal Government) EPA developed a detailed $4 million program plan to
be executed primarily by "pass-through" of EPA funds to some six other Federal agencies.
To carry out this program, EPA has reprogrammed $2.8 million of funds from other research
and development activities, (which includes $1.5 million of prior.year funds), and will
redirect an additional $1.2 million from other Agency activities before the end of FY 1977.
The Congress has been notified of reprogrammings for BACER.
The short-term BACER program is designed to include that research which has a high
probability of producing meaningful results in time to be useful for regulatory decisions
scheduled for early 1978 on control of uses of fluorocarbons and other substances which are
considered essential. This will Include uses, such as refrigeration, for which the benefits
to society are sufficient to require a careful and quantitative balancing of these benefits
versus the effects of ozone reduction in order to achieve controls which reflect the overall
public interest. Earlier scheduled, e.g. April 1977, regulatory decisions on "nonessential"
uses of fluorocarbons are much less dependent upon quantitative data on the effects of ozone
reduction.
Short-term BACER, therefore, is directed toward those scientific issues for which the
uncertainity of knowledge can be significantly reduced within 12-18 months of research.
These issues include: the range of effects of increased ultraviolet radiation upon plants
and other components of significant agricultural systems; improved quantification of the
relationship between ultraviolet radiation and the incidence of human skin cancer (both
melanoma and nonmelanoma); the occurrence and potential significance of deleterious effects
from increased ultraviolet radiation on key components of natural terrestrial and aquatic
ecosystems', the adaptation and standardization of instrumental methods for measuring and
experimentally producing ultraviolet radiation so that measurement and experimental data
obtained in the past, present and future can be assessed for validity and compared with
other data; and reassessment of the most recent data on climatic effects on" biological
systems of stratospheric ozone reduction.
A-S2
-------
The short-term program will be completed by about July 1978 and funding will be
completed in 1977.
1977 Program
The 1977 resources level for the stratospheric modification subactivity is $1,301,000.
These resources will include approximately $137,000 in grants and contract efforts and
$792,000 in interagency agreements.
Since results from short-term funding are not scheduled until approximately
December 1977, there will be no specific program outputs during 1977.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
To support the 1977 program, $1,301,000 has been redirected from research in the
following media areas: .
Air-Health Effects $851,000
Pesticides-Health Effects 100,000
Energy-Technical Support..:... 65,000
Interdisciplinary-Technical Support... 285,000
Total , 1,301,000
1978 Plan
No resources are being requested for the stratospheric modification program in 1978.
During early 1978, the objectives of the short-term BACER program are to be achieved and
the program terminated.
A-63
-------
AIR
Research and Development
Industrial Processes
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
J976 1977 1977 ^ 1978 1978 ys1971
{dol 1 ars in thousands')
Appropriation
Mineral, Processing and
Manufacturing Industries.. $5,224 $5,065 $5,000 $5,000
Pgrnianent Positions
Mineral, Processing and
Manufacturing Industries.. 34 49 40 40
Budget Request
An appropriation of $5,000,000 and 40 positions is requested for 1978. This is the same
as the 1977 resource level.
Program ttescriPtion
The industrial processes program concentrates on point sources of air pollution arising
from the industrial sector of the economy and is focused on those mining, manufacturing,
service and trade industries which are involved in the extraction, production and processing
of materials into consumer products. This research activity supports the technology .
requirements of the Clean Air Act through the development and demonstration of new or
improved cost-effective technology having industrywide applicability, short-term
achievability and long-term viability. In addition, emphasis is being placed on the
assessment of various industrial processes to determine possible sources of toxic emissions.
1976 Accomplishroents
In 1976, obligations included $3,646,700 for contract support, $156,200 for
interagency agreements, and $99,400 for grants.
In 1976, the air industrial processes program:
- Accelerated the hazardous materials source assessment program in order to provide
a data base for New Source Performance Standards;
- Completed study on technological options and economic consequences of requiring 80-90
percent control of SOX emissions in the petroleum refining industry;
- Completed protocol document for ocean incineration of hazardous organochlorine waste
residues; and
- Completed source assessments for specific inorganic chemicals, organic chemicals and
nonferrous metals industry emissions.
A-64
-------
1977 Program __
The 1977 resource level for this activity is $5,000,000. These resources include
approximately $3,600,000 in contract support and $500,000 in grants.
The 1977 program focuses on assessing the nature and quantity of toxic and other hazardous
pollutants emitted from industrial sources. This information, together with data on the
ability to control these pollutants, will provide the basis for regulatory actions. In
addition, several development and demonstration projects on criteria pollutant control will
continue as will efforts to transfer technology for particulate control from the power
industry to other industrial sectors.
Major outputs to be achieved in 1977 include:
- Source assessments for hydrocarbon emissions from the synthetic organic chemicals
industry;
- Demonstration of technology to control emissions of NOX from nitric acid plants;
- Demonstration of techniques for control of asbestos emissions; and
> Complete manual for electrostatic precipltator design criteria for collection of
metallic fumes in secondary smelters.
1977 .Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $65,000 from the budget estimate results from a transfer to the program
management media to support increased costs, contingent upon Committee approval, as appropriate.
1978 Plan
.
The requested 1978 resource level for this activity is $5,000,000. These resources include
approximately $3,600,000 in contract support and $500,000 in grants.
Major outputs to be achieved in 1978 include:
- Complete source assessments for hazardous emissions with emphasis on the petroleum
refining, ferrous and nonferrous, as well as the organic chemicals industries;
- Preliminary assessment of applicability of known control technology to .remove these
pollutants;
- Development of assessment methodology to determine airborne emissions;
- (Phase II) Demonstration of combined industrial energy conservation and environmental
improvement in a full-scale glass melting furnance (SOV, particulates and NOV reduction);
A A
- International protocol for at-sea incineration of organochlorine waste residues; and
- Demonstration of control technology for ammonia plants.
A-65
-------
AIR
Research and Development
Monitoring and Technical Support
Actual
1976
Appropriation
Characterization and
Measurement Methods
Development.. $4,285
Measurement, Techniques
and Equipment Standard-
ization....
178
Budget
Estimate
1977
$6,112
658
Current
Estimate
1977
(do!lars in thousands)
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
$5,695
265
$5,695
265
Technical Support.
Total
2.694
3.402
2.483
1.996
-$487
Permanent Positions
Characterization and
Measurement Methods
Development
7.157
59
10,172
50
8.443
59
7.956
54
-487
-5
Measurement, Techniques
and Equipment Standard-
ization
Technical Support.
Total.
3
85
147
3
66
119
4
77
140
61
115
-4
-16
-25
Budget Request
Resources of $7,956,000 and 115 positions are requested, a decrease of $487,000 and 25
positions. The position reduction will be taken at the Environmental Sciences Research
Laboratory and Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, RTP, North Carolina.
Programi Description
The program in monitoring and technical support consists of three major areas: (1) charac-
terization and measurement methods development for measuring pollutants from sources and in
ambient air; (2) measurement techniques and equipment standardization for operational monitoring
functions; and (3) technical support to program and regional offices. Each of these areas is
discussed separately below. ,
The output of the characterization and measurement methods development program is new and/or
improved methodology and instrumentation technology which will be utilized for stationary source,
mobile source, and ambient air quality goals.
A major program activity is the development of sampling and analysis techniques for identi-
fication and measurement of pollutants from stationary sources. Work in this area focuses on
the development of sampling procedures and associated instrument requirements for impending new
source performance standards and improvement of techniques for existing new source performance
standards, e.g.,.the.development of Improved sampling procedures for continuous in-stack" monitoring
of particulate matter. Additional work is carried out in the identification of stationary source
pollutants and in the support of stationary source compliance activities.
Another major program activity is the development of sampling and analysis techniques for
identification and measurement of pollutants from mobile sources. Integral to this development
work are characterization studies which describe gaseous and particulate emissions" from advanced
power systems for light-duty vehicles. Characterization studies are also carried out to determine
the composition of aircraft particulate emissions and the effects.of emission control systems on
the quality, size distribution and composition of particulate emissions.
A-66
-------
Sampling and analysis techniques for identification, characterization and measurement of
pollutants in ambient air is the third activity. New and improved analytic techniques for the
criteria and noncriteria pollutants in ambient air are developed. This area of research also
includes studies on the identification and characterization of urban and rural atmospheres for a
variety of important gaseous and participate pollutants including, for example, ammonia, sulfates,
formaldehyde, polynuclear aromatics, nitrates and organic acids.
The air measurement techniques and equipment standardization program involves the demonstra»
tion, test and evaluation of prototype and existing measurement systems and techniques and
instruments as tools for measuring specific pollutants in ambient air and emissions from stationary
sources. The program is directed towards assuring that methods are available to measure all air
pollutants of concern at or below concentration levels of interest.
The technical support program assures that the specialized knowledge obtained from the
research programs, the expertise of ORD personnel, and specialized facilities and equipment in
ORD are available to Agency program and regional offices in response to their specific requests
for support. Part of the technical support program is planned on a level of effort basis with
resources set aside to allow for quick response to unforeseeable but urgent requests for services.
The technical support program also plans and provides routine support in those areas where it
would be difficult for regional or program"personnel to respond because of high costs, specialized
personnel expertise or other reasons.
CHARACTERIZATION AND MEASUREMENTMETHODS DEVELOPMENT
1576 Accomplishments
The characterization and measurement methods development program element was newly created
in FY 1977, subsequent to submission of the 1977 budget request, by dividing the existing element,
measurement techniques and equipment standardization (MTES). FY 1976 data represents an all oca*
tion of the resources previously reported in MTES. 1976 resources included approximately
$1,336,000 in contracts, $549,000 in grants, and $38,000 in interagency agreements.
The following efforts were completed during 1976:
- A sulfuric acid monitor was developed and evaluated. This monitor
15 an integral part of the system being developed to determine the
presence of sulfuric acid emissions from mobile and stationary
sources.
- An automated dichotomous sampler, which collects and segregates
suspended particulate matter into two size ranges was improved.
This instrument will be useful for determining the physical and
chemical characteristics of particulates as they impact on health
and control studies.
- The rapid X-ray fluoresence technique for analyzing total sulfur in
particulate matter was successfully applied and found to be in good
agreement with wet chemistry methods and far more rapid,
- A gas chromatographic/mass spectrometric/computer (GS/MS/COMP) system
has been successfully used during pilot studies of polluted environ-
ments, to identify and quantify volatile nitrosamines and a variety
of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons. Because of its specificity,
sensitivity, and versatility, this technique is superior to all others
for measuring organic vapors.
- A significantly improved analytical technique, ion chromatography, has
been developed to measure water soluble sulfates. The technique also
has promise for measuring other ionic species.
- ' New analytical methods were evaluated to measure such gaseous pollutants
in motor vehicles exhaust as hydrogen cyanide, nitrosamines, nitrous oxide,
ammonia, hydrogen sulfide, sulfur dioxide, and carbonyl sul fide.
A-67
-------
~ The exhaust emissions of some in-use and prototype cars were characterized over
a wide range of operating conditions. Included among the cars tested were lean-
burn, stratified charge, dual and threeway catalyst-equipped, and diesel models.
- Gaseous and parti cul ate emissions, especially sulfur compounds, were characterized
from oil fired power plants. The results indicate that sulfuric acid emissions
in the plume are several times higher than those estimated by currently used emission
factors . -
- A simultaneous multi wavelength x-ray fluorescence spectrometer was adapted and modified
to analyze automatically many elements in particular samples. The instrument is now
being used routinely to analyze particulate samples collected from both stationary and
mobile sources.
- Prototype continuous monitoring systems were developed to measure chlorinated hydro-
carbons emissions from dry cleaning and solvent degreasing industries. The monitoring
systems are necessary to support contemplated new source performance standards {NSPS).
1977 Program
The 1977 resource level for characterization and measurement methods development was
$5,695,000 and 59 positions. Those resources included approximately $2,454,000 in contracts,
$570,000 in grants, and $136,000 in interagency agreements.
The 1977 characterization and measurement methods development program will continue
development and assessment of air pollutant measurement methodologies. These measurement and
sampling techniques are developed to support the program in the Environmental Sciences Research
Lab to characterize pollutants in ambient air and emissions from stationary and mobile sources.
They are also used to support new source performance standards.
The stationary source activity focuses on the Agency research need associated with the
increasing NSPS activity; specifically NQX, HC, toxic pollutants, and fine particulates.
Work on instruments and methods for characterizing the species of sulfate in the ambient
air will be emphasized. Characterization of urban/rural atmospheres will necessitate increased
activity in multi pollutant techniques development with consideration for remote, high sensitivity
equipment.
Characterization studies of the exhaust from light-duty vehicles will focus on the identi-
fication and measurement of non regulated pollutants in emissions from advanced engines and
control system during malfunctions of either the engine, the control system or both. Current
research indicates that the greatest variety and abundance of potentially harmful pollutants appear
to occur during these phases of operation.
1977 Explana^tigr i....of^hjj)ipes. .fr
-------
sulfur bearing and nitrogen bearing compound analysis. The reduction of five positions
will decrease the number of different chemical species that will be Identified from
mobile sources, and to delete current work on the development of improved methods of collecting
participate matter for continuous sampling in stationary sources covered by new source performance
standards.
The five position reduction in characterization and measurement methods development is part
of an overall reduction in research and development manpower in order to release positions for
other Agency activities. The reduction will be effected at the Environment Sciences Research
Laboratory in North Carolina. The reduction will result in more of the research being implemented
on an extramural basis.
MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDIZATION
1976 Acconiplishments
During 1976, $55,000 was expended for contracts, $23,000 was expended for grants, and $2,000
was expended for interagency agreements. Late in 1976, the fuel and fuel additive program was
transferred into this activity. Specific accomplishments in this program in 1976 included:
- Development of instrument performance specifications for emissions of nitrogen
oxides and sulfur oxides from coal fired power plants;
- Development of performance specifications for sulfuric and nitric acid emissions
from fossil fuel fired power plants;
- Initiation of development of continuous stack monitor for fluorides; and
- Promulgation of fuel and fuel additive registration regulations on November 7,
1975 (40 CFR 79) implementing Section 211 of the 1970 Clean Air Act. To date,
1,920 fuel additives, 511 motor vehicle gasolinesand 250 motor vehicle diesel
fuels have been registered.
1977 Program
The 1977 resource level is $265,000 and four positions, of which $100,000 is devoted to
contracts and $165,000 is being utilized in-house for the fuel and fuel additives (F & FA)
registration program.
- Work has been initiated on performance specifications for emissions of carbon
monoxide and water from coal fired power plants;
- Work is also being initiated on the development of a continuous particulate mass
in-stack monitor;
- Also during 1977, work Is starting on the development of performance specifications
for total reduced sulfur monitors; and
- Due to the requirements in the F & FA regulations for the manufacturers to report
quarterly .usage figures, any changes in registered fuels or additives, and new
products, this program will be a continuing requirement of the Agency. The Agency
must also evaluate the information being submitted and make recommendations regarding
possible effects on health and emission control device performance as a basis for
requiring the manufacturers to further test their products before registration.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The $393,000 decrease from the budget estimate reflects a reduction in the initial planned
level of effort. These funds are to be redirected to the interdisciplinary technical support
activity contingent upon Committee approval, as appropriate. "
A-69
-------
1978 Plan
Resources requested for measurement techniques and equipment standardization in 1978
are $265,000. Of this amount, $100,000 will be devoted to contracts. Specific outputs
from the 1978 program will Include:
- Completion of performance specifications for the continuous total reduced
sulfur monitor;
- Completion of performance specifications for stack monitors for the following;
- Opacity from seven different industrial categories (Groups II and IIA of EPA
Groups of Sources);
- Carbon monoxide from petroleum refineries;
- SOg from petroleum refineries and from primary copper smelters; and
- Hydrocarbons from petroleum storage vessels
At the reduced level of resources, the development of equivalency criteria for stationary
source measurement methods begun in 1977 will be slowed as will be development of a flouride
monitor, and a continuous monitor for NOX emissions from gas turbines will not be started in
1978.
The four position reduction in measurement techniques and equipment standardization is
part of an overall reduction in research and development manpower in order to release positions
for other Agency activities. The four position decrease reflects a decision to conduct all
fuel and fuel additive registration activities extramurally.
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
1976 Accompl ishments
1976 resources include approximately $234,000 in contracts and $83,000 in interagency agree-
ments. A unified planning and management system has improved the responsiveness of the research
and development program to the scientific and technical needs of the Agency. During 1976, accom-
plishments in the technical support area included:
- Major participation in an investigation of long distance transport of oxidant and
precursors in the New England and Gulf Coast areas.
- Conduct of general short-term sampling and analysis projects were carried out
in response to Agency requirements. These included Kepone at Hopewell, vinyl
chloride and polychlorinated biphenyls in Arkansas and Mississippi.
- Completion of special studies on ozone transport in rural areas of the midwest,
and initiation of studies were begun on ozone levels in national forests.
• Planning and initiation of a special study on high arsenic levels around the
Tacoma, Washington, smelter.
- Continued measurements of high N02 levels in 22 critical Air Quality Control
Regions.
- Continued analyses of trace elements in National Air Sampling Network samples
for nonmetal inorganics, metals, and benzene soluble organic compounds as well
as analyses of the Fuel Surveillance Network -samples for trace metals, sulfur,
lead, and phosphorus.
- Provision of support as a referee laboratory for phosphorus analysis of gasoline
as part of the lead and phosphorus regulations.
A-70
-------
- Initiation in the summer of 1976 of a major measurement activity on oxidant levels >;
in the metropolitan Washington, D.C., area. This work included assistance by the
D.C. Council of Governments and several EPA contractors.
- Completion of numerous specialized analytical analysis requests were completed in f
support of State and local agency and regional office needs. "
- Continued ORD operation of a worldwide air quality data bank for the World Health
Organization (WHO), in addition to the provision of a number of staff to serve
brief periods as expert advisors to WHO,
- Continued ORD service as a referee laboratory in precioitation chemistry for the
World Meteorological Organization as well as the maintenance of a worldwide data
bank for precipitation chemistry and turbidity.
- Continued ORD staff provision of technical support and assistance in response to
the US-USSR bilateral agreement.
1977 Program
The 1977 resource level for technical support is $2,483,000 and 77 positions. These
resources include approximately $275,000 in contracts and $65,000 in interagency agreements. The*
1977 program for air technical support includes:
- Completion of contact sensing and sampling to determine the impact of aircraft
operations on air quality, vegetation, and soil at the Atlanta, Georgia,
municipal airport.
- Continuation of a multiyear (approximately three) oxidant study in the Tampa/
St. Petersburg area in which data is being collected to validate an urban source
grid model for use in developing State Implementation Plans.
- Continuation of the World Meteorological Organization and WHO Data Bank and
chemistry activities. There is an expansion in the WHO activity planned
due to a request by WHO for the Agency to assist them in procurement (with
WHO resources) of ambient air pollution instrumentation to be used in the
UNEP Global Environmental Monitoring System (GEMS) expansion,
- Guidance and assistance to Agency program offices and regions in the design,
implementation and operation of field and laboratory systems to collect and/or
measure valid environmental samples; evaluation of instruments and methods,
assessment and analysis of the data; and issuance of reports. In these efforts,
emphasis is being given to pollutants of proven or potential adverse effects to
human health and welfare including polycyclic organic trace chemicals.
- Provision of high purity glass fiber filters to all State and local agencies
and EPA regional offices monitoring stations for particulates. This will insure
a common filter in use throughout the United States which will improve considerably
the validity and trend comparability of air pollution data.
- Initiation of a plume characterization-study using instrumented aircraft and ground
based monitors which is designed to provide data for state sulfur dioxide regulation
hearings scheduled for later 1977.
- Initiation of a follow-up study of the New York Urban Plume Oxidant, Sulfur and
Aerosol Transport Study to characterize and define the transport of the plume under
varying meteorological conditions.
- Initiation of a companion study in Houston/Galveston to the Tampa/St. Petersburg
Oxidant Transport Study to define the nature and'extent of the urban plume as
characterized by oxidants; and a sulfur oxide monitoring study in Hawaii.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The reduction of $919,000 from the budget estimate in the technical support program reflects
a decision to decrease resources available to respond to small regional requests for technical
support. Contingent upon Committee approval, as appropriate, these resources will be redirected
to the program management and support media to help allevtate increased costs.
A-71
-------
1978 Plans
The 1978 resource level for technical support is $1,996,000 and 61 positions, a reduction
. -< e --...----- .
i • of $487,000 and 16 positions from 1977. These resources include approximately $300,000 in con-
tracts and $100,000 in interagency "agreements.
The reduction in resources reflects a planned reduction in the level of short-term technical
support services to the Agency's Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards and to the Office
of Enforcement and termination of support for the continuous Air Monitoring Project, Participation
in activities of such organizations as World Health Organization (WHO), World Meteorological
Organization (WMO), Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and Pan American
Health Organization (PAHO) will be terminated to permit a shift in resources to areas of higher
Agency priority.
The 1978 program will focus on designing and developing monitoring protocols, preparing moni-
toring methodologies, continued analytical analyses, operating a membrane filter network and
providing support to other ORD laboratories for planning and implementing monitoring programs.
Specifically, resources will be devoted to the following projects:
- Continued activities related to the National Air Surveillance Network. This
involves provision of new filters to the monitoring stations and the special
trace element and inorganic analyses.
• - Continued support to EPA program offices in the National Forest Ozone Study
but at only about one-half the effort originally requested due to resource
restraints,
- Provision of analyses to ORD laboratories for special pollutants of concern
such as dimethylnitrosamines, dioxin, and ethylene dibromide.
- Completion of sampling and analysis program of Hawaiian S0£ monitoring study.
- Initiation of a project to define oxidant transport from Riverside, San Bernadino,
and Orange County, California.
- Initiation of a plume characterization study of the Kennecott smelter near Salt
Lake City, Utah.
- A study to characterize airborne aerosols and oxidants related to agricultural
burning practices.
- Completion of the Charlotte, North Carolina, carbon monoxide distribution study.
- Continued utilization of advanced remote sensing instruments for atmospheric
plume dispersion and opacity.
The 16 position reduction in technical support is part of an overall reduction in research
and development manpower in order to release positions for other Agency activities. The position
reduction will be effected at the Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, North Carolina.
The reduction will result from a grea-ter proportion of the research being Implemented on an
extramural basis.
A-72
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Water Quality
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Abatement and Control:
Water Qt
Ford Submission
Pos. Amount
(dollars in thousands)
.1.7.68 '.. $79.472 .
1978 Revised ~~~'"
Carter Final
Pos. Amount
(dollars in thousands)
1.927 -. $151.907 ~~
Mater Quality Planning and Standards.. 372
Water Resources Counci 1........ ..'...,.... (2)
State Programs Regulations and Guidelines (332)
Great Lakes Program.. (17)
Clean Lakes Program (1)
Chesapeake Bay Program,... —...... (20)
Effluent Standards and Guidelines , 69
Effluent. Standards and Guide! ines........,.... (69)
Grants Assistance Programs i^^_
Control Agency Resource Supplementation
Areawide Waste Treatment Resources.
Training Grants.—
Hater Qua! ity Strategies Implementation. 229
Spill Prevention and Response.... (116),
Ocean Disposal Permits (24)
Federal Activities/ElS ..,-.-. , , (60)
Dredge and Fill Regulations (29)
Mater Quality Monitoring and Analysis.................... 186
Hater Quality Monitoring and Analysis.............(186)
*•
Huni cipal Source Control — 912
Municipal Waste Treatment Facility Construction...(818)
Waste Treatment Operations and Maintenance........ (63)
Manpower PIanning and Training. (31)
Loan Guarantee Program. ...
Loan Guarantee Program.
19.616
(12,990)
(4,100)
(26)
(2,500)
11.400
(11,400)
5.450
(5,000)
(450)
7,201.
T3.7011
(1,400)
(1,500)
(600)
5 ...2.25
(5,225)
30,580
392
(2
(352
(27
.IS!
79
T79T
228
(no
(24
(75)
(19)
201
(2011
1,027
1'9,893-y
(13,267)
(4,100)
(26)
(2,500)
19.400
(19,400)
57.850.
(52,400)
(5,000)
(450)
7.201
(37701T
(1,400
(1,500)
(600)
5,225
15^2257
32.338
(24,970)
1,751)
3,859)
(9137
(63)
(51)
(267720)
1,751}
3,859)
10.000
(10,000)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Water Qu
Enforcement:
Ford Submission
Pos. Amount
(dollars in thousands)
657 21,398
Water Qua!ity Enforcement .... ..'-. 657
Water -Quality Enforcement. .... ,. (657)
Research and Development; : 512
Health and Ecological Effects...... 271
Wealth Effects^.....-, {Iff
Ecological Processes and Effects (219)
Transport and Fate of Pollutants * (28)
Chesapeake Bay
Industrial Processes 38
Mineral, Processing, and Manufacturing Industries...(38)
Pub!ic Sector Activities..... ......... ...... ...^... 108
Waste Water Management... ..".,", .............. (108)
Monitoring and Technical Support.... ..,.,... _...... 95
Characterization and Heasurement-Methods•
Development...... ..*. (32)
Measurement Techniques and Equipment Standardization (35)
Technical Support.... (28)
21.398
(21,398)
44,769
22,200
(3,800)
(12,700)
(2,800)
•(2,900)
7,400,.
T7,400)
10,800
(10,800)
4.369
(1,892)
0,194)
(1.283)
1978 Revised
Carter Final
Pos. Amount
(dollars in thousands)
756 -. 21,398-
756
(756)
526
276
(23)
(229)
(24)
33
(33T
108
(108)
109
41
36
32)
21.398^
(21,398)
45,014
22,327
(3,800)
(12,827)
(2,800)
2,900
7,400
(7.400)
JO.800
(10,300)
4,487
1,968
1,202
1,317
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
(
WATER QUALITY
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
D
L,
Actual
1976
.1161,633
1,783
45,536
19,414
786
5,359
35,201
587
21,638
am:
215,248
3,156
73,033
198,849
200,513
Budget
Estimate
1977
$115,173
3,816
N/A
21,242
764
H/A
41,823
552
N/A
178,238
3,132
N/A
138,655
211,051
Current -'
Estimate
1977
(dollars in
1153,483
1,774
N/A
21,369
756
N/A
44,243
546
N/A
219,095
3,076
N/A
273,000 ,
4S.5883/
Estimate
1978
thousands)
57! ,4TZ
1,768
N/A
21 ,398
657
N/A
44,769
512
N/A
•?/6,03l
2|937
N/A
39,017*
^ Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
^
K — 34oti
_s$?*rtrrr"
-6
N/A
+2S
-99
N/A
+526
-34
N/A
3
-, re
-139
^SuJaff-
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation.
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Enforcement:
Appropri at1 on
Permanent Positions,.
Transition Quarter...
Research and Development:
Approprlati on,,,.;,..
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Total, Water Quality Program:
Appropri ati on.k......
Permanent Positions,.
Transition Quarter...
Outlays
Authorization Levels.
a/ Remaining funds in 1977 are considered authorized by virtue of Appropriation Act.
~ Authorization pending for remaining funds,
NOTE: The program highlights and description of the Construction Grants appropriation
will be found in the Construction Grants section of this submission.
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 represent the most
comprehensive legislation ever enacted to clean up the Nation's waters. The Act
expanded the Federal role in water pollution control, dramatically increased the
funding for construction of publicly owned waste treatment works, elevated
planning to a new level of significance, opened new avenues for public participation,
and created a regulatory mechanism featuring uniform technology based effluent
standards, together with a national permit system for all dischargers as the means
of enforcement.
The objectives of the Act are to "restore and maintain the chemical, physical
and biological integrity of the Nation's water." The Act provides for achieving
these objectives in distinct phases. The FY 1973 to FY 1977 period 1s generally
referred to as Phase I, and FY 1978 to FY 1983 as Phase II, During Phase I, the
Act requires industry to Install best practicable control technology currently
available (BPT) and publicly owned waste water treatment works to achieve secondary
treatment by July 1, 1977. Phase I emphasizes tha development of effluent limitations
guidelines and pretreatment standards for Industrial dischargers, secondary treatment
limitations for publicly owned waste treatment works,'issuance of permits, and the
award of construction grants.
.70
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER QUALITY
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Increase +
Deerease -
1978 vs., 1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thousands)
$161,633 $115,173
1,783 1,816
45,536 N/A
$153,483
1,774
N/A
19,414
786
5,859
145,639
2,937
N/A
230,770
39,017*
Abatement and^Control:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions.
Transition Qua
Enforcement:
Appropriation.
Permanent Positions..
Transition-Quarter...
Research and Development:
Appropriation...
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Total, Water Quality Program:
Appropriation 216,248
Permanent Positions.. 3,156
Transition Quarter... 73,033
Outlays... 198,849
Authorization Levels. 200.513
-73,456
-139
N/A
-44,230
a/ Remaining funds in 1977 are considered authorized by virtue of Appropriation Act.
y Authorization pending for remaining/funds.
NOTE: The program highlights and description df the Construction Grants appropriation
will be found in the Construction Grants ^ecti on of this submission.
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 represent the most
comprehensive legislation ever'enacted to clean up theXjIation's waters. The Act
expanded the Federal role in/Water pollution control, dramatically increased the
funding for construction of/publicly owned waste treatment works, elevated
planning to a new level of/significance, opened new avenue\ for public participation,
and created a regulatory mechanism featuring uniform technology based effluent
standards, together with a national permit system for all dischargers as the means
of enforcement. /
The objectives of/the Act are to "restore and maintain the \hemical, physical
and biological integrity of the Nation's water." The Act provided for achieving
these objectives in distinct phases. The FY 1973 to FY 1977 perioXi? generally
referred to as Phase/I, and FY 1978 to FY 1983 as Phase 'II. DuringNPhase I, the
Act requires industry to install best practicable control technology currently
available (BPT) and publicly owned waste water treatment works to achieve secondary
treatment by July 1, 1977. Phase I emphasizes the development of effluent limitations
guidelines and pretreatment standards for industrial dischargers, secondary treatment
limitations for publicly owned waste treatment works, issuance of permits, and the
award of construction grants.
WO - 1
-------
Phase II requirements are intended to be achieved by July 1, 1983. Industries are to
install best available technology economically achievable (BATEA) which will result in
reasonable further progress toward the national goal of eliminating the discharge of all
pollutants. Publicly owned treatment works are to achieve best practicable waste treatment
technology, including reclaiming and recycling water and confined disposal of pollutants.
During this phase, increased attention will be given to control of nonpoint sources and
the more difficult point sources of pollution.
As the Agency enters FY 1978, it will be at the end of a transition period between
Phases I and II in implementing the requirements of the Act. During this time, its plans
and expected efforts tend to fall within several broad areas of concern: industrial point
source control, point source control for publicly owned treatment facilities, nonpoint
source control, and the improvement of State and local institutions for carrying out the
requirements of the Act.
By the end of FY 1977, the first major effort of developing and promulgating effluent
limitation standards and guidelines for 43 major industrial categories will be complete,
with the exception of final pretreatment standards for existing industrial sources.
However, in compliance with court ordered deadlines, continuing activities are required to
complete standards for industrial categories which have been published as interim final, and
to develop final pretreatment standards.. In addition, considerable effort will be
required to defend and support industrial standards as they come under judicial review
and to redevelop those standards that are remanded by the courts. Technical support also
must be given to application of the standards in the writing and enforcement of permits.
As the Agency has become involved in these follow-up and support activities for those
standards promulgated early in the Phase I period, it has become evident that such
activities will require almost as much effort as for the initial development of those
standards. This effort will continue throughout FY 1978 in order to deal with those
standards promulgated late in the Phase I period.
The second phase of the industrial point source control program beginning in FY 1977
requires the revision and updating of the BATEA and new source standards as well as
pretreatment standards for both new and existing sources. Recent court settlements
have escalated these requirements into a high level program, requiring significant
resources with very stringent deadlines for initiation of contract studies as well as
eventual promulgation of standards. The inclusion of health and environmental effects
considerations into the standard setting process substantially increases the complexity
of carrying out the Phase II standard setting requirements of the Act. It is expected
that toxic pollutant control will be the major thrust of these efforts, with relatively
minor emphasis on achieving additional control over the more traditional nontoxic
pollutants which were the focus of many of the standards developed during Phase I.
Concomitant with the requirement to develop BATEA standards for industry to
control toxic pollutants is the requirement under a recent court settlement to develop
and promulgate water quality criteria for a list of 65 specific toxic pollutants. This
work will require a continuation and expansion of ongoing efforts to develop water
quality criteria for use by States in the development of water quality standards.
Municipal point source control is effectuated through the municipal waste water
treatment construction grant program, initially funded at $18 billion by P.L. 92-500
to achieve secondary treatment by the end of FY 1977. This program has a key role in
enabling publicly owned treatment works to apply best practicable waste treatment
technology by July 1, 1983. The obligation of the $18 billion by the end of FY 1977
will enable about 50 percent of the 18,000 municipalities to achieve secondary or
higher level treatment as required. However, le,ss than 40 percent of the FY 1977
population will be served by the required levels of treatment, principally because
larger cities will not have had time to complete construction.
WQ - 2
-------
The FY 1978 budget reqflest contains $4.5 billion for waste water treatment plant
construction grants. EPA Is proposing a ten year program commitment totalling
$45 billion along with several proposals which would assure directing Federal support
to construction of those facilities most critical to reducing pollutant dischargers
from municipal waste water systems ad bringing the Federal funding support
-requirement to a manageable level. Fiscal year 1978 will be the first year of a
ten year program. In order to achieve substantial progress toward the 1983 goals,
additional effort must be placed on ensuring that grant obligations quickly result
in construction and on ensuring that federally funded publicly owned treatment
works operate efficiently and reliably.
The water quality management program under Section 208 of P.L.92-500 seeks
to establish effective environmental decision making at the State and local
government level. Nationally based programs for pollution control which
establish uniform thresholds of abatement are best supplemented on a localized
basis. Since abatement alternatives are apt to be severe in their consequences,
there is a necessity that local citizen expectations and opinion be a major element
in any abatement decisions. The most effective political level to respond to
this source of opinion and for solving these pollution programs is local and
State government.
The water quality management process, under Secton 206 of the Federal Mater
Pollution Control Act, is viewed as the framework by which all basic water
quality decisions and determinations will be made. Area wide and State wide
Section 208 planning efforts will peak in FY 1978, such that by November 1978
most of the highest priority planning will have been completed. Identification
and designation of management agencies to implement formulated plans will also
have been initiated. Section 208 planning is the principal mechanism for
dealing with de minimi's source and nonpoint source pollution problems. With
.increasing levels of control being applied to the abatement of industrial and
• municipal point sources, the relative contribution of nonpoint sources to total
pollution loads becomes more and more significant. As this occurs, increasing
attention will be focused toward the control of nonpoint sources. These
nonpoint sources include agriculture, silviculture, construction activities,
mining, and runoff from urban areas.
In order to meet the goals of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, water
enforcement will pursue two primary goals in FY 1978. The first is to promote
increasing State participation in the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System program. The second is to assure the completion of treatment
facilities by major industrial dischargers to achieve best practicable
technology and by funded major municipal dischargers to achieve secondary
treatment. Included in the latter goal is the resolution of all major
adjudicatory hearings requests in order to assure that all priority dischargers
have an enforceable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permit.
WQ - 3
-------
Major municipal facilities will be placed on construction schedules which are
realistic and consistent with construction grant funding schedules. Major industrial
permit reissuance and modification will continue to receive high priority in FY 1978
as will the issuance of major and energy related new source permits. Non-NPDES
enforcement will continue to focus on oil spill and spill prevention enforcement as
well as on the enforcement of the Ocean Dumping Act.
In R 1978, EPA intends to mechanize the review of discharge monitoring reports
and to hire private contractors to conduct a large percentage of sampling
inspections. Some reduction in enforcement activity is anticipated as a result of a
curtailment in the compliance monitoring program and expansion of the adjudicatory
hearing program. Adjudicatory hearing requests are anticipated to increase due to new
and complex permit requirements such as 208 planning requirement^S§egt1en 302
water quality related effluent limitations, and toxic pollutant standards and limitations.
The determination of Section 301(c) variance requests is also expected to result in increased
adjudicatory hearing requests.
The role of research and development in EPA's water quality program is to provide
the scientific information needed to support its standard setting and enforcement
activities. To do this a multifaceted research program has been established.
The health effects, ecological effects and transport and fate of pollutants research
is geared to (1) the development of criteria for the safe treatment and disposal of waste
waters and sludges, and health related criteria for fresh and marine recreational waters;
(2) research on the toxicologlcal effects of pollutants on aquatic organisms; and
(3) research on the movement, transformation, degradation, accumulation, and fate of
water pollutants.
The industrial research program concentrates on point sources of pollution resulting
from the industrial sector of the economy and develops or demonstrates new or improved
cost effective technology.
Research results provide a significant data base for the establishment of ,
economically and technically feasible effluent guidelines and treatment parameters 'for
industrial waste water permits. The program also addresses technology for the prevention
and control of accidental spills of hazardous materials and is a focal point for the
joint industrial/municipal point source research in EPA.
The public sector waste water management research program focuses on the prevention,
control treatment and management of water pollution which is a result of public service,
and community nonindustrial activities. The program incorporates the problem areas of
municipal waste water treatment studge management, urban runoff, and soil treatment
systems. The research efforts are geared toward impacting the'standard setting and
operational implementation of the Agency's programs dealing with the public sector.
The monitoring and technical support program relating to water quality supports
three activities: (1) characterization and measurement methods development for measuring
pollutants contained in surface and ground waters, sludges and soils, and the effluents
from municipal, industrial, and nonpoint sources; (2) measurement techniques and
equipment standardization for routine monitoring functions; and (3) the provisions of
technical support by which the results of research and development programs and the
expertise of researchers are made available for agencywide use in response to specific
requests for support. This technical support activity is planned for and provides
resources to respond to both continuing and emergency requests for laboratory and
monitoring services.
WQ - 4
-------
SUMMARY OF INCREASES.AND DECREASES
(in thousands of do11ars)
1977 Water Quality Program $219,095
Abatement and Control, •
u
The net reduction results from riaBrmaMt for ^_
the State control agency grants ,'fpv50/ATn i on;
clean lakes program, -$15 million; areawide
waste treatment management grants, *S9.6 million; jfri
effluent standards and guidelines, «S6»D *Tlh TTi on i'/E ***' •'
training grants, -Sl.l million; and other minor
program decreases of -S.5 million. Increases
offsetting these reductions are for State
program regulations and guidelines, +52.9 million;
Chesapeake Bay Study, +S.4 million; municipal
waste treatment facility construction, +54.7
million; manpower planning and training, +S.9
minion; and other minor f»rograirj increases, of
Z million
hf orcement jff. jr. +29
"~i
{ The increase of 529,000 is the net result of
LJ ' one-time reprogrammings in FY 1977 from water
. quality enforcement by regional offices. A
99 position decrease is proposed due to the
~ ' , expected mechanization of the review of
I. • , discharge monitoring reports and anticipated
' use of private contractors to conduct a
large percentage of sampling and nonsampling
!—^ inspections.
Research and Devel opment. +526
The net increase of S526 thousand is broken
down Into: (!) a SI,390 thousand increase for
health effects to develop methods for
characterizing the toxic effects of pollutant
classes; (2) a S992 thousand decrease 1n
ecological effects which will result 1n the
reduction of work on ocean dumping, criteria
for temperature and dissolved gases, the
effects of oil, ocean outfalls", fine particulates,
disinfection, and ecosystem dynamics; (3) a
S408 thousand increase in waste water management
to begin development of nonstructural control
methods for urban runoff abatement; aiid (4) a
$280 thousand decrease in characterization and
measurement methods development which will
cause research on measurement of nonvolatile
organics, asbestos, and other toxic species to
be deferred to the future.
«-|
-J
1978 Water Quality Program.
WQ " 5
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES
1. Stannary of Budget Request
-
"]
1
-/+S
* c*r
/S"
An appropriation of -$143,fl39,BM Is requested for 1978. TMs request, by
appropriation, is as fellows:
Abatement and Control ......... 573 , 4TJL, flflfl */**% ¥ 73* ° 9*
Enforcement ...... ............. 21,398.000
Research and Development ...... 44,788,000
This represents a decrease of $73p4SCtOOO'frpm the 1977 water quality progr
and includes/g^JMniiiM for the State control agency grants ( IffljOMiflOT] uMrt inn nnii t
> «*Baue3ted- uiiilu1 Lla. mntel iifotiad. grants .rmrlii; for the clean lakes program (-515,000,000) „_
" ta allow tine for evaluation of accomplishments and benefits of program before assessing the i
need for additional appropriations; for the areawide waste treatment management grants _J
(-$9.643,400) to reflect the elimination of water quality management planning? for
f=-iff iuenV'sgandards and guide I'iries^ » S&\ OifttOQQ1) ; for training grants (-51,068,300) to reflect
the termination of academic training; for the Water Resources Council (-5192,400) to reflect ~H
the establishment of a centralized budget in the Council; for ecological effects research j
(-5991,700) for reduced efforts on ocean dumping, criteria for temperature and dissolved — •
gases, and the effects of oil, ocean outfalls, fine particulates, disinfection, and
ecosystem dynamics; and for characterization and measurement methods development (-2280,000) / • ~—
to defer research on measurement of nonvolatile organic*. asbestos, and other toxic species. vSCfc*fc -*-*/
.*- .
'These decreases art partially offsft by increases for State program regulations
and guidelines (+12,902,900) for contracts to assist in and accelerate the development of
^otable Section 208 plans; for the Chesapeake Bay study (+5400,000) to expand studies on j
jstion control methodology in the Bay's ecosystem; for municipal waste treatment facility (
iruction for new contract requirements to develop the HEEDS Survey (+51,000,000), '•--->
interagency agreements with the Corps of Engineers, GSA, and other agencies to perform
construction inspections and various program evaluations (+52,000,000), and contract support
for improved management information systems, special studies, and other tasks to improve <
fiscal and technical integrity of the program (+51,654,600); for manpower planning and .._..;
training (+5993,200) to contract for expanded delivery of available course work and training
materials through interagency agreements with HEM, DDL, and other agencies and to expand
support at the State and local levels; for health effects research to develop methods for ~"1
characterizing the toxic effects of pollutant classes (+51,390,000); and for waste water management (
to begin development of nonstructural control methods for urban runoff abatement (+1408,000). — '
Other minor program increases and decreases result in a net decrease of 5100,500.
~"1' %
2. Changes from Original 1977 Budoet Estimate j
•
i
Changes from the budget are as follows:
(1n^ thousands of dollars ) - " "1
Original 1977 estimate ..... . ...... ,..'. 5173,238 — '
Congressional increases:
Control agency grants ........ -... ..... +10,000 —»,
Clean lakes ..... .... ....... ........... +15,000
Academic training ................... +1,550 _ J
Chesapeake Bay study ................ +5, 000
Effluent guidelines.. ............... +11,300
Subsequent appropriation .............. +800
• ' Pay cost relief ........ , ............ .. . +802
Transfer for Cost of Clean " — -1
Environment Report .................. -125
WQ - 6
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
)
Transfer to fund increased construction
grant program support functions , -806
Office of Enforcement transfers. -35
Transfer for training grants. +156
Miscellaneous increases and decreases -276
Regional operating adjustments -1,779
Office of Research and Development
reprogramming. , -730
.—«, Revised 1977 estimate 219,0§5
,_j Most of the additional funds currently estimated for the water quality programs
were provided by congressional increases to the 1977 budget request. An increase of
S10 million was made to the control agency grants; grants to improve water quality in
the Nation's lakes were increased by SI5 million; academic training was increased by
. $4 million of which SI,550,000 was allocated to water quality; and S5 million was
•---' added-on for the Chesapeake Bay study to continue efforts to develop a management
system which is designed to maintain and improve the overall water quality of the Bay.
-.—> A budget amendment requesting $11,300,000 for effluent standards and guidelines was also
approved. In addition, the Public Works Employment Appropriations Act, enacted subsequent
•. ; to EPA's appropriations, included $800,000 for municipal waste treatment facility construction.
*1""" Funds were transferred from the Agency and Regional Management appropriation
'1 to provide relief from pay cost absorption, S8Q2.000, in accordance with the congressional
. i add-on for pay cost relief.
The responsibility and associated resources for the preparation of the Cost
.—, of Clean Environment report was transferred to the Office of Planning and Evaluation,
: ' -,, -$125,000.
'*' A portion of the new 1976 construction grants positions were allocated to other
media to provide for the increased support necessary in the management areas of audit,
: contract and grant administration, general counsel, and EIS preparation, -5806,000.
"~*i" The Office of Enforcement transferred (a) $100,000 from water quality enforcement
to stationary source enforcement activities at the Denver National Enforcement Investigation
—i Canter; (b) $40,000 from program management in support of second generation permit issuance;
i and (c) $25,000 from program management in support of growing litigation burdens.
Transfers from other media were made for support of "one time only" training
.__ grants, +$156,000.
Miscellaneous prooram increases and decreases resulted in a net change of
1 .$276,000.
•-"••': Operating adjustments are changes required to adjust the budget to actual
, operating conditions. In the process of applying the budget estimate to the specific
^_, needs of each regional office, laboratory, arid headquarters program office, it is
often necessary to make small adjustments to the planned budget. The SI,779,000
reduction is the cumulative effect of these changes on water quality regional programs
I in 1977.
\
J A proposal will be submitted to the Committee, as appropriate, for separate
consideration for the research "and development reprograraming, -5730,000.
UQ - 7
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate Estimate
1977 1978
(in thousands of dollars)
Prior year obligations... $216,248 $256,410
Congressional add-ons for control agency grants,
clean lakes, academic training, Chesapeake
Bay study ........... ....... .... ............... ......... +4,950
Budget amendment for effluent guide! ines- . . , ............. +6,780
Publ ic Works Employment Appropriation Act. . ....... . ...... +720
Increases and decreases as detailed previously..... ...... , / -2,514
g
Change in amount of carryover funds available ---- ."."...rr* +74,226 -37,315
Decrease in areawide waste treatment grants ....... ... _____ -44,000 -5,993
1978 program decreases ............................... ---- ...
1978 program increases ................................... +yr?9fr
eJ/7. SO&
Total estimated obligations... ............... ......... 256,410 140,000" , ..\
(From new obligation authority) ..................... (216,620) (1 48,836 )>{•?/? £?3/
(From prior year funds) ...... . ...................... (39,790) (2.475)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AKD DECREASES TO OBLIGATIOfIS
Congressional add-ons in 1977 are expected to result in an increase of $4,950,000. The
budget amendment included in the 1977 appropriation is estimated to increase obligations
by $6,780,000. The appropriation realized through the Public Works Employment Act will
result in an increase of $720,000 to obligations.
1977 increases and decreases from the budget estimate, as detailed previously, will
decrease obligations by an estimated $2,514,000.
.
Th~ :*-mrfnr -* the water quality control agency support grants will result
in an estimated /«6rease in 1978 of S'u&i'fr" million from 1977 obligations for the water quality
media. ?$,*
A major change is due to the amount of carryover funds available for obligation.
Carryover funds effecting obligations after FY 1976 result in a change of +$74,226,000;
obligations from carryover funds in 1977 are estimated to be $39,790,000. In 1978,
obligations are expected to be $2,475,000, a decrease of $37,315.000.
The decrease in 1977 for areawide waste treatment grants is expected to reduce 1977
obligations by $44 million. The 1978 program decrease will further reduce obligations by
$5,993,000.
The 1978 decreases for clean lakes, effluent standards and guidelines, and training
grants is expected to decrease obligations in 1978 by $1^,200.000; the 1978 program
Increases previously itemized are estimated to increase by $0,793,000.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER QUALITY
Budget Current
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate
1976 1977 1977 1978
PROGRAM LEVELS
Section 208 State Planning Agency
Designations ................. .*.
Section 208 Regional (areawide)
Planning Agency Designations. .. .....t.
Section 208 Management Agency
Designations • .**
* Agencies engaged in developing State and
** Agencies engaged in implementing Section
Clean Lakes Projects
Ocean Dumping Permits........
Construction Grants Awards 3
Step I Awards. (2
Step 1 1 Awards •
Active Construction Grant Projects...., 8
State Program Approvals (NPDES) ,
Adjudicatory Hearings:
Prehearlng Conferences
Settl ed
Permits Issued by EPA: Municipal --
Major........
Minor. ....... 3
Nonmunicipal —
Major
Minor 7
49
27 5
areawide Section
208 plans.
19 50-60
60 60
,976 4,825
,341) (1,000)
(724) (2,300)
(911} (1,525)
,367
28 36
77 70
260 300
716 2,000
,120 1,500
701 3,000
.086 2.500
1
50
100
208 plans.
39
60
5,750
(2,100)
(2,100)
(1,550)
9,900
33
70
300
1,255
950
124
2.705
200
48
60
5,850
(2,000)
(2,300)
(1,550)
10,900
45
70
575
688
688
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
-1
-50
+100
+9
+100
(-100)
(+200)
+1 ,000
+12
+275
-567
-950
+564
-2.705
WQ - 9
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
il
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Appropriation
Water Quality Planning
and Standards
Effluent Standards and
Guidelines
Grants Assistance
Programs
Water Quality Strategies
Implamenation
Water Quality-Monitoring
and Analysis
Municipal Source
Contsal.
Permanent Positions
Water Quality Planning
and Standards
Effluent Standards and
Guidelines....
Grants Assistance
Programs
Water Quality Strategies
Implementation........
Water Quality Monitoring
and Analysts...
Municipal Source
Control ,
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
21,230
433
58
Current
Estimate
,1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thousands)
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977 Page
$20,750 514,327
4,670 7,142
103,016 55,000
6,731
5,236
7,534
4,515
_26,055_
531,513
18,328
66,161
7,241
5,304
24.936
$19,616
7,201
5,225
30.580
f •> , * . •
161,633 115,173
403
54
153,483
362
51
372
69
-511 ,897
-40
-79
+5.644
+10
+18
WQ-12
HQ-20
WQ-24
WQ-23
WQ-34
WQ-38
221
182
889
241
176
942
228
201
932
229
186
912
+1
-15
-20
Total.
1,783
1,816
1,774
1,768
-6
The objective of the water quality abatement and control program is primarily to assist
State and local agencies in controlling water pollution by providing management, technical,
and resource assistance and through disseminating guidelines and standards. These guidelines
set methods and procedures and levels of control for sources of pollution. Water quality
criteria and standards are applied to the receiving waters and are subsequently reflected in
the level of control placed on the sourca. Management assistance is provided in the
preconstruction and construction of waste water treatment facilities and their operation.
One-half of the water program manpower is used to manage and monitor this multibilHon dollar
program. Additional management assistance 1s provided in developing State and areawide
Section 208 water quality management planning agencies, improving municipal waste control
management, and in monitoring and reporting on ambient water quality and changes in quality.
Technical assistance includes general assistance on controlling persistent and complex
pollution problems as well as specific response assistance for spills or other pollution
emergencies.
Because a primary responsibility for the control of pollution lies with the States, most
of EPA's abatement and control efforts are oriented toward support of State and local efforts.
States are responsible for detailed planning, monitoring, and enforcement efforts, as well as
for establishing the priorities for commitment of Federal funds to construct sewage treatment
i plants. Local governments are responsible for detailed planning, for operation and maintenance
of sewage treatment plants, and for participating financially in the construction of treatment
plants.
HQ - 10
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control
Appropriation
Water-Quality Panning
and Standards.
Effluent Standards\£nd
Guidelines.
Grants Assistance
Programs,
Water Quality Strategist
Jraplemenation.
Water Quality•Monitoring
and Analysis...
Municipal Source
Control
Total,
Permanent Positions
Water Quality Planning
and Standards.........
Effluent Standards and
Guide!ines.
Grants Assistance
Progratns.,
Water Quality Strategies
Imp!ementati on
Water Quality Monitoring
and Analysis...
Municipal Source
Control...............
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thousands)
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
$20,750
4,670
103,016
6,731
\ 5,236
\
161 ,"6.33
$14,927
7,142
55,000
7,534
4,515
26,055
115,173
$31,513
18,328
66,161
7,241
5,304
24,936
153,483
$19,616
11,400
5,450
7,201
5,225
30,580 t
f
' 7S.47/
-$11,897
-6,928 x
/f
/ ~40
/. -79
+5,644
-74,011
Page
WQ-12
-20
WQ-24
WQ-28
WQ-34
WQ-38
433
58
403
54
362
51
372
69
+10
+18
221
182
889
1,783
241
176 s
942
1.816/
/'
/
/28
/•
/ 201
* /'
/„ 932
U774
":;
229
186
912
1,768
+1
-15
-20
-6
The objective of the water quality f&atement and control program is primarily to assist
State and local agencies in controlling water pollution by providing management, technical,
and resource assistance and through disseminating guidelines and standards. These guidelines
set methods and procedures and levels/of control for sources of pollution. Water quality
criteria and standards are applied to the receiving waters and are subsequently reflected in
the level of control placed on the/souree. Management assistance is provided in the
preconstruction and construction off waste water treatment facilities and their operation.
One-half of the water program manpower is used to manage and monitor this multibllHon dollar
program. Additional management/asslstance is provided in developing State and areawide
Section 208 water quality management planning agencies, improving municipal waste control
management, and in monitoring Jtnd reporting on ambient water quality and changes in quality.
Technical assistance includes general assistance on controlling persistent and complex
pollution problems as well as specific response assistance for spiffs or other pollution
emergencies. / \
\
Because a primary responsibility for the control of pollution lies with the States, most
of EPA's abatement and control efforts are oriented toward support of State and local efforts.
States are responsible for detailed planning, monitoring, and enforcement"efforts, as well as
for establishing the priorities for commitment of Federal funds to construct sewage treatment
plants. Local governments are responsible for detailed planning, for operation and maintenance
of sewage treatment plants, and for participating financially in the construction of treatment
plants.
WQ - 10
-------
EPA monitoring and analysis activities are coordinated with State and other Federal
efforts and include ambient water quality monitoring, data collection, and dissemination
of water quality data. Current programs include the establishment of basic national
water monitoring programs and the analysis of monitoring data to assist in development
and implementation of standards and regulations. Increasing emphasis is being placed on l
monitoring of toxic materials, nonpoint sources, and biological impact. * i
Technical assistance and information is provided to assist in applying technology,
developing standards, and instituting effective programs and source management. Research '*"\*
assistance is requested to develop new control techniques as problems are anticipated ' \
through the Section 208 planning process. A major program thrust involves the development
and establishment of industrial effluent (point source) guidelines on best practicable and
available technologies, effluent and pretreatment standards, and regulations for all ,
industrial categories. These guidelines are used by the enforcement program in issuing j
permits. Research and development assistance is provided on new treatment technologies '
applicable to development of particular guidelines. Limited assistance and technical
development efforts will continue on nonpoint sources to support Phase II (1977-1983) " , ,
planning. A spill prevention and control program focuses on implementing spill prevention '
plans at nontransportation related onshore and offshore facilities, and responding to , (
major spill events to mitigate the effects of polluting spills on the environment.
EPA provides or supports training to improve the skills of State and local water ' ;
pollution control personnel as well as to increase the availability of water pollution ,'
control manpower. Skills which are addressed range from sewage treatment plant operation f
to plant design and management. Also under this program, EPA assists other Federal agencies
to bring their facilities into conformance with prevailing pollution standards and helps
to ensure that the programs, projects, and other activities of Federal agencies produce <
a minimum water pollution impact. /
The Marine Protection, Research, and Santuaries Act of 1972, as amended, authorizes
EPA to regulate the disposition of materials into the ocean, excepting dredged material. ,
Under this authority* a permit program for ocean disposal of waste has been underway since
FY 1973. ' „ ;
Primary objectives for fiscal year 1978 include:
- Obligate $5.3 billion for 5,850 new awards for the planning, design, and ;
construction of waste treatment facilities;
- Review municipal construction activities for technical and fiscal Integrity, ';
including project site reviews, reviews of completed facilities plans, and an
increased number of financial audits; '
- Initiate evaluation of human health and environmental effects of additional ^
toxic pollutants and reassess the data base of the original 130 constituents
included in water quality criteria; j
- Repropose regulations for 9 of 21 industrial effluent guidelines,
addressing 65 toxic substances; J
- Implement water quality management program plans by State and designated
areawide planning and management agencies;
- Develop ocean dumping guidelines and alternatives; »
!•*>
A"
* Continue an expanded and intensified national municipal operations program;
- Assist States to implement the national Basic Water Monitoring Program
developed in FY 1977; and
- Implement fi.nal .EPA dredged or fill material guidelines.
WQ - 11
-------
" i
Appropriation
Mater Resources Counci1....
State Programs Regulations
and Guidelines...........
Great Lakes Program........
Clean Lakes Program
Chesapeake Bay Program.
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control
Water Quality Planning and Standards
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)~
$49 $207 $192 ... -$192
14,085
3,297
3,243
76
10,561
4,159
...
• . .
10,087 '
4,108
15,026
2.100
$12,990
4,100
26
2.500
+2,903
-8
-15,000
+400
Total.. 20,750
Permanent Positions
14,927
31,513
19,616
Water Resources Council....
State Programs Regulations
and Bui deli nes
Great Lakes Program
Clean Lakes Program........
Chesapeake Bay Program
Total.
433
403
362
372
Budget Request
-11,897
402
20
• a .
8
375
25
a a •
...
332
27
1
. . .
332
17
1
20
..
-10
* » *
+20
+10
An appropriation of $19,615,500 is requested for FY 1978, which represents a decrease of
$11,897,600 from FY 1977. This includes a $15,000,000 reduction for Clean Lakes to allow time
for evaluating the accomplishments and benefits of prior year grant expenditures during FY 1978,
before assessing the need for additional appropriations. Also included is an increase of
$2,902,900 for contracts to assist in and accelerate the development of acceptable Section 208
plans. An additional $400,000 is included to expand studies On pollution control methodology
in the Chesapeake Bay's ecosystem.
Program Description
The water quality planning and standards subactivity includes five program elements. The
State programs regulations and guidelines element covers a broad range of activities including
providing technical guidance, assistance, and information to States, other Federal agencies,
and local agencies to assist with the development of water pollution control programs. These
activities include assisting States and State-designated areawide agencies in the preparation
and implementation of their water quality management programs for the prevention and elimination
of water pollution from both point and nonpoint sources; providing guidance on the setting of
standardsi disseminating technical information concerning scientific and engineering advances;
and providing technical consultation.
The second program element covered by this subactivity is the Great Lakes program which
includes both funding for the Great Lakes initiative program as well as demonstration grants
authorlied by Section 108(a) of the FWPCA. The Great Lakes Initiative program was established
in FY 1973 to provide the principal source of funding for United States activities in direct
support of the Canadian-United States Agreement including the Upper Lakes Study, the Pollution
from Land Use Study,. Great Lakes water quality surveillance, International Joint Commission
support activities, special studies of water quality problem areas, and demonstration grants
authorized by Section 108(a).
WQ - 12
-------
The third program element covered by this subactivity is the Clean Lakes program. Under this
program, the Agency provides financial assistance to the States to carry out methods and procedures
to restore the quality of publicly owned fresh-water lakes. Nineteen million dollars has been
appropriated by Congress for fiscal years 1975 and 1976 to carry out the requirements under Section
314. Ninety-six applications for lake restoration have been received. -
The fourth program element covered by this subactivity is support provided the Mater Resources
Council. This program has three principal activities: (1) participation in Water Resources
Council meetings as a member agency; (2) participation in a national assessment by furnishing data
on water supplies and water quality, along with appropriate analysis of the total assessment data
and findings; and (3) participation in comprehensive water and related land resource planning
studies and in the activities of River Basin Commissions.
The fifth program element covered by this subactivity 1s the Chesapeake Bay program which is
charged with developing a management system to maintain and Improve the overall water quality of
Chesapeake Bay. This will be accomplished through an inventory of point sources, review and
revision of NPDES permits, and increased priority for construction grants to municipalities. In
addition, existing and potential water quality problems will be Investigated for possible regula-
tory action. The program will emphasize coordination of existing programs of Federal, State and
local planning and regulatory agencies.
WATER RESOURCES COUNCIL
1 976 Accompl ishitients
In FY 1976, four comprehensive planning studies were completed for Hawaii; Maumee;
Minneapolis - St. Paul; and the Monongahela River.
1977 program
In 1977, $192,400 and two positions are allocated to this activity. In FY 1977, the Ohio Main
Stem, Yellowstone Pacific Northwest, and Hudson studies will be completed. Six comprehensive water
resources studies will be initiated. These are: Allegheny, Delaware, Fox-Wolf, Lake Champ! ain,
Southcentral Alaska, and Upper Mississippi. A national assessment study will also be completed.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate "
The decrease of $15,000 from the budget estimate reflects partial regional reprogramming of
resources into related technical assistance functions in anticipation of the full assumption by
the Water Resources Council of all resource requirements in FY 1978.
1978 Plan
Continuing Agency staff support will be provided through cooperation and participation in
river basin commissions. Due to the establishment of a centralized budget in the Water Resources
Council, funds for participation in river basin studies will no longer be provided by EPA but by
the Water Resources Council.
STATE PROGRAM REGULATIONS AND GUIDELINES •
' ' . , . '
1976 Accomp'l ishment s
In FY 1976, $1.6 million was spent on contractual studies to assist Section 208 program
management development and to foster public involvement in local Section 208 programs. Grants
of $200 thousand were awarded to environmental organizations to support 208 public information and
participation .activities. An additional $400 thousand was spent for State projects to demonstrate
how the planning process can be used to solve potential problems, for development of non point
source best management practices, and for technology transfer. Two hundred thousand dollars was
spent on evaluation of in-place toxic removal, to perform technology assessments for developing
and publishing. water quality criteria, and for assessment of waste water treatment technology to
determine achievable toxic pollutant effluent concentrations. In FY 1976, the program:
- Published EPA's Quality Criteria for Water, 1976;
- Initiated development of expanded second generation water quality criteria
document;
WQ - 13
-------
- Finalized revision and approval of 56 State water quality standards and
promulgated Federal water quality standards for two States;
- Developed and published regulations on water quality standards and anti-
degradation policy;
- Completed a report to identify and prioritize the locations for removal
of in-place toxic pollutants;
- Promulgated standards of performance for Marine Sanitation Devices;
- Acted on six petitions from States requesting that discharge of sewage
from vessels, whether treated or not, be prohibited in specific waters —
published determinations in the FederalReglster;
- Developed a proposed regulation for permitting discharges to aquaculture
projects in navigable waters — now awaiting promulgation;
- Presented a summary report to Congress on the national estuarine pollu-
tion control program;
- Completed a documentary movie on estuaries for public dissemination;
- Funded 27 areawide and 49 statewide 208 agencies to conduct water .quality
management planning*,
- Developed final regulations for integrated State and areawide water quality
management planning;
- Developed a silviculture pesticides best management practice report as part
of the nonpoint source control program;
- Used Section 106 grant resources to support priority program areas Including
permits, municipal facilities management, compliance monitoring, and planning;
- Completed a project to aid State water pollution control agencies in upgrading
and reclassifying key environmental control positions; and
- Secured formal agreements with 10 other Federal agencies and departments on
participation in the Section 208 program.
1977 Program
The 1977 allocation for this effort is $10,086,800 and 332 positions. In FY 1977, program
emphasis will be placed on the continuation of Section 208 planning by State and local governments.
This will include the control of nonpoint source pollution. In the past, EPA and the States
concentrated virtually all of their resources on abating point sources of pollution. The States
have begun to develop strategies which Include nonpoint source abatement in accordance with regula-
tions and guidance issued by EPA. Section 208 1s being used by the Agency regularly to address
those water quality problems not readily soluble by other sections of the Act, in addition to
coordinating planning and implementation relative to construction grants and NPDES permits
Issuance. ••_ ""
The development of a Continuing Planning Process Handbook and a State Strategy Handbook are
planned to assist the States in developing well Integrated planning and decision miking processes.
Plans for the SBA Loan Program include a substantial Increase in the number of loans approved
and the delegation of this program to several States.
In FY 1977, $600 thousand 1s being committed to fostering Involvement by public and local
government officials in Section 208 programs. An additional $200 thousand is committed for
development of nonpoint source best-management practices and for technology transfer. Two hundred
thousand dollars is committed to contracts for Increasing the number of pollutants included in water
quality criteria and for developing risk assessments on which to base recommendations for these
criteria.
WQ - 14
-------
Under the State Programs Regulations and Guidelines program, EPA will also:
- Publish a report on the integrity of water;
- Complete the review and revision of State water quality standards;
- Continue to investigate harbors and waterways of critical importance
requiring additional studies which provide the basis for a decision
on removal of in-place toxic pollutants; '"' \
[ «
- Investigate and approve or disapprove State petitions requesting the
prohibition of vessel sewage, whether treated or not, as required; ,
;1
- Assist in the review of permit applications for approval or disapproval; *
- Continue revaluation of the status of the Nation's estuaries in preparation
for the updated FY 1978 report to Congress; '•
- Complete the issuance of best management practices for five nonpoint source •
categories;
- Continue nonpoint source demonstration projects dealing with sediment f
control and raining; and ^
- Make initial attempts to identify controls for pollution from urban stormwater,
grazing and other nonpoint pollution sources, and to disseminate this technology.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate ' ''
The decrease of $474,000 from the budget estimate is the cumulative change of several actions.
A reorganization in the Office of Water Planning and Standards resulted in a transfer of $499,000
from water quality strategies implementation; a realignment of laboratory operations created a
transfer of $436,000 to water quality monitoring and analysis; a transfer of $109,000 was made
to water quality grants assistance programs; a transfer of $96,000 was made from the Agency and
Regional Management appropriation for relief in pay cost absorption; and $524,000 was transferred f
to other activities as a result of the application of the budget estimate to actual operating \
conditions. '
1978 Plan
In 1978, $12,989,700 and 332 positions are requested for this activity, an increase of
$2,902,900. Implementation of Section 208 water quality management plans will occur in FY 1978.
Continued decentralization of functions and responsibilities will be a major program emphasis.
The development of policies and guidance to ensure State emphasis on and commitment to national •''
priorities will continue.
In FY 1978, $1.3 million will be spent on contracts to provide support to Section 208 agencies.
The increase of $2,903,000 includes $900 thousand for contracts to provide assistance to J
Section 208 agencies in implementing approved plans and to provide evaluation of the
management effectiveness of local agencies. Public involvement will be fostered through
public interest groups ($300 thousand). The balance of $1.7 million is to provide increased
assistance for implementation of nonpoint source control plans through development |
of model laws, demonstration projects, examples of BMP implementation, and dissemination ^
of this information. " •• - • •"•".'•.--
WQ - 15
-------
Other activities to be undertaken in FY 1978 include:
- Review and approval of State, areawide and local 208 agency plans and
determination of eligibility for continued funding,
- Initiation of incorporation of criteria constituent parameters into
State water quality standards;
- Continued investigation of harbors and waterways of critical importance
which require additional studies and provide the basis for a decision
on removal of in-place toxic pollutants;
- Taking action on State petitions requesting the prohibition of vessel
sewage, whether treated or not, as required;
- Publication of an updated report to Congress on the condition of the Nation's
estuaries;
- Continued provision of technical support rationale for toxic pollutants,
effluent guidelines, ocean dumping, hazardous spills, and dredged or fill
materials programs;
- Continuation of nonpoint source planning projects (principally mining and
new legal institutional arrangements for nonpoint source control); and
- A study will be undertaken to examine the ability of the Section 208 water
quality management process to develop effective controls on nonpoint source
pollution.
GREAT LAKES PROGRAM
1976Accomplishments
*
A final report on the Upper Lakes Reference Studies was submitted to the International
Joint Commission (IJC) in July 1976. Another study, that of pollution from land use activities in
the entire Great Lakes basin, reached midpoint in FY 1976 and will continue toward its scheduled
completion in FY 1979. The latter effort required $600 thousand in contractual work.
Because of the size and uniqueness of the Great Lakes, EPA supplements its normal monitoring
programs and those of the States, and cooperates with Canada through the IJC in a scheduled nine-
year cyclical program. Monitoring of Lake Michigan was begun in FY 1976. Total monitoring con-
tractual or grant costs was $800 thousand,
The special demonstration grants program ($1.8 million) authorized for the Great Lakes by
Section 108{a) of PL 92-500 continued during FY 1976, with completion of one project and publica-
tion of the related report.
The Office of Research and Development continued to do studies on the Great Lakes under EPA's
Large Lakes Research program. Work has been directed to the most polluted lakes first to obtain
the most timely information for pollution contrbl programs. The mathematical model of Lake
Ontario was completed in FY -1976 and preliminary base line information was collected for Lake
Michigan.
1977 Program
The 1977 allocation for this effort is $4,108,100 and 27 positions. The Pollution from
Land Use Activities Reference Group (PLUARG) studies will continue in FY 1977, and a public
information program on the findings of the land use studies will be initiated to inform and
obtain input from the public and other government agencies in connection with the final report
preparation scheduled for FY 1978. Contractual cost for this effort is programmed at $700
thousand.
WQ - 16
-------
Systematic monitor-ing of near-shore waters will be initiated and intensive surveillance of
Lake Michigan will be continued into the second year, based upon the IJC approved Federal-State-
Canadian cooperative program, and will include continuation of the open-lakes survey. Data
for both water quality monitoring and research will result from the Lake Michigan program.
Contractual or grant costs for this effort are programmed at $800 thousand.
Continuing staff support will be provided for the Water Quality Board including Special
Studies, and for the direct activities of the government under the Great Lakes Water Quality
Agreement, particularly those in connection with the special fifth year review of the Agreement.
Work on four demonstration grant projects will continue in FY 1977, with $1.8 million, and
are expected to be completed, bringing to a total of seven completions of the original nine
projects authorized.
The Office of Research and Development will continue mathematical modelling efforts,
including calibration of lake-wide models for Lakes Erie and Huron, and preliminary examination
of models to describe the fate and transport of hazardous pollutants in selected areas.
1.977. Explanation of Changes frpm^ Budget Estimate
The reduction of $51,000 from the budget estimate reflects the transfer to water quality
ecological processes and effects for support of Reye's Syndrome research.
1978 Plan
In 1978, $4,100,000 and 17 positions are requested for this activity, a decrease of $8,100
and 10 positions. The level of Great Lakes work remains undiminished. The reduction of
10 positions will be partly offset by contract initiatives in 1978.
The $8,100 decrease reflects a slightly reduced level of operation as a result
of completing the final report of the four year Pollution from Land Use Activities
Reference Group (PLUARG) studies for the IJC.
The final report of the four»year PLUARG studies will be submitted to the IJC; and collection
of field data will continue to verify mathematical modelling predictions and to supplement fhe
water quality monitoring program. The total cost of this effort is $800 thousand.
The FY 1978 program represents an increase in activities, particularly those related to
surveillance and monitoring, based on the IJC recommended Federal-State monitoring program in
cooperation with Canada. Monitoring of near shore waters will continue, and the intensive lake-
wide survey program will be shifted to Lake Erie. Continuing staff support will be provided for
the Water Quality Board. The total surveillance and monitoring cost is $1.0 million and will be
secured through contracts with States and other contractors.
Two demonstration grant projects will be completed, including the final reports. Work will
continue on the last two of the original nine authorized projects, at a total cost of $1.8 million.
Research will continue to be highlighted by issuance of reports dealing with nutrients and
ecological effects of dredge spoils disposal, and by completion of the mathematical models of
Lake Michigan and the generalized Great Lakes hazardous pollutant model.
CLEAN,LAKES PROGRAM
1976Accompli shments .
- Seventeen lake restoration grants to eight States were awarded for
$3,243,000;
- Fourteen lake restoration grants were technically approved for
subsequent award;
- $1.4 million was designated for evaluation of the above
projects; and
- Seven lake restoration proposals were rejected.
WQ - 17
-------
1977 Program
In 1977, $15,025,800 and one position are allocated to this area. The 1977 program includes:
t i
?: , - Continue to receive and review lake restoration proposals from the States;
- Hold regional meetings to discuss and evaluate grants for funding;
}'l - Evaluate lake restoration proposals submitted by States for Federal
V funding;
- Coordinate program with pertinent activities of other Federal
agencies; and
• Evaluate restoration projects under way.
1 977 Explanation of Chan9fts faom Budget Estimate
The $15,025,800 increase over the budget estimate reflects the congressional add-on of
$15 million for the Clean Lakes program as well as an increase of $25,800 as a result of a
regional reprogramming to help meet the workload of processing the additional grant authorization.
1978 Plan
The 1978 plan is $25,800 and one position, a reduction of $15 million to allow time for
evaluating the accomplishments and benefits of prior year grant expenditures, before assessing
the need for additional appropriations. Continue the FY 1977 program until all appropriated
funds are committed:
- Evaluate, approve, and fund lake restoration proposals; and
- Conduct site visits to awarded projects to monitor and evaluate
restoration progress.
1 976 Accompl i shments
- Completed studies on the concentration of PCB's in Striped Bass eggs
and on the relationship between herbicides and the disappearance of
rooted aquatic vegetation.
- Initiation of studies on the Chesapeake Bay to evaluate nonpoint
source effects, ecological significance of underwater vegetation
and wetlands, fate of Kepone in sediments, geochemistry of surface
sediments, and to develop a zoning scheme for the Bay.
1977 Program
In 1977, $2.1 million is allocated to this activity. Major contractual investigations 'will
be launched into the cause and effect relationships of pollutant inputs to the Bay and regarding
available and appropriate regulatory mechanisms to control Bay pollution (contracts cost:
$1,100,000). The pollutant studies will concentrate on the input, of toxic materials such as
Kepone and PCB's, the effect of nonpoint source pollution on the disappearance of rooted aquatic
vegetation, and the effect of dredging on the environment. Ma jar outputs during FY 1977 will
.include:
- An assessment of the water quality and related resource problems of the Bay;
/
- Determination of the relationship between water quality management and
existing regulatory agencies, research programs, permits and mandates
and review of the specific institutional/regulatory issues as they arise;
* Development of a comprehensive zoning scheme of the Chesapeake Bay; and
*
- A definition and prioritization of estuarine physical transport processes.
WQ - 18
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget .Estimate
The Increase of $2,100,000 over the budget estimate reflects the congressional add-on of
$2.1 million for initiation of contractual investigations into causes and effects of Chesapeake
Bay pollution and available and appropriate regulatory mechanisms.
1978Plan
In 1978, $2.5 million and 20 positions are requested for this activity, an increase of $400,000
for personnel costs of the additional 20 positions and for an increased level of monitoring
programs and to do additional work on developing pollution control methodology as it effects the
Bay's ecosystem.
In FY 197B the study programs will concentrate on pollution control methodology as it effects
the Bay's ecosystem. Monitoring programs will be developed to utilize sophisticated sensing
systems. Regulations and intergovernmental mechanisms will be developed to provide a uniform
regulatory system for the Chesapeake Bay as an entity. Contractual cost 1s estimated to be
$1,500,000.
Program studies ($500,000) will concentrate on priority management issues identified,
examining available alternative solutions, expected benefits, implementation feasibility and costs,
and needed implementation actions.
WQ - 19
-------
MATER QUALITY
'Abatement and Control
Effluent Standards and Guidelines
_j Budget Current /v**'****-' increase +
" Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Effluent Standards and
guidelines $4,670 $7,142 118,328 311.488
Permanent Positions
Effluent Standards and
Guidelines. 58 54 51 59 +18
Budget Request
An appropriation of 51^,400,000 is requested for FY 1978. This is a eeBMaoc' of
~ ~-from FY 1977. An increase in positions will be allocated to addressing
problems arising from adverse court actions regardina previously promuloated effluent
guidelines. "Bit radmrtior in funding MmthanrnriTt n* n nna forma iMpplmieneal isF £11.3
Program Description
The Federal Mater Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 require the Environmental
Protection Agency to establish effluent limitations which must be achieved by point sources
of discharges into the navigable waters of the United States. Section 301 of the Act requires
the achievement by July 1, 1977, of effluent limitations which require the application of the
"best practicable control technology currently available" (BPT), and the achievement, by
July 1, 1983, of effluent limitations which require the application of the "best available
technology economically achievable" (BAT). Section 306 of the Act requires the establishment
of new source standards and 307(B) and (C) requires pretreatment standards for industry.
The first major effort of developing and promulgating effluent limitations, standards, and
guidelines for 43 major industrial categories has largely been completed, with the exception
of final pretreatment standards for existing industry sources. In compliance with court ordered
deadlines, continuing activities will be devoted to completing standards for industrial
subcatsgorfes which have been published as interim final or deferred, development of pretreatment
standards far industries for which effluent limitations have been developed, the promulgation
of standards of performance for new sources, and the review and revision of all standards within
five years of promulgation. A continuing major activity involves Agency response to court
challenges and remands of standards already promulgated, often requiring additional technical
informati on*
A major new program emphasis is being directed toward implementing a toxic control strategy
to identify the most cost effective and cost beneficial regulatory approach to controlling toxic
pollutant discharges to the Nation's waters. During FY 1976, a prioritized list of the 55 most
dangerous toxic materials was developed, together with a list of 21 industries known or suspected
of discharging these materials. In fiscal years 1977 and 1978, EPA will analyze 1n detail the
technological, economic, health, and general environmental factors in order to develop specific
regulations, including revision of BAT limitations and guidelines. The schedule for completion
of studies and promulgation of regulations is outlined in a Settlement Agreement between EPA and
the Natural Resources Defense Council, along with other environmental groups, which establishes
, specific point source categories, pollutants to be evaluated, priority of review, and specific
promulgation dates. Substantial and potentially costly impact from these guidelines to the
Nation's industries is possible. To fulfill the Agency's obligations in this ares will require
careful analyses, evaluation, and integration of health, technology, and economic studies to
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control
Effluent Standards and Guidelines
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 19771978 1978 vs. 1977
'(dollarsin thousands)
Appropriation
Effluent Standar
Guidelines.......\.. $4,670 $7,142 $18,328 $11,400 / -$6,928
Permanent Positions
Effluent Standards and
Guidelines V 58 54 51 / 69 +18
Budget Request
An appropriation of $11,400V)00 is requested for Fj^l97&. This is a" decrease of
$6,928,200 from FY 1977. An increase in positions wil^be allocated to addressing
problems arising from adverse cour\actions regardinsrpreviously promuloated effluent
guidelines. The reduction in funding is the resuiyof B one time supplemental of $11.3
million in 1977 for the purpose of meaning court o/ders to develop effluent guidelines „.'
on .65 toxic poliutants.
Program Descri Ption
The Federal Water Pollution Control AdLAmendments of 1972 require the Environmental
Protection Agency to establish effluent limitations which must be achieved by point sources
of discharges into the navigable watersJrf theXUnlted States. Section 301 of the Act requires
the achievement by July 1, 1977, of efjfuent Imitations which require the application of the
"best practicable control technology currently available" (BPT), and the achievement, by
July 1, 1983, of effluent limitationjf which require the application of the "best available
technology economically achievable "/(BAT). Sectiok 306 of the Act requires the establishment
of new source standards and 307(Byand (C) requiresVretreatment standards for industry.
The first major effort ofyeveloping and promulgating effluent limitations, standards, and
guidelines for 43 major industrial categories has largely been completed, with the exception
of final pretreatment standajSs for existing industry soirees. In compliance with court ordered
deadlines, continuing activities will be devoted to completing standards for industrial
subcategories which have iMHsn published as Interim final o> deferred, development of pretreatment
standards for industries /or which effluent limitations have been developed, the promulgation
of standards of performance for new sources, and the review\tnd revision of all standards within
five years of promulgainon. A continuing major activity involves Agency response to court
challenges and remand/of standards already promulgated, ofte\requiring additional technical
information.
A major new program emphasis is being directed toward implementing a toxic control strategy
to identify the nrost cost effective and cost beneficial regulatory approach to controlling toxic
pollutant discharges to the Nation's waters. During FY 1976, a prioritized list of the 65 most
dangerous toxic materials was developed, together with*a list of 21\industries known or suspected
of discharging these materials. In fiscal years 1977 and 1978, EPA will analyze 1n detail the
technological, economic, health, and general environmental factors in order to develop specific
regulations, including revision o^ BAT limitations and guidelines. The schedule for completion
of studies and promulgation of regulations is outlined in a Settlement Agreement between EPA and.
the Natural Resources Defense Council, along with other environmental groups, which establishes
specific point source categories, pollutants to be evaluated, priority of review, and specific
promulgation dates.' Substantial and potentially costly impact from these guidelines to the
Nation's industries is possible. To fulfill the Agency's obligations in this area will require
careful analyses, evaluation, and integration of health, technology, and economic studies to
WQ - 20
-------
identify the best regulatory approach among alternatives. Of special concern is the role of
some of these toxic substances as health hazards and as carcinogenic agents. Beginning in
FY 1977, and continuing through 197B, emphasis will be directed toward investigating the
toxicity and biological effects on man and other life forms, including those entering the
food chain, and the fate, transport, and effects of toxic agents in the environment.
Economic, statistical, and inflationary impact analyses are conducted on a regular basis
to support the development of water quality standards, regulations, and programs and to
support adjudicatory hearings. The primary emphasis continues to be direct support to the
development of effluent limitations and guidelines.
1976 Accomplishments
In FY 1976, $1.9 million was obligated and $2.2 million committed on contractual work to
identify advancements made in treatment technologies for those industries previously promulgated,
to provide additional technical information necessary for adjudicatory hearings, to collect data
on effluent processes and on potentially hazardous materials, and to provide more accurate data
and technical information for developing additional regulations. An additional $600 thousand was
obligated and $400 thousand committed on contractual work for revision, modification, and
amendments to existing contracts. In addition, approximately $2.2 million was obligated for
program management support. This support includes personnel and travel costs for 58 positions;
publishing and mailing costs; for proposed,'interim final,.arid final regulations; and rental-arid
supply costs. During FY 1976 the program:
- Published interim final or final regulations for existing sources for 17 industries;
- Published interim final or final regulations for 11 industries-and developed
regulations for specific categories not previously covered;
- Developed and analyzed data and background information to be used in the annual
review of established limitations. The effluent limitations must be revised
every five years;
- Provided technical support and assistance to the States and enforcement
proceedings involving Industrial discharges; industrial waste water treatment
technology and control;
- Developed technical information necessitated by legal reconsiderations and
remands as a result of court challenges to previously promulgated industries; j
- Evaluated the effect of effluent limitations and guidelines on energy, solid
wastes, air, and radiation impact and alternative techologies to reduce such impacts;
- Provided scientific and engineering technology to assist in controlling the I
discharge of industrial pollutants affecting the quality of drinking water; >
- Quantitatively evaluated the environmental effects of the regulations applicable
to industrial point sources as BPT, BAT, NSPS, and pretreatment regulations *
are implemented; • j
- Provided profiles of discrete industrial "sources for use in preparing new source
environmental impact assessments; and ,
- Provided technical assistance to the regions and States on the applicability of ^ $
the guidelines and standards to the NPDES permit program.
WQ - 21
-------
1977 Program
In FY 1977, $18,328,200 and 51 positions have been allocated to this activity,
including $11.3 million to be allocated to initiate contract studies in support of
the toxics strategy, including technical studies, economic impact analyses, determination
of health effects, and analyses of environmental distribution and overall exposure
risk. An additional $5,0 million will be committed for contractual work to promulgate
the remaining regulations now under court order, to respond to litigations, to
collect additional data to strengthen and ^promulgate regulations which are remanded
as a result of lawsuits, and to collect arid analyze data necessary to promulgate
pretreatment regulations. Projected principal accomplishments for the program include:
- In response to the toxic pollutant Settlement Agreement between EPA and NRDC:
(a) Begin studies to collect and analyze technical data necessary
to revise BAT, and new source and pretreatment regulations
for industries required by the Settlement Agreement (about $3.1
million);
(b) Initiate economic analyses on the impact of best available
technology (BAT), and new source and pretreatment standards
for 21 industries, primarily through contractual studies
and complete economic analyses ($3.1 million);
(c) Initiate contractual work of $2.5 million to develop criteria
for 65 toxic pollutants which will address human health and
environmental effects; and
(d) Initiate in-house and contractual studies of $2.6 million to
determine overall environmental exposure and risk, and
recommend control strategies for each of the 65 toxic
pol1utants;
- Publish final regulations for seven industries which have been published as
interim final: raw cane sugar, electroplating; inorganic chemicals; iron and
steel; nonferrous metals; pulp and paper; and ferroalloy manufacturing;
- Publish final regulations for eight industries for which regulations have been
proposed but not promulgated: ore mining; coal mining; oil and gas extraction;
mineral mining; explosives; gum and wood; carbon black; and hospitals;
- Develop, propose, and promulgate effluent limitations and standards for
industries and industrial subcategories not previously covered;
- Issue draft guidance development documents for industries such as fish
hatcheries; water supply; steam supply; transportation; concrete products;
clay and gypsum products; and petroleum bulk storage facilities; and
* Develop technical information required, by the judicial review, technical
reconsiderations, and remands of previously promulgated regulations.
1977 Explanation of Changes from BudgetEstimate
The net increase of $10,186,800 over the budget estimate includes an $11,300,000
add-on resulting from an amendment to the budget, for initiating contract studies in
support of the toxics strategy, Including technical studies, economic impact analyses,
determination of health effects, and analyses of environmental distribution and overall
exposure risk. This add-on is offset by a reduction of $113,200 as a result of applying
the budget estimate to actual operating conditions.
WQ- 22
-------
The ISTSxresources provide for $11,4 million and 69 positions.^decrease of $6,928,200
and an 18 position/increase. At least $7.6 million will be required in FY 1978 to continue
contractual suppcrf'to the toxic strategy, including $1.3 million for health effects and
environmental risk stuffi^s, $1.2 million for economic and statistical support, and $5.1
million for technical studres to revise BATi pretreattnentj/and new source regulations for
nine of the 21 industries in the court settlement. An additional $1.4 million is planned
for technical, economic, and staTHJlcal contractual support for about one-half of the
law suits and remands from previousTXpromulgated regulations.
In addition to the resources allocaw
obligated for program management support.
forContractual work, $2.3 million will be
planned outputs for this program are:
- Complete work on and promulgate revised
standards for nine of the 21 industries in
source and pretreatment
court settlement;
Continue contractual studies to provide for apprfyy-late risk assessments and
concentration determinationy'of each of the 65 poutstants which are associated
with discernable health or/environmental effects of OTjuatic and human organisms;
Publish a criteria document for 65 toxic substances, and
those substances contained in the initial EPA criteria docu
rise criteria for
Develop technical information necessary to respond to about one-hHf of the
court remands andy^aw suits filed on the previously promulgated regulations;
Prepare and pub/ish two reports: (1) the Agency's water quality managenfept
plans, programs, anil priorities, and (2) a report on the Agency's previous
year's water related programs; and
Certify approximately 100 loans to small business for water pollution control
facilities.
WQ - 23
-------
1978 Plan
The 1978 resources provide for $19.4 million and 69 positions,
aft increase of $1,072,000 and 18 positions. At least $15.0 million
will be required in FY 1978 to continue contractual support ••to the
toxic strategy, including $1.3 million for health effects and en-
vironmental risk studies, $4.7 million for economic and statistical
support, and $9.0 million for technical studies to revise BAT, pre-
treatment, and new source regulations for 21 industries in the court
settlement. An additional $2.1 million is planned for technical,
economic, and statistical contractual support for the law suits and
remands from previously promulgated regulations.
In addition to the resources allocated for contractual work,
$2.3 million will be obligated for program management.support. The
planned outputs for this program are:
- Complete work on and propose revised'BAT, new source and pre-
treatment standards for five of the 21 industries in the
court settlement (promulgation is scheduled for FY '79);
- Continue technical studies and economic and statistical *
support on the remaining 16 industries in the court
settlement (to be proposed and promulgated in FY '79
and FY '80);
- Continue contractual studies to provide for appropriate
risk assessments and concentration determinations of each
of the 65 pollutants which are associated with dis-
• cernable health or environmental effects of aquatic and
human organisms;
-'Publish a criteria document for 65 toxic substances, and
revise criteria for those substances contained in the
initial EPA criteria documents;
- Develop technical information necessary to respond to the
court remands and law suits filed on the previously pro-
mulgated regulations;
- Prepare and publish two reports; (1) the Agency's water
quality management plans, programs, and priorities, and
(2) a report on the Agency's previous year's water related
programs; and
- Certify approximately 100 loans to small business for water
pollution control facilities.
WQ- 23
Revised 2/24/77
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
0
LJ
L
L
r
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control
Grants Assistance Programs
Actual
J97!
Budget
Estimate
1977__
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
flottars 1n thousands )
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
ApomoHatlon .
Control Agency Resource
Supplementation........
$46,277 $40,000 550,000
"Areawide Waste Treatment
Management Resources.....
208
Training Srants.
Total
Permanent Positions.
Budget Request
52,992
3,7*7
15,000
% . •
14,543
1,518
5,000
450
-9,543
-1,068
103,017
55,000 66,161
*V^ An appropriation of 3'S"t4gO'.;QOO is requested for FY 1978. This represents a decrease
ofxS6Qp7n)?jM from the FY 1977 level and reflects the cessation of funding for Section 203
water quality planning agencies (except for solid waste plannlng^indn "the tiiranafai' af 'iiii'iti'jt
Prooram Description
The water quality grants assistance programs include three grant assistance activities:
(1) control agency resource supplementation grants, (2) Section 208 planning grants, and
(3) training grants.
The water control agency resource supplementation program provides Federal support to
State and interstate water pollution control agencies. In virtually every program activity
(e.g., permitting, monitoring, planning, enforcement, and.municipal facilities management),
EPA and the States perform functions which must be coordinated if they are to be effective.
EPA develops the strategy for coordination pf effort between EPA and the States as well as
the sequencing of this effort from year to year. These broad guidelines are translated
into operational program terms in the annual program plan prepared by each State and
approved by the EPA regional office. Upon approval of the program, EPA funds each Stats
agency to enable it to conduct its program activity. In FY 19^3 the State agencies will
be funded through the consolidate^ grants program. The EPA regions also monitor State
performance to ensure that the outputs specified in the programs are accomplished.
In FY 1975, the last year for which figures are available, the role of the States is
clearly shown as State man-years of effort totaled approximately 5,500, compared to EPA
regional man-years of about 2,200. Thus, the States are providing about 70 percent of the
manpower resources in the water program. To help, fund the State efforts in FY 1976, EPA
provided S46 million for State grants, or 37 percent of the total State spending of $125
million for FY 1976.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control
firants Assistance Programs
Actual
1976
Budget Current
Estimate Estimate
1977 1977
Increase +
Estimate Decrease -
1978 1978 vs 1977
(dollars in thousands)
103,017
Appropriation
Control Agency Resource
Supplementation.
Areawide Waste Treatment
Management Resources.
Training Grants.......
Total...
PermanentPositions.••
Budget Request
An appropriation of $5,450,000 is
of $60,711,700 from the FY 1977 level ati
water quality planning agencies (except
agency grant funds to the consolidated
Program Description
$40,000 $50,000
15,000
-$50,000
-9,643
-1,068
55,000
66,161
5,450
-60,711
•quested for FY 1978. This represents a decrease
fflects the cessation of funding for Section 208
solid waste planning) and the transfer of control
it media.
The water quality grants assistance programs include three grant assistance activities:
(1) control agency resource supplementation gra\ts, (2) Section 208 planning grants, and
(3) training grants.
The water control agenc'y resource supplementation program provides Federal support to
State and interstate watep pollution control agencies. In virtually every program activity
(e.g., permitting, monitoring, planning, enforcement\and municipal facilities management),
EPA and the States penrorm functions which must be coordinated if they are to be effective.
EPA develops the strategy for coordination of effort between EPA and the States as well as
the sequencing of finis effort from year to year. These\road guidelines are translated
into operational>$rogram terms in the annual program pianSjprepared by each State and
approved by the/EPA regional office. Upon approval of theNprogram, EPA funds each State
agency to ename it to conduct its program activity. In FY\97S the State agencies will
be funded through the consolidated grants program. The EPA regions also monitor State
performance to ensure that the outputs specified in the programs are accomplished.
In FY 1975, the last year for which figures are available, the role of the States 1s
.clearly shown as State man-years of effort totaled approximately 5,500, compared to EPA
regional man-years of about 2,200. Thus, the States are providing about 70 percent of the
manpower resources in the water program. To help fund the State efforts in FY 1976, EPA
provided $46 million for State grants, or 37 percent of the total State spending of $125
million for FY 1976.
WQ - 24
-------
The Act provides for the establishment of water quality management and planning
agencies under Section 208. Through Section 208, State and areawide planning agencies
are provided a unique opportunity to plan and manage a comprehensive program based on
integrated planning and control over such activities as municipal and industrial waste
water, storm and combined sewer runoff, nonpoint source pollutants, and land use as it
relates to water quality. From a pollution control standpoint, Section 208 provides
the unique opportunity to examine all sources of pollution in an area and .develop
the most beneficial cost-effective trade-offs between sources to reach the desired ambient
water quality level. .
A management system will be developed to carry out the objectives and requirements
of the plans. This comprehensive management system is expected to be the cornerstone of
efforts for attaining the 1983 goals of the act, as it incorporates all the principal
functions of water pollution control planning, construction, and regulation.
Academic training grants are awarded to institutions of higher education to meet a
variety of professional manpower needs. Efforts in this area are divided into four
primary categories: the professional training grant program, the graduate fellowship
program, professional training curriculum activities, and undergraduate training grants.
CONTROL AGENCY RESpURCE SUPPLEMENTATION
1976 Accomplishments
- Support of priority program areas including permits, municipal facilities
management, compliance monitoring, and planning;
- State issuance of 1,100 major permits and 9,900 minor permits;
-- Increased capacity of State compliance monitoring to strengthen the enforcement
of more than 38,000 issued permits; and
- Increased capacity of State agencies to manage the construction of municipal
facilities and expedite the award of more than $3.6 billion of construction
grants.
1977 Program
In 1977, $50 million is allocated for this effort. Compliance monitoring and
enforcement will receive increased emphasis while permitting activities will decline.
The point source control phase of planning was completed in most areas in FY 1976, and FY
1977 will see additional emphasis on nonpoint source planning. Additional State
personnel must be provided to properly manage the multibillion dollar construction grants
program. The total of FY 1977 grant resources available for these purposes is $50 million,
including a $10 million congressional increase. The Agency is depending on increasing
waste water treatment plant construction grant program delegations to the State in such
areas as plans' and specifications review, operation and maintenance manual review, bid
tabulation, etc.
EPA manpower resources will be inadequate to undertake all required increased
activities in areas of program emphasis-. Thus, States must be encouraged to respond
by shifting and adding personnel to carry out priority activities. Resources will be
moved from permitting to compliance monitoring and enforcement and manpower will be
shifted from point source planning to nonpoint source planning.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The $10,000,000 increase over the budget estimate reflects the congressional
add-on for this program.
WQ- 25
-------
1978' Plan
A total of $52.4 million is requested in 1978 for
control agency grants. In FY 1978, additional program
emphasis will be placed on compliance monitoring and
permit reissuance and the reorientation of management
agencies to implement Section 208 planning outputs.
The planning and managing of programs addressing non-
point source pollution will also be addressed. In the
past, EPA and the States have concentrated virtually all
of their resources on abating point sources of pollution.
Programs will now be reoriented to place greater emphasis
on nonpoint sources. Control strategies will begin to
be developed in FY 1977 by the States based on "best
management practices." Beginning in FY 1978, specific
controls and the regulatory programs are to be developed
by the States to cover their nonpoint source problems for
selected categories.
WQ-25a (Revised 2/24/77}
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AREAMIDE WASTE TREATMENT HAriAGEHPiT RESOURCES
1976 Accqmpljshments
In FY 1976, the areawide designated agency portion of the Section 208 areawide
waste treatment management planning program became fully operational. This
involved not only management of the 149 areawide agencies funded by June 1975, but
included $52,993,000 for the initiation of planning activities by the States and 27
newly designated areawide agencies. This brought 176 areawide waste treatment
management plans under development throughout the Nation. Additionally, 49 States and
Territories began their work under the Section 208 process. This effort was in
response to a court order requiring a State to conduct water quality management
planning for all areas of a State where this planning is not being performed by local
government. In five States, the entire planning is being done by local governments.
1977 Program
A total of $14,643,400 will be provided to agencies to assist in their planning.
The last remaining territory is expected to be designated in FY 1977.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
Tfte decrease of $357,000 from the budget estimate results from a $200,000 transfer
to municipal waste treatment facility construction to partially support the NEEDS survey.
The remaining $157,000 was transferred to other media to support increased operating
costs.
1978 Plan
In FY 1978, no funds will be made available for water quality management planning.
Five million dollars is being requested for solid waste management planning under
Subtitle D of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976. These funds will
be available on a one time (noncontinuing) basis for planning agencies already designated
under Section 208 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act which may be identified by
Governors to develop in conjunction with local governments'solid waste management plans.
(It should be noted that in accordance with Section 1001(8) of RCRA, funds will not be
available for planning agency employees' salaries after December 31, 1979:)
Some "Section 208 agencies" are in a unique position to develop, with contributing
local solid waste agencies, solid waste management plans. These agencies will be primarily
involved in developing the plans concerning the treatment and disposal of solid waste
with the local agencies primarily responsible for collection and transportation planning.
These plans will include methods designed to dispose of solid waste in an environmentally
sound manner, to maximize the utilization of valuable resources, and to encourage resource
conservation. The solid waste plans will consider the following elements: the varying
geologic, hydrologic, and other circumstances, under wh.ich;waste. is disposed, particularly., as
they affect leachate contamination of ground, and surface water supplies; characteristics
and volume of the waste treated or disposed of; methods available for disposal of solid
wastes; the necessity to close or upgrade open dumps; appropriate resource recovery and
resource conservation methods; market available for material, including energy, recovered
from solid waste; and political, economic and organizational problems affecting comprehensive
solid waste management.
WQ - 26
(Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
In FY
agency grant
through the consoTToat
grant
AREA1HPE WASTE TREATMENT MANAGEMENT RESOURCES
1976 Accomplishments
In FY V9^6, the areawide designated agency portion of the/Section 208 areawide
waste treatmentsmanagement planning program became fully operational. This
involved not only\management of the 149 areawide agencies landed by June 1975, but
included $52,993,000 for the initiation of planning activities by the States and 27
newly designated areawide agencies. This brought 176 areawide waste treatment
management plans under development throughout the Natlm. Additionally, 49 States and-
Territories began their work under the Section 208 Drocess. This effort was in
response to a court order reouiring a State to conduct water quality management
planning for all areas of a^ate where this pTaflning is not being performed by local
government. In five States, r^e entire planning is being done by local governments.
1977 Program
A total of $14,643,400 will be prb
The last remaining territory is expecte
tied to agencies to assist in their planning.
be designated in FY 1977.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $357,000 frot/the budget estimate results from a $200,000 transfer
to municipal waste treatment facility constructionNp partially support the NEEDS survey.
The remaining $157,000 was transferred to other mediaxto support increased operating
costs. •
1978 Plan
In FY 1978, no funds/frill be made available for water qifelity management planning.
Five million dollars is feeing requested for solid waste management planning under
Subtitle D of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) af 1976. These funds will
be available on a one/time (noncontinuing) basis for planning agencies already designated
under Section 208 ofythe Federal Water Pollution Control Act whichranvbe identified by
Governors to develop in conjunction with local governments'solid wasteSmanagement plans.
(It should be noted/that in accordance with Section 1001(8) of RCRA, funds will not be
available for planning agency employees' salaries after December 31, 1973k)
Some "Seireion 208 agencies" are in a unique position to develop, withNcontributing
local solid w/ste agencies, solid waste management plans. These agencies will be primarily
involved inyfleveloping the plans concerning the treatment and disposal of solid waste
with the local agencies primarily responsible for collection and transportation planning.
These plans will include methods designed to dispose of solid waste in an environmentally
sound mariner, to maximize the utilization of valuable resources, and to encourage resource
conservation. The solid waste plans will consider the following elements: the varying
geologic, hydrologic, and other circumstances under tthich.wastejs disposed, particularly.as
they affect leachate contamination of ground, and surface water supplies; characteristics
and volume of the waste treated or disposed of; methods available for disposal of solid
wastes; the necessity to close or upgrade open dumps; appropriate resource recovery and
resource conservation methods; market available for material, including energy, recovered
from solid waste; and political, economic and organizational problems affecting comprehensive
solid waste management.
WQ - 26
-------
TRAINING BRANTS
1976 Accomplishments
The professional training grant program provides for training graduate level students
in water related engineering and environments.! sciences. In FY 1976, 540 graduate trainees
were supported at 34 institutions. Under the graduate fellowship program, 98 employees
from 53 State and territorial water pollution control agencies were selected to spend
one year in a water related graduate or undergraduate program. Upon completion of this
training, the employees returned to their respective agencies. Professional training
activities for FY 1976 included continuation of curriculum development in the Ohio Model
Monitoring Program, development of operation and maintenance technical assistance courses,
and courses for waste water collection systems operators. In addition, demonstration
grants were developed for professional training in the 208 program and in certification
of senior operators in the local water pollution control facilities. Undergraduate
training grants were provided for 10 institutions in water related engineering and
environmental disciplines to support approximately 100 students.
1977 Program
In FY 1977, $1.5 million is being provided to support: (1) a three phase national
environmental energy workforce study that will provide supply and demand data essential to
the eventual assimilation of academic training programs into established State education
and training delivery systems; (2) grants to postsecondary educational institutions
direct financial assistance for water pollution trainee State agency fellowships; and
(3) operator training curriculum development. TheSe professional'and subprofessional training
grant programs will support curriculum development, operations and maintenance training,
technical assistance and demonstration project activities.
1977 Explanati on of Changes from JBudgetEstimate
The increase of $1,518,000 over the budget estimate reflects the congressional
add-on of $4 million for academic training, of which $1,150,000 has been allocated to
the water quality media. . In addition, $362,000 has been reprogranmed from other
activities to support specific training grants.
1978 Plan
The request for 1978 is $450,000. Training grants will be terminated after FY 1977.
The gradual phase out of this activity over the past several years is leading to the
eventual assimilation of these programs into established State education and training
delivery systems. In FY 1978, $450,000 will be provided for continuation of the national
environmental energy workforce study.
WQ - 27
-------
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control
Water Quality Strategies Implementation
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(aotlars in thousands)"
Increase +
Decrease -
1S78 vs 1977
Appropriation
Spill Prevention and
Response..
Ocean Disposal Permits
Federal Activities/Els....
Dredge & Fill Regulations.
Total.
$3,249
1,490
1,640 '
352
6,731
$4,042
1,319
1,769
• 404
7,534
$3,642
1,406
1,758
435
7,241
$3,701
1 ,400
1,500
600
7,201
+$59
-6
-258
+165
-40
Permanent Positions
Spill Prevention and
Response
Ocean Disposal Permits..,.
Federal Activities/EIS,...
Dredge & Fill Regulations.
107
24
74
16
117
24
81
19
no
24
75
19
116
24
60
29
+6
0 • •
-15
+10
Total,
221
241
228
229
Budatt Request
The FY 1978 appropriation request is $7,201,400 and 229 positions. This
represents a decrease of $39,700 and an increase of one position from FY 1977.
ProgramDescription
The water quality strategies implementation subactivity covers the program areas
of Federal activities and EIS reviews, ocean disposal permits, dredge and fill regulations,
and spill prevention and response.
The Federal activities and EIS review activity includes the evaluation of projects
and programs of other Federal agencies in light of the requirements and goals of the
National Environmental Policy Act (tlEPA) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as
amended, (FHPCA).
EPA's Federal facilities water compliance assurance activities include (1) review and
issuance of water discha,r§e permits for existing and new facilities and» if needed, ocean
dumping permits of NPDES and review of new source applications; (2) review of Federal
agencies' proposed budgets for water pollution abatement projects; (3) issuance of water
compliance planning, operating, and reporting guidelines to other Federal agencies; and
(4) conducting onsite inspections to assure continuing compliance of and providing technical
assistance to Federal facilities.
WQ - 2P
-------
The IIS review activity consists of reviews, consultations, and special technical studies
on the potential water quality impact of proposed major Federal actions. EPA has a unique
responsibility to review and comment on such proposed actions. Any proposed actions found by
EPA to be environmentally unsatisfactory must be referred to the Council on Environmental
Quality. EPA's water quality review activity focuses on those kinds of Federal programs and
projects which have .the greatest potential water quality impact: Huclear energy development
and the nuclear fuel cycle; energy conversion and conservation; energy transportation; mineral
extraction; water resources development; and community development projects. In addition to
reviewing EIS's on major Federal actions, EPA also reviews proposed Federal regulations;
regulations and technical specifications for governing mining and offshore oil and gas develop-
ment require especially detailed environmental Impact review.
The ocean disposal permit program is authorized by the Marine Protection, Research, and
Sanctuaries Act of 1972. Under Title I of this Act, the Administrator of EPA 1s authorized
to strictly regulate the disposition of all materials except dredged material which is regulated
by the Corps of Engineers. It further prohibits the transportation for the purpose of dumping,
and the dumping in ocean waters, of chemical, biological, and radiological warfare agents and
high level radioactive materials. Under this authority, a permit program for ocean disposal
of wastes was Implemented in 1973, and has been operational slince then.
The purpose of the dredged and fill material program is to protect the Nation's wetlands
and navigable waters from the discharge of dredged or fill material that will result in signi--
ficant environmental impact. The EPA is responsible for the promulgation of guidelines in
conjunction with and for use by the Corps of Engineers in specifying disposal sites for the
discharge of dredged or fill material and for the technical review of applications for disposal
permits received by the Corps. A significant action in developing final site-selection guidelines
is the preparation of a procedures and testing manual for the environmental acceptability of
dredged or fill material disposal in water.
The primary objective of EPA's spill prevention and response program is to
protect water quality through the prevention of spills and minimizing the impact of spills on the
environment. Section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act specifies a three-fold
approach to the control of spills which consists of response, prevention, and enforcement.
Essential to the implementation of Section 311 is the promulgation of key regulations (including
the designation of hazardous materials), development of the National Contingency Plan, establish-
ment of spill response programs, and development of an aggressive spill prevention program. The
Spill Response Program is shared with the U.S. Coast Guard and jurisdictional lines between the
agencies are drawn geographically between inland and coastal (including the Great Lakes) waters.
It is EPA's position, supported by Section 311, that the discharger should take actions to remove
the spill material; however, if the violator fails to do so, clean-up actions will be undertaken
by EPA and the discharger charged for the cost of removal. To provide efficient and coordinated
response actions, national and regional contingency plans are required whic'h delineate procedures,
techniques (chemical uses), and responsibilities of the various Federal, State, and local
authorities.
SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE
1976 Accomplishments
Contract funding of S3QQ.thousand was used to support the (regions through multidisciplinary
technical f-ield support under emergency spill operations and to support further implementation
of the total program. An additional $200 thousand was utilized to fund two grants involving
hazardous materials spill response training and hazardous materials prevention regulations.
The spill prevention and response program published proposed hazardous pollutant rules
for designation, removability, harmful quantities, and rates of penalty; conducted a regulations
workshop at the 1976 National Hazardous Substances Meeting; conducted through a contract
($100 thousand) a study on the cost of spill prevention; worked with the Canadian Government on
spill prevention related annexes of the Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement; finalized a grant
to recommend the technical approach for the development of the Hazardous Substances Spill
Prevention Program; finalized a technical draft of the Oil Removal Regulations; completed
contract studies in support of the development of regulations for Non-Harmful Discharges of Oil
Regulation; and finalized the training program for hazardous substances response personnel in the
field.
WQ - 23
-------
1977 Program
s The spill prevention and response program resource levels are $3,641,600
r and 110 positions for FY 1977. Contract funding of approximately $300 thousand
: will be used to support the regions through multidiscipllnarytechnical field support
under emergency spill operations and to support further implementation of the total
™ program. An additional $200 thousand is to be used to fund contractual functions
;fj; pertaining to the implementation of the hazardous materials program, to expand the
\M management information system, and continue the oil prevention program.
The spill prevention and response program plans to publish final Hazardous
|> Substances Rules for Designation, Removability, Harmful Quantities, and Rates of
-' Penalty; develop the technical approach for the Hazardous Substances Spill Prevention
Regulation; amend the Oil Pollution Prevention Regulation; continue oil prevention aerial
monitoring; finalize the technical approach for the development of the Removal and Mitigating
* ; Action Hazardous Substances Regulations; implement the Oil Removal Regulation; provide special
equipment and technical assistance to regions for hazardous substances spill removal
operations; revise the National Contingency Plan; Implement the training program for the
Hazardous Substances Response Program; and provide technical expertise to headquarters and
regional enforcement personnel, and the Coast Guard.-
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
Thfe net decrease of $400,000 from the budget estimate reflects a resource transfer
of $499,000 to state programs regulations and guidelines, water quality planning and
standards. The transfer consolidates the accounting structure of one of the headquarters'
divisions into one element, rather than two, and reflects completion of the principal
functions of developing regulations on hazardous substances. Offsetting this transfer is
_ a net increase of $99,000 resulting from adjustments required when applying the budget to
^ actual operating conditions.
1978 Plan
The spill prevention and response program resource levels will be $3,701,400 and 116
positions in FY 1978. This represents an increase of $59,800 and six positions.
i
The additional six positions and $59,800 will be utilized to implement the hazardous
substances spill prevention and response program. One position will be allocated to
headquarters for coordinating technical and field investigation assistance to the 10
i regions on major hazardous substances spills;five positions will be distributed.toEPA's
highly industrialized regions to provide field response capability for about 300 major
hazardous substances spills per year.
OCEAN DISPOSAL PERMITS
1976 Accomplishments
Sixty permits were issued under the permit program; revisions to the regulations
, , and criteria were proposed; and a specialized air and water monitoring program was
conducted for the first ocean incineration for disposal of wastes to be performed in the
United States. The program also conducted surveys of three ocean dump sites through
; , $500 thousand in contracts and $200 thousand in interagency agreements with NOAA and
published environmental impact statements on two ocean dump sites. Violations of the
• ^ Act were reported with civil enforcement actions taken and fines levied. An annual
report was also prepared as required by statute.
f ; 1977 Program
i »
The ocean disposal permit program resources are $1,406,100 and 24 positions for
FY 1977. Approximately 60 permits will be issued under the permit program; revisions
to the regulations and criteria will be promulgated. The program will also begin
WQ - 30
-------
conducting baseline surveys for site designation on approximately three dump sites
through contracts and interagency agreement with NOAA and begin environmental impact
statements on two ocean dump sites. Prototype biota! ocean monHorings will be
evaluated for monitoring at the dump sites. Civil enforcement actions will continue
to be taken when violations occur and an annual report will be prepared.
In addition to the above, program guidance to the regions win be continued;
operating manuals prepared; oversight hearings may be expected; and adjudicatory
and public hearings will be hfeld.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The net increase of $87,000 overtfie budget estimate results from reprogrammings
required in order to reflect actual operating conditions,
1978 Plan
The ocean disposal permit program will be funded at $1.4 million and 24 positions,
a slight decrease of $6,100 from the 1977 level. Baseline surveys will be continued
on the three sites initiated in FY 1977. These surveys will be funded with
$750 thousand and will 'be conducted by contract and through interagency agreement.
Environmental impact and site designation activities will carry over into FY 1979.
Designation of these sites and the ones designated in fiscal years 1976 and 1977 will
represent approximately four percent of the ocean dump sites which must be surveyed
and designated under the requirements of the Act and the Convention for the Prevention
of Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes-and Other Matter.
Refinement of the biota! ocean monitorings developed in FY 1977 will be made and
operational monitoring systems development initiated.
In addition to the above, program guidance to the regions will be continued;
operating manuals prepared; oversight hearings may be expected; adjudicatory hearings,
and public hearings will be held. •
FEDERAL ACTIVITIES/EIS
1976 Accomplishments
In Federal facilities compliance, 86 major NPDES permits were issued, increasing
the end of year total of -permits issued to 232. A total of 510 facilities were examined
for compliance with NPDES permit provisions. At years's end, 88 percent of these permittees
were found to be in compliance with their permit schedules.
A total of 1,002 draft and 992 final EIS's as well as 104 proposed Federal agency
regulations and other proposed Federal actions, were reviewed for quality impact.
Pre-EIS liaison activities were emphasized on major new programs, such as the coastal
zone management program and the HUD block grant program, and on major ongoing programs
such as outer continental shelf oil development, nuclear power plants, and mineral
development. Guidelines for review of impoundment and channelization projects were
formulated and issued to EPA regional offices in late FY 1976. These guidelines are
expected to improve both the quality and timeliness, ofJSA^sEIS review of such projects'
EIS's.
1977 Program
The current resource level for this program element is $1,758,100 and 75 positions.
In Federal facilities compliance, the emphasis has shifted to new source review,
coordinated with EPA's EIS review program and to ensuring adherence to NPDES permit
schedules through on site inspections, with special attention to compliance with
Secondary treatment requirements (July 1977 deadline). Efforts are also being made to
WQ - '31'
-------
determine whether there are any other sources for which an NPDES has not been received.
Finally, EPA will continue to coordinate with Federal facilities who are seeking to
connect their discharges to municipal systems.
No significant change In the overall level of EIS review activity from the previous
year is expected. In addition to the continued goal of timely and high quality reviews,
EPA's participation in the pre-EIS review and post-EIS liaison processes will be
emphasized in FT 1977 as an effective method of affecting upon Federal agencies' decision
processes. Efforts in these areas will be focused on energy development activities; pipelines,
nuclear development, coal development on Federal lands; DCS oil and gas leasing; major water
resource projects such as locks and dam 26, the Cross Florida Barge Canal, the lower
Mississippi River and tributaries projects, and the Garrison Diversion Project; and major
community development projects.
1977 Explanation of Changes jfrom BudgetEsttmate
The net decrease of $11,000 from the budget estimate is the result of reprogramming
to higher priority water programs to support actual operating conditions.
1978 Plan
Total resources requested for this program element are $1.5 million and 60 positions,
a decrease of $258,100 and 15 positions. The reduction of 15 positions and $258,100
from the FY 1977 level will be possible due to expected management efficiencies.-
In Federal facilities' compliance, emphasis will be on new source review and on
review of facilities' self-monitoring reports to ensure adherence to permit requirements.
In addition, effort will continue to be focused on early identification of needed
pollution abatement projects to ensure their inclusion in Federal agencies' budget
proposals. It is anticipated that fewer on-site inspections will be made than in FY 1977
and a lower level of technical assistance will be rendered to Federal facilities.
EPA anticipates no change in the number of ElS's that will be submitted to EPA for
review. EPA will continue to produce comments on the documents submitted and on proposed
Federal regulations. A somewhat lower level of pre-EIS liaison will be possible. Pre-EIS
liaison will be emphasized where a series of projects will have significant cumulative
effects on a large area. For example, navigation projects on the Upper Mississippi
constitute a wide ranging program which, without proper environmental planning, would
have major adverse effects on the environment. Pre-EIS liaison will also be critical
for projects involving river basins shared with Mexico and Canada. Emphasis will be
placed on preventing and mitigating water quality degradation from energy development,
water resource development and urban development.
DREDGE ANDFILL REGULATIONS
1.976 Accompl 1 shments
EPA assisted the Corps of Engineers in the promulgation of Interim final regulations.
Interim final guidelines for use by the Corps in disposal site selection were developed
and published. EPA initiated the development of a testing procedures manual for use in
conjunction .with the EPA guidelines by the Corps, and through cooperation with EPA
laboratories and other Federal agencies initiated the collection of Information to define
the boundaries of wetlands. EPA personnel contributed to setting precedents through
denial of permits that would have unacceptably degraded wetlands.
WQ - 32
-------
1977 Program
The dredge and fill materials program resource levels are $435,300 and 19 positions •*.;
in FY 1977. None of the above funding is to be utilized for contracts or grants. EPA
will-continue in FY 1977 to: assist the Corps in promulgation of final regulations and a
prepare and promulgate final EPA guidelines!and develop and publish interim final testing
procedures manual. The emphasis in FY 1977 will be on expansion of permit review and the _ ,^,4
development of general permits from the traditionally navigable waters to certain of the >\|
remaining waters of the U.S. ' >
1977 Explanation of ChangesfromBudgetEstimate
•*
The increase of $31,000 over the budget estimate is due to reprogrammtngs required to ,\
support actual operating conditions.
1978. Plan , ,
• : !
I
The dredge and fill materials program is allocated $600 thousand and 29 positions, an , j
increase of $164,700 and 10 positions over FY 1977. In FY 1978, the Corps of Engineers
regulation, EPA guidelines, and test manual will be reviewed and revised on the basis of the
accumulation of new information from research and program management. i
1
Additional resources are required to expand the permit review and development of general *
permits to all waters of the United States and to implement the veto responsibility of the
Administrator under Section 4D4(c) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, P.L. 92-500.
WQ - 33
-------
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control
Water Quality Monitoring and Analysis
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Water Quality Monitoring
and Analysis.., $5,236 $4,515 $5,304 $5.225 -$79
Permanent Positions
Water Quality Monitoring
and Analysis... 182 176 201 186 -15
Budget Request
An appropriation of $5,225,100 and 186 positions is requested for FY 1978. This
represents a decrease of $78,500 and 1.5 positions from FY 1977. This change reflects a
reduction in technical assistance for waste load allocations to States and to Section 208
agencies for water quality management.
Program Description
This program includes (1) the operation of EPA and State monitoring stations and
surveys, including survey design, field sampling and data collection, laboratory analyses,
and quality control operations; (2) data interpretation, reporting, and evaluation;
"3) water quality and effluent progress measurement, reporting, and analysis; and
4) maintenance, operation, and improvement of a national water quality data system. This
program also includes analyses to support the development of water quality standards and
regulations.
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 require the Environmental
Protection Agency, in partnership with the States, to perform a wide variety of water quality
monitoring activities. These include establishing, equipping, and maintaining a water quality
surveillance system for the purpose of monitoring quality of the navigable waters and ground
waters of the United States, and providing an annual water quality inventory report to
Congress describing the quality of all navigable waters during the proceeding year. To
implement these programs, EPA established and maintained during FY 1974 to 1977 a national
network of 188 monitoring stations upstream and downstream from a variety of drainage areas.
This network provided information concerning the impact of municipal and rural areas on
water quality and valuable insights into the effectiveness of control programs, especially
municipal and industrial point sources. Future analyses will focus on the impact of nonpoint
sources. These results, together with the results of State monitoring progams and analyses,
have been forwarded to Congress and the public in the calendar years 1974, 1975, and 1976
Water Quality Inventory Reports to Congress.
The Act requires that no grant under Section 106 (grants for pollution control programs)
shall be made to any state or interstate agency which has not provided or is not carrying out
an appropriate water quality monitoring program. In fY 1976 EPA issued specific regulations
outlining, the State monitoring programs required. The primary focus of these regulations is to
require each State, in conjunction with EPA, to develop a systematic water quality monitoring
strategy, and update it as required; to establish adequate quality control procedures on all
monitoring activities; and to provide necessary data to EPA in a format.compatible with the
national water quality data system.
WQ - 34
-------
To insure that the monitoring programs during the FY 1978 to 1983 period provide the
information necessary to implement water pollution control programs and measure their impact,
a Standing WorkGroup on Water Monitoring has been established to define comprehensive national f ,v
programs needed. During FY 1977, national programs will be developed in the area of ambient ' ,'
water monitoring, effluent monitoring, toxics monitoring, and biological monitoring. The major l, <>
emphasis in FY 1978 will be on implementing these comprehensive programs.
A major initiative in FY 1977 to 1978 is water monitoring support to the implementation of .;|j
the comprehensive toxics control program. Major studies will be undertaken in-house and with ,vl*
contractor assistance to (1) establish and document the existence, concentrations, and geographic * •'
location of 65 identified toxic pollutants in the United States; (2) analyze the sources, uses,
and leakages to the environment of these pollutants; (3) evaluate the risks which these pollutants , ,
pose, based on their presence in the environment; and (4) make recommendations concerning the most
appropriate control strategies for each pollutant. These studies will make full use of toxics *
information developed by State, EPA, and other Federal agencies as part of their monitoring
programs.
to provide a national water quality data system, EPA operates the STORET Water Quality File ;
as a service to Federal agencies, States, and other governmental agencies to insure their ability
to store, retrieve, and analyze water quality data. During FY 1976 major changes were made 1n the
operation and management of the system to improve cost accountability, data quality, and overall
management controls. With these changes, emphasis is now being placed on improving the support
which STORET provides to top managers.
1976 Accomplishments
In FY 1976, sampling surveys and laboratory analyses of data from river/stream sampling !
stations of the national water quality surveillance system were conducted. Important
accomplishments during FY 1976 were the initiation of a quality control program with the States,
analysis of initial data from the NWQSS, and adoption of a plan to improve the operation of
STORET. Principal accomplishments include: j
- Promulgation of Section 106 grant regulations concerning State water quality monitoring
programs, with requirements for quality control, strategy development, and data handling;
- Evaluation of quality assurance procedures in over 60 State water quality monitoring i
laboratories; •'
- Submission to Congress of the first set of State Water Quality Inventory Reports,
together with a national overview by EPA; '
)
- Analysis of the first year's data from the National Water. Quality Surveillance System,
focusing on municipal and industrial point source effects;
- Analyses and publication of documented case studies of water pollution clean-up Nj
successes in five geographic areas; - *
- Agencywide adoption of a policy for the operation of STORET as a national utility
data system for water quality information, and a comprehensive action plan to j
assure adequate fiscal and management controls; and ,j
- Interagency agreement with the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) to provide sampling
and laboratory analyses of data from river/stream sampling stations operated by USES. i
WQ -'35
-------
1977 Program
In FY 1977, $5,303,600 and 201 positions are allocated to this activity. Important
programs being undertaken during FY 1977 are the adoption and initiation of a uniform
national Basic Water Monitoring Program for States, negotiations with States to implement
the program, and data collection and analyses to support the Agency's toxic strategy.
Projected accomplishments for the program include:
* Development, adoption, and publication of uniform national Basic Water
Monitoring Programs for State collection of ambient, effluent, toxics,
and biological data;
- Negotiation of agreements with States concerning content and implementation
of each State's monitoring programs to support the Basic Water Monitoring
Program and comply with Section 106 regulations;
* Follow-up activities on State quality assurance evaluations, including
reevaluation of selected laboratories, and implementation of routine
performance checks on laboratory results;
- Analyses of 65 pollutants designated in the Toxics Strategy, based on
analyses of existing data and literature developed by an effluent standards
and guidelines contract, the SfORET system and a selected sample of
permit program effluent data; provision of technical support to toxics
monitoring by States;
- Operation and evaluation of data from the National Water Quality Surveillance
System, focusing on nonpoint sources and selected toxic pollutants;
- Submission to Congress of the Second Annual State Water Quality
Inventory Reports;
- Publication of additional case studies of water pollution clean-up
successes;
- Performance of a feasibility study on the need for a national utility
data system for effluent data;
- Continued implementation of the STORET action plan, including thorough
revision of documentation, improved quality control procedures and
improved support to top managers; and
- Conclusion of an interagency agreement with the USGS to provide sampling
and laboratory analyses pf data from river/stream sampling stations
operated by USGS.
1977 Explanation of ChangesT from Budget Estimate
The net increase of $789,000 over the budget estimate reflects reprogrammings to
provide additional regional monitoring support and technical assistance.
1978 Plan
In FY 1978, $5,225,100 and 186 positions are requested, a decrease of $78,500 and 15
positions. The decrease reflects a reduction in technical assistance for waste load allocations
to States and to Section 208 agencies for water quality management. Major accomplishments
planned for FY 1978 are the State implementation of the Basic Water Monitoring Program, limited
exposure-$o-risk assessment for selected toxic pollutants, and the establishment of a biological
monitoring program to support the toxics program. The planned outputs for this program are:
WQ - 36
-------
- State implementation of the comprehensive Basic Water Monitoring Program developed
during FY T977, including greater reliance on intensive surveys and more uniform
sampling protocols, reduced numbers of "fixed ambient stations, and initiation of
biological and toxics monitoring;
- Assessment of environmental exposure and risk to help develop control strategies
for several of the 65 toxic pollutants, based on the studies performed during
FY 1977; controls may include: revised best available technology regulations, "
pretreatment and new source performance standards, water quality standards,
Section 307(a) toxic standards, or regulation through solid waste, air, or
other regulatory programs;
- Establishment of a biological monitoring program to support the toxics strategy,
including analyses of fish and shellfish tissues and maintenance of a tissue
bank; "the program will involve participation by States, U.S. Fish & Wildlife
Service, Food and Drug Administration, and other ongoing programs;
- Submission and analyses of State Water Quality Inventory reports;
- Continuation of STORE! support to managers;
- Development of a quality assurance program for dischargers, including validation
of industrial self-monitoring reports, and inspection of municipal laboratories; and
- Provision of technical support and back-up for toxics controls and water quality
management plans. -
WQ - 37
-------
WATER QUALITY
Abatement and Control
Municipal Source Control
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Appropriation
Municipal Waste Treatment
Facility Construction...
Waste Treatment Operation
and Maintenance.........
Manpower Planning and
Training
Total.
21,230
Permanent Positions
Municipal Waste Treatment
Eatfm ty -.•Construction.. -
Waste Treatment Operation
and Maintenance.........
Manpower Planning and
Training......
Total,
889
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thousands)"
Increase +
Decrease ~
1978 vs 1977
$16,825
1,757
2,648
$21 ,409
4,646
* * .«
$20,316
1 ,754
2,866
$24,970
1,751
3,859
+$4,654
-3
+993
26,055
24,936 . 30,580
942
932
912
+5,644
766
59
64
826
116
, * .
818
63
51
818
63
31
...
-20
-20
Budget Request
The 1978 request is $30,580,000 and 912 positions. Administration of the municipal
source control subactivity in FY 1978 is expected to require an additional $5,644,500
over the currently estimated FY 1977 level. This increase is due to the following major
factors: (1) the new contract requirements from NEEDS Survey development ($1.0 million),
operator training ($1.0 million), and general contract support ($1.6 million); and (2) an
increase in funding for interagency agreements with the Corps of Engineers, GSA, and
other agencies to perform various tasks, including increased numbers of construction
inspections ($2.0 million).
The $3.6 million increase for contract support will provide $1 million to fund the
basic contracts required for the biennial NEEDS Survey required under Sections 516(b)(2)
and 205(a) of the Federal. Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972. The output from
these contracts will be the 1978 HEEDS Survey to be submitted to Congress in February 1979.
In addition, $1 million is to be used for increased contract effort to supplement the
current operator training program. This will allow increased training despite a reduction
in total EPA personnel assigned to this function. The remaining $1.6 million will be
utilized to cover general contract support, including improvement in management information
systems, special studies, and other contract efforts aimed toward ensuring the fiscal and
technical integrity of the program.
The additional $2.0 million will allow at least a $1.0 million increase in funding, to
a total of $3.5 million, to perform increased numbers of construction inspections under the
interagency agreements with GSA and the Corps of Engineers. Approximately 5JD percent of the
total interim inspections to be performed by EPA are included in these subagreenients.
The remainder of the $2 million increase is for interagency agreements for other evaluations
and tasks that would work to improve program performance and accountability.
WQ - 38
-------
ProgramDescription
The municipal Source control subactivity is composed of two sections. The first,
the municipal waste water treatment facility construction program, derives its
legislative authority from Title II of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act
Amendments of 1972 (P. L. 92-500). The second, the municipal operations and manpower
planning and training program, derives its principle authority from Title I, Sections 104
and 109 through 112, and portions of Title II and Title IV. The primary goals of these
programs are (1) to achieve the most cost effective and timely abatement of municipally
treated waste water pollution control through proper planning, design, construction, and
operations and maintenance of treatment works; and (2$ to assure an adequate supply of qualified
water pollution control manpower at all government levels. Workload for the program is
primarily measured by two factors, the number of new awards to be processed and the number
of ongoing projects to be managed. The funding provided under this subactivity covers the
cost of both operating the construction grants program and the municipal operations and
manpower planning and training program. Omitted from this subactivity are those operating
costs related to construction grants environmental impact statements, which are provided
separately, and the municipal construction grant funds, which are included in a separate
appropriation account (Construction Grants).
This subactivity is predominantly located in the EPA regional offices, where all the
grant activity and associated administration of the grants program and post-construction
activities take place. The direct training and operational technology activities of the
municipal operations and training programs are located at the National Training and
Operational Technology Center in Cincinnati. The remainder of the subactivity (i.e.,
program policy, administrative oversight, needs estimates) resides in headquarters, primarily
in the Municipal Construction Division and the Municipal Operations and Training Division of
the Office of Water Programs Operations. The subactivity is divided into two major programs, areas,
comprising three program elements, reflecting the functional division between the construction
and facility operations portions.
The first program area — the administration and operation of the construction grants
program — includes the following activities: (1) technical and administrative review of grant
applications, amendments, and supporting materials; (2) review of facilities plans, construction
plans and specifications, and bidding documents; (3) assessment of environmental impact;
(4) evaluation of infiltration or inflow into the waste treatment system; and (5) review of user
charge and industrial cost recovery systems. It also includes various postaward management
activities related to monitoring on-going construction projects: (1) periodic review of
vouchers and subsequent payment to grantees; (2) conducting interim and final construction
inspections of treatment facilities; (3) analysis and processing of change orders and grant
amendments; and (4) review of contracts to ensure compliance with civil rights and labor laws
and regulations. Many of the States have accepted delegation of certain parts of these activities,
particularly the review of construction drawingsand specifications and the review of the
bidding documents. The funding requirements reflect actual and planned delegation through
FY 1978.
The second area -- the municipal operations and manpower planning and training program —
includes the following interrelated activities:
(1) Development and maintenance of State and local municipal operations programs.
This involves continuous assessment of plant operational efficiencies nationwide through
a vigorous plant operations and maintenance inspection program. Inspection results are
reported annually to Congress per Section 210 of the Act. The program supports State and local
efforts to improve plant operations and maintenance through the development of guidance
materials and manuals, identification of research and training needs, conduct of technical
assistance demonstration programs, and public awareness activities; and
WQ - 39
-------
(2) Development of trained water pollution control personnel to implement programs
authorized, by P.L. 92-pO. These Include (a) training ano certification of municipal
waste"'water treatment facility operators and related personnel to improve treatment
efficiencies and existing plants and assure efficient and reliable operation of new
federally funded plants; (b) development of manpower planning capabilities to assess
State agency manpower and training needs relative to supply; (c) training of professional
and subprofessional waste pollution control manpower; (d) training of State agency
personnel in the technology of abatement and control of water pollution through short-term
training courses, packaged training courses, development of audiovisual training aids,
and delivery of training resources to State agencies for the purpose of developing
State agency training self-sufficiency.
MUNICIPAL WASTE TREATMENT FAC.ILITY CONSTRUCTION
1976 Accomplishments
Approximately $1.1 million of 1976 resources was for contracts and $1.2 million was
for interagency agreements. The interagency agreements were with the Corps of Engineers
and SSA to perform interim construction inspections.
During FY 1976, the Agency processed 3,976 new awards and 2,020 change orders
totalling $4.1 billion for the planning, design, and construction of treatment facilities
(an additional $200 million was obligated for reimbursable projects). The number of
ongoing projects for all steps on June 30, 1976, totalled 8,367, with a grant award total
of $144 billion. Payments total!ing$2.4 billion were processed for work completed during
FY 1976. A total of 1.119 construction projects were completed over the year and 3,438
projects were either under construction or awaiting construction initiation. In
comparison to FY 1975, the activity in FY 1976 represented a substantial acceleration,
both in terms of new awards (i.e., 3,976 awards vs.2,600), in payments (I.e., $2-4 vs.
$1.9 billion), and in active projects (i.e., 8.367 vs. 6,052). The following table
summarizes the grant program during FY 1976:
__ FY 1976
Item Number ftnount
_. „ . (dollars in "nil 11 ions)
Awards Processed:
Step 1 Awards.. 2,341 $120.1
Step 2 Awards 724 150.2
Step 3 Awards 911 3.870.7
Active Projects:
Step!.. 4,020 294.3
Step 2 909 396.4
Step 3..... 2,160 9,736.8
Section 8 (P.L. 84-660) 1,278 4,012.1
Total Outlays ; 2,429.0
A number of steps were taken during FY 1976 to Improve management of the program
and expand public knowledge of the laws and regulations. These Included (a) the
publication of a construction grants handbook explaining in detail all parts of the program
(and a companion summary pamphletfor municipal officials); (b) a series of training sessions
for EPA and State personnel, grantees» and the public on various facets of Title II;
(c) the publication of expanded guidance on multiyear planning and priority list procedures,
revenue procedures, facility plan development, and value engineering requirements;
(d)the reorganization of several offices to allow closer coordination between the different
functional groupings within the construction program; and (e) the development of improved
payment guidelines to allow monthly payment processing and better payment management.
WQ - 40
-------
Other program activities in FY 1976 should also be noted:
(a) The development of an improved grants management information system to
facilitate EPA and State management was initiated during FY 1976. A feasibility study
and a requirements analysis were completed under contract and implementation of the new
>system was begun in the EPA regional offices. Full implementation is expected in
niid-FY 1977;
(b) The emphasis on delegation of program activities to the States remained a high
Agency objective throughout FY 1976. An agreement was signed with the State of California
to pursue delegation of most Federal tasks to the State under a fee arrangement that returns
part of the allotment funds to the State for administration of the program. Twenty-six
functional subagreements involving all parts of the program are now complete or under
negotiation. Delegations to States other than California were increased during FY 1976
for those program areas allowable under current regulations. Approximately 35 States
had been certified to review plans and specifications and operations and maintenance manuals
by June 30, 1976. Other areas of delegation included change order review, interim
inspections, and construction bid review;
(c) A cross reference index file was developed during FY 1976 that linked together
WPDES permits, construction grants projects, and facilities required front the 1974 NEEDS
Survey. The intent of the file is to fa'cilitaie coordination of grant program schedules
with permit compliance schedules to improve project tracking and management; and
(d) A FY 1976 NEEDS Survey, required under Sections516(b){2) and 205(a) of the
FWPCA (P.L. 92-500), was initiated to (1) update the 1974 needs estimates for treatment plants
and conveyance systems for Individual facilities, (2) provide detailed inventory of data on
all aspects of existing and needed municipal facilities, and (3) estimate the costs by State
for correction of combined sewer overflows and treatment and control of storm water.
The Survey involves EPA personnel, outside contractors, and State personnel. It is scheduled
to be completed and submitted to Congress by February 1977.
1977 Program
In FY 1977 it is estimated that approximately, 5,750 hew awards, totalling approximately
$6.2 billion, will be made for the planning, design, and construction of municipal waste water
treatment facilities, and that approximately 9,900 projects will be in various stages of
preconstruction or construction activity. In addition, approximately $300 million is
expected to be obligated to reimburse the 5,000 projects eligible under Section 206(a) of
P.L. 92-500. These program activities include projects to be funded with the $480 million
authorized under Title III of the Public Works Employment Act of 1976 (P.L. 94-369).
It further assumes that an additional $400 million will be made available for obligation during
FY 1977 and that legislation to extend the reallotment period by one year will be enacted
for the FY 1976 allotment. The following table summarizes the program planned for FY 1977:
FY 1977
• Item Number of ProjectsAmount'
(dollars in thousands)
Step 1 Awards 2,100 $200
Step 2 Awards 2.100 700
Step 3 Awards 1,550 5,300
Active Projects 9,900 16,850
Total Outlays.. 4,430
WQ - 41
-------
"i
<- '
To support this level of activity, the FY 1977 resources assigned to this
element are $20,315,800 and 818 positions. Of this $20.3 million, approximately
$2.0 million will be for contracts and $2.5 million for interagency agreements.
The interagency agreements are with the Corps of Engineers and GSA for construction
inspections and total $2.5 million (an increase of $1.3 million from FY 1976).
The bulk of the contract funding is for the NEEDS Survey for Sl.O million.
The Agency has taken a number of steps to maximize the utility of the resources
allocated to this program. These steps include an increase in the outside contracting
or delegation of selected tasks, the acceleration of the delegation of construction
inspections to the Corps of Engineers and GSA, and the beginning of attempts to
automate certain project reporting tasks to best utilize the available personnel.
A number of activities in support of the program are expected to continue or
be initiated during FY 1977:
(a) EPA has begun a major new effort within the current resources ceiling to
ensure the technical and fiscal integrity of the construction grants program. This
will involve the regional offices, headquarters personnel, and the EPA Office of Audit
in several different activities intended to monitor and evaluate various components of
the program. A series of approximately 20 construction operations review inspections
will be conducted on selected projects as one major component of this effort. These
inspections will be conducted by teams of EPA engineers and auditors who will thoroughly
review the fiscal and construction aspects of ongoing construction projects, including
onslte inspections, grantee interviews, State meetings, and EPA regional visits. In
addition, detailed quality reviews of completed facilities plans will be performed to
give feedback to the regional, State, and local officials on facility planning procedures.
Finally, EPA will perform increased numbers of financial audits at various stages of the
construction process to ensure proper accounting and program procedures are being followed;
(b) The revised management information system will be fully implemented into the EPA
regions to facilitate improved milestone tracking of projects, to expand multiyear project
management, to provide timely and accurate management access to information, and to improve
payments processing and management. This, coupled with increased onsite review and
inspection, and increased EPA staff review activities, will assure that EPA funds are
being utilized as intended and that construction is timely and cost-effective;
(c) A third round of reimbursement to projects eligible under Section 206(a) will be
accomplished during FY 1977 utilizing additional funds made available for this year.
A total of $300 million is expected to be obligated. With this new round, a total of
$2.1 billion will have been awarded under this Section, bringing the precentage reimbursed
from 68.7 to 78.7 percent of the total potential reimbursable amoont; and
(d) The FY 1976 NEEDS Survey will be completed and transmitted to Congress iji
February 1977. Within EPA, the results on needs by category will be integrated into
construction grants priority list development, facilities planning, and Section 208
areawide planning to assure close coordination of the programs related to grants management.
The technical needs data will also provide assistance in legislative planning and analysis
for future years.
WQ - 42
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes fromBudget Estimate
The net decrease of $1,093,000 from the budget estimate is the result of several
actions. An increase of $800,000 was realized by the enactment of the Public Works
Employment Act, which included these funds as well as Construction Grant funds. A
transfer of $970,000 was made to other activities to provide for the increased support
necessary due to the 1976 new positions ($477,000 to audit,contracts and grants
administration; $70,000 to general counsel; $258,500 for EIS support; and $164,500 to
other water quality areas of support), A transfer of $200,000 was made from Section 208
activity in order to partially support the NEEDS Survey. A decrease of $1,123,000
was the result of applying the budget estimate targets to actual operating conditions.
.197SriPlan
The FY 1978 program includes $24,970,400 and 818 positions, an increase of $4,654,600
over the FY 1977 level. This program will support 5,850 new awards totalling $5.3 billion,
approximately 10,900 ongoing projects in the preconstruction or construction stages, and
payments totalling approximately $5.2 billion. This level of activity is contingent upon
enactment of legislative proposals that would provide additional appropriations of $400
million in FY 1977 and $4.5 billion in FY 1978 to the construction grants program.
The following table compares the planned FY 1978 program with FY 1976 and FY 1977
activities:
FY 1976 FY 1977 FY 1973
Item Actual Planned Requested
TdoTl'ars in billions]
Total Obligations.* $4.1 $6.2 $5.3
New Step 1 Awards 2,341 2,100 2,000
New Step 2 Awards 724 2,100 2,300
Hew Step 3 Awards 911 1,550 1,550
Active Projects 8,367 9,900 10,900
Total Outlays... $2.4 $4.4 $5.2
* Does not include reimbursable project obligations.
The increase from FY 1977 to FY 1978 of $4.7 million is due to: (1) new contract •
requirements to develop the NEEDS Survey ($1.0 million); (2) additional funding for
interagency agreements with the Corps of Engineers, GSA, and other agencies to perform
construction inspections and various program evaluations ($2.0 million); and (3) an increase
in contract support for improved management information systems, special studies, and other
tasks to improve fiscal and technical integrity of the program ($1.7 million). The following
management efforts are planned for FY 1978:
(a) Several activities now underway in development of automated MIS capability will be
operational during FY 1978. Multiyear program planning through the State continuous planning
process will be fully integrated into construction grants management through the vehicle of
the State Project Priority List, Through this, EPA and the States will be able to plan and
manage existing projects with full awareness of the impact of current actions on future
funding constraints. Linkage of the construction grants activities from priority list through
monitoring of completed facilities will be available to facilitate "cradle to grave" project
management;
(b) A program of technical and fiscal inspections will continue in FY 1978 and will
begin to reap benefits in regard to improved guidance, regulations, and general program
management, 'Construction operations review inspections, facilities planning Duality reviews,
value engineering reviews, and financial audits will continue to be performed to ensure
compliance with existing program guidance and regulations. Feedback of such inspections to
States, municipalities, and regional offices should provide improvements at all levels of the
construction process;
Uq - 43
-------
(c) The 1978 NEEDS Survey will be conducted during FY 1978, with completion
expected by February 1979. Unlike past surveys, the 1978 effort will canvas 100 percent
of all the facilities in the country to compile a complete inventory of current and
future facilities. This data will provide the basis for detailed planning, management,
and evaluation of the grants program;
(d) Procedures to improve outlay forecasts and aid payments management will be
implemented in the regional offices during FY 1978. Such guidance will result in
management benefits at both the national level in regard to government fiscal policy
and at the local level in regard to expeditious and cost-effective construction
management; and
(e) Steps will be taken to integrate EPA construction grants management information
capabilities with State management systems to improve the accuracy, consistency, and
timeliness of management data available for decisionmaking and program management.
the capability of States to put results of thier activities directly into the unified
data base and to able to gain access to reports and status information as management
needs arise will improve State/EPA communications and trust. With many Federal
requirements delegated to the States under a Cleveland/Wright form of proposal, an
information system that facilitates easy review by EPA of program.progress 'becomes
essential.
HASTE TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
.1.976 Accomplishments
The waste treatment operation and maintenance program completed the following
during FY 1976:
- Regional operational and maintenance (O&M) offices, working with the States,
developed an increasingly active O&M municipal facility inspection program;
- Regional O&M programs continued to provide operational assistance to the
construction grant program and to States, municipalities, and consultants
to help improve performance of existing treatment facilities;
- A plan for a National Municipal Operations Program was submitted jointly with
the State/Federal Water Programs Advisory Committee and is currently awaiting
Agency approval;
- An O&M data system supporting the entire inspection process, data needs and
form review was implemented and further development of applications programming
was begun. Further study and review of requirements is now underway;
- A series of conferences for regional, State, and consulting personnel was held,
covering design for operability, flexibility, and maintainability;
- A new program format was adopted for process control assistance demonstrations.
The new format is designed to gain broad spectrum training benefits for State
and consulting personnel in addition to demonstrating the effectiveness of
technical assistance at a plant site;
- The development of manuals designed to assist personnel at municipal waste water
treatment facilities in dealing with operational controls, troubleshooting and
maintenance of anaerobic sludge digestions, aerobic biological treatment processes
and lagoons was initiated. A course in troubleshooting and evaluating waste water
treatment facilities was completed and given onaipilot test basis;
we - 44
-------
' - A municipal operations public information-strategy, was adopted that includes
projects to inform the engineering community, public administrators and
decision makers, public interest groups and the general public about the ""\
importance of a continuing interest and investment in good plant operation '
and maintenance; and f- ,'•
- In cooperation with the construction grants program, eligibility requirements ,~^
for plant start-up activities and guidance for a plan of operation were prepared. f-v|
•-*
1977 Program
Sixty-three positions and $1,753,900 have been allocated to this program in 1977. 'J,
The FY 1977 waste treatment operations and maintenance program will emphasize: - ii
»
- Guidance development for implementation and monitoring of accomplishments under
the National Municipal Operations Strategy; <
$1
- Coordination with the Office of Public Affairs in development of a public >
information strategy. Effort in this first year will concentrate on reaching
local administrators, decision makers, and public interest groups;
» '
- Technical assistance activities for facility operations and maintenance. ,
Projects will be selected to insure either training benefits or demonstrations
of new process control approaches;
- Onsite training of State and local personnel in treatment plant process controls;
I
- Continued regional and State municipal facility inspection activity as part of joint
Q&M/compliance evaluation inspection program; and
- Publication and distribution of four operations manuals initiated in FY 1976. {
1977 ExplanationofChanges from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $2,892,000 from the budget estimate primarily reflects the restructuring j
of program elements within water quality municipal source control. $2,750,000 was transferred I
to the new designation "manpower planning and training" for greater visibility. This area is
discussed immediately after this O&M section. In addition, a decrease of $142,000 is a result of
reprogrammings required to reflect actual operating conditions. "*
1978 Plan
Except for a minor decrease of $3,300, the same level of resources will be allocated in \
1978 as in 1977: 63 positions and $1,750,600. The operation and maintenance program will j
concentrate on implementing a natnonal municipal operations program aimed at identification i
and resolution of treatment plant operational problems. Such activities are in response
to the continuing failure of a large percentage of municipal waste water treatment facilities
to perform in compliance with design criteria or secondary treatment requirements. The {
following activities are also consistent with expected increases in compliance and enforcement •.]
efforts by EPA and the States: " . •
- Continued regional/State municipal facility inspection activities to support planning, •;
construction, operations, and NPDES objectives through inproved data flow on " . >J
treatment plant operations and problems; > Jl
- An identification of major O&M problem areas nationally and development of priority
areas for resolution; |
. ' \*
- Continuation of.technical assistance demonstrations in operations and maintenance
technology and onsfte. training in treatment plant process controls. Establishment,
thereby, of State, local, and private sector expertise in treatment plant process \
controls and problem solving; • j
WQ - 45
-------
- Preparation of special reports to Congress and target groups on plant efficiency
(legislatively mandated), associated problems and their causes;
~ Development of new applications of O&M materials including regionalizing access
to the files for organizing POTW operational data for analysis, evaluation, and
decision making on resolution of O&M related problems;
- Preparation of printed materials on O&M Issues of national concern and distribution
of materials to gain public support for improving plant performance and reliability;
- Continuation of technical studies and documentation to improve the availability
of urgently needed reference materials on treatment plant operational technology
for use by operators, consultants, and regulatory personnel;
- Guidance to State ant) local officials on treatment plant budget, staffing, and
related needs for improving compliance with FWPCA requirements and objectives; and
- Support to the development of effective State and local operator training and
certification programs.
MANPOWER PLANNING AND TRAINING
1976 ...Accomplishments
The manpower planning and training activities conducted in FY 1976 included:
(1) an operator training program to improve skills of treatment plant operators, improve
State operator certification programs, and provide assistance to municipalities for
developing instructional capability, specialized new methods and skills; (2) an academic
training program funded under the grants assistance subactivity which provided
professional graduate training, undergraduate training, and State agency fellowships; and
(3) a direct training support program which conducted 21 short-term courses for 500
students, developed and distributed nationally a variety of training resources, made
available extensive audiovisual training aides, and fostered State agency training self-
sufficiency through training workshops and EPA/State consultation.
1977 Program
The FY 1977 resource level for the element is $2,865,800 and 51 positions.
The FY 1977 manpower planning and training program includes expanded operator training
programs to facilitate development of effective operator training and certification
capabilities at the State and local levels. These programs include: (1) grant support
to training on NPDES effluent monitoring procedures? (2) support of the Association of
Boards of Certification (ABC) to develop and improve operator certification programs;
(3) development of facility operator training in advance treatment operation; and (4)
State and local agency operator instructor development.
Manpower planning programs provide technical assistance to State and local water
pollution control agencies. This includes assistance to four or more agencies through
manpower planning courses, development of guidance to systematize State manpower planning
activities, and a manpower needs assessment methodology for water pollution facilities.
Direct training support programs to facilitate State and local training capabilities
include: (1) preparation of student reference texts, instructor guides, and development of
four new courses for State agencies; (2) presentations to 144 State agency instructors in .
municipal waste treatment operations and treatment technology; (3) two workshops for
selected regional, State and national training personnel; (4) 15 short courses at the
National Training Center for 360 EPA State and local personnel; (5) instruction and material
support for an expected 28 courses in the EPA regions for an estimated 570 students; and
(6) audiovisual training aids lending and information services reaching from 35,000 to 50,000
viewers.
WQ - 46
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes fromBudget Estimate
The increase of $2,866,000 from the budget estimate primarily reflects the transfer
of $2,750,000 from waste treatment operation and maintenance to display this function
separately within the municipal source control. In addition, $116,000 was transferred
from other water quality activities for miscellaneous increases.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 program for manpower, planning, and training is to be funded at $3,809,000
and 31 positions, an increase of $993,200 and a decrease of 20 positions from the FY 1977
level. The additional $993,200 will be used to contract for expanded delivery of available
course work and training materials through interagency agreements with HEW, DDL, and other
agencies. The additional funds will also be used for expanded support to the development
of manpower planning and training capabilities at the State and local levels, training
support will be reduced by 20 positions.
Training activities will continue to be directed toward the development of water
pollution control manpower planning and training capabilities at the State and- local level.
Program outputs and products will focus on the development and delivery of curricula, courses,
and related training materials in support of identified water pollution program objectives.
Increased emphasis will be placed on delivery of available municipal treatment plant operator
training courses and materials, through HEW, DDL, and other sources. Manpower planning and
training activities in FY 1978 will include:
- Training program development, curricula, and course development to support construction
grants, municipal operations, permits compliance, and oil and hazardous materials
program objectives;
- Support to the National Coordination Committee for operator training to provide
assistance in the implementation of the ABC "Brown Book" recommendations. The National
Coordination Committee in turn will provide support to State coordinating committees for
the development of waste water treatment plant operator training. The "Brown Book"
provides a comprehensive plan for development and coordination of operator training
at the State and local level. This plan, developed by ABC, was funded in FY 1976 by EPA;
- Expanded support through interagency agreements with the Vocational Education Department
of the Office of Education (HEW) to provide grant training assistance to State and local
agencies. It is anticipated that additional vocation education funds will also
support this activity;
- Support to the Association of Boards of Certification for the continuing development
of operator certification programs and examination systems;
- Support to State and local agencies for the continuing development of manpower
planning capabilities; and
- Development, demonstration, and distribution of course packages and materials in
support of State and local training programs.
Products of these activities include: (a) curricula, courses, and related training materials
to meet the identified needs of State agency staff and municipal waste water treatment plant
operators; (b) operator certification program guidance and examination materials; (c)training programs
and materials for State and local manpower planners; (d) instructor training for State and local
personnel; (e) information systems for inventories and evaluations of courses, instructional
materials, instructors, and training resources; (f) grant support primarily through the National
Coordinating Committee for Operator Training and Program Development and to the vocational
education system in the Office of Education(HEW), to assist State and local agencies to develop
operator training programs; and (g) support for developing training programs and materials for
State' and local water pollution control instructors.
WQ - 47
-------
WATER QUALITY
ABATEMENT AND CONTROL
LOAN GUARANTEE PROGRAM
Budget Revised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease •»
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978jvj. 11977
(dollars in thousands)
Loan Guarantee ... ... ... $10,000 +$10,000
BudgetRequest
An appropriation of $10,000,000 is requested for FY 1978 for a new program
authorized by P.L. 94-558.
Program Description
Sec. 213 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (P.L. 94-558)
establishes a loan guarantee program authorizing the Administrator to guarantee,
and make commitments to guarantee, the principal and interest of any loan obligation
or participation therein of any State, municipality, or intermunicipal or interstate
agency financed thru the Federal Financing Bank for any grant eligible projects for
the construction of public owned waste treatment works, if the issuing body is unable
to obtain financing on reasonable terms, and there is reasonable assurance of
repayment.
FY 1977 Program
Draft regulations have been developed and a public meeting was held to discuss
the draft regulations. Subsequent incorporation of comments resulting from the
public meeting is underway with the expectation of printing 1n the Federal Register
in March. A projection of the number of applications to be processed cannot be made
until certain policy decisions are determined.
The resources for FY 1977 will be absorbed within the Agency's present ceilings
unless, by some unexpected chance, an early default occurs.
FY 1978 Plan
An appropriation of $10 million is requested to provide funds for EPA to respond
to the terms of the Federal Financing Bank in case of defaults on any loans which have
been guaranteed. These funds are to remain available until expended. They will become
part of a revolving account into which recoveries and fees can also be placed to make
the program self-sustaining, and to offset defaults. In FY 1978, $300,000 of additional
resources is requested for contracts to assist EPA in the evaluation of loan applications.
The $300 thousand is requested under the Agency and Regional Management appropriation.
WQ-47a
(2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Enforcement
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
»,*•>
WATER QUALITY
, Enforcement
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 ]977 J978L 1976 vs 1977
fdonars In thousands)
Appropriation
Water Quality Enforcement.. $19,414 $21,242 $21,369 $21,398 +$29
Permanent Positions •
Water Quality Enforcement.. 786 764 756 657 -99
Budget Request
An appropriation of $21,398,000 and 657 positions is requested for FY 1978, a decrease
of 99 positions and an increase of $29,100 from FY 1977.
Program Description
The water quality enforcement program emphasizes compliance monitoring, enforcement, and
continuing issuance of National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) waste
water discharge permits. Other activities include the enforcement actions necessary
achieve compliance with regulations on oil and hazardous materials discharges,
ocean dumping, and other related requirements of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act,
the Rivers and Harbours Act (Refuse Act), and the Marine Protection, Research, and
Sanctuaries Act. Most water quality enforcement activities are conducted cooperatively »
with the States and maximum State assumption of these responsibilities is a primary goal'.
The NPDES permit program is part of the comprehensive effort initiated by the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act to reduce or eliminate point source pollution from
industrial, municipal, commercial, and agricultural dischargers. The Act prohibits
discharge of pollutants to all waters of the United States unless a permit is issued
by EPA or an EPA approved State program. The permit is the focal point of the tight
regulatory system with precise and detailed abatement requirements, streamlined
enforcement procedures, and heavy penalties for permit violation.
The permit is the mechanism for imposing on point source dischargers the uniform
national effluent limitations and national performance standards for new source
facilities which EPA 1s required to promulgate. These standards, set by the abatement
and control function, establish the maximum amounts of various pollutants which can legally
be discharged by a facility. If, at a given facility, the established national effluent
limits will not reduce enough pollutants to meet the ambient water quality standards set
by the State or EPA, the permit will impose stricter effluent limitations as necessary to
meet the water quality standards. These more stringent effluent limits are set by the
permit program in coordination with pollution load allocation activities covered under
the abatement and control function. Permits are issued on condition that their pollutant
reductions be accomplished according to given time schedules.
WQ-48
-------
The permit program is also responsible for integrating with NPDES permits the toxic
pollutant standards and limitations, Section 208 areawide planning requirements, the
findings of studies carried out pursuant to Section 316(a) and (b), variances with
effluent limitation standards and new source determinations and assessments. Other
activities include the application of ocean discharge criteria under Section 403,
and 'review of proposed dredge and fill permits under Section 404,
EPA's NPDES compliance monitoring program covers all aspects of EPA activity
utilized in determining compliance with permit conditions and actions initiated in
instances of noncompliance. It includes compliance review and compliance inspections.
Compliance review is the review of all status reports submitted by dischargers to EPA
and to States which provide information on the planning, construction, and operation
of treatment facilities. Compliance inpsection refers to all field related activities
conducted to determine the status of compliance with permit requirements, including
compliance evaluation (nonsampling) inspections and sampling inspections.
The FWPCA provides for various enforcement mechanisms to assure compliance with the
requirements of the NPDES program. These primarily consist of the issuance of Section 309(a)(l)
Notices of Violations (NOVs) to dischargers with NPDES permits issued by approved States;
issuance of Section 309(a)(3) Administrative Orders to dischargers with EPA issued permits
and to dischargers with State'issued permits who fail to comply with NOVs; and referrals
to U.S. Attorneys for civil or criminal reTief to remedy violations of NPDES permits and
the FWPCA. The law provides for $10,000 civil penalties and $25,000 criminal fines per
day of violation.
The non-NPDES enforcement program is responsible for providing technical and legal
support to achieve compliance with Section 311 (oil and hazardous material spill prevention
and control) and Section 404 (discharges of dredged or fill materials; wetlands protection)
of the FWPCA, the Refuse Act, and the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act,
The most important priority of the water quality enforcement program is to assure the
completion of the construction of treatment facilities by major industrial and muni:cipal 8
facilities to meet the requirements of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and
the effective maintenance of their permits.
1976 Accomplishments
Permit issuance activities consisted primarily of the issuance and reissuance of NPDES
permits. By the end of FY 1976, approximately 52,000 NPDES permits were issued,
reissued, or modified by EPA and the 28 States which have been delegated the NPDES program;
12,000 of which were written in 1976 alone. Nearly all of the major dischargers now hold
valid NPDES permits. For the most part, the majors yetto.be permitted have been involved
in legal proceedings.
The municipal permiting functions were established in the Office of Water Enforcement
during FY 1976. Existing municipal permit policies were reexamined. Policies were
developed jointly with the Offices of Water Program Operations and Water Planning and
Standards, to begin the process of coordinating NPDES activities with construction grant and
areawide planning activities. Policies and procedures were also established regarding the
1977 statutory deadline for all dischargers and the issuance of enforcement compliance
schedule letters, among other issues.
WQ-49
-------
Other areas of accomplishment for the permit program in FY 1976 included the signing
of a Memorandum of Understanding .between EPA and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission on the
licensing of nuclear power plants to eliminate duplication of effort in the preparation
of EIS's and in the issuing of permits and licenses; the development of national
strategy to control PCB's; the organization of national conferences on steam electric
power generating facility and new source NPDES permit regulations; the resolution of
over 100 thermal discharge and cooling water intake studies with final decisions
on the respective requirements; and the issuance of regulations regarding agriculture and
silviculture activities. The permit program also provided substantial technical support
in resolving effluent guidelines variance requests and in the preparation of adjudicatory
hearings for the steam electric power, iron and steel, and chemical industries.
FY 1976 was a transition year in which compliance monitoring and enforcement activities
were emphasized in support of the large number of discharge permits previously issued.
Resources that had been previously dedicated to the enormous task of getting out the
initial round of discharge permits were, to a great extent, focused on permit compliance
and enforcement.
All major dischargerself-monitoring reports, facility compliance schedules, and
discharge monitoring reports were reviewed for compliance. EPA conducted 1,696
reconnaissance inspections and 949 sampling inspections in FY 1976. These inspections
were conducted to verify permittee self-monitoring information, review violations identified
in permittee self-monitoring reports, and to identify and categorize permit violations
not indicated in the reports.
Identification of violations was followed by letters, telephone calls, conferences.
Notices of Violation, Administrative Orders, and referrals to the Department of Justice
as appropriate. In FY 1976, the regions issued 900 Administrative Orders, 137 Notices
of Violation to the States, and 129 Referrals to the U.S. Attorneys.
The water quality enforcement program also pursued full Implementation of approved
State NPDES programs for permit issuance and compliance assurance and pursued additional
State NPDES approvals. At the end of the fiscal year, 28 States had received program
approval.
The resolution of adjudicatory hearings was also a high priority program in FY 1976.
A total of 598 cases were settled by the end of FY 1976 (235 majors and 363 minors).
A backlog of 451 major and 826 minor requests remained. The Agency continues working
to resolve these as quickly as possible.
Oil spill prevention requirements were also monitored and enforced. The regions
referred 1,077 oil spill cases to the Coast Guard, 20 spill cases to the U.S. Attorneys,
and conducted 1,175 proceedings for violations of spill prevention counter-measure
and control plans.
The Corps of Engineers and EPA, in conjunction with the Department of Justice, also
developed a procedure for administrative and judicial enforcement arising from a
discharger's failure to comply with'Section 404, dredge and fill regulations. On
June 1, 1976, an interagency agreement on enforcement policy was signed by leading
representatives of EPA, the Corps of Engineers, and the Department of Justice. The
procedure makes the Corps primarily responsible for administrative enforcement and civil
and criminal referrals to the Department of Justice, but specifies that EPA may act
independentlyjofthe Corps of Engineers where appropriate (e.g., emergencies, at the
request of the Corps, in response to serious actions).
MQ-50
-------
Approximately $4n,OOQ was allocated for contracts under the water quality enforcement '
program. Of this amount, $189,399 was used for several individual contracts supporting
automatic data processing (ADP) systems. This involved regional support, permit compliance
system maintenance and operation, and other ADP modifications and improvements. Consulting
services in support of individual adjudicatory hearings of permit effluent limitations cost
$190,086. ~
1977 Program
The primary emphasis for FY 1977 is the assurance of the achievement of Best Practicable
Technology Currently Available (BPTCA) and water quality requirements of the Federal
Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA) through water enforcement and permit issuance
activities. FY 1977 resource levels for the water quality enforcement program are
$21,368,900 and 756 positions. Of these resources, $14,323,600 and 546 positions have been
allotted for water quality enforcement activities. One of the most important goals is
to promote increasing State participation in the NPDES program. To further this end the
regions will continue to make every attempt to grant NPDES program approval to those
States which are willing and capable of taking on the program responsibilities. States
that have already received program approval will be given help in developing their
capabilities in a manner consistent with the requirements of the FWPCA. States that have
not received program approval will be encouraged to participate with the regions in as
many areas of the NPDES program as possible within the boundaries of the Act.
The basic thrust of the water quality enforcement program is to assure the completion
of the construction of treatment facilities by major industrial and municipal facilities
in order for these facilities to meet the July 1, 1977, BPTCA, secondary treatment, and
other water quality requirements in accordance with the Federal Water Pollution Control Act.
Additionally, vigilance in compliance monitoring will be necessary during FY 1977 to ensure
that final effluent limitations will have in fact been achieved and are being maintained. An
increase in the number of referrals to U.S. Attorneys for civil and criminal enforcement
action 1s also expected. Cases brought in FY 1977 will be more resource intensive since
it«will be more difficult to establish a violation of a final effluent limitation than
a compliance schedule violation.
Also an important priority in FY 1977 is the resolution of adjudicatory hearing requests.
In FY 1976,the Agency received requests for adjudicatory hearings in excess of the number
originally estimated. Furthermore, a greater portion of the FY 1977 cases will involve
recalcitrant dischargers who will use every possible appeal device available under the
regulations.
The FY 1977 resource level for permit issuance activities will be $7,045,300 and 210
positions. These resources will be primarily devoted to putting enforceable permits into
effect.
The number of permits to be issued, reissued, or modified by EPA and the States will
increase from about 12,000 in FY 1976 to 22,000 in FY 1977. In addition, EPA objectives to
prepare and issue permits which are tied to available construction grant funding and which
have reasonable schedules for planning, design, and construction are expected to result
in the need in FY 1977 to modify most, 1f not all,' of the long-term municipal permits that
would have extended beyond FY 1977. The modification of the secondary treatment definition
regarding fecal coll form limits and suspended solids, issuance of the best practicable waste
treatment technology information, and emerging pretreatment requirements may "all be expected to
contribute to the need to modify municipal permits. Virtually all municipal permits will
need to be reexamined and either reissued or modified. These resource intensive efforts will
result In enforceable permits that are effective in assuring the optimum utilization of
readily available construction grant funds and continued progress toward meeting the
national goals for pollution abatement.
WQ-51
-------
Major industrial permit reissuance and modification will also receive high priority
status during FY 1977, as will the special handling of thermal variance requests wherein
exemption claims are allowed, based on environmental Impact studies in accordance with
Section 316 of the Act.
Also of Importance for FY 1977, will be the Issuance of major and energy related
new source permits, especially with regard to coal and oil exploration! and uranium mining.
a
Non-NPDES enforcement will continue to focus on oil spill and spill prevention
enforcement as well as the enforcement of the Ocean Dumping Act.
Approximately $1.35 million has been allocated for contract support of the permit
issuance and water enforcement activities. Of this amount, $588,000 will be used for
technical and legal adjudicatory hearing .and permit support functions. Total ADP and
information needs requirements will be $350,000. Enforcement case support will involve
$412,000 for technical, economic, and engineering efforts in the prosecution and
resolution of permit violations.
Explanation of Changes from 1977 Budget Estimate
i
The increase of $127,000 over the budget estimate is the result of several actions.
A decrease of $100,000 is the result of a realignment of workload between water quality
enforcement and stationary source enforcement activities at the Denver National
Enforcement Investigation Center. An increase of $65,000 was reprogrammed from the program
management media to the permit program 1n support of second generation permit issuance
($40,000) and to water quality enforcement to meet growing litigation burdens ($25,000).
A total of $964,000 was transferred from the Agency and Regional Management appropriation
from the funds provided by Congress to provide for relief from the pay cost absorption.
This pay cost absorption relief was due to a previously applied $802,000 reduction
necessitated by pay costs.
1978 Plan
FY 1978 resource levels for the water quality enforcement program will be $21,398,000
and 657 positions. Of this amount, $7,080,900 and 210 positions will be allocated to
permit issuance, an increase of $35,600, and $14,317,100 and 447 positions will be
allocated to water quality enforcement, a reduction of 99 positions and $6,500 from
FY 1977,
FY 1978 will pose substantial new and increased demands upon the water quality
enforcement and permit issuance programs. These new demands will result from four
primary stimuli. (1) Increased numbers of violations of NPDES permits resulting
from permittees failing to meet the July 1, 1977, deadline for compliance with BPT.
(2) New and more complex permit requirements, such as the 1983 Best Available Technology
Economically Achievable (BAT) requirements, Section 208 areawlde planning requirements,
Section 302 water quality related effluent limitations, and toxic pollutant standards and
limitations. In many cases, formal BAT standards and limitations will not be promulgated
in time for second round issuance of permits. Effluent limits will, therefore, have to be
established on a case-by-case basis. Also post-1977 permits requiring BAT will be the
subject of Section 301(c) variance requests to consider whether BAT standards may be
relaxed for economic reasons. Many permit conditions based on these new requirements will
be challenged by permittees in adjudicatory hearings. Resolution of these requests is,
therefore, a high priority program for FY 1978. (3) New and important programs requiring
considerable development and implementation effort, as well as enforcement effort. These
include the application and enforcement of pretreatment standards pursuant to Section 307(b),(c),
and (d), application of Section 403 ocean discharge criteria, and implementation of the
Section 404 dredge and fill program. (4) Increased emphasis on EPA's NPDES role as
overseer of approved State programs.
WQ-52
-------
These new responsibilities will be addressed to the degree possible with the "available ;
resources in FY 1978 without jeopardizing a base level of enforcement and permit issuance
support of ongoing water pollution control programs indicated under the activities for FY 1977. >f]
EPA will determine the most efficient means of conducting the review of discharge monitoring ;
reports, in order to avoid an unnecessary curtailment of Agency overview of permit compliance.
An attempt will be made to determine, through a pilot study in FY 1977, if possible, whether
it is less resource intensive to have the private sector, through contracts with EPA, conduct
sampling and reconnaissance inspections to assure enforcement of permit effluent limitations "• V
and compliance schedule requirements. The 99 position decrease may then be taken due to the ,,, <|
expected mechanization of the review of discharge monitoring reports and anticipated use of -'
private contractors to conduct a large percentage of sampling and nonsampling inspections.
A reduction in enforcement activity is also anticipated as a result of the curtailed f
compliance monitoring program and as a result of the transfer of positions to adjudicatory 1
hearing activities to provide for the anticipated increase in workload. Formal enforcement
action will only be taken against the most serious violations by major dischargers with
EPA issued permits. This reduction in enforcement, however, should be offset by the increased ' '•
participation expected from NPDES States in compliance monitoring and enforcement. \
The adjudicatory hearing activities will expand in FY 1978 to respond to anticipated
increases in hearing requests due to new and complex permit requirements such as 208 area wide i
planning requirements, Section 302 water quality related effluent limitations, and toxic
pollutant standards and limitations. The determination of Section 301(c) variance requests ;
are also expected to result in increased adjudicatory hearing requests.
The permit issuance program places first priority on the reissuance of all major permits }
due to expire in FY 1978 so that all major dischargers will be required to continue and 1
progress in appropriate pollution abatement efforts. No major permit should be allowed to '
lapse. Some permits will be revoked before they are due to expire in FY 1979, and some
permits will be issued for less than five years in an effort to level out extreme workload .
variations. Under the resource levels requested, expiring minor permits will not be reissued. >|.
\
Other activities, including Section 316 considerations, adversary proceedings support,
agriculture and silviculture activities, Section 208 planning, pretreatment, and reviews of
State and regional NPDES programs will be supported by positions in the permit issuance element. "
; i
In addition, the permit issuance activities will include the issuance of technical
guidance on the use of BAT limitations in the absence of guidelines on the ways of addressing
toxic substances both under Section 307{a) and other court ordered priority pollutants of
industries, on the use of concentration limitations, and other subjects. Procedures and s
regulations will be issued to assure the processing of variance requests in a uniform,
effective, and efficient manner. NPDES reviews of State and regional programs will be per-
formed to assure quality control, render technical and policy support, and assure uniform
application of policy. , - j
Approximately $1.35 million has been allocated for contract support of the permit issuance
and water quality enforcement activities. Of this amount $514,000 will be used for technical
and legal adjudicatory, Section 301(c) economics, and 316(a) and (b) hearings support functions. ?
Total ADP and .information needs will require $400,000. Enforcement case support expenditures • ;
will total approximately $400,000 for technical, and engineering efforts in the prosecution \
and resolution of permit violations. Program studies in municipal permit limitations, Section
404, and special permit categories will require $36,000.
i
Additional funds will be available to compensate for the 99 position reduction in water ,t
enforcement. The exact amount available will depend on the rate of attrition of the personnel
being reduced from compliance review and compliance inspection activities. These funds will be
used to implement a mechanized system for routine screening of discharge monitoring reports, and - jj
to implement a process through which a portion of sampling and reconnaissance inspections are •
"conducted by private firms under contract with EPA. The increase of $29,000 is the net result ^
of one-time regional reprogrammings in FY 1977.
WQ-53
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
WATER QUALITY
Research and Development
Appropriation
Healthand Ecologi cal
Effects..............
Industrial Processes...
Public Sector
Activities..... ,
Monitoring and Technical
Support..............
Total.
'Permanent Pos 1 ti ons
Heal th' and Ecol bg 1 ca 1
Effects...
Industrial Processes...
Public Sector
Activities
Monitoring and Technical
Support
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1J7_81978 vs. 1977
(dollarsin thousands) '
Total.
35,201
587
$14,427
5,764
10,298
4,712
$18.940
8,285
10,014
4,584
$21 ,802
7,400
10,392
4,649
$22.200
7,400
10,800
4,369
+$398
a a «
+408
-280
WQ-55
WQ-65
WQ-68
WQ-74
41,823
44,243 44,769
552
546
512
+526
319
51
115
102
276
49
118
109
286
. 38,
113
109
271
38
108
95
-15
-5
-14
-34
The role of research and development in EPA's water quality program is to provide
the scientific information needed to support its standard setting and enforcement activities.
To do this, a multifaceted research program has been established. The goals of this program
include the development of efficient and cost-effective waste water treatment technology for
both municipalities and industries; the determination of useful and defensible monitoring
methods; definition of criteria for water use in various aquatic environments; and the
establishment of strategies for control of pollution from spills of hazardous materials.
An overall goal is to provide the scientific basis for economical and socially viable
environmental management.
WQ-54
-------
WATER QUALITY
Research and Development
Health and Ecological Effects
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thousands}
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
Appropriation
HeaTthEWects.
Ecological Processes
& Effects....,
Transport & Fate of
Pollutants;........
Chesapeake Bay
$937
12,247
1,243
$2,723
13,625
2,592
$2,410
13,692
2,800
2,900
$3,800
12,700
2,800
2,900
+$1,39.0
-992
...
Total.
14,427
18,940
21,802
22,200
+398
Permanent Psitlogs.
Ecological Processes
& Effects..... .....
Transport & Fate of
Pollutants .........
Chesapeake Bay. ..... .
15
272
32
17
236
23
24
234
28
24
219
28
..-.
-15
...
Total.
319
276
286
271
-15
Budget Request
A budget of $22,200,000 and 271 positions is requested for 1978. The request provides for an
increase of $1,390,000 in health effects to develop methods and approaches to identify and
characterize classes of pollutants; to develop tests to assess the biological impact of substances
on living organisms; and to apply these tests to complex effluents. The ecological program effort
will be decreased by $991,700 and 15 positions. 'Various options for making the position
reduction are be'ing considered by the Agency. Research on ocean disposal, petroleum hydrocarbons,
temperature and dissolve gases, fine particulates, disinfection, and ecosystem dynamics will
'.tie affected by the decrease. The transport and fate program and the Chesapeake Bay study will
be Jiwintalned at the 1977 level-. ,; . ..•-....
Program Description
This program includes three specific areas of research: (1) the development of criteria for
the safe treatment and disposal of waste waters and sludges, and health-related criteria for fresh
and marine recreational waters; (2) research on the toxicological effects of water pollutants on
aquatic organisms; and (3) research on the movement, transformation, degradation, accumulation,
and fate of water pollutants.
The water quality health effects program includes the determination of the health effects
associated with land application of waste water and sludge and the development of criteria for
safe implementation of such practices; the development of necessary health effects information to
assure public safety from pollutants emitted during operations of waste water treatment plants;
and the investigation and quantification of health effects associated with the disposal or runoff
of waste water and sludge into the aquatic environment.
The"construction grant program calls for alternative waste treatment management techniques
and systems to implement Section 201 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (P.L. 92-500)
as amended. One such technique is land disposal. However, many State agencies are reluctant to
use land for the treatment and disposal of waste water and sludge because of a lack-'of precise
information on the health hazards associated with this practice. Specific areas of health effects
•research to address this problem include: determination of safe practices for utilization of
waste water and sludge and of safe operation of waste treatment facilities; the transport of heavy
metals and viruses; and the uptake and effects of pollutants in plants, animals, and man.
WQ-55
-------
Health effects data associated with municipal waste water management have become important
due to the rapid movement towards secondary treatment of waste water required by P.L. 92-500, the
resulting increase in the number of treatment plants, and the increase in sludge and other waste
materials. Aerosols emitted from the aeration basins of activated sludge plants, from trickling
filters, and from aerated lagoons pose a potential health hazard to persons living or working
nearby. These aerosols contain pathogenic organisms, which may cause disease, and chemical con*
taminants, which may lower resistance to disease or produce adverse health effects. Epidemiologic
studies are performed to document the incidence and risk of disease associated with waste water
aerosols. To complete the link between epidemic logical results and the waste water treatment
plant, the aerosols produced are characterized physically, chemically, and microbiologically.
The water quality health effects research program also supports the national goal that water
be suitable for recreation by calendar year 1983. The data base available for recreational water
quality standards remains deficient. It is possible that current standards are too stringent,
resulting in unnecessary closing of beaches, excessive chlorination costs, and discharge of
chlorinated effluents which are known to be harmful. Therefore, the water quality health effects
program will concentrate on the development of valid health related recreational water quality
criteria that will contribute to the Agency's water pollution regulatory program by providing the
scientific basis for effluent standards and by assessing the potential Impact of ocean outfalls.
The water quality ecological effects program is designed to determine the fate and effects
of pollutants in fresh water and marine ecosystems. This research aids the Agency in the develop-
ment of water quality criteria and provides information for use in developing effective pollution
control programs. This is accomplished by conducting research that will provide a sound scientific
basis for setting effective, legally defensible standards, and will assist in determining effective
treatment and control strategies.
The ecological effects research program includes research on the effects of specific pollu-
tants and pollutant combinations on representative or key sensitive organisms in aquatic ecosystems,
and on critical ecosystem parameters and processes. Also under investigation are the physical,
chemical, and biochemical transformation products of pollutants introduced to, or passing through,
aquatic ecosystems. Additional research includes the characterization of natural and stressed
aquatic ecosystems; development of mathematical ecosystem simulations and laboratory models which
aid in the prediction of pollutant stress effects on aquatic biota and ecosystems; and methods to
measure the relative "health" of aquatic ecosystems. Inherent in these efforts is the consideration
of intermedia pollutant transport and effects, wherever applicable.
The water quality transport and fate program includes: (1) research on the movement, trans-
formation, degradation, accumulation, and fate of pollutants in fresh surface waters and ground
waters; (2) development of protocols (including mathematical models) for predicting point and non-
point source pollution contributions and their impacts on fresh surface and ground waters; and (3)
development of methods for evaluating the effectiveness of alternative point and nonpoint source
management strategies with considerations of water quality, energy, and socioeconomic impacts.
The outputs from this research are needed to translate ambient water quality goals into
pollution control requirements at the source. Tfeis-requires information on how quickly pollutants
will be transformed into harmless materials; under what circumstances specific pollutants become
more toxic; and the movement, persistence, and bioaccumulation potential of hazardous substances
within various substrates of the aquatic ecosystem. The expression of much of this Information
in quantitative or mathematical terms is required. The results are used in: (1) developing water
quality criteria for bioaccumulative pollutants; (2) determining effluent limitations necessary
on the part of pollution discharge permit applicants to meet water quality standards; (3) evalu-
ating the extent of environmental contamination and resultant hazards that would occur from the
registration and use or disposal of a given pesticide or other hazardous substance in a specified
manner; and (4) developing water quality management plans (as required under Sections 201, 208,
and 303 of P.I, 92-500) for achieving and maintaining desired water quality levels.
This research provides the sound and legally defensible methods necessary for determining
levels of point and nonpoint source controls required to meet water quality goals. The need for
accurate and reliable assessment methods is becoming more critical as the rate of expenditure on
pollution control systems increases. It is currently estimated that $180 billion will be spent
over the next 10 years on point source systems alone. At this level of investment, it becomes
imperative that valid methods be made available and used to accurately determine the specific
levels of pollution control required and identify the most cost effective mix of point and non-
point controls that can achieve water quality goals. Existing methods, of unknown validity,
^address only a portion of the water quality parameters of interest and are totally .inadequate for
assessing the impacts of nonpoint sources of water pollution.
. WQ-56
-------
The Chesapeake Bay research program is designed to satisfy two mutually supportive major
objectives. First, the research will address those particular problems that are the concern of
the Chesapeake Bay management program in Region III. Secondly, the research program will
emphasize the study of those aspects of the problems which are common to other estuarine areas
in the United States. In this way, the benefits of the research will be of value to both the
Chesapeake Bay program and to water quality management programs in other parts of the country,
The research will focus upon three problems that are of serious concern in all estuarine
waters in the United States and, in particular, in the Bay. These problems are: the potentially
adverse long term effects of nutrient loadings to the Bay; the water quality and ecological effects
of physical alterations that have been occurring in the Bay; and the extent to which the Bay is
serving as a sink for toxic substances and the effects of these substances on the Bay. A
description of this effort is located in the water quality planning and standards, abatement and
and control section.
HEALTH EFFECTS
1976
$189,700 was expended in contracts, $183,200 in grants, and $15,000 in interagency agreements.
The major accomplishments in this area included the following: ,
- The third phase of the marine recreational water quality criteria
project at the New York City beaches was completed. The objective
of this project concerned the possible relationship of gastrointes-
tinal symptomatology to indicator bacteria densities. The findings
confirmed a relationship between the densities of certain indicator
organisms, such as E. coli. and gastrointestinal symptoms associated
with swimming. This study also led to the development of a rapid
membrane filter technique for enumerating this indicator bacterium
which is more precise when compared to conventional methods. The
information obtained is expected to be useful in the development
of recreational water quality criteria.
- A state-of-the-art review was prepared on the effects of waste water
treatment and disposal methods on the occurrence, persistence, and
movement of pathogens and heavy metals. This document summarizes
current knowledge on problems associated with the disposal of waste
water and sludges, and identifies investigators and institutions
currently involved in sueh research. It is expected to assist in
determining most useful directions for research programs. •
- The causative agent of primary amoebic meningoencephalitis, a disease
associated with swimming, has been isolated.
1971_Pro9rain
In the area of health effects research, the total resources are $2,410,000 and 24 positions.
Those resources include approximately $265,700 in contracts, $876,000 in grants, and $443,000 in
interagency agreements. In FY 1977, the water quality health effects program is directed toward:
- Identification of possible health effects associated with treatment, disposal,
and use of waste water and sludge on land;
- Epidemiological studies of people living near either land application sites
for waste waters and sludges or near activated sludge treatment plants;
- Characterization of aerosols from land application sites and activated
-. sludge treatement plants;
- .Evaluation of workers at waste water treatment plants to determine evidence
of infections before and after exposure to aerosols;
- Determination of human health criteria for pathogen concentrations in
marine and fresh recreational water, including further studies to
monitor the prevalence and determine the health significance of the agent,
found in recreational waters, responsible for the occurrence of amoebic
meningoencephalitis;
WQ-57 ' •
-------
- Assessment of pathogen survival and movement at sites using land application
of waste water and sludge, including uptake through the food chain; and
- Studies of bioavail ability of cadmium, lead, and other'metals contained in
food grown on soil which receives waste water and sludge.
1977 Explanatipn of ChangesfromBudget Estimate
The $313,000 reduction from the budget estimate results from a transfer to the water quality
public sector activity to provide funds needed'to accelerate the development of disinfection
alternatives to chlorine utilization in waste water treatment.
1978 Plan
The 1978 program for health includes a total of $3,800,000 and 24 positions. The health
effects research program will expend approximately $457,200 in contracts, $2,240,300 in grants,
and $262,900 in interagency agreements.
The increase in health effects resources 1n 1978 will be used to develop approaches to
characterizing classes of water borne hazardous substances and to accelerate the development of
a standardized sequence of tests for determining pollutant effects and to apply these tests to
complex effluents. Chemical protocols for improved toxiclty testing of suspect substances and
criteria for safety factors will be developed and validated.
Recently started studies will continue on the determination of the dispersion of pathogens,
especially viruses, in aerosols formed by spray irrigation of sludges and waste waters; determina-
tion of the persistence and transport of contaminants through the soil at land application sites
and on to the food chain, and assessment of the health of populations residing in areas where land
disposal of waste water and sludges is conducted. In addition to research associated with land
applications, studies will continue on the disposal of these wastes in water. The Federal Water
Pollution Control Act of 1972 has placed stringent conditions on waste water discharges into rivers
and lakes. As a result, many communities are considering disposal of treated effluent on land.
Hence., the potential for health hazards from food or forage crops irrigated with waste waters will
be investigated.
In addition to the studies mentioned above, several interrelated research efforts will develop
valid microbiological criteria for shellfish-growing waters to evaluate the health effects
associated with the consumption of shellfish. This program is being carried out in cooperation
with FDA.
The FY 1978 program for health will be increased by $1,390,000 in order to develop rapid
screening tests for characterizing toxic pollutants.. The program will be supportive of P.L. 92-500
in developing protocols to meet future needs.
ECOLOGICAL PROCESSES AND EFFECTS
1976 AccQmplistmejrts
1976 resources included $722,400 in contracts, $2,739,000 in grants, and $296,300 in inter-
agency agreements. Accomplishments included:
- Field and 1 aboratory phases of the National Eutrophication" Survey were
completed. Samples were obtained and analyzed from all 48 adjacent
States. These samples were collected from lakes and reservoirs,
tributaries and outlets, and waste treatment plant effluents. Data
generated by the survey will be used throughout the country to determine
feasibility of restoring polluted lakes and streams via construction of
municipal waste treatment facilities to reduce nutrient inflow. In
addition, a part of the study relates land use and other drainage area
characteristics to phosphorus and nitrogen levels in streams. Results
for the eastern third of the United States were completed and reported
in EPA's Ecological Research Series;
WQ-58
-------
- A four year study was completed on causes and effects of air supersaturation
of water, a form of pollution that causes tissue damage, and often death,
for migrating Pacific salmon.' Supersaturation is a serious economic problem
in the Snake and Columbia Rivers of the Pacific Northwest, where water becomes
supersaturated as it spills over dams. Supersaturation is also found at dams
in Montana and Colorado and at thermal power plants in eastern States. As a
result of the studies, 110 percent saturation has been proposed by the Office
d? Research and Development to the Agency as a safe level for salmonids in
shallow water;
- Studies were completed on the effects of sewage outfalls on aquatic life,
including incidence of fish disease in Southern California. About three
percent of the Southern California coastal shelf is affected by sewage
discharges to a depth of 200 meters. The incidence of fin erosion in
botton dwelling fish increased in the vicinity of outfalls. It was
estimated that biological recovery from the effects of the discharges would
probably require six to 12 months in shallow water and many years in deeper
water (60 meters or deeper);
- A major study on the Tanana River near Fairbanks, Alaska, showed that the
survival of indicator and pathogenic bacteria and enteric viruses at low
temperatures is greater than previously expected. This information, along
with data on the relationship between indicator bacteria and pathogens,
will contribute to the basis for establishing disinfection criteria and
water quality standards in cold climates;
- A mobile bioassay unit has been developed to conduct on-site analyses of
complex effluents, those industrial and municipal discharges that vary
over time in composition and concentration of the component chemicals.
These methods can be readily incorporated into effluent testing require-
ments, permit conditions, and hazardous substance evaluations;
- Methods development was completed for phytoplankton and zooplankton
bioassays. These methods were incorporated into the EPA Manual for
Bioassay Procedures for the ocean disposal permit program and also
are being modified for use by EPA Region II for controlling waste
disposal in the New York Bight;
- The environmental characteristics of Narragansett Bay have been
simulated in the laboratory, an important first step in developing
valid test systems to study actual ecosystems or to test selected
stress factors; and
- A procedure was developed to enable the use of filtration (feeding)
rates of mussels and scallops as a sub-lethal measure of the impact
of a toxicant on those species. This work will contribute to the
assessment of pollutant impacts on important marine organisms,
especially at low-level exposures.
1977 Program
The 1977 resource level for eciological processes and effects- research is $13,691,700 and
234 positions. Those resources include approximately $405,000 in contracts, $3,070,000 in grants,
and $593,000 in interagency agreements. The FY 1977 ecological effects water quality research
program is broken down into the following categories:
Petroleum and Petroleum Products — In the area of Petroleum and Petroleum products, the
total resources are $594,000 and 18 positions. Research in this area is designed to study the
extent of marine and fresh-water ecosystem perturbation caused by acute and chronic discharges
of crude oils and petroleum products. Studies examine the lethal and sublethal effects of a
wide variety of oils on aquatic organisms representing various trophic levels and toxa. This
research improves the scientific data base on which to set effluent standards, design oil spill
clean up and treatment and to assess the extent of ecosystem damage. Research in this area
focuses on the fate and effects of petroleum hydrocarbons on arctic and subarctic estuarine/
marine ecosystems as well as effects on the coastal areas of the Continental United States.
Emphasis is given to studies on degradation, neoplasia induction in marine organisms, uptake
and localization, effects on intertidal communities, and sublethal effects.
WQ-59 . ' .
-------
Criteria for Water .Quality — In the area of criteria for water quality, the total resources
are $3,556,000 and 74 positions. The effort under this category is in direct response to Section
304 of P.L. 92-500 which requires the publication and updating of water quality criteria to reflect
the latest scientific knowledge. Based on the criteria, water quality standards are set by the
States and EPA. Research is designed to discover the maximum concentration of specific pollutants
which aquatic ecosystems can accommodate without adverse effects. Pollutants studied included a
wide range of organic and inorganic compounds likely to be found in water bodies. In addition,
studies are performed to determine the water quality criteria for environmental parameters that
are affected by pollution stress, e.g., dissolved oxygen, temperature, and dissolved gases.
Pi s i nfeeti pn/Anti foul ants — In the area of disinfectlon/antifoulants, the total resources
are $75,000. th 1 s research focuses on the ecological consequences of the addition of disinfectants
or biocides to treatment plant effluents and power plant cooling waters. Chlorine 1s the most
commonly used disinfectant/antifoulant. Therefore, the effects of chlorine and chlorination com-
pounds on the biota of receiving waters receive the most attention. The effects of other dis-
infectants (e.g., ozone) are also being studied. In conjunction with determining the negative
aspects of disinfection practices studies are performed on the environmental fate of discharged
bacteria and viruses to determine the extent of disinfection required to protect swimmers and
consumers of shellfish.
_Great__Lakes -- In the area of Great Lakes, the total resources are $2,174,000 and 10 positions.
Research ohthe Great Lakes is performed as part of the United States-Canada Treaty on the Great
Lakes to restore and maintain the water quality of these very important bodies of water. All
research done by .EPA in this region is coordinated with the International Joint Commission (IJC)
of the United States and Canada. Studies are performed to characterize the pollution problems of
the Great Lakes, determine the dynamic processes affecting the degree of pollution, and develop
management oriented predictive models that describe lake ecosystem response as a function of the
degree of pollution source control.
IndustrialWaste Discharges -- In the area of industrial waste discharges, the total resources
are $1,009,000 and 24 positions. Research is performed to determine the safe concentrations for
specific pollutants in industrial waste discharges. This information is urgently needed to develop
an effective industrial wastfe management program under the terms of the consent decree, involving
65 pollutants and 20 Industries, between EPA and several ecology action groups. Work in this
area consists of a sampling and analysis program with emphasis on the development of screening
methods for complex wastes which are discharged to marine and fresh water ecosystems.
Ocean Disposal — In the area of ocean disposal, the total resources are $2,916,000 and
52 positions. This broad category includes efforts to determine the ecological significance of
current practices of (1) dredge material disposal; (2) ocean dumping of sewage sludge and Industrial
wastes; and (3) direct discharge of municipal"waste into coastal waters. Research information
derived from these studies is directly incorporated into regulations and criteria for those programs
mandated by P.L. 92-500 and P.L. 92-532 (Ocean Dumping Act) to control pollution from those sources.
Nutrient ..Enrichment — In the area of nutrient enrichment, the total resources are $1,805,000
and 37positions.One of the major problems encountered with thousands of lakes in this Country
is the rapid acceleration of the lake aging process by man-caused nutrient enrichment. This
problem of eutrophication is described in terms of deterioration of water quality, changes 1n fish
species composition and populations, and a general degradation that limits the water body's utility
for water supply, recreation, commercial fishing, and aesthetic appreciation. In order to arrest
these trends and provide treatment to restore lakes to their former quality, resea'rch is performed
to learn how lakes respond to nutrient (nitrogen and phosphorus) loading. In addition, this
research is related to Section 314 of P.L. 92-500.
Ecosystem Dynamics — In the area of ecosystem dynamics, the total resources are $1,563,000
and 19 positions. The research activities in this area respond directly to the need to understand
the dynamics of selected ecosystems. Through these efforts better management and regulatory
decisions will be possible and earlier and more precise pollutant impact prediction will be
possible. Emphasis is placed on development of microcosms which simulate actual ecosystems and
on determination of the dynamics of polluted and unpolluted ecosystems.
WQ-60
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes from BudgetEstimate
The increase of $67,000 results from several actions. Resources were transferred to agency
management to reflect the transfer of responsibility for the Cost of Clean Environment Report,
-$125,000; a transfer from water quality planning and standards to support Reye's Syndrome
research, +$50,000; and net reprogrammings of-$142,000 to reflect actual operating conditions.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 resources for the ecological effects research program are $12,700,000 and 219
positions. The resources consist of approximately $350,000 in contracts, $2,600,000 in grants,.
and $500,000 in interagency agreements. A brief summary of the FY 1978 ecological effects water
quality research program follows.
Petrolfiiim and Petroleum Products — In the area of petroleum and petroleum products, the
total resources are $499,000 and 18positions. The petroleum and petroleum products program
will be reduced by $95,000. Efforts under this program will be restricted to high priority work,
such as, studies of the effects of oil on East Coast and Gulf of Mexico aquatic ecosystems. These
studies are ongoing research projects with greater payoff potential than those terminated.
Studies will include research on lethal and sublethal effects, neoplasia induction, uptake,
and localization.
Criteria for Mater Quality— In the area of criteria for water quality, the total resources
are $3,256,000 and 64positions. This research program will be reduced by $300,000 and 10
positions. Studies will continue on acute and chronic effects of a limited selection of organic
and inorganic pollutants (singly and in combination), carcinogenicity of pollutants in the
marine environment, and methods to measure the relative "health" of ecosystems and development
of bioassays. However, research on toxic and synergistic effects of fine suspended particulates
(including asbestos) will be limited- The only research on temperature and dissolved gas
requirements will be directly related to modifying the effects of pollutants. Support for the
TVA Brown's Ferry thermal research facility will be discontinued.
Pi s i nfection/Anti foul ants — This program will not be funded in FY 1978. The disinfection/
anti foul ants program wi 11 be reduced by $75,000. Research supportetl by a FY 1976 congressional
add-on will be completed in 1978. Work will be limited to study of the effects of chlorination
and ozonation, with emphasis on the determination of the ecological effects of ozonation and
comparative studies on unaffected estuarine communities.
Great Lakes — In the area of Great Lakes, the total resources are $2,174,000 and 10 positions.
The Great Lakesprogram will remain at a level equal to the FY 1977 level. Studies will be per-
formed to characterize pollution problems of the Great. Lakes, determine the dynamic processes
affecting the degree of pollution, and develop management oriented predictive models which
describe lake ecosystem response as a function of the degree of pollution source control. That
work initiated1 under a congressional add-on in FY 1976 will be completed,
-Industrial Waste Discharges — In the area of industrial waste discharges, the total resources
are $1,009,000 and 24 positions. The industrial waste discharges program will remain at a level
equal to that in FY 1977. The research in this area will be similar to that conducted in FY 1977,
with emphasis on the development of screening methods for complex wastes which are discharged
to marine and fresh water ecosystems.
Ocean Disposal — In the area o'f ocean disposal, the total resources are $2,494,000 and 47
positions, a reduction of $422,000 and five positions. Ocean disposal research will be restricted
to high priority problems associated with ocean dumping and dredge material disposal. Studies
in these two areas will include research on biological availability of pollutants, development of
predictive models which describe pollutant distribution and interaction, and determination of
the effect of ocean dumped pollutants on marine species, ecosystems, community structures, and
populations. A limited effort in bioassay development and validation is to be conducted and
completed under a FY 1976 congressional add-on.
Nutrjent Enrichment — In the area of nutrient enrichment, the total resources are $1,805,000
and 37 positions. The nutrient enrichment program remains at a level equal to that in 1977. The
effort includes research on nutrients from nonpoint sources, nutrient loading, nutrient sources,
and rate limiting nutrients.
WQ-61
-------
-' Ecosystem Dynamics — In the area of ecosystem dynamics, the total resources are $1,463,000
J { • and 19 positions. ThT ecosystem dynamics program is to be reduced by $100,000,
Studies include research on nutrient cycling/recycling in lakes; dynamics
of physical, chemical, and biological processes in fresh water semi natural ecosystems; and develop-
ment of ecosystem level microcosms for the marine environment. A study on changes in estuarine
:• water quality as a result of decreased pollution stress will be delayed until 1979.
i
The ecological effects research program will be reduced by $991,700 and 15 positions. The
program plans to continue work in areas having the highest potential payoff such as research with
•-, j broad implications and near term completion dates. The reduction of 15 positions in ecological
|y»» effects is part of an overall reduction of positions in the Office of Research and Development
•£** directed at conducting more extramural research in order to release positions for other Agency
activities. Work begun in la76 as a'result of a congressional add-on will be completed. Fallow-
up studies In ocean dumping and jettfalls will not be>Initiated and studies on temperature and
- » dissolved gases wlll.be discontinued since past research and development efforts have addressed
these areas and made them a somewhat less pressing priority area. *ork on the ecological effects
of oil, ocean outfalls, fine partlculates (including asbestos), disinfection, and ecosystem
dynamics will be reduced. "
<*"•>. ••-...
TRANSPORT; AND_ FATE OF POLLUTANTS
1976 Accomplishments
. In 1976, $800,000 was devoted to grant and contract efforts. These resources were concentrated
in three areas: (1) characterization of the physical, chemical, and biological processes that
determine a pollutant's fate; (2) characterization of the-transport and fate of pollutants in
ground water; and (3) development of mathematical models for estimating nonpoint source pollution
loadings and linking these models to existing models for predicting water quality.
Major accomplishments in the work on transport and fate processes Include:
.' - The development of a preliminary evaluative model for predicting the
distribution, residence time, and fate of pesticides in various substrates
of a fresh-water ecosystem and calibration of the model for malathion,
- Development of a conceptual model for predicting the distribution,
residence time, and fate of mercury among substrates of a fresh water
ecosystem;
- Completion of a report containing laboratory data and an evaluative model
for the fate of vinyl chloride (a carcinogen) upon release to the environment;
, • and
- Development of methodologies for microbiological sampling of saturated and
unsaturated subsurface zones.
Accomplishments in the area of water quality predictive models included:
- The development of a preliminary computerized model for estimating nonpoint
> ( source loadings of BOD, suspended solids, and total dissolved solids to a
riverine system and the development of a simplified (manual) methodology for
use primarily by 208 agencies in estimating the nature and extent of nonpoint
source pollution contributions from nonirrigated agricultural and silvlcultural
activities; and
*•
• •" - Continued work on the development of nonpoint source loading models capable of
addressing a broader range of the pollutants of interest and the interfacing
<. , of these models with existing water quality predictive models.
WQ-62
-------
1977 Program
-The FY 1977 resource level for the transport and fate subactivity is $2,800,000 and 28
positions. In FY 1977, emphasis continues in the same three areas pursued In FY 1976, with
$2,050,000 being devoted to grant and contract efforts.
The transport and fate process characterization work includes:
- Mathematical characterization of microbial degradation processes
of importance in transforming organic pollutants;
- The development of quantitative transport and fate process and
rate data for PCB's, dichlorobenzidene, and several other
representative pollutants of national concern;
- Completion of an evaluative model for mercury for use by water
pollution control agencies and the private sector; and
- Expansion of the pesticide (malathion} evaluative model to address
other pesticides.
Ground water transport and fate research will be directed toward:
- Completion of a study aimed at determining allowable septic tank
densities for discharging to sandy, loam, and clay soils (i.e.,
densities that will not result in'degradation of the ground water
aquifer);
- Completion of a method for organic pollutant sampling of saturated
and unsaturated subsurface zones and completion of a report on the
utility of the use of stable isotope ratios in ground water investi-
gations to identify the source and dynamics of subsurface pollution;
and
- Work on the characterization of the four major environmental processes
(microbial degradation, oxidation, volatilization, and sorption).
In the predictive model research area, emphasis will be on:
- Evaluation of the applications and limitations of existing water quality
predictive models in allocating allowable point source loadings among dis-
charge permit applicants;
- Development of basinwide and 208 areawide analysis procedures for con-
ducting gross or broad assessments of point and nonpoint source pollution
contributions and their water quality impacts; and
- Initiation of the development of an analysis procedure for conducting
detailed assessments in a given stream section of point and nonpoint
source pollution contributions and predicting water quality impacts
and improvements that would result under alternative pollution control
schemes.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The increase of $208,000 from the budget estimate reflects a transfer from water quality
industrial processes and permits: (1) evaluation of the applications and limitations of existing
water quality models used to support the NPDES Program, and (2) increased emphasis on the develop-
ment of mathematical models capable of predicting the impact on water quality from a combination
of point and nonpoint. pollution contributions.
1978 Plan
The 1978 program for the transport and fate subactivity includes $2,800,000 and 28 positions.
Of this amount, approximately $2,050,000 will be used for grant and contract support. These
resources will be allocated among the same three main areas being addressed in 1977.
WQ-63
-------
The effort placed on nonpoint source and water quality modeling research in FV 1978 is projec-
ted to result in the availability of the desired outputs in 1978. Upon completion of these models,
emphasis will then be placed on verification of their accuracy and validity over the range of con-
ditions expected to be encountered in the field.
The 1978 program will also: characterize the major environmental processes controlling aquatic
transport and fate of pollutants, with emphasis on sensitized photolysis and oxidative processes;
develop quantitative transport and fate process and rate data for specific hazardous pollutants of
national concern (e.g., kepone and arsenic compounds); develop quantitative information on natural
loading rates of sediments and nutrients to watercourses (as necessary to distinguish between man
induced and natural pollution contributions); expand the pesticides evaluative model to address
additional specific pesticides; adapt the mercury evaluative model to address cadmium and other
inorganics; and initiate studies to verify the accuracy and validity of mathematical models being
used as the basis for setting effluent limitations in discharge permits, as necessary to success-
fully defend legal challenges of the results obtained through their use.
CHESAPEAKE BAY
1977 Program
In FY 1977, Congress'provided an additional $2,900,000 under the Research and Development
appropriation to support work in the Agency's Chesapeake Bay study program for which Region III
is the designated manager. A description of this effort is located in the water quality planning
and standards,abatement and control section.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The increase of $2.9 million reflects this activity's portion of the congressional add-on of
$5 million for the Chesapeake Bay study.
1978 Plan
\
The support for this study will continue at the 1977 level. See discussion under the water
quality planning and standards, abatement and control section.
WQ-64
-------
WATER QUALITY
Research and Development
Industrial Processes
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Mineral, Processing, and
Manufacturing
Industries, $5,764 $8,285 $7,400 $7,400
Permanent Positions
Mineral, Processing, and
Manufacturing
Industries 51 49 38 38
Budget Request
An appropriation of $7,400,000 and 38 positions is requested for FY 1978. This is the
same as the FY 1977 resource level.
ProgramDescription
The water industrial processes program concentrates on point sources of water pollution
resulting from the industrial sector of the economy in those mining, manufacturing, service,
and trade industries which must meet best available technology (BAT) standards of the Federal
Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA). This program is also the realization of the national
policy established in P.L. 92-500, that a major research and demonstration effort be made to
develop technology necessary to help eliminate the discharge of pollutants to the Nation's
waters.
The program develops and demonstrates new or improved cost effective technology having
industry wide applicability,.short-term achievability and long-term viability, principally
through cost-sharing extramural grants. Research results provide a significant data base
for the establishment of economically and technically feasible effluent guidelines and
treatment parameters for industrial liquid waste discharge permits. As a result of the
recent consent decreee, program emphasis is being shifted towards the development of the
data required to regulate the discharge of hazardous pollutants. The new program direction
focuses on developing complete waste stream assessments including chemical.and bioassay data
and the applicability of treatment alternatives to a broad range of pollutant materials in
industrial waste effluents. In addition, this program addresses technology for prevention
and control of accidental spills of .hazardous materials in support of Section 311 of P.L. 92-500.
1976 Accompli shments
The FY 1976 resource level for this subactivity included $1,311,000 for contracts,
$2,646,000 for cost sharing research and demonstration grants, and $114,000 for interagency
agreements. Industrial contributions accounted for 50 percent of the total demonstration
costs (i.e., in excess of $3,000,000).
WQ-65
-------
\
. /
J-
*< In FY 1976 the water industrial processes program:
.- Completed an engineering design and economics feasibility report on the
] conversion of chlorinated organic residues into marketable products.
I This information will be used in designing a new regional waste residue
conversion facility;
- Initiated an engineering design study for complete pollution control in
I an integrated steel mill. The results of this study will be used in
I designing waste treatment facilities at several iron and steel
facilities and by EPA's regulatory staff in revising effluent
guidelines. The project was partially supported by the iron and steel
industry;
- Completed source assessments for specific inorganic and organic chemical
processes and for nonferrous metals production. The results of these
• studies wi-11 be used in evaluating the relative importance of various
types of pollutants to the overall environmental impact of these
; industries;
- Prepared manual on available practices for hazardous spills prevention.
The manual has been widely distributed to users by EPA and has been
published in the professional literature; and
- Demonstrated a system for the containment of hazardous materials spilled
•>• on land.
' 1977Program
The FY 1977 program focuses on assessing the nature and quantity of hazardous pollutants
'•discharged from industrial sources. This information, together with information on the
, 'control!abilty and treatability of these pollutants will supplement the data base which will
be utilized for future regulations. In selected industries, demonstration of more viable
control technologies or in-plant modifications are being undertaken. .These industries are
selected on the basis of the preliminary assessments now underway and the probability of being
| able to control the pollutants having the most serious health and ecological effects. Research
t is continuing to demonstrate the economic and technical viability of combined municipal/industrial
waste water management with special emphasis on providing a technical base for pretreatment
standards.
i The hazardous incident program is continuing efforts to control and minimize hazardous
material spills and damages, and initiating research to implement the new EPA spill regulations.
The FY 1977 resource level for this subactivity is $7,400,000 and 38 positions.
' Approximately $3,100,000 will be usefr for contracts and $2,300,000 for grants. Industrial
cost-sharing is expected to decline to approximately 35 percent due to the increased emphasis on
assessments. Industry is expected to contribute $1,200,000 to the projects.
Major outputs to be achieved in 1977 include:
- Preliminary assessment of the occurrence-Of the 65 pollutants in the 21
industries specified in the consent decree;
I - Preliminary assessment of the applicability of currently available control
» technology to remove hazardous and toxic pollutants;
- Complete engineering design study for overall pollution control in an
! integrated steel mill;
WQ-66
-------
- Demonstration of control technology for selected pesticide manufacturing
wastes;
- Demonstration of technology for treatment of ammonia plant condensates; and
- Development of screening tests for evaluation of toxicity of effluents.
1977Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The net $885,000 reduction from the budget estimate results from several actions:
(1) $208,000 was transferred to water quality transport and fate to accelerate
development of nonpoint source loading models; (2) $112,000 was transferred to water quality-
technical support to provide additional support related to the kepone problem at Hopewell,
Virginia; and (3) a planned $565,000 reprogramming into the program management media
contingent upon Committee approval, as appropriate, to partially cover the increased management
support.
T978 Plan
The requested FY 1978 resource level for this subactivity is $7,400,000 and 38 positions.
These resources include approximately $2,600,000 for contract support and $2,800,000 for
grants. Industry is expected to contribute $1,000,000 to these projects.
In FY 1978, activities will be focused on the problem of hazardous discharges. As source
assessments are completed, the available control technology, together with economic implications
will be identified. This information will serve as-a basis for updating effluent guidelines and
for regulating the use and disposal of hazardous chemicals.
Complete source assessments will establish detailed chemical characterizations of industrial
waste streams. These assessments will relate effluent composition to production variables
including alternative processes, types of raw material, operating conditions, and waste
treatment alternatives. Completed assessments will provide comprehensive information not only
on the chemical and bioassay characteristics of waste streams, but also will provide data on
the costs of alternatives for reducing adverse environmental impacts.
Major outputs to the achieved in FY 1978 include:
- Complete assessment of the occurrence of a range of pollutant parameters
including the 65 pollutants of the consent decree in six selected industries;
- Complete assessment of the applicability of currently available control
technology to remove hazardous pollutants;
- Complete assessment of the state-of-the-art of control procedures for
nonenergy mining activities; and
- Demonstration of field detection and identification kit for spilled
hazardous materials.
WQ-67
-------
WATER QUALITY
Research and Development
Public Sector Activities
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 |978^vs^J977
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Waste Water Management.. $10,298 $10,014 $10.392 $10,800 +$408
'Permanent Positions
Waste Water Management,. 115 118 113 108 -5
t
Budget Request
An appropriation of $10,800,000 and 108 positions is requested for FY 1978. This
represents an increase of $408,000 from the FY 1977 level and a decrease of five positions.
The increase will provide the resources to begin development of nonpoint source control
techniques for urban runoff through non-structural methods. The Agency is considering various
options for taking'the position reduction.
Program Descri pti on
Public sector water quality research efforts address primarilyithe prevention, contro),
treatment, and management of water pollution which is the result of public service ana
community nonindustrial activities. The program functional areas are defined in such a
way as to incorporate the major groupings of municipal responsibilities with the corresponding
Federal (EPA) programs which support or regulate them.
A principal program area is the municipal and domestic waste water treatment and
control systems technology development activity. This element directly supports the needs
of the construction grants program and requires that the research program develop new technologies
to meet effluent requirements along with the generation of a data base to, support Agency
regulatory activities, guidelines and policy. There are a number of major gaps in the data
base relating to economics, performance, reliability, efficiency, water quality, waste water
renovation and reuse, and disposal of residuals which require investigation. A generalized
summary of the research areas to meet municipal and Federal needs are:
a. Sludge management, including sludge utilization and residual
disposal;
b. Performance reliability and efficiency of existing publicly
owned treatment works (POTW's);
c. Economical and feasible technological alternatives for
specific water quality requirements;
d. Disposition of toxic compounds and metals;
e-. Reliability and efficiency of individual home and rural
treatment systems;
WQ-68
-------
f. Management of wet weather flows, Including urban runoff and combined
sewer discharges; and
g. Performance* cost, and operational feasibility of soil treatment
systems for municipal waste waters.
The objective of this portion of the program is the mitigation of the problems within the
constraints of resources, time, and technological capabilities. Of the roughly $7 million
allocated annually in fiscal years 1976 and 1977 for this activity, approximately $5 million
per year has been expended in extramural efforts. The majority of both the extramural and
in-house resources were directed to municipal sludge management and treatment process development
for NPDES requirements.
The sludge management program activities focus on developing the solutions to a myriad of
problems: technological, ecological, health effects, monitoring and analysis, and socioeconomic.
The program is geared to provide a broad technology base for sludge utilization/disposal so as to
best protect public health and the environment by including an improved understanding of the fate
and probable impacts of toxicants and nutrients on sludge processing and disposal. Major focus
will include continued developmental research and evaluation of improved approaches for new
dewatering equipment capable of producing an autothermal cake, incineration and pyrolysis
equipment, and stabilization of sludges during processing and disposal. Finally, an overall
methodology for cost effective managing of sludge processing and disposal will be developed and
distributed to users. Work on sludge management has received major support for several years
and is expected to continue with emphasis on approaches which reduce energy consumption. Funding
in this area was approximately $2.3 million in FY 1976.
A high priority program in the waste water management program is improved performance
reliability and efficiency of publicly owned treatment plants through the application of better
operation and maintenance (O&M) practices and instrumentation and control systems.
Since an appropriate quantitative historical study of the deficiencies in O&M is
unavailable, the relationships between O&M practices and POTW performance in terms of secondary
effluent and other effluent standards will be studied for several years to determine which
factors in O&M have potential for the greatest cost reduction and improved performance.
Emphasis in this area will be on small plants where O&M costs are high per unit of production.
EPA is just beginning to examine plant reliability and the relationship of O&M to. it. This
work is expected to continue throughout the next five year period.
The instrumentation and process control work will develop and evaluate strategies for
process control of conventional plants. The work also includes development of selected sensors
to measure constituents such as ozone in water and online toxic analyzers together with the
corresponding control strategies employing the sensors for improved plant operations. Finally,
research to develop control strategies for new technology such as flyidized bed technology,
•specific contaminant and removal systems, or single-stage nitrification/denitrification will be
initiated. The funding level for this program is approximately $800,000.
Small waste water flows is a subdivision in the waste water treatment technology area.
The objective of this activity is the development of practical handbooks or manuals which will
provide regulatory agencies, planning agencies, consulting engineers, and the general public
with specific details on the design, operation, applicability, capital and operating costs, and
environmental implications of alternatives available for the treatment and disposal of waste
waters generated from-individual homes,, rural communities, and recreational vehicles. An
annual total of about $800,000 has been budgeted for this research with more than 75 percent of
this in extramural efforts.
The other public sector research resources totaling some $2.1 million are about equally
divided between the program areas of urban runoff pollution control and soil treatment systems.
WQ-69
-------
Urban runoff research spans the categories of: problem definition, user's assistance
tools, developing land management techniques for prevention, collection system flow control,
storage, treatment and disposal of wet weather flows and sludges, preventive or best management
., . practices, integrated systems and technical assistance for the three runoff subdivisions of
' I combined sewer overflow, urban storm water discharges and hydrologic modification effects. Of
>»' the total annual $1.1 million budget, almost 80 percent is.expended'in extramural efforts.
Emphasis is being placed on urban nonpoint pollution control utilizing nonstructural methods
as opposed to the combined sewer treatment hardware development of the past to seek out lower
Si cost control techniques. The products.of this research are guidelines, manuals, methods, and
;;^ management tools with supportive data to aid planners, designers, and policy makers in carrying
••:'- out assessments and formulating solutions to urban sewered and unsewered wet weather pollution.
• ,5 ; The activities of the soil treatment systems research program are interwoven with waste
water treatment research activities and with research activities of other agencies such as
the Corps of Engineers and the Department of Agriculture. The research is oriented toward
field evaluation and development of design manuals for three major methods or processes ••
which can be utilized to achieve "best practical treatment" or "nonpolluting discharge" for
municipal sewage treatment systems. Of the approximately $1 million annual total for this
t program, more than 60 percent is in extramural efforts.
1976 Accomplishments
During FY 1976, budget expenditures were divided as follows: grants, $2,272,400;
contracts, $3,557,000; and interagency agreements, $54,200. In FY 1976, the waste water
management research program in the public sector accomplished the following:
- Demonstrated at field scale a.method of meeting or exceeding the EPA
secondary effluent standards for BODc, suspended solids and fecal
coliform with lagoon effluents utilizing intermittent slow sand
filters in year round operation at the Logan, Utah waste water
treatment works. The results of this study have been disseminated by
a joint EPA-Utah State University symposium, at scientific and
engineering society meetings and with EPA Technoloay Transfer
seminars to a broad range of users. Over a dozen full-scale processes
of this type are presently either in operation, being constructed, or
have construction approval. This system development offers a proved
method for the more than 4,000 lagoon systems in the United States to
meet secondary effluent standards with a process that is reliable,
reasonably inexpensive, and requires minimal operation and little
maintenance;
- Completed a comparative study on the bacteriological effectiveness
of alternative waste water disinfectants and determinaton of
residual toxicity associated with waste water disinfection. One of
the principal findings was that the threshold value for toxic effects
to selected fish is 0.03 mg/1 of available chlorine;
- Developed, in-house, three-sludge system for removal of organic and
' - . nitrogenous material which is now an accepted state-of-the-art;
- Completed and distributed an audiovisual training program for erosion
and sediment control. The training material is directed to the
* , implementation level of sediment pollution prevention, i.e., excavation
, ' contractors, foremen, local government inspectors, and developers.
i The training material was developed through the joint efforts of EPA,
Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service, and the Department
of Transportation's Federal Highway Administration. The need for this
?, ! type of user's tool is urgent. As state and local agencies move toward
'- ! accelerated control of nonpoint source pollution, training of a large
1 number of people is essential;
WQ-70
-------
- Developed an updated and refined version of the User's Manual for the Storm
Water Management Model (SWMM). Additionally, several simplified mathematical
models were developed for preliminary storm water management planning. These
may be used by planners or officials as the level of detail, resources, or
data reliability dictate;
- Completed a two ye'ar effort on the effects of climate on soil treatment and
developed two computer programs to aid in design and operation of such -
.systems; and
- Completed and published the research findings on a pilot overland flow
treatment of raw domestic waste water which emphasized enhanced
phosphorous removal.
1977 Program
In the area of waste water management, the total resources for FY 1977 are $10,392,000 •
and 113 positions. During FY 1977, the following division of expenditures are planned:
grants, $3,252,000; contracts, $2,745,000; and interagency agreements, $591,000. The public
sector program in 1977 is developing sludge treatment and utilization, disinfection, and
urban runoff control. Lime treatment and thermopnilic anaerobic and aerobic digestion
processes are being evaluated for cost effectiveness. Also, research to minimize energy
consumption in sewage sludge disposal continues. Major efforts in sludge pyrolysis in.
cooperation with the St. Paul-Minneapolis Waste Control Commission, the City of South
Charlestown, West Virginia and Union Carbide, and New York-New Jersey Interstate Sanitation
Commission is being executed.
Development and demonstration of new methods, processes, and management techniques to
provide improved operation and maintenance of municipal waste water treatment plants is
continuing. This effort will be in "midstream" during FY 1977 and indications gained from
early results show that this will be a worthwhile product when incorporated into every day
operation.
An initial evaluation, of an oxidation ditch type of secondary treatment facility was
completed in FY 1976. Results show that this type of plant is capable of a high degree of
treatment. In FY 1977, the economic advantages and capital costs under varying conditions
are being examined. This will allow publication of cost, performance and design guides
for this method of treatment.
In the small flows area it is expected that the work on the characterization and
handling of septic tank pump out (septage) is to be completed. These results will contribute
to future planning manuals.
The study of economic and environmental impacts of combined sewer overflow sludges
and the initial generalized analysis of receiving water impacts from all urban wet-weather
sources are to be completed.
An evaluation of the cost effectiveness and influence on local planning of existing
urban wet weather pollution and hydraulic control facilities is to be conducted. Several
existing projects dealing with treatment hardware and instrument evaluation are being continued.
A manual of practice for collection system infiltration/inflow analysis, prevention
and control which is being done in cooperation with the Office of Water Program Operations'
construction grants program is to be completed. In the soil treatment area, the initial land
treatment planning and design manual is to be completed. This manual is urgently needed and
widely anticipated. It has been compiled with close support of the Office of Water Planning,
the Corps of Engineers, and Technology Transfer. Technical reports are being prepared on
various design models for phosphorous removal and climatological considerations 1n soil
treatment systems.
WQ-71
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes fromBudget Estimate
The $378,000 increase over the budget estimate was provided from water quality technical
support and health effects to accelerate development of disinfection alternatives to chlorine
utilization in waste water treatment.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 plan includes a total of $10,800,000 and 108 positions. The resources are
divided as follows: $4,000,000, grants., $3,300,000, contracts., and $350,000, interagency
agreements.
SIudgeManagement—In the area of sludge management, the total resources are $2,000,000
and 21 positions.IfTorts will continue to research, develop, and evaluate in the field
reliable and cost effective processes which will render municipal sludges environmentally
suitable for disposal to the land which will eliminate secondary environmental pollution
(e.g., air pollution from incinerators), and ultimately provide communities with an array
of cost effective and environmentally acceptable alternatives to solve their sludge disposal
problems. Two of these alternatives are pyrolysis and land application. All waste water
treatment research activities will stress energy conservation and disposal techniques with
beneficial uses of residues. Guidelines will be developed on using sludge for timber
production, reclamation of marginal land, and crop production. Process or methods to
mitigate the effects of metals and hazardous substances on crops will be investigated. The
$1,800,000 supplement in the solid waste program for land application of sludge will be
planned and managed within this program.
Treatment Technology--In the area of treatment technology, the total resources are
$5,500,000 and 67 positicms. Development of efficient, reliable, and cost effective
disinfection technology for POTW's is planned. A major effort will be initiated to develop
alternate strategies for the control, removal, and/or management of toxic compounds.
Research will be carried out to develop alternative forms of treatment that are less
costly than secondary treatment for ocean discharges and plant"upgrading.
Poor operation and maintenance (O&M) of treatment plants compromises the impact of
construction grants expenditures in achieving the Nation's water quality goals and thus
gives priority to development and use of improved O&M practices. Research to evaluate
instrumentation and control strategies in order to improve 08M practices of POTW's will
be done.
SmalJJ;;Tows_--In the area of small flows, the total resources are $800,000 and five
posit7onTT~TTie~~planned ^g^-yg Qf ^6 small flows subarea in FY 1978 is to develop
new and improved methods and upgrade existing technology for collection, storage, and
treatment of individual home and rural waste water treatment and disposal systems.
Development of alternative technologies to the traditional septic tank soil absorption
system will be continued. Emphasis will be placed on completion of the onsite treatment
alternatives state-of-the-art study and the evaluation of the pressure and vacuum
collection systems. Approximately $800 thousand is scheduled for these developments.
Soil Treatment—In the area of soil treatment, the total resources are $1,000,000
and seven positions. Research efforts in soil treatment will be directed to development
of design manuals for nitrogen management and other long-term effects. Phosphorous and
climatological models will be developed.
Urban Runoff—In the area of urban runoff, the total resources are $1,500,000 and
eight positions. Urban runoff research will concentrate on the development, collection,
and analysis of data, tools, and solution methodologies which will provide policy and
decision making information on the source, cause, impacts, remedial benefits, and
secondary pollution problems of wet weather flow and abatement. The ultimate objective
NQ-72
-------
is to provide a manageability Index and a reliable data base for remedial actions on wet
weather pollution. This entails,a quantitative problem assessment, with receiving water
sensitivity and pollutant ranking, on a national basis; cost estimates for various levels
of abatement; monitoring tools; and methods of solution and planning. It is planned in
FY 1978 to expand this nationwide characterization and impact research to help resolve
key technical questions in data reliability, prediction techniques, secondary impacts,
storm design criteria, receiving water requirements, and pollutants to be controlled.
In the area of solution methodology and user's guidelines for runoff control in
developing areas, urban land management and wet weather flow instrumentation studies
are planned.
The $408,000 increase will be used to develop cost, design, and performance criteria
to aid in implementation of nonstructural control methods for urban runoff abatement to
seek out less expensive control techniques for use in the construction grant program and
208 planning activities. With the additional funding, a total of $1,5 million will be
devoted to urban runoff research.
The five positions reduction in waste water management is part of an overall
reduction of positions in the Office of Research and Development (ORD) directed at
conducting more research extramurally in order to release positions for other Agency
activities.
WQ-73
-------
Appropriation
Characterization and
Measurement Methods
Development
Measurement Techniques and
Equipment Standard-
izati on
Technical Support...
Total,
Permanent Pos1ti ons
Characteri zati on and
Measurement Methods
Development
Measurement Techniques and
Equipment Standard-
ization.................
Technical Support.........
Total,
Budget Request
WATER QUALITY
Research and Development
Monitoring and Technical Support
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
$2,141 $2,218
Current
Estimate
1977
(dollars in thousands)
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
1,153
1.418
1,195
1.171
$2,172
1,194
1.283
$1,892
1,194
1.283
-$280
4.712
42
4,584
41
4.649
41
4,369
32
-280
-9
36
24
56
12
36
32
35
28
-1
-4
102
109
109
95
-14
Resources of $4,369,000 and 95 positions are requested in 1978, a decrease of $280,000
'and 14 positions. The positions reduction will be taken at the Environmental Research
Laboratory, Athens, Seorgie, .arid the "Environmental Mori1±oftng-.arid-"Suppof.t'.tabot&tbry,
Cincinnati, Ohio.
Program Descripti on
The monitoring and technical support program relating to water quality supports three
activities: (1) characterization and measurement methods development for measuring pollutants
contained in surface and ground waters, sludges and soils, and the effluents from municipal,
industrial, and nonpoint sources; (2) measurement techniques and equipment standardization
for routine monitoring functions; and (3) the provisions of technical support by which the
results of research and development programs and the expertise of researchers are made
available for Agencywide use in response to specific requests for support. This technical
support activity is planned for and provides resources to respond to both continuing and
emergency requests for laboratory and monitoring services.
WQ-74
-------
CHARACTERIZATION AND MEASUREMENT METHODS DEVELOPMENT
1976 Accomplishments
1976 resources included $309,171 in contracts and $197,672 in grants. The following
efforts were completed during FY 1976:
- An interim reference method for waterborne asbestos. This method will provide
for the consistency of results obtained in different studies;
- A method specifically for methyl mercury. Methyl mercury is the most toxic
form of mercury and previously was not measured separately from other mercury
forms; and
- Characterization of organic constituents In typical municipal watte waters.
1977Program
The FY 1§77 resource level for characterization and measurement methods development is
$2,172,000 and 41 positions. These resources include approximately $110,000 in contracts
and $300,000 in grants. The FY 1977 program continues the development and assessment of
measurement methods and associated instrumentation for waterborne pollutants. Major
emphasis is on trace organic contaminants, toxic trace elements, special toxic species such
as asbestos, and infective agents such as viruses.
In the area of organic contaminants, a considerable effort is placed on analytical
procedures development for identification of volatile organic contaminants, toxic trace
elements, special toxic or infective species such as asbestos, and viruses for the
quantitation of 80 substances which the Agency is under court order to examine for need to
control.
An automatic sampler for these same organics is ready for field evaluation and
improvements are being made in the analytical procedure to lower the cost per analysis.
Preliminary studies are being undertaken on methods for non-volatile organics which
constitute about 80 percent of the total organic content of water. These studies will
identify specific problems to be solved and potentially useful approaches to the solutions,
and will serve as a basis for reevaluating priorities for subsequent research efforts.
Work on other pollutants and on the characterization of waste water continues.
Characterization of waste water from organic phosphate manufacturing plants will be completed.
1977; Explanation of Changes from^Budget Estimate
The $46,000 reduction from the budget estimate was'reassigned to the water quality
public sector activity to support acceleration of'work on disinfection alternatives.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 resource level for characterization and measurement methods development is
$1,892,000 and 32 positions, a decrease of $280,000 and nine positions from FY 1977. 1978
resources include approximately $200,000 in grants.
The program will continue on the improvement of methods for volatile organics leading
to a lowering of the cost per analysis. Specifically, more efficient gas chromatographic
columns and computer assisted interpretation schemes will be developed along with techniques
for confirmation of identification and for accurate quantitation. These developments will
allow regional and other laboratories to increase their activities related to volatile
organics in water.
WQ-75
-------
Special attention will be given to the specific substances identified for Agency action.
In addition, work will continue on trace elements and viruses.
The reduction of $280,000 and nine positions reflects a decision to concentrate efforts
on volatile organics and toxic trace elements. Solutions to the measurement problems
associated with non-volatile organics, asbestos, and toxic species of elements will be
deferred to the future.. The nine position reduction is part of an overall reduction in
research and development manpower in order to release positions for other Agency activities.
The reduction will result in more of the research being implemented on an extramural basis.
This position reduction will be taken at the Environmental Research Laboratory, Athens,
Georgia.
MEASUREMEMT TECHNIQUES AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDIZATION
1976Accomplishments
1976 resources, used intramural!y, supported the development, adaption, and evaluation
of measurement methods for use in Federal and State monitoring and enforcement programs.
Accomplishments resulting from the FY 1976 program include:
- Development of radiochemical methods for drinking water sources;
- Development of a Mo-storet system for "biological data;
- Publication of a manual for microbiological reference methods;
- Development and publication of reference methods for volatile toxic organic
compounds including chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, chlorinated benzenes,
and chlorinated ethanes;
- Development and publication of reference methods for carcinogenic elements
and compounds including benzidene, PCB's, pesticides chlorinated phenols, and
Cadmium Selenium;
- Development of a laboratory automation system for the Region V central laboratory
and initiation of the automation of the Region III laboratory;
- Publication and distribution of an EPA manual on analytical procedures using gas
chromatography/mass spectrometry;
• Evaluation and improvement of candidate and reference methods required for compliance
and other monitoring activities, particularly the NPDES and ocean dumping activities.
The methods include procedures for the biological monitoring of effluents .and ambient
waters, and for the identification of significant microbiological organisms; and
- Update of approved test procedures for the NPDES program, as published in the Federal
Register, October 1973.
WQ-76
-------
1977 Program
The FY 1977 resource level for this subactivity js $1,194,000 and 36 positions. Of these
total resources, approximately $300,000 will be allocated to grants. This program emphasizes
the development of new reference methods and correction of deficiencies in existing reference
methods to support the Agency's NPDES program and monitor pollutants contained in fresh and
marine waters. Specific outputs from the 1977 program will include:
- Publication of a revised methods manual containing analytical procedures for
determining the presence and concentration of organic pesticides, pelychlorobiphenyls,
phenols, acids, and other organic compounds;
- New reference methods for selected hazardous pollutants, such as Kepone, benzidine,
endrin, arsenic and other compounds from a list of 65 compounds and classes of
compounds which the Agency is under court order to review for regulation will be
the candidate for developing reference methods;
- Adaption of a bacterial mutagen screening test for routine monttoring of water
for mutagenic/carcinogenic compounds;
- Publication of an updated biological methods manual for monitoring biological
pollutants;
- Development of a standardized bioa'ssay techniques for evaluation of biological
effects of municipal and industrial effluents, and marine waste disposal sites;
- Investigation of fluorescence methods for characterization of petroleum products
in surface and ground waters; and
.- Evaluation of membrane filter methods for recovery and enumeration of indicator
bacteria from effluents or waters that have been subjected to disinfection techniques.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
There is no change.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 program for this activity includes resources of 35 positions and $1,194,000
of which $300,000 will be devoted to grants. The program will continue to emphasize the
development of monitoring and reference methods and correction of deficiencies in existing
reference methods in support of the Agency's needs in the enforcement and monitoring areas
particularly in the NPDES program and for monitoring pollutants contained in fresh and marine
waters. Specific outputs from the FY 1978 program will include:
- New reference methods for selected hazardous materials. Additional candidates from
the list of 65 compounds and classes of compounds which the Agency is under court
order to review will be selected for investigation;
- Investigation and standardization of methods of measuring halowaxes, terphenyl,
and the application of total organic chlorine method for analysis of industrial
effluents as well as development and standardization of methods for aldehydes and
ketones;
WQ-77
-------
- Preparation of a preliminary report on low-level response in-plant biomonitoring
methods for toxic substances;
- Development of a preliminary method for phytoplankton bioassay for ocean disposed
wastes;
- Development of revised manuals with keys for identification of indicator and
pathogenic organisms such as zooplankton, caddis flies, and penuate diatomes;
- Preparation of updated microbiological methods manuals as appropriate incorporating
the most recent methods developments for use in Federal and State monitoring
programs; and
- Extension of NPDES test procedures to sludge and ocean disposed wastes.
The one position reduction in measurement techniques and equipment standardization is
part of an overall reduction in research and development manpower in order to release
positions for other Agency activities. The reduction will result in more of the research
being implemented on an extramural basis. •
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
1976 Accompl 1 shmen.ts
In 1976, $289,000 was obligated for contracts, $20,000 for interagency agreements, and
$65,000 for grants. In FY 1976, major activities of this program included:
- Aerial sewer surveys to detect industrial and municipal waste outfalls;
- A water quality survey of the Atchafalaya River to evaluate potential
environmental impacts of water course development;
- Identification of organic pollutant levels in ground waters, drinking
waters, and industrial wastes in four regions;
- Chemical analyses of samples for presence of heavy metals and radio-
logical pollutants in support of enforcement actions;
- Chemical analyses of drinking waters to support water supply surveys; and
- Provision of expert testimony documenting viruses content in sludges, and
on the capabilities of analytical methods for measuring pesticides and
herbicides in support of Agency 307(a) standards.
1977 Program
The FY 1977 resource level for technical support is $1,283,000 and 32 positions of which
$188,000 1s planned for contractual support.
Not all the activities of this program can be planned in advance because the nature of
the technical support programs requires rapid response to unanticipated events. However,
some activities have been identified and Include:
- Monitoring for viruses in waste waters, sludge, lake, river, and ocean samples;
- Continuing surveys of the Atchafalaya River basin as part of an interagency study
group examining the Corps of Engineers water control program;
WQ-7S
-------
- A study of Lake Tahoe and its drainage basin to determine nutrient budget and lake •
productivity; '
- A trophic classification of Illinois lakes using satellite data; ' ,
4M
- A water quality study of Lake Powell and the San Juan river to evaluate the impact of " |
energy developments;
- Assessment of agriculture and silviculture practices related to water quality impacts; <" ^
and « ,v,
V
- Determination of the transport and diffusion of effluent plumes from power plants.
1977Explanation of Changes from BudgetEstimate • *
A $112,000 Increase to the budget estimate was made to allow additional technical support
related to the Kepone problem at Hopewell, Virginia.
1978Plan e
The FY 1978 program for this activity includes resources of $1,283,000 and 28 positions;
a decrease of four positions from 1977. Of these resources, approximately $188,000 is planned
for contracts. \
In FY 1978, the program will be restricted as a result of the personnel reductions. The
decrease of four positions will result in a 70 percent reduction in the level of support
provided to Agency program and regional offices for the conduct of specialized laboratory
analyses. In addition, the reduction of 20 positions in the closely related interdisciplinary
technical support program will also have an impact on the capability of providing rapid
responses to requests for expert consultation and other activities requiring in-house personnel
rather than contractual support. A limited response to technical services request will be y
provided using extramural support contractors. Actual FY 1978 program requirements can not be
planned in detail because of the quick response nature of the technical support program.
However, based on the experience gained in fiscal years 1976 and 1977, various types of service
requests can be anticipated from the Agency program and regional offices. Examples of probable
support requests include: . '
- Determination of the location and dispersion of thermal plumes from power plants; *
- Development of inventories of water outfalls in given river basins; •.
i
- Location and identification of nonpoint sources of water pollution from agriculture, I
silviculture, and mining activities;
- Determination of sources of pollution affecting water quality in watersheds, bays, J
and estuaries; and ,4
- A limited number of laboratory analyses for program and regional offices on special
samples containing difficult interference problems or requiring difficult biological j
identifications. , . \
I
In-house resources will be used to conduct a limited number of special emergency
missions in such areas as contact monitoring using amphibious aircraft, remote sensing from
fixed-wing aircraft, and interpretation of existing photographic Imagery. • ' ;
3
The four position reduction in technical support is part of an overall reduction in
research and development manpower in order to release positions for other Agency activities.
The position reduction will be taken at the Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, o
Cincinnati, Ohio. «
WQ-79
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
SOLID WASTE
Abatement and Control
Actual
1976
Appropriation
Waste Management Practices,
Procedures, GUIdel 1nes
and Regulations $8,058
Financial Assistance 1.799
Waste Management Strategies
Implementation .». 1,111
Resource Conservation 1,626
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
(dellars in •thousands/
Increase +
Estimate Decrease -
..._1978_._ 1978 vs. 1977
$6,812
2.925
1,112
821
$6,492
2.925
1,238-
1.0Q9
$12.145 +$5,553
1,480
2,190
+242
+1.181
Page
SW-9
SW-18
Total 12,594
11,670. 11,664
Permanent Positions
Waste Management Practices,
Procedures, Guide-lines
and Regulations
Financiaf Assistance
Waste Management strategies
Implementation.... —...
Resource Conservation.......
80
93
"09
109
45
19
46
22
56
23
56
23
V » •
Total,
144
161
188
188
Purpose
The Abatement and Control appropriation encompasses the activities of the solid waste manage-
ment program devoted to the development and implementation of waste management strategies; the
translation of these strategies into guidelines, regulations, and management tools; Interaction
with Federal and State agencies, local government, industry, organizations, and individuals to
gain implementation of the strategies; and the demonstration of resource recovery, resource con-
servation, hazardous waste management, and solid waste management systems and technologies. The
activities reflect the increased emphasis in land disposal, hazardous waste management, and State
program development, which is implicit in the amendments to the Solid Waste Disposal Act passed by
the 94th Congress. These activities differ from those covered under the Research and Development
appropriation in that they are related to the Implementation of solid waste management practices
(herein defined to include solid waste, hazardous waste, resource recovery, and resource conserva-
tion as defined by the newly amended Act) for specific problems at the 1n-place operating level
rather than the development of knowledge on the effects of solid waste management practices on the
environment and human health, or on the development of control technologies to resolve these effects.
The current EPA solid waste management strategy conceives the States as being the prime force
in the correction of health and environmental threats resulting from improper solid waste management
practices and the Institutional catalyst for Increasing resource recovery and resource conservation.
The strategy perceives that the States must gain control over all land disposal of wastes and more
comprehensive control over those wastes which are deemed to be hazardous, and create the institu-
tional opportunities for resource recovery and resource conservation. The program efforts in this
budget over the past several fiscal years have been directed toward accomplishment of the objectives
of that strategy. The amendments to the Solid Waste Disposal Act continue with the logic of that
strategy and its objectives and provide new tools at the Federal, State, and local levels to aid
in achieving those objectives. Specifically, the amendments include the mandate for regulation
and control of hazardous waste from generation to disposal, with supportive provisions to assist
the States to assume this responsibility. The EPA strategy for implementing the Act is designed to
maximize the opportunity for the States to manage their own hazardous waste management problems.
The amendments further include a mandate to assist and guide States in the implementation of
strategies and plans to assure that the disposal of wastes on the land are done in a manner to
•safeguard human health and environmental quality. Again, it is the Agency's intention to maximize
;he opportunities for the States to manage their own land disposal problems.
SW-7
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
SOLID WASTE
Abatement and Control
Waste Management Practices
Procedures, GuHdelines
and Regulations:
Financial Assistant
Waste Management Strategies
Implementation
Resource Conservation
Total...
Actual
1976
8,050
1,799
1,111
Permanent Positions
Waste Management Practices,
Procedures, Guidelines
and Regulations
Financial Assistance.
Waste Management Strategies
Implementation
Resource.Conservation
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Idollars in thousands)
Increase +
Estimate Decj?ease -
1978 1978/vs. 1977
$6,812
2,925
1,112
821
11,670 .
46
2
Total , 144
* Budgeted under Consolidated Grant program./
$6,492
2,925
1,238
1.009
11,664
188
$12,1
15,815.
109
56
23
188
SW-9
SW-16
SW-18
SW-22
+4,151
The Abatement and Control appropriation encompasses^he activities of the solid waste manage-
ment program devoted to the development «md implementationNpf waste management strategies; the
translation of these strategies into guidelines, regulations^ and management tools; interaction
with Federal and State agencies, local/government, industry, organizations, and individuals to
gain implementation of the strategies^ and the demonstration ofSresource recovery, resource con*
servation, hazardous waste management, and solid waste managementSsystems and technologies. The
activities reflect the increased ei/phasis in land disposal, hazardous waste management, and State
program development, which is implicit in the amendments to the SolickWaste Disposal Act passed by
the 94th Congress. These activities differ from those covered under the Research and Development
appropriation in that they are/elated to the implementation of solid waste management practices
(herein defined to include solnd waste, hazardous waste, resource recover^, and resource conserva-
tion as defined by the newly/amended Act) for specific problems at the in-p\ace operating level
rather than the develbpmentfof knowledge on the effects of solid waste management practices on the
environment and human health, or on the development of control technologies to\resolve these effects.
The current EPA sojfld waste management strategy conceives the States as being the prime force
in the correction of hsralth and environmental th'reats resulting from improper solr« waste management
practices and the institutional catalyst for increasing resource recovery and resource conservation.
The strategy perceives that the States must gain control over all land disposal of wastes and more
comprehensive control over those wastes which are deemed to be hazardous, and create she institu-
tional Opportunities for resource recovery and resource conservation. The program efforts in this
budget over the n^st several fiscal years have been directed toward accomplishment of tfte objectives
of that strategy The amendments to the Solid Waste Disposal Act continue with the logio^of that
strategy and iw objectives and provide new tools at the Federal, State, and local levels to aid
in achieving tyffose objectives. Specifically, the amendments include the mandate for regulation
and control o/ hazardous waste from generation to disposal, with supportive provisions to assist
the States tf assume this responsibility. The EPA strategy for implementing the Act is designed to
maximize tm opportunity for the States to manage their own hazardous waste management problems.
The amendments further include a mandate to assist and guide States in the implementation of
strategies and plans to assure that the disposal of wastes on the land are done in a manner to
safeguard human health and environmental quality. Again, it is the Agency's intention to maximize
: the opportunities for the States to manage their own land disposal problems.
SW-7
-------
The amendments also provide for measures to create the necessary information and technologies
for communities, with State and Federal support, to improve their solid waste management practices
and to optimize the opportunities for resource recovery and resource conservation. They provide
the EPA and the Department of Commerce with authorities to overcome the technological, economic,
and institutional barriers preventing increased successes in these two areas, and the plan in this
area is designed to develop the information, tools, and knowledge to achieve these purposes,
The original budget estimate for FY 1977 did not reflect the new emphasis reflected in the
recently passed amendments. Planned efforts are supportive of the new mandates, but do not within
themselves respond to the specifics in hazardous waste management regulation, land disposal, State
program development, guidelines development, or systems implementation.
Hazardous waste management program activities will increase materially as a result of the
amended Act. Regulations, standards, and guidelines will be developed in order to provide leader-
ship for States' hazardous waste management regulatory programs. The technology evaluation programs
for land disposal and incineration will continue. Increased technical assistance to States will be
initiated to build up the necessary competency to assure compliance with the amendments.
The program activities associated with land disposal of "nonhazardous" wastes, sludges, and
special wastes will continue with some acceleration. The land disposal and State program develop-
ment efforts will be accelerated to provide the necessary guidances and guidelines so that State
governments can assume a more aggressive role in land disposal. Because of the mandates of the
amendments, state-of-the-art work in land disposal and sludge management will be accelerated to
provide needed information for local and regional implementation of solid waste management programs,
which will comply with required solid waste management guidelines, and the inventory of open dumps
will be initiated.
The resource recovery and resource conservation efforts will continue in the same direction as
proposed in the original FY 1977 request except for the mandated studies which are required by the
amendments.
SW-8
-------
SOLID WASTE
Abatement and Control
Waste Management Practices, Procedures, Guidelines and Regulations
Actual
Appropriation
Hazardous Waste Management
Guidelines & Regulations. $3,329
Solid Waste Management ,-——-
Guidelines £.252
State & Local Programs ^—"""'
•Guidelines & Regulations
Devel opment ,. 2.477
Total 8,058
Permanent Positions
Hazardous Waste Management
Guidelines & Regulations.
Solid Waste Management
Guidelines.....
State & Local Program
Guidelines & Regulations
Development
21
Budget
Estimate'
1977
/40
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thousands)
$2,990
1,082
2,740
6,812
23
29
41
$3,024
1,508
1.960
6,492
33
31
45
$3,490
4,305
_.A,35Q_
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977 Page
+$466
+2,797
+2.390
12,145
33
31
45
+5,653
Total.
80
93
109
109
Budget Request
The budget request for this subactivity is $12,145,000 and 109 positions. This reflects
an increase of $5,653,000. Increases over the FY 19/7 estimate are necessary for developing
guidelines and regulations for planning and implementing hazardous waste management and
solid waste management programs.
Program Des cr iption
This subactivity includes activities related to the development of standards and
guidelines for the proper control and disposal of hazardous and solid wastes, and the
development of guidelines and regulations for State and community programs.
Activities include investigating and analyzing state-of-the-art methods, practices, and
technologies for solid waste management (including hazardous wastes), documenting the
background and constraining parameters for these techniques, developing and publishing specific
guidance materials, guidelines, and regulations, and designing and disseminating model
implementation strategies for use by State and local.governments. Essential to the
development of these documents is the demonstration of new technologies. These
investigations provide the variety of case studies and information froth which tools and guides
(both technical publications and Federal Register issuances) as well as broader strategy
documents are developed.
SW-9
-------
Under previous legislation, most of the specific work activities were directed toward
-the development (or modification) of strategies for dealing with hazardous and solid waste
management problems and the translation of strategies into appropriate guidance documents tj^'l
(non-regulatory publications) or guidelines (regulatory publications) binding on Federal ^ f
agencies. These efforts are being incorporated into the regulatory actions required by Uu'-}
the new Act.
rww
Hazardous Waste — In the context of the new Act, there is an immediate shift in effort, K";j
primarily in the hazardous waste management program. Approximately 10 hazardous waste ? \>;
standards, regulations, and guidelines must be developed and proposed from ongoing work,
plus additional extramural efforts by early FY 1978. Virtually all of the studies that had
been previously directed toward guidance documents will provide some of the data and s <
information needed for standards for hazardous waste generators, transporters, and operators ^
of treatment, .storage, and disposal facilities.
The identification .of hazardous waste characteristics, by April 1978, will involve the > <.
development of criteria which take into account toxicity, persistence and degradability in I
nature, flammability, corrosiveness, and other hazardous characteristics for identifying /
hazardous wastes. Identification is to be followed by the listing of selected wastes. These
regulations will require the development of standard sampling measurement and analysis
techniques where they do not already exist or are inadequate for regulatory purposes. )
(The measurement analyses and techniques are being developed with resources included in I
the Research and Development appropriation).
The standards that will be developed for generators of hazardous wastes will include
requirements for recordkeeping, labeling, and appropriate containers. A major aspect of
the generator standards will be required use of manifests to assure that all hazardous
wastes generated are properly transproted and stored, and disposed or treated only by
facilities which have a valid permit. A data management system will be developed to record
manifest data and allow for subsequent monitoring for compliance with hazardous waste )
transport, treatment, storage, and disposal regulations. Hazardous waste transport i
standards will include requirements for recordkeeping, labeling, and compliance with the
manifest system.
The development of standards applicable to the owners and operators of hazardous waste \
storage, treatment, or disposal facilities will include requirements for recordkeeping, , ?
reporting, monitoring, and location, design, and construction criteria. The standards will
also require contingency plans to minimize damage from accidental release of hazardous wastes.
This development effort will require analysis of the economic impact of the standards as |
well as extensive study of alternative treatment and land disposal techniques. i
After October 1978, all treatment,storage, or disposal facilities will require a permit
issued by EPA of States with approved hazardous waste programs. The promulgation of permit /,
regulations and their implementation will require a permit review manual of administrative >
tools including standard forms, a permit review manual, and a management information /
system. Subtitle C of the Act requires that all treaters, disposers, or storers of
hazardous wastes notify EPA, or States with approved programs, of the location and general
description of such wastes once the standards for these areas are in effect. Procedures and ^
a data management system must also be developed to implement this system by July 1978, *|
Essential to the development of hazardous waste standards required by the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 will be the continuation of studies and evaluations of $
.hazardous waste systems currently under way. These include a chemical waste land disposal Js
project, assessment of various hazardous waste control technologies, and evaluation of Jv
incineration techniques. Other efforts that continue will be the demonstration of a waste
exchange system as a hazardous waste reduction option, the evaluation of strategies to utilize
energy and heat recovery as a means of reducing hazardous waste disposal problems, and the $
development of standard leaching tests for hazardous wastes. %!
SW-10
-------
Solid Waste Guldeljjies — A second principal program thrust under the previous
law focused on developing information for guidance and guideline documents to assist States
and communities with problems primarily related to the solid waste disposal practices of
municipalities. Emphasis was placed on problem definition, finding solutions to problems
associated with improper land disposal practices (leachate and gas), and with the disposal
problems associated with landfilling of sewage treatment sludges.
Under the new law, these efforts will be directed toward the development of
revised solid waste disposal guidelines and the initiation of a program to develop
and promulgate municipal sludge utilization and disposal guidelines. Specifically, the
municipal sludge guidelines will address the problems of heavy metal contamination of
ground water from the landfilling of municipal sludge both with and without solid waste,
and food chain contamination from the spreading of municipal sludge on agricultural land.
The revised land disposal guidelines will address current practices as well as specifying
acceptable practices. The development of land disposal guidelines will require
considerable effort, especially regarding public participation, since the issue of ground
water policy must be addressed.
Efforts under this section also include technical evaluations of environmentally and
economically acceptable options as well as guidelines development. Therefore, existing
work, such as identification of the impact on ground water of leachate at municipal
waste disposal sites, evaluation of the use of remote sensing for disposal site monitoring,
evaluation of the adequacies of reworked clay liners in preventing leachate contamination,
and compiling information on leachate migration and soil attenuation will continue. Other
work, which will be continued and expanded in order to provide information for the
development of future guidelines, Include evaluating the impact of crop uptake from the
land disposal of municipal sludge and assessing the concept of tilling municipal solid
waste and sewage sludge Into the land. While the problems associated with municipal
sludge management will be the first priority, additional guidelines covering other waste
streams such as water treatment sludge, mining waste, agricultural waste, and the large
volumes of nonhazardous industrial waste will be addressed in subsequent years.
In addition, guidelines which affect the Federal purchase and procurement of
products containing recycled materials, including fuels derived from solid waste,
will be developed. The intent of these guidelines will be to stimulate procuring agencies
to purchase items composed of the highest percentage of recovered materials, consistent
with maintaining a satisfactory level of competition. The guidelines will set forth
recommended practices with respect to procurement of recovered materials and will
provide information on the availability, sources of supply, and potential uses of such
materials.
State and Local Programs — These activities include developing regulations, guidelines,
guidance and tools which are utilized by the regional offices and States in the delivery
of technical assistance, the development of solid waste management plans, and implementation
of solid and hazardous waste management programs.
Other efforts include the development of guidelines to assist States and local
governments in identifying planning areas with common solid waste problems. Additionally,
guidelines for developing State plans will be developed which will include at a minimum
procedures for the designation of responsible State and community agencies, methodology for
upgrading or closing dumps, the regulatory program to do so, and implementation schemes
for achieving acceptable waste recovery, resource conservation, and waste disposal. Such
compliance schedules and plans will involve a transition to Improved land disposal alternatives
and involve resource recovery or conservation systems. It is important to note that
unless there is an approved State plan with a compliance schedule for closing open dumps,
site operators will be subject to citizen suits.
SW-11
-------
A major aspect of the hazardous waste program is the option for States to develop their
own program including the issuance of permits. The assumption of hazardous waste
responsibilities by the States is a major priority of EPA. To assist States in the
development of hazardous waste programs, EPA will publish guidelines (by April 1978) and
criteria for the authorization of State programs, including interim authorization. State
grant rules and regulations will also be developed.
A second major focus will be the development of criteria for classifying sanitary
landfills and open dumps. This is extremely complex and includes the necessity of addressing
the relationship between land disposal and ground water policies. Efforts will address the
development of guidelines for State plans that will providefor acceptable land disposal
practices, as opposed to open dumping. The inventory of open dumps, which are to be closed
or updated by October 1983, is to be published by October 1978. It should be noted that the
new definition of disposal broadens the inventory beyond the 20,000 solid waste disposal sites
to include land disposal at 23,000 waste treatment facilities and over 100,000 industrial
sites... '
Guidance and Tools; Development -- Guidance and tools development efforts in municipal
solid waste management include the completion of the Cost Estimators Handbook for assisting
cities in assessing the costs of land disposal of sludge, and revision of the S.an'1tary Landfi 11
Design and Operations^Manual. Efforts also include the development and modification of
col 1 ection techniqueTsucfTas updating the Collection Management Information System (COLMIS).
adapting heuristic routing to more complex collection systems, analysis of collection safety
problems, and the development of management tools for regional planning and management
such as the Waste Resource Allocation Program (WRAP).
The efforts in resource recovery and conservation at the State and municipal levels
include development of information on the technical and institutional factors to be considered
in implementing such programs. Implementation guides including analysis of methods of
procuring, financing, and contracting for resource recovery systems will be updated and expanded.
In the area of hazardous waste support, a State Decislops Makers Guide wi11 be published which
discusses the essential issues and implementation concepts for State hazardous waste programs.
In addition, a waste management capacity study will be completed and a State program evaluation
guide developed.
HAZA1DQU1 WASTE MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES AND REGULATIONS
1976 Accomplishments
1976 resources included approximately $1.9 million of grant and contract support
for the demonstration of treatment and disposal alternatives, and the development of standard
analytical methods for determining attenuation rates and leaching potential of chemical wastes
in landfills. Data from these projects is expected to be available in late FY 1978. These
data will be incorporated into guidance, guidelines, and regulations documents or hazardous
waste management. In addition to the new efforts initiated in FY 1976, the industry study
contracts (initiated in 1974 and 1975) were completed. Data defining potentially hazardous wastes
in 15 industries is now available, evaluations and assessments of 15 existing hazardous waste
facilities were issued, and damage incidents and detailed damage reports from improper waste
management were published. Specific guidance on the disposal of wastes containing PCB's and
aerosol cans containing vinyl chloride was issued.
SW-12
-------
1977 Program
The resources in this area are $3,024,000 and 33 positions. These resources will be
used to develop (through contract studies and in-house analyses) over 10 hazardous waste
standards, regulations, and guidelines by early FY 1978. Included are criteria for
the identification and listing of hazardous wastes; standards for solid waste generators
(including labeling, packaging, notification, and reporting), transporters (including
placarding, identification, and use of a manifest); and treatment, storage, and disposal
facilities (including design and performance standards monitoring, reporting, training,
fiscal responsibility, and other operational requirements). In addition, work will begin
on regulations for a permit program for such facilities, State program authorization,
and grants regulations. Limited resources will continue to be assigned to complete
ongoing contract studies and surveys devoted to the development of these standards and
regulations. Economic impact and environmental assessments studies will be initiated to
develop the data supportive of mandated regulations, standards and guidelines.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The increase of $34,000 over the budget estimate results from the application of the
budget estimate to actual operating conditions.
1978 Plan
The resources in this program are $3,490,000 and 33 positions, an increase of $466,000.
These resources will be utilized to complete efforts, initiated in FY 1977, leading to
the promulgation of identification, generation, transport, disposal, storage, and
treatment standards by April 1978. Subsequent to the promulgation of initial standards,
work will continue to refine the criteria, identify "new" hazardous wastes and update
generation, transport, disposal, treatment, and storage standards as new technologies
and problems evolve. Standards and regulations will be completed in FY 1978 with comments
received through public participation. Inflationary impact and environmental assessments
for the required standards and regulations will be completed as part of the final rule-making
effort. In addition to completion of rule making, resources will be used for the chemical
waste landfill demonstration.
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES
197£ Accomplishments
1976 resources, including $1,498,000 of extramural funds, were allocated to the
•development of data to provide information for guidance documents and guidelines to
Federal agencies and State and local governments on the management of municipal solid
wastes and residual sludges on land. Included were contracts for determining the nature-
and extent of the leachate problem, evaluation of treatment alternatives for controlling
leachate from landfills, and development of analytical and regulatory procedures for States
and municipalities to utilize in managing land disposal of solid waste. In residuals sludge
management, extramural resources were directed primarily at evaluating disposal alternatives,
surveying current sludge disposal and utilization practices, and analyzing the economics
associated with various utilization and disposal alternatives. These studies are expected to
culminate in guidelines in FY 1978. In addition to the developmental activities,
guidelines on solid waste management were issued (Collection, Federal Procurement, Source
Separation, Beverage Containers, and Resource Recovery Facilities).
SW-13
-------
1977 Program
The resources allocated to this program are $1,508,000 and 31 positions. These resources,
including $640,000 of extramural funds, are being used to develop guidelines for land
disposal, sludge disposal, and state-of-the-art guidance documents for municipal and special
wastes, to be promulgated in FY 1978.
Work has been initiated on the most pervasive municipal waste disposal problems such
as municipal sludge disposal and the control of leachate. (It should be noted that EPA
is now required under Section 1008 of the Act to publish two different types of
guidelines: (1) a technical and economic description of the level of performance attainable
by various available solid waste management practices, by October 1977, and (2) levels of
performance, including appropriate control technology, by October 1978).
Also, as a part pf (and in support of) guidelines development, state-of-the-art studies in
mining wastes, agricultural wastes, and water treatment plant sludges will be initiated. A
revised edition of the Sanitary Landfill Design and Operation document will be published, as
well as a Cost Estimator's Handbook, a Decision Gujde for sludge management, and two public
information brochures.
1977 .Expl anation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The increase of $426,000 over the budget estimate reflects a redirection of resources to
implement the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA).
1978 Plan
The resources requested for this program element are $4,305,000 and 31 positions, an increase of
$2,797,000. In the municipal sludge area, further studies of land disposal are planned. These
will include an analysis of liquid disposal techniques in landfills and an analysis of leachate
collection from sludge landfills. State-of-the-art efforts will continue in order to provide
the basis for guideline promulgation on municipal and special waste management practices
and procedures. Land disposal guidelines and criteria will be promulgated. Other special
wastes, such as mining and agricultural wastes, will be addressed during FY 1978 and will
be promulgated as guidelines in future years.
STATE AND LOCAL,PROGRAMS, GUIDELINES,.JUIJ3ANCE AND REGULATIONS DEVELOPMENT
1976 Accpmp1ishrnents
1976 resources were allocated primarily for development of State programs through provision
of special technical, scientific, or economic tools in the form of information and direct
assistance. The objective of these efforts is to develop State programs capable of exercising
control over all land disposal sites, initiating hazardous waste control programs, stimulating
the recovery of energy and materials from solid waste, reducing solid waste generation, and
utilizing land use planning procedures to aid in the acquisition and siting of solid waste
management facilities.
A revised Pen's ion Makers Guide incorporating new chapters on balefills, landfill
liners, and other subjects was issued. A model State hazardous waste law was completed.
An Injury Reporting Information System (IRIS) was implemented in 100 cities (this system allows
managers to determine the underlying causes of injuries so that they can take remedial action);
and the Solid Waste Information Retrieval System (SWIRS) continued to provide assistance
to various receptor groups.
SU-14
-------
In 1976, the Agency also expanded Its efforts to provide technical assistance in
resource recovery to communities. These efforts included working with communities on a
one-to-one basis, the provision of grant funds to 10 communities and development of a series
of guides which provide information on the marketing, technology, and implementation
aspects of resource recovery. Resources allocated to technical assistance included
$1.1 million and 13 positions, of which $700 thousand was allocated for extramural support.
EPA provided technical consultation to communities desiring to implement a resource
recovery system: Dade County, Florida; Detroit, Michigan; Lane County, Oregon;
Lexington, Kentucky; Memphis, Tennessee; Montgomery County, Ohio; and Washington, D.C.
Eight resource recovery implementation guides were completed to assist communities in
planning and implementing systems to recover materials and energy from solid waste.
1977 Program
The resources allocated this program element are $1,960,000 and 45 positions. Efforts
will include the development of criteria defining sanitary landfills and open dumps,
coordination of the open-dump inventory, and initiation of guidance for State solid waste
programs, solid waste plans, and hazardous waste programs.
In addition, tools and guides to evaluate State programs and assist State programs
in drafting State statutes will be developed and hazardous waste concepts will be
integrated into planning grant guidelines. The StateDecisionMakers Guide for hazardous
wastes will be completed as planned. The program willalso address further guidance on sludge
management and disposition, rural systems design, land protection technologies, safety, and
collection concepts. Resource recovery, source separation, and waste reduction expertise will
continue to be utilized to develop policy and procedures for regional office use, and
for development of implementation guides and case studies.
1977 Explanation of Changes from the Budget Estimate
The decrease of $780,000 from the" budget estimate reflects a reduction of ongoing
activities to provide resources for the development of regulations and guidelines relating
to State and local programs. During FY 1977, the direct technical assistance activities
will be limited with the responsibility for providing these services shifted to the
regional offices.
1978 Plan
The resources requested for this program are $4,350,000 and 45 positions, an increase of
$2,390,000 -over the FY 1977 level. Extramural resources of $3,000,000 will be utilized
for development of new data on various solid waste management methods, model accounting
systems, .and codes, as well as on methods of managing and financing hazardous waste
systems. An annual report describing all activities undertaken to implement the Act will be
prepared; in addition, a manpower and training needs study to determine future manpower
needs as a result of the mandates of the amendments will be initiated. As part of the base
program, in parallel with the development of the hazardous waste program, the municipal
waste regulatory controls for the prohibition of open dumps and for State plan development
and implementation will be completed. A mandated regulation, containing guidelines on the
development and implementation of State solid waste management plans, will be produced.
SW-15
-------
SOLID WASTE
Abatement and Control
Financial Assistance
Budget Current / Increase +•
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
J976 ,1977.. 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
State Program
Assistance..
Local Program Resourte
Assistance.
State/Local Training
Assistance
$1,799 $2,925 $2,
-$2,925
Total
Permanent Positions..
1,799 2,925/ 2,925
-2,925
Budget Request
Funds for this activity are beir^ requested under the consolidated grant program.
Program Description
This subactivity includes only financ\al resources to support State and local
government activities in implementing hazardous and solid waste programs.
State Program^ Resource A/sistance—The EP\ maintained a small State solid waste
management plannrng program binder the authorities of the old Act. During FY 1977,
efforts will be redirectedyto enable the States ramove toward meeting the requirements
of the amended Act. During fiscal years 1974, 1979v and 1976, financial support to the
States was directed at developing plans and, in many\instances, strategies to implement
those plans. New requirements relative to the designation of local/regional areas, the
land disposal provisions, and the hazardous waste management regulatory aspects will be
factored into the cur/ent efforts in order to provide a means for the States to move into
an increasingly actis/e role in FY 1978.
From a legisl/tive and strategy development standpoint,\States are estimated to be
only 50 percent effective in their land disposal programs. Further, the current level of
effectiveness in/the area of resource conservation is estimateo^to be only 36 percent.
Local Proflrarn ResourceAssistance—The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
authorizes ffjfahclaT assistance to be provided to local governments for the
implementation of local/regional plans. These1 plans are to provide for solid
waste management, resource recovery, and resource conservation services and
hazardous waste management. This assistance is for facility planning, surveys
and analyses, technology assessments, economic studies, and engineering
feasibility studies. Assistance under this program is contingent upon the
local government meeting the requirements of the land disposal and hazardous
waste management portions of the Act.
SW-16
-------
SOLID WASTE
Abatement and Control
Financial Assistance
Budget Current A-^WA*"' Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1973 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Agprpgrl^tlqn
StMePrograS Resource
Assistance...... $1,799 $2.925 $2,925
Local Program Resource
Assi stance. ... ... ....
State/Local Training
Assistance ,.>., •..,
Total.. 1.799 2.925 2.925
Permanent Pos1tions....
t » JP ft*** >HMM*9
Budget Request ^^7 'xim'igdfc frm_J_ t'qj/k(v4>M?*^sk~* " -*"** f'«f\
rnnillif fPT tlrf.1T.ir*4"**y-/^''i k^TJn7'"'t^-Jidr'>g**T rnngnl-jda-HaA y.Mt*.
ProgramDescription
This subactlvity Includes only financial resources to support State and local
government activities in Implementing hazardous and solid waste programs.
State Program Resource Assistance-*>The EPA maintained-a small State solid waste
management pTannirig program under the authorities of the old Act. During FY 1977,
efforts will be redirected to enable the States to move toward meeting the requirements
of the amended Act. During fiscal years 1974, 1975, and T976, financial support to the
States was directed at developing plans and, in many instances, strategies to implement
those plans. New requirements relative*to the designation of local/regional areas, the .
land disposal provisions, and the hazardous waste management regulatory aspects will be
factored into the current efforts in order to provide a means for the States to move Into
an Increasingly active role in FY 1978,
From a legislative and strategy development standpoint. States are estimated to be
only 50 percent effective in their land disposal programs. Further, the current level of
effectiveness in the area of resource conservation is estimated to be only 36 percent.
Loca 1 Program^.jJM9.^iTAV,^rjli^l?^B!eJ<~'^ne Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
authorizes ffnanciaV assistanceTto"£eTprovided=;to local governments for the
implementation of local/regional plans. These plans are to provide for solid
waste management, resource recovery, and resource conservation services and
hazardous waste management. This assistance is for facility planning, surveys
and analyses, technology assessments, economic studies, and engineering
feasibility studies. Assistance under this program 1s contingent upon the
local government meeting the requirements of the land disposal and hazardous
waste management portions of the Act.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
>\ Rural communities are frequently the least able financially to improve their solid
,- Mte management practices. Because of their limited financial capability, most of
s
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
communities are frequently the least able financially to improve thjj'fr solid
waste management practices. Because of their limited financial capability^rrost of
these communities will not be able to afford to meet the land disposal rpifuirements of
the amended Acfcv The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) au«norizes assistance
to be provided fo\those communities which have no other alternatiye(i.e., regionalization,
resource conservation* etc.) to plan and develop a solid waste management system for their
conmunities which wilTNjieet the requirements of the Act, to j^n land disposal sites,
construct facilities, ancKJo acquire equipment for these
The Act also recognizes^ttje unique problems of cpnimunities and regional areas that
serve as the "dumping ground" foXwastes generated odtside their jurisdiction. Special
assistance is authorized for commuh
-------
SOLID WASTE
Abatement and Control
Waste Management Strategies Implementation
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 ^jg??,. ,1977 n 19-78 r 1978 ys1977
'' (dollars in thousands!
Appropriation
Federal Guldel ines
Implementation $250 $226 $252 $270 +$18
Solid Waste Management
Program Implementation 861 B86 986 910 -76
Hazardous Waste Management
Regulatory Strategy
Impl ementation ... ._._., 300 +300
Total 1,111 1,112 1,238 1,480 +242
PeriTianeritpositions
FederalGuidelines
Implementation. 6 9 9 9
Solid Waste Management
Program Impl ementation. 39 37 47 37 -10
Hazardous Waste Management
Regulatory Strategy
Implementation..,...., ... v-^.^^..,.l.Ji::n>.-.--^^1 12 +10
Total 45 46 56 56
Budget Request
The budget request for this subactivity is $1,480,000 and 56 positions, an increase
of $242,000 over the 1977 level.
Program Description
The effort budgeted in this subactivity is conducted almost entirely in the regional
offices and is related to the implementation of regulatory requirements for which the
Federal Government has primary responsibility. These include development of State program
capability to implement hazardous and solid waste management activities, implementation
of the Federal hazardous waste regulatory program, the review of Environmental Impact
Statements (EIS) for their solid waste impact, and assisting Federal agencies in complying
with solid waste management guidelines and regulations.
Federal guidelin.es Implementation — The pVimary thrusts in this area are aimed at
assisting Federal agencies to implement the promulgated guidelines and meet State require-
ments. Continuing activities will focus on such activities as surveying Federal agencies
to check on their compliance with published land disposal guidelines, implementation of
a prototype source separation program in regional offices, development and evaluation of
pilot tests of the returnable beverage container guidelines on military establishments,
and various reports and evaluations on the implementation and compliance with beverage
container source separation and resource recovery guidelines. The majority of resources
in this area are involved with assisting Federal agencies in implementing guidelines
promulgated in FY 1977, as well as those to be developed.under this Act which are applicable
SW-18
-------
to them as operators or administrators of facilities having solid waste disposal
activities,
Solid Waste Management Prpgj-ami Ir^lejentation — Historically, it has been the
Agency's goal to develop iffectiveEstate solid "waste management programs. The new
legislation serves to accelerate that process. A major goal of the regional offices
during 1977 and 1978 is to sharpen the focus of ongoing State programs in order to prepare
them for assuming the land disposal control, hazardous waste regulation, and resource
conservation program activities.
It is the Agency's intent that the hazardous waste regulatory program be assumed
by as many States as possible and that the capability of States and communities to
implement environmentally sound solid waste management programs be increased. EPA will
provide technical and financial assistance (largely under Section 2003 of the Act) to
States in the development of hazardous and solid waste planning efforts.
Specifically in hazardous waste, there are currently about five to ten States with
legislation and programs that would permit them to apply for interim approval to issue
hazardous waste permits. In addition to these States, it is estimated that 10 to 15
more States may, by the end of FY 197S, enact legislation and establish programs to
assume Federal program responsibilities. Consequently, the level of technical and financial
assistance must be raised to assure that appropriate laws are enacted, and that programs
capable of implementing the legislation are established so that approvable plans are
submitted,
In addition to the hazardous waste requirements, the amended Solid Waste Disposal
Act establishes requirements for State and local solid waste management agencies to
develop and execute plans and programs that will ensure coordinated and comprehensive
solid waste management planning and implementation within a State. Federal guidance
for designating State solid waste management regions will be published in mid-1977, and
criteria for sanitary landfills by the end of FY 1977. As a result of Federal actions.
States will have to designate solid waste regions within six months of the Federal guidance
and will also be participating in the inventory of open dumps to be completed by the end
of FY 1978. States must also begin the planning process in accordance with Federal
criteria to be issued in mid-1978. All 56 States and territories are expected to participate
in this aspect of the program as future Federal funds to State and local governments depend
upon approvable State plans.
The regional offices will provide guidance to the States in developing their solid
waste management plans, which will include assistance such as identifying areas with common
solid waste problems, identifying responsible State and community agencies (utilizing Federal
Water Pollution Control Act, Section 208 agencies wherever possible), and developing State
plans. A final, but very important aspect of this activity, is the review of State plans to
determine compliance with EPA guidelines.
The Act also requires that technical assistance be provided to State and local
governments upon request and without charge (20 percent of the funds appropriated under
the general authorization are to be used for this purpose). This assistance will serve to
facilitate the adoption of regulations and State plans in the area of hazardous waste
management, improved land disposal, resource recovery, and resource conservation.
This assistance will be provided through several mechanisms: EPA personnel, consultants,
representatives from the solid waste and resource conservation industries, and experts from
State and local governments and universities or available through contract or grants funds
provided to the State and local governments.
SW-19
-------
Hazardous Haste Mandgement RegiJlatpry Strategy Imp1ementa_tlQn. — Efforts in this - --i
area are directed toward implementing1 hazardous waste programs' in States that do not , !
assume such programs. The largest effort in this area is related toissuing permits for all ,-J
hazardous waste management activities. Beginning in October 1978 (FY 1979) it is
expected that EPA will have to issue permits for about 1,000 offsite facilities and
about 10,000 onsite facilities for residual storage, treatment, or disposal. sTt
This estimate is based on the assumption that approximately 25 State programs will ' M
initially request interim authorization to operate the hazardous waste permit based ' "'
regulatory program with the remainder .to be issued by EPA. Other State legislatures
are expected to adopt legislation to implement hazardous waste programs during >
subsequent years and EPA would expect an additional five to ten States to take on the |
hazardous waste permit program. For resource reasons, and due to the minimal nature )
of this problem in rural States, the remaining States will probably opt to let EPA
continue to operate the permit program for hazardous waste storage, treat
disposal sites—both offsite and on the property of industrial concerns. The activities |
in this area would also include the operation of the notification system and the 1
transport manifest system required under Sections3002 and 3010, repectively, of the Act, '
and the establishment of a small Federal enforcement capability to handle inspections
and compliance determinations. •»
FEDERAL GUIDELINES IMPLEMENTATION . I
1976 Accgmpl ishments
1976 resources were utilized to initiate activities related to implementation, by I
Federal agencies, of the Land Disposal Guideline and _the Source Separation Guideline.
No extramural funds were allocated for these activities.
>i
1977 Program -'
The resources allocated to this program are $252,000 and nine positions.
This reflects essentially a continuation of the FY 1976 level, There are no extramural
funds associate with activites carried out in this program. These resources will be . !
used to assure that Federal agencies comply with regulations issued under the RCRA and '
those issued by the States. These personnel will also provide technical assistance and
advice to Federal facilities in connection with their resource recovery, land disposal,
and hazardous waste guidelines compliance activities. In addition, EPA regional office ~>
personnel will be responsible for recommending the best procedures for removing solid I
waste from Federal lands in Alaska. "'<
1977. JExgljmat1on of Changes from Budget ^Estimate
The increase of $26,000 over the budget estimate reflects adjustments required to
reflect actual operating conditions in 1977.
197.8_Pl_an. '•
The resources allocated to this program are $270,000 and nine positions, an increase J
of $18,000. The increased funds will provide for additional salary and travel costs and
will permit a continuation of the FY 1977 level of technical assistance. Technical assistance „,
to Federal agencies in their implementation of solid waste guidelines will be continued. |
SOLID WASTE PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION ' V
1976 Accomplishments ^
n
1976 resources were primarily used for the development of State programs by providing •>'
technical information and direct assistance. The objective of these efforts was to
develop State programs capable of implementing State control programs, stimulating the .,
recovery of energy and materials from solid waste, reducing solid waste generation, and
utilizing land use planning procedures to aid in the acquisition and siting of solid
waste management facilities. In addition, assessments of solid waste management programs
were conducted and grants were awarded to State solid waste management programs.
SW-20
-------
1977 Program
The allocation for FY 1977 is 47 positions and $986,000 for salaries and expenses
related to regional office personnel. These resources will be used to provide assistance
to States, The need for this assistance is paramount in the latter half of FY 1977 and the
early part of FY 1978 to prepare States for assuming responsibility for hazardous waste
management programs and for meeting the solid waste planning requirements. Federal
guidance for designating State solid waste management regions will be published in mid-1977,
and criteria for sanitary landfills by the end of FY 1977. As a result of Federal actions,
States will have to designate solid waste regions within six months of the Federal
guidance and will also be participating in the survey of open dumps to be completed by the
end of FY 1978. Once these activities are completed, States will begin the planning process
in accordance with Federal criteria issued in mid-1978. All 56 States and territories
are expected to participate in this aspect of the program as future Federal funds depend
upon approvable States' plans. In addition, the regional offices will be providing
technical assistance in technological, marketing, financial, and institutional areas to
assist State and local communities in implementing the requirements of RCRA.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The increase of $100,000 over the budget estimate is to provide support for the
increased regional office responsibilities under RCRA.
1978 Plan
The request for FY 1978 is 37 positions and $1,110,000, for continued support of State
assistance activities. However, due to a shift in priorities and a reduction in the
emphasis needed in this program, this represents a reduction of 10 positions and $76,000
which is to be redirected to hazardous waste management regulatory strategy implementation.
Efforts will include the continuation of work with States to complete development of State
plans and begin implementation of these plans; completion of a national survey of disposal
sites; continued technical assistance; and to begin the program of closing open dumps.
HAZARDOUS HASTE MANAGEMENT REGULATORY STRATEGYIMPLEMENTATION
1976 Accomplishments
This is a new activity; resources were not provided in 1976.
1977j Program
No resources are requested for FY 1977. However, regional offices will utilize some of
the a vail able time of personnel assigned to solid waste program implementation to assist
headquarters in its program development work relating to the permit and reporting
provision of RCRA. These efforts will primarily concentrate on interacting with
headquarters in designing procedures for Federal permit processing and developing
monitoring programs for all State hazardous waste management efforts.
1978 Plan
Ten positions and $300,000 are requested for this activity. Regional office participation
in the implementation of regulations and hazardous waste management permit systems will remain
minimal in FY 1978, although activities will begin in the latter half of the year to prepare
for permit issuance. The major implementation of the Federal permit and reporting
provisions of the hazardous waste management program will be initiated in early'-FY 1979.
Of the total of 10 positions and $300,000 required for this program in FY 1978, all of the
positions and $76,000 will be transferred from the solid waste implementation program.
SW-21
-------
SOLID WASTE
Abatement and Control >|
Resource OpnservatHon
Budget Current Increase '+ !•/ >(
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease - [ -#
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Resource Conservation
Strategy Development.. $655 $221 $445 $1,000 +$555
Resource Conservation
Strategy i
Implementation 971 600 564 1,190 +626
Total .. 1,626 821 1,009 2,190 .+1,181
Permanent Positions
Resource Conservation
Strategy Development.. 9 9 10 10
Resource Conservation
Strategy I
Implementation 10 13 13 1J ... >
Total.. 19 .22 23 23
Budget Request
The resources requested for this subactivity are $2,190,000 and 23 positions, an
increase of $1,181,000 over 1977.
Program Description
This subactivity relates to the evaluation and demonstration of resource recovery
systems and resource conservation techniques. Special policy and analytical studies <
on various aspects of resource recovery and conservation are also conducted. ;
Resource Conservation Strategy Development—The purpose of the effort in this
area is to examine the factors currently inhibiting resource conservation and to s
develop policies to encourage and promote such activities. The barriers to resource J
conservation are economic, technological, and institutional. The major economic
obstacles to resource conservation include poorly developed markets for recovered
energy and materials, existing fiscal policies which discourage the use of recovered »
materials, and the failure of various social costs and benefits of resource recovery .^
and conservation to be adequately reflected in the current economic system. Technological . i
problems include major uncertainties associated with resource recovery system operating
and capital costs, and the reliability and performance of the various systems now
existing or being developed. Institutional constraints arise from the difficulties in ;
implementing such systems under conditions related to the aforementioned technological sj
uncertainties and economic obstacles. "**
The Act requires a number of special studies to investigate options for facilitating !:
the implementation of resource recovery and waste techniques and alleviating economic, !•
legal, and institutional barriers affecting resource conservation and recovery. Final J;
reports to Congress for seven studies are due in October 1978 with four additional reports
due in October T979. The results of this work will be applicable and accessible to those
involved in resource conservation programs at State and local levels.
SW-22
-------
The Act also requires establishment of an Interagency Resource Conservation Committee
to emphasize the importance of developing policies to improve the economics of resource
recovery and conservation. The Committee, which is composed of eight cabinet level
officials, is required to conduct investigations of existing public policies (including
economic incentives and disincentives) in areas such as the feasibility of imposing solid
waste management charges on products to reflect solid waste disposal costs, (The Committee
is authorized to demonstrate, on a pilot basis, solid waste disposal charges.) Essentially,
the Committee is charged with arriving at resource conservation policy options that would
revise the whole manner in which natural resources are valued and used in the future. EPA
will chair and staff this Committee. A study plan to Congress is due in April 1977 with
progress reports following every six months. A final report with recommendations is due
by October 1978.
Resource Conservation Strategy Imp! ementati on—the activities ifi this area include
the evaluation and demonstration of resource conservation and recovery options, as well
as the actual implementation of strategies which would enhance resource conservation.
EPA has funded demonstrations of resource recovery technology in St. Louis, Missouri
(recovery of solid waste fuel for firing as a supplement to coal); Franklin, Ohio
(processing of municipal solid waste to obtain metals, color-sorted glass, and paper
fiber in a recyclable form); Baltimore, Maryland (pyrolysis to produce steam); and
San Diego, California (pyrolysis of solid waste to an oil-like liquid fuel usable in
utility boilers). EPA is also demonstrating a separate collection system technique for
materials recovery in Somerville and Marblehead, Massachusetts. EPA is evaluating
(through contracts) new technology developed in the private sector, such as European
water-wall combustion energy recovery systems, and markets for recovered materials.
The information gathered is being used to develop guidance for State and local governments
for their use in planning and implementing resource recovery systems.
The existing demonstrations have proven to be very effective mechanisms for
reducing technological and economic uncertainties and stimulating activity by private
firms and State and local governments. The St. Louis demonstration has led to six
similar projects currently in the construction phase and TO to 20 projects in the early
phases of planning and design. The Franklin, Ohio project has led to three similar
projects. All of these projects have been initiated without Federal funding support.
RESOURCE
1976 Accomplishments
1976 resources provided for policy studies related to waste reduction measures. The
contractual efforts in this area primarily focused on the beverage container aspect of
waste reduction and on the analysis of product charges to reflect the costs of solid waste
management in product prices. Several analytical support efforts were initiated. These
included a study of disposable versus reusable milk containers and the development of
data on various waste reduction options. EPA also completed an analysis of national
returnable beverage container legislation, provided technical information on beverage
container issues • and testified at State and local hearings.
1 977 Program ;
The resources for FY 1977 are 10 positions and $445,000, including $165,000 in
extramural funds. These resources will be used to Initiate mandatory studies and reports
to Congress on a number of resources conservation and resource recovery issues, and for
supporting the Interagency Resource Conservation Committee. The Issues to be studied
Include resource recovery from glass and plastics, front end source separation, and resource
recovery facilities,
SW-23
-------
1977 Explanation of Changjs^frojTi.Judnet. Estimate
The increase of $224,000 over the budget estimate reflects adjustments required
to provide resources for implementing the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976.
1971 Plan
The request for FY 1978 is 10 positions and $1 million, including $700,000 for
extramural projects. The increase of $555,000 is required to continue the studies
initiated in FY 1977 and to provide for their timely completion as required by RCRA.
In addition, a preliminary report to the President and the Congress putting forth
the study design of all aspects of the economic, social, and environmental consequences
of resource conservation will be completed (e.g., the feasibility of employing solid
waste management charges on consumer products) . Subsequent follow-up reports are due
each six months thereafter with the final report due in October 1979.
RESOURCE CONSERVATION STRATEGY IMPLEMfNTATJON
1976 _A.ccojpJiishments
1976 funds included $571,000 for contract support. These resources were utilized
primarily for technology evaluation and economic analyses. These activities provided
the State and local communities with information on technology, managerial problems,
and economics associated with resource recovery facilities and source separation
techniques. EPA completed the demonstration of refuse derived fuel in St. Louis. The
construction of the San Diego (liquid pyrolysis) and Baltimore {gas pyrolysis) projects
was completed. EPA completed the evaluation of the Franklin, Ohio, demonstration plant
(wet pulping and recovery). In addition, EPA initiated two demonstration projects at
Marblehead and Somerville, Massachusetts, to test the potential of resource recovery
through a multimaterial source separation system of a residential waste stream.
1977 Prog rani
The resources for FY 1977 are $564,000 and 13 positions. Included are $300,000 for
contract support. These resources will be utilized to initiate funding for two or
three resource recovery facility evaluations and/or continued funding of the
SomervilTe and Marblehead source separation demonstration projects.
1977 Explanation of Changes from the Budget Estimate
The decrease of $36,000 from the budget estimate reflects a reprogramming to the
resource conservation strategy development program in order that work on the high
priority mandates of RCRA be initiated as expeditiously as practicable. This reduction
results in a deferral of all new grant and contractual efforts. Monitoring of on-going
demonstration .and evaluation projects will be continued under the reduced program level.
1978 Plan
The request for FY 1978 is 13 positions and $1,190,000. This reflects an increase
of $626,000 for additional evaluations of resource recovery systems. These evaluations
will consider the institutional, management, marketing, economic, and environmental
aspects of full-scale, operational resource recovery systems. Technological inputs
to these evaluations wll be provided from the studies and testing carried out under the
solid waste Research and Development appropriation.
EPA will evaluate three to five resource recovery systems. Projects under
consideration include systems now under construction in Milwaukee, Wisconsin; Chicago,
Illinois; and East Bridgewater, Massachusetts. Also, evaluations will be completed
on the Baltimore and San Diego pyrolysis plants, -
SW-24
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
SOLID WASTE
i Research and Development
i,° J
Budget Current Increase +
r,*v, Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
> p 1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs 1977
I' < (dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
, ] Public Sector $2,811 $4,066 $4,098 $7,718 +$3,620
Peramanent_Positions
Pub! ic Sector 28 22 22 22
EPA's research and development efforts in the solid waste program are directed to
supporting the objectives of the new Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, passed
late in 1976. Major activities are directed toward the development of improved solid
waste management techniques, disposal technology, and resource recovery technology.
These technological advances will enable local agencies to handle their solid waste
problems in ,a cost effective and environmentally acceptable manner. In addition,
the program is developing the scientific base for the possible establishment of
standards for hazardous wastes disposal. In particular, information on the fate and
processesof such materials flowing through soils and ground water systems is being
developed.
Budget Request
An appropriation of $7,718,000 and 22 positions is requested for this program, an
increase of $3,620,000 over 1977. Research efforts will be continued at a level
commensurate with 1977 efforts except for two areas in which there will be an expansion
of emphasis. These two areas are reflected in the increased estimate of 1978 over 1977.
The two areas are municipal waste water treatment sludge disposal and resources recovery.
In the sludge area, research will primarily be dedicated to the application of waste
water treatment sludges to land ($1,800,000). In the resources recovery area the expanded
effort will be dedicated primarily to the evaluation of various existing resource
recovery systems ($1,820,000).
Program Description
EPA's research and development efforts will be directed toward1supporting the goals
and objectives of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, P.L. 94-580 (RCRA),
through the development of improved solid waste management, disposal technology, and
resource recovery technology. These technological advances will enable local agencies
to handle their solid waste problems in a cost ^effective and environmentally acceptable
manner.
Research and development efforts in the solid waste program are directed toward the
development of technologies necessary to achieve environmentally acceptable cost
effective solid and hazardous waste management in which conservation and recovery of
resources are among the prime considerations. Included in this objective of the program
are the following:
1. Development of methodology and/or equipment to'control the release into the
environment of materials present in solid and hazardous waste which adversely affect
public health and welfare;
Sw-25
-------
2. To evaluate and develop new or improved management techniques, and new or improved
methods of collection, storage, transportation, and disposal;
F-S
3. To evaluate and develop new or improved methods for the reduction, separation, x ^
processing, and recovery of resources; and -I
4. To establish a technical basis to support the Agency's efforts in
developing guidelines for solid and hazardous waste management as required in the RCRA, fjfCi
1976 Accomplishments
1976 resources included $951,700 for contracts, $866,500 for grants, and $182,000
for interagency agreements. Specific accomplishments included:
- Analytical methods have been developed and compiled for characterizing the
composition of municipal solid waste and leachates. A predictive model ,
was developed to more accurately and easily assess the dangers of migrating \
landfill gases. The model can be used through charts and tables designed
to allow convenient insertion of site specific conditions; it will also be
distributed in computer coded form with a user manual.
- Laboratory based work has led to an alternative method for modifications of 5
the traditional sanitary landfill method by recirculating leachate through !
municipal solid waste to accelerate decomposition. Benefits to be derived
are intensified methane gas production for efficient recovery, predictable f ,
and short periods of strong leachate production, in situ leachate treatments, i
and more rapid return on landfill to alternative productive uses. i
- Symposia were held to disseminate latest research results on the disposal
of municipal and hazardous wastes including: (a) the processing of wastes >
prior to disposal; (b) site modification and management; (c) identification \
of pollution potential of certain municipal and industrial wastes; and !
(d) special disposal problems.
- In the area of pollutant movement in soils, research results identified 1
the significant properties of those soils which most strongly retard movement ;
of pollutants and have classified the mobility of many pollutants found in
leachates from disposal sites receiving mixed municipal and hazardous wastes.
- The monitoring of the pollutants arsenic, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, copper, !
iron, mercury, lead, nickle, selenium, vanadium, zinc, cyanide, fluoride, and '<
organics have indicated that pollutants from hazardous wastes are much more
soluble in leachates than in water. Therefore, these pollutants will be much more ,
available for movement into underlying or adjacent potable water supplies
than would be assumed on the basis of water solubility data.
Various pesticides and organic wastes were successfully detoxified in a low-
temperature microwave plasma apparatus. The system comprises a liter reactor
tube through which hazardous material to be decomposed is passed. A plasma is
induced in the tube using a 2,450 MHz microwave power supply and applicator.
As an example, phenyl mercuric acetate is instantly-£onverted into mercury metal,
which is recovered, plus water and gaseous oxides of carbon. Multipound per
hour quantities have been detoxified in the unit and it is envisioned that a
scaled up system capable of up to 100 Ibs. per hour throughput is feasible with
current technology. No special gases or chemical are used. Other toxic wastes
which have been detoxified are difficult-to-treat .compounds like PCB's and the
pesticides malathion and methyl bromide.
Research results indicated that building material's for houses can be made out of waste
products such as rice hulls, peanut shells, and woodchips. Building materials
produced are two to three times stronaer than existing standards, 30 to 50 percent
cheaper, and less flammable with less hazardous smoke prooerties. These materials
are beinn used on a test basis in structures.
SW-26
-------
- An investigation of acid hydrolysis of solid waste to produce glucose has resulted
in a significant advance in the state-of-the-art technology. The work, conducted,at
New York University, has shown that a combination of ultraviolet and electron beam
radiation pretreatment has resulted in a 67 percent increase in yield, halving of
the residence time, and a cellulose throughput increase of as much as 20 percent.
This conversion process is of interest because glucose is an intermediate input in
M the production of ethyl alcohol which is an important chemical intermediate and a
l*i pollution free and easily stored liquid fuel.
1977 Program
1 The amount of funds allocated to this program for 1977 is $4,098,000. Of this amount,
it is estimated that $1,400,000 will be expended through contract efforts, $1.,3DO,0.00 for
grants, and $600,000 for interagency agreements. The 1977 program includes:
1 - Research to establish data on the decomposition of landfilled municipal wastes under
differing moisture regimes and the development of techniques for collecting and
treating leachates. The research will lead to the development of criteria for design
and operation of landfills to effect rapid stabilization and settlement so that
, « landfills can be put to use for other constructive purposes in a relatively short-time
after closure.
• i
- Completion of an assessment of deep well injection of hazardous wastes and the
continuation of studies to assess alternative methods of waste disposal to land
other than conventional "landfilling".
- Initiation of research directed toward establishing practical technologies for
closing off and taking remedial actions on environmentally unacceptable land
disposal sites.
- Technical and environmental assessment of methods for processing and treating
hazardous materials; e.g., kepone, DDT, mirex, lindane, chlordane, PCB's, methyl
bromide, parathion, malathion, atrazine, and 2-4-D.
- A number of critical short-term studies to assist the Agency in implementing the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976.
f
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The increase of $32,000 over the original budget estimate was the result of reprogrammings
required to apply the budget to actual operating conditions.
1978 Plan
Planned FY 1978 funding for this program is $7,718,000. Of this amount, it is estimated
that $3,500,000 will be expended in contracts, $2,500,OOOin grants, and $718,000 in
interagency agreements.
Specific items of research will include: ;
- Monitoring of established landfill test cells to provide long-term data on environ-
~'i . mental impact of municipal solid waste disposal in processed form (shredded and baled).
>'•< )
- Determining the effect of controlled moisture regime on long-term gas and leachate
production.
i' f
:* , - Field verification o~f gas migration predictive, methods and design criteria for gas
-- >' co.ntrpl.
- Publication of updated "state-of-the-knowledge" report on contaminant movement in soils.
SW-27
-------
- Laboratory and field evaluation of chemically stabilized hazardous sludges.
" Field verification of technologies for closing off and remedying environmentally
unacceptable land disposal sites will be initiated.
- Preparation of reports on updated "state-of-the-knowledge" on pesticide disposal
and hazardous waste encapsulation.
- Continuation of efforts on the assessment of biodegradation processes for the
treatment of selected hazardous wastes.
- Continuation of efforts in resource recovery. researcb..directed toward improved
resource recovery through (1) improved preprocessing systems and development,
(2) development of alternative produce application, and (3) the development of
product specifications, quality control procedures, and measurement techniques*
The $3,620,000 increase will support an expansion of research in two areas identified for "!
special attention in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act: the land application of j
sludges and the evaluation of resource recovery systems. " '
The increase in FY 1978 for land application of sludge is $1,800,000. One of the major >,
environmental problems addressed by the RCRA of 1976 is the increasing amount of sludges ' }
destined for land application. This increased budget will supplement the existing program f
in land application of sludge and will be planned and implemented within the water quality
public sector activities program in order to effectively utilize existing resources.
The additional resources will be used to undertake projects to define interim guidance |
on site monitoring plans, preparation of technology state-of-the-art reports for an expanded
technology transfer program, assessment of the material balances of persistent and potentially
toxic organics of publicly owned treatment works influent and effluent streams, interpretive
studies of the effects of plant uptake of metals and toxicants on public health, and expansion i
of current efforts to define "safe" loading rates for a broad spectrum of land application \
alternatives. The purpose of this research would be to determine when sludge can be applied,
what amendments to the sludge are required and what quantities can be applied safely.
The increase in FY 1978 for technological evaluation of resource recovery systems is
$1,820,000. Existing resource recovery systems will be evaluated in conjunction with the
assessments carried out under the solid waste Abatement and Control appropriation. These
technological evaluations will focus on the performance, cost, and operational features of
existing systems in order to provide "state-of-the-art" information to the technical !
assistance teams which will offer guidance to States and municipalities under Section 2003
of P.L. 94-580. The evaluations will examine the systems to determine environmental impact;
consumption and conservation of energy, resultant product quality; overall system operability,
maintainability and reliability; and attendant costs. Considerable emphasis will be placed *
on the evaluation of preprocessing equipment which is a key to sucessful resource recovery
system operation. There are 30 or more manufacturers now engaged in manufacturing preprocessing
components yet there is a dearth of information relating to their performance. This lack of
technical performance information has contributed to widespread resistance in applying such
technology.
SW-28
-------
Enforcement
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
SOLID WASTE
Enforcement
Budget Current Increase +
- Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 ..vs.'1977
(dollars in thousands]
Appropriation
Solid Waste Enforcement.. ... ... ... $1,000 +$1,000
Permanent Positions
Solid Waste Enforcement.. ... ... 5 5
Budget Request
Five positions and $1 million are requested for solid waste enforcement
activities in FY 1978. The resources requested will support development of solid
waste compliance monitoring and enforcement procedures, particularly those
relating to hazardous waste management.
Program Desen pti on
The EPA solid waste enforcement program is authorized by the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRAJ. This new legislation provides EPA
with new regulatory authorities, particularly in the regulation of hazardous wastes.
Under the RCRA, a regulatory program is being implemented wherein criteria
will be promulgated identifying hazardous wastes. RCRA requires EPA to establish
record-keeping, labeling, containerized on, and reporting requirements applicable
to facilities which generate, transport, store, treat, or dispose of hazardous
wastes. Facilities which store, treat, or dispose of hazardous wastes will be
issued permits by EPA or by cooperating State agencies. A manifest system will
be developed by regulation to log and track the movement of such hazardous wastes.
Procedures for the inspection and sampling of facilities which generate,
transport, store, treat, or dispose of hazardous wastes will be developed.
Guidelines will be promulgated which establish standards of evidence needed to
support enforcement actions. Rules of practice governing the issuance of
compliance orders and hearings conducted in the assessment of
administrative penalties or the suspension or revocation of permits will also
be promulgated.
1977 Program
The FY 1977 budget includes five positions for solid waste enforcement. The
solid waste enforcement program in FY 1977 has three major focuses: (1) participating
in the development of an Agencywide plan for the implementation of the RCRA;
(2) developing the compliance monitoring aspects of regulations establishing
standards for facilities which generate, transport, store, treat, or dispose of
hazardous wastes and of regulations providing for the issuance of permits to
all hazardous waste storage, treatment, and disposal facilities; and (3) developing
policies and procedures for the inspection of facilities which generate, transport,
store, treat, or dispose of hazardous wastes, guidelines and rules of practice
governing' the issuance of compliance orders, and the assessment of civil or
criminal penalties against persons who violate the provisions or regulations of
RCRA.
SW-29
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
There is no change in the funding. ' »•-*
1978 Plan \;J
The FY 1978 budget request for this activity is five positions and SI million, of which
$875,000 will be used for contracts to develop procedures, checklists, and manuals for '^;|
inspection and sampling activities, analyze the impacts of phasing the implementation of the ,: •"<
RCRA regulatory program, and develop an ADP enforcement iranngnnent system. In FY 1978, the *
hazardous waste regulations required .to be promulgated by RCRA will'become final.
"i
The enforcement activity will assist in the development of regulations establishing *
standards for facilities which generate, transport, treat, store or dispose of hazardous !'
wastes, and in the promulgation of regulations providing for the issuance of permits to
facilities which treat, store, or dispose of hazardous wastes.
All of the substantive regulations for the control of hazardous wastes are to become i
final and enforceable in late FY 1978. Accordingly, enforcement will establish policies
and procedures for the inspection and sampling of facilities which generate or handle
hazardous wastes. Guidance will be provided regarding standards of evidence and procedures 5
to assure sample integrity and chain of custody. Guidance and rules of practice governing
the issuance of notices of violation, compliance orders, and the assessment of civil or *
criminal penalties against persons who violate the provisions or regulations of RCRA will
be fully promulgated.
SW-30
-------
Pesticides
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
PESTICIDES
Abatement and Control:
Ford Submission
Pos.
Amount
(dollars in thousands)
637 $24,050
1978 Revised
Carter Final.
Pos. Amount
(dollars in thousands)
657 $24,420
Registration and Tolerances
Product Registration,...........
Criteria raid Standards..........
Hazard Evaluation ..»..
Epidemiologic Studies
Residue Profiles................
Accident Investigations
Market Sample Analysis....»
Federal and State Program Support.
Information Services
Program Cooperation and Aid
Enforcement jj
Pesticides Enforcement
Pesticides Enforcement.
Research and Development:
Health and Ecological Effects.....
Health Effects.. ~
Ecological Effects
Substitute Chemicals
365
10,209
382 10,579
(227)
(138)
89
(6,615)
(3,594)
5,264
(244)
(138)
(6,985)
(3,594)
89 5,264
(10)
(36)
(14)
(29)
183
(2,628)
(1,689)
(315)
(632)
8,577
(10)
(36)
(14)
(29)
(2,628)
(1,689)
(315)
(632)
186 8,577
(65)
(118)
185
(1,982)
(6,595)
10,398
(65)
(121)
(1,982)
(6,595)
185 10,768
185
10,598
185 10,768
(185)
151
(10,398)
10,756
(185)
156
(10,768)
10,793
151
10.756
156 10,798
(66)
(50)
(35)
(5,696)
(2,560)
(2,500)
(71)
(50)
(35)
(5,738)
(2,560)
(2,500)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
PESTICIDES
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Actual
1976
$24,974
632
13,240
3,463
162
1,160
8,829
168
4,212
37,266
962
18,612
38,882
79,865
Budget
Estimate
1977
$24,175
642
N/A
4,745
153
N/A
10,887
157
N/A
39,807
952
N/A
34,880
43,335
Current
Estimate
1977
(dollars in
$24,067
637
N/A
5,000
165
N/A
10,656
156
N/A
39,723
958
N/A
37,200
23,600*
Estimate
1978
thousands)
$24,050
637
N/A
10,398
185
N/A
10,756
151
N/A
45,204
973
N/A
44,700
•/
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs.. 1977
-$17
N/A
+5,398
+20
N/A
+100
-5
N/A
+5,481
+15
N/A
+7,500
Remaining funds are considered authorized by virtue of
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter..,..
Enforcement:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Research and Development:
Appropriation...
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Total, Pesticides Program:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Outlays
Authorization Levels.
*Avai1able through March 31, 1977.
the Appropriation Act.
a/ Authorization pending.
OVERVIEW' AND STRATEGY
The EPA pesticides program is based upon two specific approaches. One, pesticide
products are registered to prevent harmful products from entering the market and to require
labeling to assure proper use. The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act
(FIFRA), as amended in 1972, and the 1975 amendments to the Act require that the more than
33,000 pesticides presently registered under Federal authorities, and 7,000 products sold
on an Intrastate basis, be registered or reregistered and classified for general or
restricted use by October 21, 1977. As part of the reregistrati on process, EPA has scheduled
approximately 179 chemical compounds for an intensive review to determine whether they cause
unreasonable adverse effects on the environment. These compounds have been identified as
potential candidates for the Agency's full Rebuttable Presumption Against Reqistration (RPAR)
process because they appear to exceed certain risk criteria. Products that have been
presumed against by the Agency can only be registered or reregistered if it is shown
(1) that the scientific data indicating unacceptable levels of risk are not valid, (2) that
any risk predicted by the data will not be manifested in the environment under actual use
conditions, or (3) that the benefits of using the compound exceed the risks.
Two, the use of pesticides is controlled. Only certified applicators or persons under
their direct supervision may apply pesticides classified for restricted use. States certify
the applicators and training is beinn provided through a joint effort by EPA, the Agriculture
Extension Service, and State agencies. It is expected that more than two million private
applicators and over 100,000 commercial applicators will be certified by October 1977, as
required by the Act or in time for the 1978 growing season.
P-l
-------
The previous strategy for the pesticide reregistrati on program was to examine pesticide
ingredients only for classification (general or restricted) and for label rereqistrati on while
deferring in-depth assessment of the health safety of chemicals until registration was due for
renewal at the end of five years. The operating assumption had also been that previous data
and .tests in the files were valid. However, recent questions as to the completeness of data
previously submitted by pesticide companies, and the reliability of previous testing and
interpretations against present scientific and regulatory standards, have prompted a
reappraisal of reregistrati on policies. In April 1976, the Agency developed, in cooperation
with the Food and Drug Administration, an auditing program to examine laboratory data validity.
Serious questions have been raised about the adequacy of testing in EPA file, and the completeness
of the Agency's own review and follow-up. EPA has decided it needs to determine if
toxicological data submitted in the past is now acceptable. No longer can it be accepted that
previous test reports are complete and accurate and that prior reviews, performed on the basis
of scientific standards at that time, are still valid.
The reexamination of previously submitted data will cause delays in the reregistrati on of
non-RPAR products. Reregistrati on of these products will continue at least into FY 1978 and
1979. In order to avoid an adverse impact on State certification of private and commercial
applicators, priority will be given to scheduling examination of prior reviews of pesticides
likely to be classified for restricted use.
State pesticide activities under the various sections of FIFRA will shift in FY 1978 from
a predominantly developmental phase to full implementation of programs and their surveillance
and maintenance. For States to become more actively involved in implementation of the Act,
continued Federal assistance will be required.
Activities under the enforcement program primarily support the control of supply and
use. The FY 1978 pesticides enforcement program will focus on the following objectives:
ensuring user compliance with label directions, ensuring industry compliance with registration
and classification requirements, and developing Federal/State cooperative agreements for the
enforcement of the FIFRA. In addition, the program will be expanded to include new areas not
previously addressed, e.g., the verification of test data submitted in support of product
registration.
User compliance activities will focus on ensuring that only certified applicators are
using restricted pesticides and that professional mass applications of pesticides are in
conformance with label directions. The industry compliance efforts will be directed at ensuring
that products subject to the October deadline are sold and distributed in accordance with
registration and classification requirements.
In FY 1977, between 15 and 20 States will be involved in cooperative enforcement programs
implemented with the support of grants-in-aid. These programs bring localized expertise into
the national regulatory effort and provide Invaluable assistance in the areas of detection and
prevention of pesticide misuse and ensuring compliance of intrastate products and producers with
the registration and classification requirements. In FY 1978, EPA intends to develop cooperative
agreements with additional States, with the ultimate intention of involving all of the States
in this program.
The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act also authorizes research and
development activities providing scientific data to the program offices on the health and
ecological effects of pesticides, and developing methodologies for monitoring, analysis,
and quality control to determine pesticide residues. This information is needed to meet
mandated regulatory and control responsibilities for pesticides, including registration,
label reviews, hazard classification, and tolerance setting.
The primary objective of the health effects research on pesticides is to investigate the
potential hazards of the major classes of pesticides now registered by EPA and in common use.
This research provides evaluations of the acute and chronic exposures to pesticides, their
residues and their metabolites,.and evaluations of pesticides effects upon normal biological
functions. -It also includes laboratory investigations of biologic or "new generation" pest
control agents such as insect pathogens or chemosterilants. The development and validation of.
new toxicological methods to be used for registering pesticides and the development and
application of analytical methods for detecting these agents in environmental samples and human
tissue are also a part of this program.
P-2
-------
The ecological effects program emphasizes research on the determination of exposure effect
relationships and fate of pesticides in terrestrial and aquatic fresh water, estuarine, and
marine ecosystems, and includes studies on routes and rates of pesticide movement through the
*> ecosystem and man. Additional investigations address pesticide microbial interactions and the
effects of antifoul ing biocides and disinfectants on estuarine environments.
% Another aspect of the pesticides program concentrates on toxicologtcal testing of substitute
;| pesticide chemicals. The Agency is required by law to conduct a thorough review of the
' scientific and economic implications of utilizing alternate (substitute) chemicals that replace
cancelled compounds. This includes agents such as DDT or compounds in litigation related to
cancellation for use in pest control, including new and old registered pesticides. The review
process, as established under this mandate, provides for developing scientific criteria and
protocols for establishing the hazards associated with the use of each compound.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES
*
, (in thousands of dollars)
1977 Pesticides Program $39,723
< Abatement and Control -17
i
The small net decrease is a result of major
shifts of funding due primarily to decreased
Federal support of State certification and
training programs (-$2,695,900) to high
priority registration/reregi stratlon
activities (+$2,109,700) and hazard evaluation
programs (+$573,500),
Enforcement +5,398
The increase includes $4.0 million for grants-
: in-aid to establish additional Federal/State
, cooperative enforcement agreements. The
remainder of the increase is for expanded
enforcement activities resulting from the
new FIFRA provisions,
Research and Devel opment... +100
The increase results from a 1977 reprogramming
I for BACER. The increase restores the program
to the 1977 level.
1978 Pesticides Program 45,204
SUMMARY OF BUDGETESTIMATES
1. Summary of Budget Request
An appropriation of $45,204,000 is requested for 1978. This request, by
appropriation, is as follows:
Abatement and Control $24,050,000
Enforcement 10,398,000
Research and Development 10,756,000
P-3
-------
This represents an increase of $5,480,800 over the 1977 pesticides program and
includes shifts in the abatement and control area to reflect increased contract support
of reregistrati on and registration data and literature searches and retrievals, and
risk benefit analyses, +$2,109,700; integration of ongoing programs into a hazard
evaluation system, increased pesticide residue profile analyses, examination of alert
triggering mechanisms, and increased data information requirements, +$573,500; and a
reduction in the Federal support of State certification activities, -$2,699,900. An
increase of $4 million is requested for grants for the Federal/State cooperative
pesticides enforcement program; an additional $1,397,800 reflects the increased
emphasis on pesticides use observation activities and expansion of Federal/State
cooperative enforcement activities. The increase of $100,000 in the health effects
research activity reflects the restoration of a one time transfer in 1977 to the air
media to provide support for the Biological and Climatic Effects Research (BACER) program.
2. Change from Ongi_na.1_. 1977 Budget Estimate
Changes from the original budget estimate are as follows:
(in thousands of dollars)
Original 1977 estimate $39,807
Transfer for BACER... -100
Office of Research and Development
reprogramming -131
Pay rai se costs , -68
Office of Enforcement reprogramming.. +130
Regional reprogramming +31
Transfer from program management +54
Current 1977 estimate , 39,723
A transfer of $100,000 was made to the air media to provide support for the Biological and
Climatic Effects Research (BACER) program.
A proposal will be submitted to the Committee, as appropriate,, for separate consideration for the
research and development reprogramming to the interdisciplinary media for increased costs on
efforts such as the Kepone incident, dioxin disposal, and certain regional oxidant transport
studies, -$131,000.
A net decrease of $68,000 was transferred to other media to provide support for increased
salary costs.
An increase of $130,000 from other media provides support for growing litigation activity
and to develop a coordinated approach to toxic substances control.
Regional operating adjustments were required in order to support actual operating
conditions. The cumulative change of these adjustments is +$31,000.
A transfer of $54,000 was made from the program management media to reflect the transfer
of personnel from the management activity.
P-4
-------
T.J
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(in thousands of dollars)
Prior year obligations.
Miscellaneous increases and
decreases detailed above...
Change in amount of carryover
funds available
1977 reductions to program
Increase for enforcement activities
Restoration of BACER support
Total estimated obligations—
(From new obligation authority)..
(From prior year funds)
$37,266
-76
+8,564
-4,400
$41,354
-1,631
•+5.39.8
+80
41,354
(39,253)
(2,101)
45,201
(44,731)
(470)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES ANDDECREASESTO OBLIGATIONS
The increases and decreases to the budget estimate, as detailed previously, are
expected to result in a net decrease of -$76,000 in obligations.
The major change in obligations results from the amount of prior year funds
available for obligation. Carryover funds effecting obligations after FY 1976
result in a change of $8,564,000 from those available in 1976. Carryover funds are
expected to result in obligations of $2,101,000 in 1977, but only $470,000 in 1978,
a decrease of $1,631,000.
Other changes in the 1978 budget for the pesticides media are expected to result
in a net increase of $5,478,000. This change reflects the increases for increased
pesticides enforcement activities and the restoration of the BACER transfer.
P-5
-------
PROGRAM LEVELS
Actual
1976
PESTICIDES
Budget Current
Estimate Estimate
1977 1977
Increase +
Estimate Decrease -
1978 1978 vs 1977
'•I*'1
Completed registration data
review of new products
and amendments 5,700
Completed reviews of data
files on refegistration
actions of previously
regi stered products
State Certification Plans
for Applicators:
Final Approval 1
Conti ngency Approval 11
State Plans/Programs
Monitored....,
Applicators Certified:
Private 5%
Commercial 33%
Appl icators Recertified.....
Establishment Inspections... 2,264
Use/Re-entry and Experi-
mental Use Observations... 1,461
Marketplace Investigations.. 2,947
Import Investigations 465
19,000
32,000
56
56
1,480
10,000
10,000
30
18
25
75%
100%
1,420
1,091
1,558
418
16,000
12,000
54
56
100%
100X
10%
135
2,295
225
450
+6,000
+2,000
+24
-18
+31
+25%
+10%
-1,285
+1,204
-1,333
+32
P-6
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
PESTICIDES
Abatement and Control
Appropriation
Registration and
Tolerances ;
Hazard Evaluation,
Federal and State
Program Support.
Total.
Permanent Positions
Regi strati on and
Tolerances
Hazard Evaluation...
Federal and State
Program Support...
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Total.
632
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thousands)
$9,087
4,321
11,566
24,974
$8,250
4,890
11,035
24,175
$8,099
4,691
11,277
24,067
$10,209
5,264
8.577
24,050
+$2,110
+573
-2,700
-17
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977 Paqe
P-9
P-13
P-18
357
90
185
374
93
175
362
89
186
365
89
183
+3
-3
642
637
637
The EPA pesticides abatement and control program has the major responsibility for
.implementing the requirements of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act as .
amended and consequently the lead role in the design and implementation of the Agency's
pesticide strategy. Supply control serves to keep hazardous chemicals off the market
so as to prevent unreasonable adverse effects to man or the environment. This is
accomplished through registration of new products and reregistrati on of previously
registered products, wherein newly submitted toxicological data or that submitted in
the past are examined to determine acceptability under current scientific and regulatory
standards. The reregistrati on process allows the Agency to make a rebuttable presumption
against registration of pesticides which appear to cause unreasonable adverse effects to
human health or the environment. In addition, control is exercised through the process
of classification of pesticide products for restricted or general use, pesticide residue
tolerance-setting, and product labeling.
Intrastate as well as interstate products are now subject to the requirements of the
new Act which has increased significantly the Agency's overall registration/classification
•responsibilities. Two of the most significant impacts on registration operations under the
new requirements of the Act are, first, the significantly increased timeframe required to
examine records of prior reviews of toxicological data, particularly those submitted in
support of tolerance petitions over the past 25 years, and second, the scientific skill
requirements necessary to support the more involved registration process.
The hazard evaluation system exists to facilitate decisions on registration,
cancellation, suspension, classification and labeling of specific products or classes of
products. It serves to provide an information base for potential changes to registration
requirements, and to point out the need for potential changes in the pesticides program.
P-7
-------
Federal and State program support activities, now that the development of certification
and training plans has already been completed or will be completed in 1977, will be oriented
to monitoring and maintenance of the program, which is expected to be for the most part in
full operation in 1978. Refinement and maintenance of State programs will require significant
levels of regional technical support as well as continued Federal funding though at lower
than previous levels. Major efforts to improve public understanding of pesticides policies,
regulations, and decisions, as well as to encourage public participation in the decision-
making process are also included in this program. Additional program activities include
educational programs on integrated pest management, such as developing a curriculum and
training programs on ecological systems management relating to both the urban and agricultural
areas in cooperation with other Federal and State agencies and the private sector; and
dissemination of pesticides use information to the public.
The EPA enforcement program is directed at ensuring industry compliance with
registration and classification requirements developed under the Abatement "and Control
appropriation. Pesticides research supports abatement and control activities.
FY 1978 pesticide program objectives and priorities are: to ensure that all
reregistrati on actions have determined the acceptability of lexicological data submitted
in the past under current scientific and regulatory standards; to reduce 1977 backlogs of
registration actions on new product uses and amendments; to have an integrated hazard
evaluation system in operation; and to have in operation, through the Regions, a program
for State certification and training of pesticide applications.
P-8
-------
PESTICIDES
Abatement and Control
Registration and Tolerances
Actual
1976
Appropriation
Product Registration ...... $5,139
Criteria and Standards...
Total .........
Permanent Positions
Product Registration ......
Criteria and Standards....
Total
357
Budget
Estimate
1977
374
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
in thousands!
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
$5,139
3,948
9,087
$5,620
2,630
8,250
$4,505
3,594
8,099
$6,615
3,594
1 0 ,209
+$2,110
• +2,110
208
149
267
107
224
138
227
138
+3
362
365
+3
Budget Request
An appropriation of $10,209,000 and 365 positions is requested for 1978. The increase of
$2,109,700 and three positions over the 1977 level will be directed to pesticide product
registration.
Program Description
The major efforts of the program are directed toward (1) reregistration of previously
Federal and State registered pesticides; (2) completing registration and classification
actions on new chemicals, new products and new product uses and amendments; (3) setting
new and reexamining existing domestic tolerances for pesticides residues on food and feed
crops, as well as participating with FAO on the establishment of international tolerances.
Special pesticide reviews of products that are candidates for rebuttable presumptions
are a significant new activity. During 1978, priority will be given to completion of
carryover reregistration from 1977 although the Agency expects a continuation of reregistration
at least through 1978 and 1979. Much of the data identified as reregistration data gaps
during 1976 and 1977 will be submitted by registrants in 1978, 1979, and 1980.
Intensive scientific evaluation of these data as well as continuing the in-depth
reexami nation and validation of previously submitted toxicological data on other products in
the reregistration process will have the highest priority. The temporary decline of new
product applications in 1976 and 1977 is expected to readjust in 1978 requiring a high
concentration of effort to prevent processing backlogs resulting from an extensive data
review being given to every application. The Agency works closely with the Department of
Agriculture on the collection of pesticide use data as a vital input to the overall
registration process and there is also close coordination of effort with State agencies and
industry. Scientific and socioeconOmic studies are an integral part of the reregistration
process and public participation is actively solicited at key points in the decision making
process through notices in the Federal Register and other means.
P-9
-------
PRODUCT REGISTRATION
1976 Accomplishments
Contract support of $1.1 million was used for literature searches and data management
support for reregistration. Issuance on January 22, 1976, of the Revised Interim Policy
Statement on test data compensation permitted the first call in of products for reregistration.
A schedule was published in February 1976 giving the approximate call in dates and data
requirements for the first 650 chemicals. Manpower reprogramnii ng was ncessary within the
pesticides program to the extent of almost 60 man-years in order to support priority
reregistration activities in 1976. A new office was established to handle the special
reviews of pesticides that are candidates for rebuttable presumption. Eighteen chemicals
were under review of the 179 active ingredients (14,000 products) which have been scheduled
for examination under the rebuttable presumption process.
Over 13,000 registration actions were completed on applications for new product uses,
amendments and resubmissions. Implementation of reregistration and problems encountered
in the implementation of the test data compensation regulations resulted in a temporary decline
in handling of new product applications. Review time is increased over that prior to the new
regulations because of the more extensive data review requirements. Action was completed
on 144 registrations submitted by States under interim special local needs certifications.
Two hundred eighty-three Experimental Use Permits have been issued; and there have been 53
completed emergency exemption actions.
1977 Program
A total of 224 positions and $4,505,600 is available for FY 1977. Top priority
reregistration commitments for FY 1977 and ensuring strict quality controlled data review
and evaluation will require significant Agency efforts.
The reregistration approach for 1977 and future years will be to examine files more closely
and determine whether studies are valid, and proper follow-up has occurred; to develop standard
procedures for reviews to document findings; to present all pertinent findings to a national
review panel; and to expand the rebuttable presumption against registration (RPAR) process
as well as the review of all other pesticides for which there are tolerances or exemptions from
tolerance requirements to include examination of prior reviews of toxicological data. This
means that for the total of about 1,300 active ingredients there will be screening and
sureriarization of previous reviews including original test reports, etc. and a redetermination of
the adequacy of previous toxicological data. EPA is in the process of cataloging all company data
in the files and presently has an index of 50,000 volumes of company data. The Agency is also
cataloging the tests within each volume (estimated at 16-18 tests per volume). The increased
timeframe now required for reregistration data review and validation necessitated by this
approach is expected to curtail the action completion rate in 1977.
The trade secret provisions of the Act significantly affect the availability of data. Ten
cases involving data compensation and trade secret disputes are currently at.issue in the courts.
Pending final decision the Agency has been enjoined from considering any data in question in
support of other registrants applications. This could affect approximately 12,000 products on
which no registration or reregistration actions may, be taken until the courts make a final ruling.
The impact of reregistration and problems encountered in implementation and interpretation
of test data compensation which resulted in a temporary decline of new product registrations
in 1976, is expected to readjust upwards to an estimated 10,000 in 1977.
P-10
-------
The Agency is planning to reexamine existing pesticide tolerances to ensure compliance
with current criteria for safety and residue data and to assess total human exposure.
Also the establishment of tolerances for minor uses which have been of increasing concern
to growers and States because of lack of interest among pesticide manufacturers, calls for
EPA to undertake a coordinated effort with USDA and the States. The Agency also expects to
be working closely with States and regions handling actions on an estimated 12,000 State
registrations of pesticides for special local uses and 125 State issued Experimental Use Permits.
FY 1977 objectives are: to complete the review of data files relating to the
rerefistration/classification of an estimated 10,000 products;to continue the 1976 program
and complete special reviews and documents on 179 RPAR candidate compounds; to complete
registration data review and classification on an estimated 10,000 new product uses
and amendments; and to complete reviews on 280 new tolerance petitions and 280 revised tolerances.
1377 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The net decrease of $1,115,000 from the budget estimate reflects the transfer of
i $1,044,000 primarily to the program element criteria and standards for Rebuttable Presumption
Against Registration (RPM) and reregistration support and staffing of the Office of Special
Pesticide Review (OSPR); the transfer of $9,000 to program cooperation and aid to assist in
the applicator certification program; the transfer of $37,000 to information services to
i assist in reregistrati on support; the transfer of $67,000 to other media to support increased
, pay costs; and the transfer of $42,000 from the program management media to reflect a
transfer of management staff.
1978 Plan
Two hundred twenty-seven positions and $6,615,300 are requested for FY 1978, of which
$2.0 million will be for contracts used for registration and reregistration data and
literature searches,retrievals and validation. Highest priority will continue to be given
f ' to reregistration in 1978 and to the registration of new chemicals, new products and uses.
In 1978, the Agency expects the special pesticide review program to continue major
commitments in the rebuttable presumption process as well as giving extensive support
to over 30 administrative hearings requested by registrants adversely affected by
the RPAR process as a result of actions in 1977. The present workload of 179 compounds
• will extend into 1978 and at least an additional 50compounds are also expected to be
referred for RPAR processing, although restricted use products are expected to be
reregistered by October 2], 1977, the Agency still expects a workload carryover into 1978
of at least 12,000 reregistrations which will need to be handled. There is in addition,
increasing evidence that many Inactive (inert) ingredients may pose health hazards
(some may be carcinogens) and since no examination is currently being made, the Agency
will probably also have to undertake scientific reviews and assessments in this area. The
bulk of the estimated 7,000 intrastate products now requiring Federal registration are
expected to be carried over from 1977 and become a 1978 workload. Also, data identified as gaps
during late 1976 and early 1977 reregistrationtreviews will be submitted during 1978 and
_• subsequent years. Evaluation of this data and subsequent processing of interim reregistrations
to full reregistrations will add to the 1978 workload. Incoming applications for new
product registrations and amendments are expected to increase and reach about 16,000.
,' The adequacy of Agency systems capabilities for data search and retrieval will be a
major factor in determining if RPAR, reregistration and registration decision processes
are completed on time. The $2,110,000 increase is for contract support of reregistration
and registration data and literature searches and retrievals, and risk benefit
analyses, all of which will provide critical input to evaluations and decisions on the
adequacy and validity of previously submitted data. The three position increase is the
return of several positions moved to the Federal and State program support subactivity
in 1977 to assist in the applicator certification program.
P-ll
-------
\
«
CRITERIA AND STANDARDS „,.,
1976 Accomplishments , ^jj
In 1976, $945,000 in contracts were used for dtoxin studies and farm worker reentry
safety data. The effort conducted in this program in 1976 focused primarily on the $**»
revision and development of guidelines for registering pesticides including information on ,V;1
tests that must be conducted and on data which must be supplied by registrants when making *. '
application for the registration of pesticides. Included in this effort also was the
development of standards and criteria, which are necessary ingredients for the guidelines. „, .
A preliminary draft of the guidelines was proposed and published in the Federal Register *
on June 25, 1975. Comments on this draft were received from numerous companies, *
associations, and other institutions in the early months of 1976. These comments have
formed the basis for a major revision of the guidelines in the remaining months of
1976. The effort on the guidelines was organized in accordance with its four major "\>
parts, i.e., product performance, labeling, chemistry and hazard evaluation. Standards , \
and criteria were initiated or developed for disinfectants, antimicrobials,and controlled
release formulations.
1977 Program
One hundred thirty-eight positions and $3,593,700 are available for FY 1977. Of these
resources $600,000 will be used for reregistration risk/benefit studies and contractual
studies performed on the role of inert chemicals in pesticide formulations. The effort ,
on the guidelines for registering pesticides will continue in 1977, and completion of the \
four major parts is expected by the latter part of the fiscal year. Some sections cannot be
completed, however, until acceptable standards, criteria and test protocols have been developed,
and work will continue on such development throughout the year. Because of the importance of ,
the Agency's conveying data requirements to applicants and other interested parties, it is ^
intended to publish the hazard evaluation sections of the guidelines in April 1977. Chemistry, t
product performance, and label development sections will be published in final about June 1977,
Standards and criteria will be completed for the efficacy of flea and tick collars,
vertebrate repellents, insect pheromones, insect growth regulators, insect fungi, insect "?
protozoa and nematodes. Test protocols will be developed for in-vitro carcinogenesis and \
thyroid inhibition. Regulations will be developed for pesticide tolerances and controlled
release formulations.
1977 Explanation of; Chanjes from Budget Estimate 'j
The increase of $964,000 over the budget estimate reflects a transfer of $992,000
from product registration for RPAR support and staffing of the Office of Special Pesticide
Review, and a transfer of $28,000 to other pesticides activities to support increased salary
costs.
1978 Plan
One hundred thirty-eight positions and $3,593,700 are requested for FY 1978 of which
$600,000 will be used for contracts to develop standards and criteria for registration,
guidelines for registering pesticides, and risk/Benefit studies. Additions, revisions, and
modifications will be made to update the registration guidelines based on comments
stemming from the published version and from new developments in the pesticide industry.
Specific additions will be guidelines for the registration and labeling of insect pheromones,
growth regulators, microbials, fungi, protozoa and nematodes.- Other important additions include
guidelines for pesticide experimental use permits, tolerance levels, disposal and storage.
Also standards and criteria will be developed for the use of viruses, biological pesticides,
cooling tower additives, spray drift, bioaccumulation of pesticides in fish and aquatic
organisms, .and registration requirements for inert chemicals. Test protocols will be developed
for measuring the delayed neurotoxicity effects of pesticides and for determining possible
chronic effects of using aldrin, dieldrin, chlordane and heptachlor in and around homes.
P-12
-------
PESTICIDES
Abatement and Control
Hazard Evaluation
Appropriation
Epidemic logic Studies,
Residue Profiles ..... ,
Accident
Investigations ..... .
Market Sample
Analysis
Total
Permanent Positions
Epidemiol ogi c Studi es .
Residue Profiles
Accident
Investigations
Market Sample
Analysis.....
Actual
1976
$2,296
958
426
641
4,321
9
36
14
31
Budget
Estimate
1977
$2,826
1,164
262
638
4,890
13
37
10
33
Current
Estimate
1977
(dollars in
$2,628
1,116
318
629
4,691
10
36
14
29
Estimate
1978
thousands)
$2,628
1,689
315
632
5,264
10
36
14
29
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+$573
-3
+3
+573
...
...
Total
90
93
89
89
Budget Request
An appropriation of $5,264,000 and 89 positions is requested for 1978. This reflects
an increase of $573,500 over the 1977 level for hazard evaluation which is to be applred to
residue profiles.
Program De s c r i p t i on
Determination of unreasonable adverse effects is the major focus of the pesticides
regulatory process, and a large proportion of registration data requirements are oriented
toward the determination of hazards. Since 1974, the Agency has been developing new
systems and integrating current systems for structuring, evaluating and interrelating
scientific data on hazards to human health and the environment. The Hazard Evaluation
System (HES) exists to facilitate decisions on the registration, cancellation,, suspension,
classification and labeling of specific products or classes of products; to provide an
information base for potential changes to registration requirements; and to identify the
need for potential changes in the pesticides program. The HES consists of a series of
activities extending throughout the Agency and is designed to carry out a series of
functions: defining and delineating pesticide hazards; alerting the Agency to potential
pesticide problems; collecting, verifying and analyzing information; predictive modeling;
and hazard determination. Conceptual development of the system has been completed and the
major tasks in system design will be completed in 1977.
P-13
-------
t 1
EPIpEMIOLOGIC STUDIES
1976 Accomplishments r^;:
In 1976, $2.0 million was used for contracts to conduct epidemiologic studies. •• "
The program conducted studies into the relationships between pesticide exposure
and human health including selected toxicolopical studies and determination of ^
pesticide use patterns in study areas. It is primarily a contract program '*?*"*
operating through State universities and health departments. During 1976,-studies , >K
were made on such things as hospital admitted pesticide poisonings, pesticide
usage, Kepone residue in human milk, Chlorinated Hydrocarbons in human milk, and
pesticide health effects on farm workers (reentry), as well as numerous others *"r;
of significance. 3
1977 Program
Of the 10 positions and $2,628,000 available in FY 1977, $2.4 million in °<
contracts will be used for epidemiologic studies. The 1977 program will:
(a) Provide data and information on the magnitude of the absorption of pesticidal
chemicals (residues) in the human population and characterize them by types,
amounts and uses of pesticide. Examples: National samplings of organochlorines '
in human milk and National samplings of blood and urine for pesticide residues; :
(b) Provide the services of peer scientific consultants for evaluating the
scientific validity of registrants' human risk data for the RPAR process;
(c) Produce data and information on a short-term basis (generally one year or
less) on human populations exposed to pesticides in order to determine related '
health effects, e.g., studies of the effects of nitrosamines on human health; ' )
(d) Provide data and information on annual pesticide poisonings; (e) Undertake
special quick response studies as needed to support nonprogrammable events,
e.g., the Kepone incident at Hopewell, Virginia. 5
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $198,000 from the budget estimate reflects a reprograiraiing ,
of $195,000 to program cooperation and aid to assist in the applicator • |
certification program and a transfer of $3,000 to other pesticides activities to
support increased salary costs.
1978 Plan "^
Ten positions and $2,628,000 are requested, the same level as 1977.
$2.4 million in contracts will be used for epidemiologic studies. The work
effort during 1978 will be essentially an extension of the 1977 program. The
Epidemiologic Studies Program (ESP) will provide much of the human health effects
data comprising the output of the hazard evaluation system and will continue to
assist in the analyses and interpretation of data with regard to human health
effects and pesticide exposure.
RESIDUE PROFILES -
1976 Accompli shments
In 1976, $200,000 was used for pesticide residue profile analyses. This
program includes the collection and analysis of air, water, soil, human, and ,
estuarine samples to determine the levels and trends of pesticide residues.
During 1976, ambient pesticide monitoring continued for human adipose f
tissue, urban soil, surface water and sediment, and estuarine and ocean finfish.
Limited air monitoring was done at five locations across the country. Monitoring
of agricultural crops was completely suspended because of funding limitations.
P-14
-------
A new blopd serum and urine survey was initiated cooperatively with the
U.S. Public Health Service. This and the other cooperative programs (surface
water and sediment, estuarine and ocean) represent very significant savings
to the Agency, since samples are provided without cost by the cooperating
agency4
Activities undertaken were:
Human Monitoring—I,600 adipose samples collected at 75 sampling locations.
Urban Soil Monitoring—400 soil samples collected from 14 cities.
—•- '•
Air Studies—60 samples from B locations.
HaterMonitoring—900 surface water and bottom sediment samples from
153 sampling stations.
Blood Serum and Urine Mom'toring—5,000 samples
Special studies undertaken in 1976 included a cooperative study with the
State of West Virginia on the accumulation and persistence of the herbicide
Tordon 10K (picloram) in water and sediment following its use for control of
multiflora rose. A second special study was undertaken to determine the incidence
and concentrations of mi rex in adipose tissue from humans residing in the Imported
Fire Ant Control Program area in the Southeastern U.S.
During 1976, the National Pesticide Monitoring Plan draft was significantly
revised, and will soon be published in the Federal Register.
1977 Program
Resources of 36 positions and $1,115,900 are available in FY 1977, of which
$300,000 will be used for contractual residue profile analyses. For 1977, most
monitoring programs will continue at 1976 levels of effort. The PHS cooperative
blood serum and urine survey will continue. Monitoring of agricultural soil and
raw agricultural crops will be reinstated on a limited scale. The ongoing
estuarine monitoring program will be suspended for the year. However, monitoring
of marine food species will be done cooperatively with the Department of Commerce's
National Marine Fisheries Service. The National Human Monitoring Program adipose
tissue survey has been redesigned and will operate on a slightly reduced scale.
An implementation schedule for the National Pesticide Monitoring Plan will be
established. Plan implementation will begin before the end of 1977.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $48,000 from the budget estimate reflects the transfer of
$38,000 to program cooperation and aid to assist in the applicator certification
program, and the transfer of $10,000 to other pesticides activities to support
increased operating costs.
1978 Plan
Thirty-six positions and $1,689,000 are requested, of which $800,000 will be
for residue profile analysis contracts. The Urban Soil Monitoring and Human
Monitoring (adipose survey) will continue to operate at 1977 levels of effort.
The Surface Water Program will be expanded and periodic monitoring of tapwater
will be investigated. Agricultural soil and crop monitoring will be redesigned
P-15
-------
and expanded to concentrate on those crops which are either significant components
of the human diet or are consumed by humans with little or no intermediate processing.
Monitoring of estuarine finfish will be reinstated. The cooperative PHS blood serum
and urine survey will continue and is scheduled to terminate at the end of 1978.
Special studies will continue to be undertaken as they are required. Efforts
will be increased on residue profile analyses of pesticides found in the various
environmental media. Priority will be given to completing the integration of on-
going programs into the hazard evaluation system. Implementation of the National
Pesticide Monitoring Plan will continue during 1978.
The increase of $573,000 is for integration of ongoing programs into a hazard
evaluation system, increased pesticide residue profile analyses, examination of
alert triggering mechanisms, and increased data information requirements.
ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION
1976 Accomplishments
This program during 1976 was focused on the collection of pesticide episode
reports and investigation as feasbile. Reports are prepared on a voluntary basis
by State, Federal, and private sector personnel. Coordination Is through regional
offices. Some 3,600 episode reports were collected during 1976. Individual episode
reports are consolidated into special reports on chemicals, uses, etc, and reports
were prepared on 31 active ingredients in support of RPAR. In addition, special
reports were prepared for the Office of General Counsel.
1977 Program
Fourteen positions and $318,200 are available for FY 1977.' Major objectives in
1977 are to: expand the collection of risk information associated with pesticide
use; develop episode verification criteria for better user utilization; establish
better information networks; and expand the program on farm workers safety with
respect to pesticide use. Expanded voluntary participation in episode reporting
will be sought in an effort to increase the data base and become a more effective
tool in the hazard evaluation system and RPAR support.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The increase of $56,000 over the budget estimate is the result of several
actions. Regional operating adjustments were made in order to reflect actual
operating conditions; the transfer of $116,000 was made from program cooperation
and aid. An increase of $8,000 for increased operating costs was reprogrammed
from other pesticides activities. In addition, the headquarters offices transferred
$68,000 to program cooperation and aid to assist in the applicator certification
program.
1978 Plan
Fourteen positions and $315,200 are requested for FY 1978, a decrease of
$3,000 from the 1977 level. The 1978 plan is a continuation of the 1977 program.
P-16
-------
MARKET SAMPLE ANALYSIS
, *; ^ 1976 Accomplishments
The program is conducted by four pesticide analysis laboratories located in
New York, Mississippi, Colorado, and California. Pesticide product samples are
analyzed by the laboratories to determine if the products contain the active
ingredients in the amounts claimed on the labels, and if the products contain
adulterating chemicals including pesticides not claimed on the label. A total
of 4,823 samples was analyzed during 1976. In addition, the laboratories check
samples of water, soil, adipose, etc. to determine levels of pesticide residues.
1977 Program
Twenty-nine positions and $628,400 are available for FY 1977. The pesticide
product sample analysis program will remain at approximately the 1976 level with
increasing emphasis on residue analysis as capability in this area is recognized
by States and local governments.
,1 977. JxpJ jna. ti on , of _. Changfes^ f rpm jiudget Es t i ma te
1
The decrease of $10,000 from the budget estimate reflects a reprogrammi ng
of $13,000 to program cooperation and aid to assist in the applicator certification
program, and an increase of $3,000 from other activities to provide support for
increased operating costs.
197ePlan
Twenty-nine positions and $631,800 are requested for FY 1978, an increase of
$3,400 over the 1977 level. The 1978 plan is a continuation of the 1977 program.
P-17
-------
PESTICIDES
Abatement and Control
Federal and State Program Support
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Information Services... $1,839 $1,949 $1,982 $1,982
Program Cooperation and
Aid 9.727 9.086 9.295 6.595 -$2.700
Total 11,566 11.035 11,277 8,577 -2,700
Permanent Positions
Information Services... 78 63 65 65
Program Cooperation and
Aid 107 112 121 118 -3
Total 185 175 186 183 -3
Budget Request
An appropriation of $8,577,000 and 183 positions is requested in 1978. This reflects
a decrease of $2,699,900 and three positions from the 1977 level. , ^
Program Description
' ?
EPA is committed to ensuring that State and local governments are able and willing to
accept a larger responsibility for pesticides control problems, especially those best handled
by governments closest to the problems. A major emphasis, therefore, of EPA is to cooperate
with States through it regional offices as well as with other Federal agencies, so as to
ensure the development and full scale implementation of cooperative Federal-State programs. J
Complementary to the classification of pesticides into general and restricted uses have been J
programs with States to train and certify pesticide applicators to use restricted use pesticides.
EPA believes that this will not only result in better control of pesticides and fewer accidents
and incidents of misuse, but will result in pesticides application being more cost effective >'
to the farmer and other users. EPA provides information to the public on activities associated \
with pesticides registration and has activities directed at educating the public on safe use
practices. Section 4(c) of FIFRA provides for the distribution of instructional materials on
integrated pest management techniques.
Federal-State cooperative efforts to devel.op sound operational bases for key programs „>
will determine the levels of State operational "capabilities and achievement by October 21, 1977,
the effective date for FIFRA. The States will begin large scale implementation of their
pesticides control programs in fiscal year 1978 and EPA regional programs will be geared $
primarily to surveillance of State performance and maintenance of training and certification A
capabilities.
P-18 t
-------
INFORMATION SERVICES
1976 Accompl1shments
In 1976, $300,000 in contract support was for product information, company data, and
microfiche support for registration. This program includes the collection, storage, and
dissemination of information on all aspects of pesticides; publication of technical
documents; and the development, operation, and maintenance of ADP systems. Its function
is to support registration, reregi strati on, RPAR, and other pesticide activities. Major
efforts in 1976 were directed to the maintenance of data submitted by registration
applications irt a Company Data Catalogue, maintaining and publishing a Compendium of
registered pesticides, maintaining information about the site of application and the pests
to be controlled by registered pesticides in a Site/Pest File, maintaining and providing
to the user community (FDA inspectors, USDA Exterision'"A™gents'7 etc.) a Tolerance Index of
tolerances cross-referenced by chemical and commodity, providing technical Literature Searches,
preparing and publishing notices in the Federal Register and reviewing daily issues for
notices having an impact on pesticide programs, and responding to requests made under the
Freedom of Information Act. Available computerized pesticide information was disseminated
to the regions and State agencies on microfiche,
19/7 Program
Sixty-five positions and $1,982,300 is available in FY 1977, of which $450,000 will be
for contract support. The ongoing support programs will be continued with every effort being
made to increase reliable data bases needed for registration, reregistrati on, and RPAR. A
computerized tracking system to maintain information on the status of products in the
registration and reregistrati on processes will be implemented.
1977Explanationof.Changes fromBudgetEstimate
The increase of $33,000 over the budget estimate reflects a reprogramming of $37,000 from
product registration to assist with the Company Data Catalogue; a transfer of $12,000 from the
• program management media to support the technical services area, and a transfer of $16,000 to
other pesticides activities to support increased pay costs.
1978 Plan
Sixty-five positions and $1,982,300 are requested in FY 1978, the same level as in 1977.
Contract support of $450,000 will continue as in FY 1977. The 1977 program will be continued
in this area.
PROGRAM CQQPERATION ,AND_ AID
1976 Accompli shments
In 1976, $7,500,000 in extramural support was for applicator certification and training,
waste disposal demonstrations, and data collection on product information. Forty-one States
now have legislation considered adequate to implement Section 4 (Certification of Applicators)
of the Act and an additional 13 States will introduce legislation during the 1977 legislative
session. Thirty States have completed certification plans and another 24 State and Territory
plans will be submitted and approved by October 21, 1977. The Agency has developed a contingency
Federal certification program in the event States do not have an adequate certification plan
or are deficient in necessary legislative authority. There are 20 States with over 50 percent
of the commercial applicators having completed approved training but only five States with over
50 percent of private applicators trained. An additional nine States have about 25 percent of
the commercial applicators trained and seven States with about 25 percent of the private
applicators trained. In order to avoid any undue holdups in States starting their training
because of the delay in reregistrati on of products,. EPA: provided States with a "presumptive
restricted list" at the start of 1976; this has recently been updated. Forty-five States and
Territories "have been granted interim certification to register pesticides for special local
needs. Pending issuance of final regulations, expected early in 1977, States will begin
submitting final certification plans for special local needs registrations. .A Farm Worker*
P-19
-------
Protection Program has been started to provide training and information materials to
clinicians (nurses and technicians) on the recognition and treatment of pesticide
intoxications. Several workshops and training sessions have been held. EPA is
coordinating this program with NIOSH, and OSKA, as well as the American Association
of Pesticide Control Officers, National Association of State Departments of Agriculture
and the National Agricultural Chemical Association. The State-Federal FIFRA
Implementation Advisory Committee (SFFIAC) was established at the beginning of 1976
and has since had several meetings as well as subwprking group meetings to advise and
assist EPA on the substance and impact of FIFRA regulations and their implementation
by State and local agencies. A series of workshops and conferences has been completed
with State and local agencies, industry, farmer and agricultural groups, pest control
organizations and interested public, on the various published FIFRA regulations, their
intent and implementation.
1977 Program
In 1977, 121 positions and $9,294,600 are available. Extramural activities will
be supported with $6,200,000, including $5.6 million contract support for State
applicator certification programs and waste disposal demonstration projects. The EPA-
Agriculture Extension Service interagency agreement is expected to continue through
most of 1977, using 1976 funds, and State Extension Services' training programs for
applicators are expected to continue at a high level of operation throughout the year.
Indications are that States will not generally slow down their certification and
training efforts because of the compliance date extension to October 1977 and EPA
will vigorously promote maximum cooperation in the implementation of these programs.
The Agency expects that most States will have approved certification plans by
October 21, 1977, and will have the majority of applicators certified by October 1977.
Since the Agency expects some States to have substantially completed applicator
certification and training, EPA regions will begin monitoring State performance; State
Cooperative Extension Services will undertake maintenance training programs for applicators.
EPA will have more adequate and coordinated public relations and educational efforts
in 1977 so as to meet the need for improved all around public understanding of
pesticides policies, regulations, decisions, and actions and to give greater
encouragement to public participation in the overall decision process. Public
participation will be increasingly solicited through the various media including news
releases, the Federal Register, other Federal agencies, national, State, and local
officials and public interest groups and other mechanisms. EPA regional efforts will
shift significantly in 1977 to assisting States in the conduct of their plans to
register products for special local needs and plans to issue experimental use permits.
EPA will also work closely with States and in coordination with USDA on determining
needs for information on special nonchemical techniques for controlling pests and
insects and ensuring these integrated pest management techniques are made available
to farmers.
FY 1977 objectives are: to complete final approval on 54 State and Territory
Certification Plans for Applicators, to complete performance monitoring of 25 State
Certification Programs, to ensure that between 50 and 75 percent of private
applicators and 100 percent of commercial applicators have received acceptable
training, and to complete special training programs for regional, State, and
industry personnel. ;
19J77 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The net increase of $209,000 over the budget estimate results from several actions.
Regional operating adjustments in order to reflect actual operating conditions created
a transfer of $159,000 to other pesticides activities; $6,000 was transferred to other
activities to support increased operating costs; and $374,000 was transferred in the
headquarters offices to assist in the applicator training program from other pesticides activities,
P-20
-------
1978 Plan
In FY 1978, 118 positions and i6,594,700 are requested, a decrease of three positions
and $2,699,900. $3,800,000 will support continued extramural activities. State certification
'^'i activities will complete the shift from development to implementation, monitoring and
""" maintenance of programs. Although most applicators will have been certified by .the spring
of 1978, the Agency expects that there will be new applicants for certification during the
• •»• fiscal year as well as extensive recertifi cation programs in some States. While it is
e^a expected that some of the training will be funded through the Agriculture Extension Service
,IT • resources without EPA funding support, there will be a continuing requirement for EPA
participation in State programs, to ensure proper maintenance of State plans to update
training programs and to routinely reexamine program performance and assist States in the
• , conduct of special local needs and experimental use permit programs. The decrease of three
i , positions and $2,699,900 is a result of shifting from developing and assisting State
certification activities to monitoring and maintenance of the program. The three positions
will be shifted back to product registrations along with $2,110,000 of the reduced funding
..^ requirement; $573,000 of the remaining reduction will be applied to residue profiles.
P-21
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
V
-------
Enforcement
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
PESTICIDES
Enforcement
<*y« Budget Current Increase +
t H» Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
'"' 1976 J97L, 1977.,L ,,.,,1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands"]
Appropri at1on
Pesticides Enforcement,.. $3,463 $4,745 $5,000 $10,398 +$5,398
•'•' Permanent Positions
Pesticides Enforcement... 162 153 165 185 +20
Budget Request
A total of $10,398,000 and 185 positions is requested for the FY 1978 pesticides
enforcement program. This request includes an increase of $4 million in grants-in-aid
for the Federal/State cooperative pesticides enforcement program and an increase of 20
pesticides enforcement positions. Additional resources requested for pesticides
enforcement in FY 1978 reflect the increased emphasis on pesticides use observation
activities and expansion of Federal/State cooperative enforcement activities.
The EPA pesticides enforcement program is administered pursuant to the Federal •
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), as amended. The program includes
the registration of pesticide-producing establishments; sampling and label checks of
pesticides in the marketplace"; observation of pesticide usage; and, when violations
are found, initiation of enforcement actions including civil actions, criminal
prosecutions, seizures, stop sales, and injunctive actions. This program covers the
approximately 6,500 firms involved in the production of pesticides sold and
distributed in the United States and millions of persons using those pesticides.
State agency cooperation in pesticides enforcement activities is an important
feature of the program. Enforcement agreements are developed pursuant to the authority
of Section 23(a)(l) of the amended FIFRA. With State participation, the scope and
effectiveness of the pesticides enforcement program are significantly enhanced.
In FY 1976, $100,000 was designated for contracts. Contract funds were used for
ADP support and public affairs. During FY 1976, the following accomplishments were
realized by EPA: inspection of 2,264 pesticide producing establishments; collection
of 4,823 samples for chemical analysis; inspections at 465 ports of entry; observations
of 1,162 pesticide applications; observations of 299 experimental use applications; and
investigations at 2,947 marketplaces. As a result of these efforts, the following
enforcement actions were taken: 73 Section 14 notices of warning for misuse; 135
import detentions; 324 civil actions for product/producer violations; 1,047 Section 9
establishment inspection warnings; and 239 recalls.
In FY 1976, the Agency developed cooperative enforcement agreements with certain
States. .Under these agreements, States performed 522 use and reentry investigations.
P-22
-------
The Agency also published in the Federal Register four Pesticides Enforcement Policy
Statements (PEPS), which set forth Agency policy for the enforcement of various statutory
provisions; initiated efforts to develop Memoranda of Understanding with other Federal
agencies for exchange of information; developed a legal manual and revised the case
proceedings manual; and published Notices of Judgment. In addition, the Agency published
in the Federal Register a notice of the availability of Federal funds for States for the
enforcement of the FIFRA.
1977 Program
The FY 1977 pesticides enforcement program has three major focuses: (1) ensuring
product and producer compliance with the registration and labeling requirements of the Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, as amended; (2) ensuring applicator
compliance with label directions for use; and (3) developing Federal/State cooperative
agreements for the enforcement of the FIFRA, as amended.
The FY 1977 planned resource level for this activity is $5 million and 165 positions.
Contract funds in the amount of $210,000 will be used for ADP support, public affairs,
preparation of an Enforcement Review Manual, and for regional training in use observation
activities.
To ensure product and producer compliance, 1,420 establishments will be inspected,
1,558 market places will be investigated, and 418 ports of entry will be inspected. To
ensure user compliance, 813 use applications and 278 experimental use applications will
be observed.
Finally, approximately 17 State cooperative enforcement agreements will be developed
in FY 1977. These agreements will provide for participation by the States in all areas of
the pesticides enforcement program. Under these agreements, States are expected to
perform 850 establishment inspections, 2,635 use/ reentry and experimental use
observations, and 680 market place investigations.
1 977 Expl anati on of Changes from Budget Estimate
The increase of $255,000 over the budget estimate results -from several "actions.
Regional operating adjustments resulted in an increase of $72,000 in order to reflect the
changing regional priorities; $130,000 was reprogrammed from other media by the
headquarters offices to support growing litigation activity and to develop a coordinated
approach to toxic substances control; and an increase of $53,000 was reprogrammed from
other pesticides activities to support increased salary costs.
1978 Plan
In FY 1978, the Agency intends to significantly increase the scope of the pesticides
enforcement program and the role of the States. Enforcement activities will be directed
at compliance with newly implemented sections of the FIFRA, as amended: registration and
classification (Section 3) and certification of applicators (Section 4).
The FY 1978 budget for this activity is $10,398,000 and 185 positions, an increase of
$5,397,800 and 20 positions. About $800,000 will be used for contracts for operation and
maintenance of ADP systems, for economic impact studies of the program, and for support
for increased enforcement use activities. t
With an increase of 20 positions, the pesticides enforcement program will expand in
the areas of use/reentry and experimental use observations, and import investigations.
The establishment inspection and market place investigation programs will continue,
although with a lower emphasis at the Federal level. In addition, a new program to verify
test data submitted by registrants in support of product registrations will be
introduced. This program will guarantee that data received by the Agency are in fact
representative of actual product testing.
With an increase in funding of $4 million to a total of $5 million, the number of
Federal/State cooperative agreements is expected to increase substantially over the FY 1977
level. With the additional operating agreements, the States will take on a highly
significant role in the areas of establishment inspections, use/reentry and experimental
use observations, market place investigations, and data verifications activities.
9-23
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
PESTICIDES
Research and Development
Health and Ecological Effects
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dol 1 irsin thousands')
Appropriation
Health Effects.
Ecological Effects...
Substitute Chemicals.
$5,204
2,518
1,107
$5,377
2,560
2.950
$.5,596
2,560
2.500
$5,696
2,560
2.500
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+$100
Total ,
'Permanent Positions
8,829 10.887
10,656
10,756
+100
Ecological Effects...
Substitute Chemicals.
90
48
30
72
50
35
71
50
35
66
50
35
-5
• • *
• * .
Total.
168
157
156
151
Budget Request
The 1978 resource level for this program is projected to be about the same as 1977,
with the exception of a $100,000 increase and a reduction of five positions. The Agency
is considering various options for taking the position reduction.
Program Description
This program supports the Agency's regulatory activities with respect to pesticides -
and includes: the development of data required to support administrative reviews and
litigation; monitoring; development of new methods of pest control; and development of
long-term pesticides research strategy. Major areas of ongoinp research include:
(1) determination of human health effects; (2) development of pesticide residue analytical
methods; (3) development of model ecosystems; (4) determination of ecological effects; and
(5) health and ecological investigations of substitute chemicals as alternatives for those
pesticides under litigation or review as potentially detrimental.
Research programs investigating the .health effects of pesticide exposure are
extensively by the Agency in its regulatory decision making. In addition to the Agency's
need to document the environmental impact of exposures to persistent pesticides,
considerable attention is focused on the potential health hazards associated with the
use of pesticides in agricultural situations. A number of accomplishments in these
areas of research have provided a sound basis for the Agency's administrative decisions
on the regulation of pesticides.
Specific programs include: the evaluation (for safety) of both pesticides considered as
substitutes for those whose registrations are not being renewed and new generation pest
control agents, such as insect viruses and pathoaenic bacteria, sterility agents,
attractants and pheromones; development and validation of new toxicological and analytical
methods; and, a major effort, provision of technical support to the Offices of Pesticide
Programs, Enforcement, and the regional offices by providing expertise in pesticides
research for use in administrative decisions pertinent to the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide,
and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA).
P-24
-------
Pesticide research supported under FIFRA is also utilized by other segments of the
Agency interested in regulating pesticides under different legislative authorities. For
example, results from the program are used to support toxic effluent standards, issuance
of permits, water quality criteria for fresh, estuarine, and coastal waters under the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act (P.L. 92-500). Data are also used in support of
pending regulations under the Safe Drinking Water Act (P.L. 523).
The ecological effects pesticide research program consists of two parts: study of
the ecological effects of pesticides; and determination of the ecological effects of
candidate substitute pesticide chemicals. These programs provide information to aid the
Agency in the reregi strati on. of pest control agents and in the formulation of policies
involving the registration process.
The ecological effects portion of the program deals with the determination of fate,
transport, and effects of pesticides and substitute chemicals in ecosystems. As part
of this work, the program develops, validates, and utilizes suitable methods and techniques
to assess the ecological effects of pesticides and substitute chemicals.
The substitute chemicals program deals with determining the adequacy, suitability,
and availability of substitute pesticides to act as replacements for uses of other pesticides
considered problematic by the Agency. The Office of Research and Development transfers
funds to Office of Pesticides Programs for some of these purposes.
HEALTH EFFECTS
1976 Accompl i shments
1976 resources included approximately $730,900 in contracts, $1,073,000 in grants,
and 5525,600 in interagency agreements. The 1976 accomplishments in health effects
research include the following:
- In responding to the Kepone emergency, analytical techniques were developed
and used for analysis of Kepone in water, sediments and soils, fish and
shellfish, air, human sebum, and human blood. Analytical support was also
provided in the identification of metabolites and transformation products
of Kepone in human and environmental samples. Among the documentation
produced were preliminary reports on Kepone levels found in environmental
samples from the Hopewell, Virginia, area and in human.blood from the
general population of Hopewell.
- Because pesticides are applied by spraying, inhalation is an important
route of exposure; therefore, environmentally controlled exposure chambers
for pesticide inhalation studies were designed and developed. The
facility will enable evaluations of acute, subacute, and chronic inhalation
toxicities using laboratory animals. Acute inhalation toxicities of six
priority pesticides have already been determined, including organic
arsenical herbicides and a chlorinated hydrocarbon fungicide. Results
indicate the acute LCso values are sufficiently high enough not to pose
an acute or chronic hazard to the general population and probably not to
occupationally exposed workers. Studies to determine the teratogenic
potential of Captan and folpet administration in inhalation have also
been performed. Results for Captan show that although the incidence of
fetal mortality was apparently greater than for the control group, no
other important difference was found between the litters of the two
groups. The completion of the report on folpet awaits, the teratological
investigation and histopathological evaluation of maternal tissues.
P-25
-------
- A new and improved procedure has been developed for measuring exposure to
organophosphorus pesticides. This methodology 1s of particular- value in
estimation of exposure of agricultural workers who reenter treated fields
after pesticides have been applied. This technique is being used in
several field validation projects involving a total of 7,000-8,000 people.
- Other work in the pesticides program includes that with Baygon, the active
ingredient in many household pesticides, and mirex, used for controlling
the fire ant. Baygon, for example, was observed to produce an abnormal
electroencephalogram in Rhesus monkeys, while mirex was found to be
transmitted to neonatal rats through mothers' milk and produced cataracts
in young animals.
1977 Program
The 1977 resource level for health research is $5, 596, 300. and 71 positions. Those
resources include approximately $1,286,300 in contracts, $981,000 in grants, and $100,000
in interagency agreements.
In the 1977 health effects pesticides research program, toxicological studies are being
conducted to determine the acute effects of pesticides on mammals, the potential hazards from
"new generation" pest control agents, the identification of pesticide metabolites, and the
distribution and effects of pesticides and their metabolites in animal tissues. Studies will
also address their biochemical effects on metabolic activity and central nervous function,
and their potential for causing gene mutations and cancer. Inhalation toxicology studies are
continuing to assess the importance of inhalation exposures to pesticides as compared with
ingestion and skin contact. These studies will yield determination of the acute effects of
at least eight pesticide aerosols of controlled particle sizes, and measurement of the
distribution of the parent compound and its metabolites in body tissues, urine and 'feces.
The program is also conducting acute and toxic, mutagenic, and metabolic studies on
substitute or suspect chemicals. The results from these studies will be analyzed and
compared with the chemicals which the substitute is to replace.
In the area of the analytic techniques, attention is being given to the development of
a sensitive, specific detector for pesticides containing chloride, sulfur and/or nitrogen;
an efficient system for collecting and determining pesticides in air; and anlytical methods
for determining dioxins in tissues, environmental media, and pesticide formulations. Other
objectives include completing a manual for analysis of pesticides in waste water which
includes the use of multiresidue analytical procedures for carbamate and organophosphate
pesticides, and establishing standardized procedures for identification of insect viruses
in tissues.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The increase of $219,000 results from several actions. $450,000 was transferred from
the substitute chemicals activity for accelerated toxic and mutagenic studies on substitute
chemicals; $100,000 was transferred to the air media for support of Biological and Climatic
Effects Research (BACER); and a reprogramming of $131,000, contingent upon Committee
approval as appropriate, to cover increased costs associated with efforts such as the Kepone
incident, dioxin disposal, and certain regional oxidant transport studies.
The 1978 resource level for health effects research will be $5,696,000 and 66 positions.
These resources will include approximately $1,386,000 in contracts, $1,031,000 in grants, and
$100,000 in interagency agreements.
The 1978 health effects research program in pesticides will:
- Continue analytic methodology research to improve quality control
activities and to detect new generation and other pesticide agents
in mammalian tissues, soil, sediment, biological samples, and
ambient air.
P-26
-------
- Continue study of tdxicological effects of commonly used pesticides
on laboratory animals and cell cultures, the toxicological effects
of substitute chemicals, inhalation toxicology, and potential
hazards of new generation pesticides.
- Complete the joint EPA-NCI study of possible carcinogenic effects
of rotenone using hamsters and rats as test animals.
- Perform studies based upon clinical investigations of pesticide
poisoning cases, health status surveys of agricultural workers,
and field methods of measuring pesticide exposure.
- Publish comprehensive reports on the health effects in animals
and man from field and garden pesticide exposures.
- Continue the acute and toxic, mutagenic, and metabolic studies on
substitute or suspect chemicals. Results will be analyzed and
compared with the chemicals which the substitute is to replace.
- Evaluate human exposures from handling pesticides, and conduct field
trials to assess techniques for measuring and minimizing human
exposure, such as the use of protective clothing in agricultural
operations and decontamination of spills.
The 1978 budget provides for a reduction of five positions in pesticides health research
in order to release positions for nonresearch Agency functions. This reduction will be taken
at the Health Effects Research Laboratory located at Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
As a result of this reduction, more work will be done on an extramural basis.
The $100,000 increase in the 1978 budget results .from a FY 1977 reprograuming to meet the
Biological and Climatic Effects Research (BACER) program funding requirements. The increase
in the T978 budget returns the program to the FY 1977 level prior to the reprogramming action.
ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS
1976 _Accgrnp1jshtnents
1976 resources included approximately $6,900 in contracts and $729,200 in grants. The
1976 accomplishments in ecological effects research included the following:
- Bioassay procedures were developed for use in the pesticide registration/
reregistrati on process. In addition, these methods were published as
procedures for use by EPA's ocean disposal permit program. These procedures
evaluate not only the toxicity of pesticides but also wastes considered for
ocean disposal.
- Research was undertaken to determine the toxic effects of Kepone on
estuarine organisms and its fate and persistence in the aquatic environment.
Results from the studies are made available as they are developed for use
by EPA and the State of Virginia in setting food tolerances, in evaluating
the impact of the occurrence of Kepone in the James River estuary and in
devising strategies to reduce present levels.
P-27
-------
Chronic and acute exposures to shortlived pesticides for aquatic organisms.
Effects on lifetime exposure at a given pesticide concentration were found
to be equal to those effects observed with exposure to three times that
concentration over only one-third the life cycle. These results give a
more rational basis for evaluating toxicity and estimating safe concentrations
of degradable pesticides for aquatic organisms.
Studies suggest that food uptake of pesticides can exceed bioaccumulation
by absorption directly from the water medium for certain aquatic organisms.
Thus, food input should be taken into consideration when water quality
criteria are determined.
Effects were examined of a combination of a long-lived pesticide, Endrin,
and a short-lived pesticide, Malathion, on an aquatic organism. Results
indicate that long-term toxic action of pesticide mixtures cannot always
be extrapolated from their short-term actions. For short-term exposures,
the toxic effects of one insecticide were not increased or decreased by
the presence of the other. For long-term exposures, synergistic effects
were indicated by a 20-30 percent reduction in the survival rate of the
organism tested.
Results of the toxicity and bioconcentration of chlordane and heptachlor
with respect to estuarine organisms were determined. It was indicated,
for example, that these substances were associated with significant
mortality in fish at a low number of parts per billion exposure
concentrations. Bioconcentration results indicated an 18,000-fold
increase of chlordane uptake in test fish tissue over that in the fishes'
water, with a similar increase of 21,000-fold for heptachlor. These
data were used to establish water quality criteria and for the pesticide
cancellation hearings on heptachlor and chlordane.
A technique was developed for testing chronic toxicity using estuarine
shrimp. This marks the first occurrence of conducting chronic exposures
using an invertebrate species and significantly enhances EPA's capability
to assess the impact of chronic pollutant stress on important estuarine
organisms. This technique will be used for establishing pesticide
registration and ocean disposal guidelines, and water quality criteria
and for comparative testing of substitute chemicals and complex wastes.
Preliminary testing of a system to enable chemical manufacturers to screen
new pesticides and to evaluate their environmental impacts prior to
marketing was completed. The system, which may be available for wide
scale application by the end of calendar year 1977, uses terrestrial
microcosms in a laboratory setting and employs radioactive tracers to
follow pesticides as they move through soil, plants and animals.
A significant effort was devoted to preparing and contributing expert
testimony for the State of New York on the polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB)
problems in the Hudson River. As a result of the hearings, continued
PCB discharges into the river from an industrial plant were prevented.
Terrestrial microecosystems in the form of specially constructed boxes
containing a mix of soil, plants, and animals have been developed. This
laboratory simulation is an important part of a broader study to develop
methods for evaluating the fate and effects of chemicals introduced into
the environment. The research was initiated in an effort to provide an
effective way to screen potential problem chemicals which may be used as
pesticides.
P-28
-------
1977 Program
The 1977 resource level for ecological research is $2,560,000 and 50 positions.
These resources include approximately $55,000 in contracts and $394,000 in grants. The
1977 ecological effects pesticides research program emphasizes:
- Completion of studies on the effects of Kepone in marine and
estuarine ecosystems.
- Determination of the effects of selected pesticides on marine
and fresh water organisms and ecosystems to permit enhanced
management of economically valuable resources.
- The determination of the effects of antifouling biocides and
disinfectants on estuarine organisms and ecosystems to quantify
damage in critical shallow water "nursery" areas for ecologically
and economically important organisms.
- Development and validation of field methods and techniques for
assessing harmful and/or beneficial ecological effects of designated
candidate substitutes as they are transported to terrestrial,
estuarine/marine, and fresh water ecosystems.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
There is no change. Funds for the original budget estimate were previously reflected
under health effects; the ecological effects portion is now reflected herein for comparability
purposes.
1978 Plan
~ The 1978 resource level for ecological effects research will be $2,560,000 and 50 positions,
the same level as in 1977. These resources will include approximately $60,000 in contracts and
$400,000 in grants. The proposed 1978 plan in ecological effects will be similar to the 1977
research program:
- Marine and estuarine studies on the fate and effects of synthetic organic
compounds on aquatic ecosystems will determine the effects of selected
pesticides on planktonic organisms. Studies on acute and chronic
effects of organic and inorganic compounds to establish "no effect"
levels and dose response relationships on estuarine biota will continue.
These studies will be comparable to studies which determine the
environmental optima for marine and estuarine organisms under unstressed
conditions. Strong program emphasis will be placed upon development of
a balanced laboratory ecosystem to be used for determination of pollutant
effects on estuarine ecosystems.
- Research on pesticide microbial interactions in the estuarine environment
will determine pesticide effects on microbial activity and determine
pesticide breakdown rates and residual products.
- Increased technical support will be provided to the Office of Pesticide
Programs in 1978 for its reregistration program.
- Research on the occurrence of carcinogens, teratogens, and mutagens in
the marine environment will be continued. The effects of selected
pesticides and related compounds on ATPase inhibition is planned.
ATPase is an important enzyme in living organisms!
- Work'will continue on the development of terrestrial microcosms to evaluate
ecological effects of substitute pesticide chemicals on terrestrial flora
and fauna. -
P-29
-------
- Work will continue on the effects of pesticides in water as related
to development of water quality criteria.
- Work will continue on the development and validation of field methods
and techniques for assessing harmful and/or beneficial ecological
effects of designated candidate substitutes as they are transported
to terrestrial, estuarine/marine, and fresh water ecosystems.
I-' SUBSTITUTE CHEMICALS
1 < "
T976 Accomplishments
\ 1976 resources include approximately $400,000 in contracts and interagency agreements.
These resources are allocated to the Office of Pesticide Programs (OPP). The 1976 accomplishments
on substitute chemicals include the following:
". " - Heretofore unpublished scientific data are being voluntarily contributed
by industrial sources specifically to support the program review needs,
greatly enhancing the Agency's base of decision data in an efficient manner.
- Review reports have been published and are available for public
- ' distribution for the following pesticides: parathion, methyl parathion,
aldicarb, malathion, bromacil, crotoxyphos, monuron, and captan.
- Reviews of methyl parathion, parathion, malathion, bromacil, phorate,
demeton, guthion, azodrin, dimethoate, crotoxyphos, chlorpyrifos,
carbofuran, disulfoton, dacthal, MSMA/DSMA, Cacodylic acid, monuron,
' captan, PCNB and Folpet conducted to date have fully verified the
suitability of these chemicals to act as substitutes for certain
problem pesticide uses.
' - A unique data gathering system to seek information from the local
user level has been developed with the help of the USDA State
Extension Services and the EPA regional offices.
1977 Program
The 1977 resource level for substitute chemicals, administered by the OPP, is
$2,500,000 and 35 positions. These resources include approximately $1,700,000 in contracts
and interagency agreements. In 1977 the substitute chemical program focuses on:
- Analysis of problematic pesticide use situations for selected
herbicides and insecticides;
- Simplification of scientifically credible screens for carcinogenesis
and mutagenesis;
, - Development of analytical techniques to qualitatively and quantitatively
identify multiple residues of the pesticides under consideration by the
program;
- Selective toxicological and environmental studies of pesticides to help
-'• in the evaluation and decision process; and
- Evaluation of the suitability of major and minor uses of an additional
registered pesticide to act as a substitute for a problem pesticide
^ • for man and his environment.
T The Office of Research and Development research effort in substitute chemicals is
described under the pesticides health and ecological' activities.
P-30
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The $450,000 decrease from the budget estimate reflects a transfer to the pesticides "\
health effects program for accelerated toxic and mutagenic studies on substitute chemicals. I I
1978 Plan
The 1978 resource level for substitute chemicals program, administered by the OPP, will '- j
be $2,500,000 and 35 positions, the same level as in 1977. These resources include approximately
$1,700,000 in contracts and interagency agreements. The 1978 substitute chemicals program
will be similar to the 1977 program:
- Work will continue on evaluating the suitability of the major and minor «
uses of an additional registered pesticide to act as a substitute for
problem pesticides;
I
- Follow-up analysis on selected herbicides and insecticides; j
- Continue to simplify screening techniques for carcinogenesis
and mutagenesis; and <
\
- Conduct select toxicological and environmental studies of - -1
pesticides to help in the evaluation and decision process.
P-31
-------
Radiation
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Radiation
Ford Submission
T978 Revised
Carter Final
Abatement and Control :
Radiation CHterias Standards, and Guide! ines
Envi roninental Standards ,
Federal Radiation Guide! ines. ................
Environmental Impact Assessment
Federal Activities/Environmental Impact
Statement Assessment
Monitoring and Analysis
State Program Support.
Research and Development:
Health and Ecological- Effects
Heal th Effects
Pos.
174
51
(25)
(26)
123
(16)
(58)
(24)
(25)
30
30
(30)
Amount
(dollars in thousands)
4,815
1 ,229
(625)
(604)
3 ,586
(398)
(1 ,400)
(975)
(813)
030
830
(830)
Pos.
184
51
(25)
(26)
133
(16)
(58)
(24)
(35)
30
30
(30)
Amount
(dollars
4,815
1,229
(625)
(604)
3,586
(398)
(1 .400)
(975)
(813)
030
830
(830)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
RADIATION
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Abatement and Control:
Apprdpri ati on.........
Permanent Positions...
Transition Quarter....
Research and Development:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions...
Transition Quarter
Total, Radiation Program:
Appropriation.
Permanent Positions...
Transition Quarter....
Outlays
Authorization Levels..
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
Actual
1976
$4,707
184
1,589
1,515
45
498
Budget
Estimate
1977
$4,022
174
N/A
879
30
N/A
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thousands)
$4,551
174
N/A
830
30
N/A
$4,815
174
N/A
830
30
N/A
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+$264
N/A
N/A
6,222 4,901 5,381 5,645 +264
229 204- 204 204
2,087 N/A N/A N/A N/A
7,492 5,270 6,400 5,930 -470
Authorization is by virtue of the Appropriation Act.
Exposure to ionizing radiation principally results from naturally occurring sources, some
Of which have been enhanced through man's intervention in mining and manufacturing processes;
from medical and industrial applications of x-rays and radioactive materials; and from various
aspects of the nuclear power industry. EPA accepts as a prudent health assumption the concept
that any radiation exposure results in some adverse health effects. While some public exposure
to radiation is inevitable, no avoidable risk due to radiation exposure should occur to individ-
uals, to the population at large, or to the environment without the existence of offsetting
benefits.
The current annual incidence of serious health effects from natural, medical, and occupa-
tional exposures is estimated to be about 11,000, 10,000, and 100,respectively—a total of about
21,000 health effects per year. Most of the potential health effects from natural exposure
result from uncontrollable background levels. However, an estimated 100 to 500 health effects
per year resulting from increased exposure above usual background levels due to industrial
processes can be avoided through various control measures. Previous efforts to reduce
unnecessary exposure to x-rays have been in the form of HEW performance standards for equipment.
Improved medical practices in the use of x-rays could avoid an additional 1,000 health effects
each year. The health effects impact of improved occupational exposure control has not been
quantified.
Although the potential health impact from the existing nuclear energy sector is low, EPA
estimates that projected nuclear growth could greatly increase this problem. The estimates
indicate that as many as 13,500 serious health effects could be caused by a combination of
krypton, tritium, iodine-129 and carbon-14 releases from nuclear industry activities by the
year 2000, given no additional controls beyond those currently in effect.
EPA has the mandate to protect public health and the environment from any adverse effects
due to radiation exposure. The two principal authorities for setting radiation standards are
(1) the authority transferred from the Atomic Energy Commission under Reorganization Plan #3
of 1970 to establish generally applicable environmental standards for the protection of the
general environment from radiation and radioactive materials, and (2) the Federal radiation
protection .guidance function for Federal activities, as enunciated in 42 USC 20221(H). Other
authorities which mandate activities of the EPA radiation program are contained in the Federal
Water Pollution Control Act, the Ocean Dumping Act, the Clean Air Act, the Public Health Service
Act, and the National Environmental Policy Act. These legislative authorities set out a standard-
setting, environmental assessment and technology assessment role for EPA. Enforcement responsi-
bilities are set out for other agencies, notably the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Therefore,
EPA has no radiation enforcement activities under the Atomic Energy Act and depends upon the
Nuclear Regulatory Commission for the implementation of its standards through enforcement of
compatible regulations. However, EPA does maintain some overview to insure that established
standards and guidance are followed. Enforcement of drinking water standards and effluent
R-l
-------
discharge limits in navigable waters is, of course, carried out by appropriate EPA offices.
EPA's principal efforts towards achieving its objective of preventing unnecessary radiation
exposure are directed towards the control of radiation exposure from naturally-occurring sources
not covered under the Atomic Energy Act and from exposures associated with all phases of nuclear
power generation. With completion of the development of the uranium fuel cycle standard for
control of planned releases from nuclear power generation activities, increased emphasis is being
placed on environmental problems surrounding the management of radioactive wastes. A major effort
to develop criteria and standards for various classes of wastes and alternative disposal techniques
will continue through FY 1978 and beyond. Other significant activities are directed toward develop-
ment of guidance of medical x-rays and nuclear medicine applications in Federal health care facili-
ties, the development of guidance for acceptable radiation levels in structures built on reclaimed
phosphate mined land and toward investigating ambient levels of nonionizing radiation and attendant
health effects. A decision on the need for standards for population exposure to nonionizing
radiation is projected for FY 1977; standard development, if needed, will take place in FY 1978.
EPA's FY 1978 radiation research and development program is limited to the area of nonionizing
radiation. Although no detrimental effects have yet been observed in the general population exposed
to nonionizing radiation from environmental sources, e.g., TV, radio, and radar, EPA research has
observed demonstrable effects from chronic, low-level exposure in laboratory studies. Furthermore,
this emerging data is beginning to confirm results reported internationally, particularly by
the Soviets. In FY 1977, the research is directed toward verifying this preliminary data. An
effort in FY 1978 will be directed at determining the effects of broader exposure levels and
frequencies, and at determining potential effects of low-level, chronic exposures.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES
(^ILAlroysandsof dollars)
1977 Radiation Program $5,381
Abatement and Control. , +264
The increase will provide for the maintaining
of a 1 eve!-of-effort program with some additional
funds for personnel costs and activities associated
with radioactive waste management. ,
1978 Radiation Program .... 5,645
SUMMARY_0_F BUDGET ESTIMATES
1- Summary of Budget Request
In 1978, a total of $5,645,000 is requested. This request, by appropriation account,
is as follows:
Abatement and Control $4,815,000
Research and Development 830,000
This request represents an increase of $264,300 from the 1977 radiation program which
will provide for increased personnel costs and radioactive waste management.
2. Changes from Original 1977 Budget Estimate
Changes from the original budget are as follows:
(jn thousands of dollars)
Original 1977 estimate... , ...........
Congressional increase.
Regional reprogramming
Office of Research and Development transfer...
Current 1977 estimate " 5,381
R-2
-------
The congressional add-on of $500,000 to the budget restored a proposed decrease to
the technical assistance to States' activities.
Regional reprogrammings were as a result of adjusting the budget to actual operating con-
ditions. The cumulative effect of these regional changes on the radiation program is +$29,000.
A proposal will be submitted to ttiesCommittee,as. appropriate,for separate consideration for the
research and development reprogramming of -$49,000 in order to meet increased program costs in
other media.
ANALYSl^gF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate Estimate
1977 1978
(in thousands of dollars)
Prior year obligations $6,222 $7,667
Net effect of increases and decreases,
as 1 isted above -20
Change in amount of carryover
funds available +2,145
Reduction of costs due to program decrease.... -680
Program increase requested ..^
Total estimated obligations ,. 7,667 5,619
(From new obligation authority) (5,204) (5,442)
(From prior year funds).... (2,463) (177)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLI6ATIONS
The increases and decreases-to the 1977 budget estimate, as detailed previously, result ina net
change of -$20,000 to obligations in 1977.
The major change in obligations results from the carryover funds available for obligation.
Carryover funds effecting obligations after FY 1976 result in a change of +$2,145,000; obligations
in 1977 from carryover funds are expected to be $2,463,000. In 1978, these obligations are
expected to be $177,000, a decrease of $2,286,000.
The 1977 budget included a program decrease from the 1976 level. The effect of the decrease
on obligations is estimated to be -$680,000.
The requested program increase for radioactive waste management is expected to increase
obligations by $238,000.
R-3
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
RADIATION
Abatement and Control
Actual
1976
Appropriation
Radiation Criteria,
Standards, and Guidelines $1,251
Environmental Impact
Assessment
Total.
4,707
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
(SolTars in thousands)
$1,251
3,456
$1,254
2,768
$1,216
3^335
$1,229
3,586
+$13
+251
4,022
4,551
4,815
Page
R-6
R-9
+264
y i
Radiation>iteria
Standards and Guidelines
Environmental Impact
Assessment.
46
138
51
123
51
123
51
123
* • *
Total.
184
174
174
174
Purnose
The radiation program's abatement and control activities focus primarily on establishment
of specific standards for environmental radiation and the development of Federal guidance which
forms the basis for all Federal radiation protection programs." Complementing the criteria and
standards-setting effort, EPA conducts programs of surveillance and monitoring to determine
levels-of environmental radiation reviews Federally supported or licensed projects which are
sources of environmental radiation, and provides technical assistance to other government
agencies.
The principal objective of the radiation abatement and control program is to reduce the risk
of individuals, the population at large, and the environment to avoidable radiation exposure
without jeopardizing off-setting benefits. From 1,100 to 1,500 serious health effects can
be avoided annually from unnecessary exposure to medical, occupational, and natural radiation
sources which have been exacerbated by man's intervention.
The radiation abatement and control activities are categorized into two major areas,
environmertal impact assessment and standard-setting activities. Environmental assessment
activities relate to the collection of information and the evaluation of public health and
environmental impact from both ionizing and nonionizing radiation sources. Technical information
is gathered via monitoring from the ambient environment as well as through special field studies
to determine levels of radiation and the present and potential exposure for both population
and the environment. This technical information provides a base of knowledge from which
substantive reviews of environmental impact statements are performed and froffl which decisions
are made related to setting required standards, guidelines or general criteria. The monitoring
activity also aids in detenming conformance with EPA standards.
The radiation standard-setting activity relates to the development and issuance of
(1) environmental standards for the protection of the general environment from radioactive
materials, (2) water quality criteria, (3) Federal radiation guidance to other Federal agencies,
and (4) drinking water standards. Also included are effluent guidelines for control of
radioactive discharges, development of general criteria for waste management, and environmental
R - 4
-------
standards for disposal of various classes of wastes. These criteria, standards, and guidelines
are based on technical information regarding population exposure and control technology, and ~~~
on economic information developed through cost-benefit analyses.
State radiation control programs are supported through the provision of consultation,
laboratory analysis and assistance on specific problems. This includes support in the development
of each States' emergency response capabilities and the evaluation of State programs.
R - 5
-------
RADIATION
Abatement and Control
Radiation Criteria, Standards, and Guidelines
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Current
Estimate Estimate
177
.iiir^
tdoflars in thousands)"
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
Appropriation
Environmental
Standards
Federal Radiation
Guidelines
Total.
$652
599
1,251
$713
541
1,254
$618
598
1,216
$625
604
1,229
+$7
+6
•1-13
Permanent Positions
Environmental
Standards,
Federal Radiation
Guidelines
24
22
29
22
25
26
25
26
• * *
Total.
46
51
51
51
Budget Request
The resources requested for this subactivity are $1,229,000 and 51 positions to
continue the program at the FY 1977 level of effort with a minor increase of $13,100
for personnel costs.
Program Description
Activities within this subactivty are related to the development and promulgation
of standards and guidelines for the protection of the general environment from radioactive
materials. Environmental standards established for materials in nuclear fuel cycles are
enforced by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission at licensed facility sites; EPA is responsible
for enforcement of radiation limits established under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act
(FWPCA) and the Safe Drinking Water Act. Water quality criteria and drinking water standards
are established to control radioactivity in water pathways, including domestic water supplies.
Effluent guidelines regulate the discharge of radioactive materials under the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act.
Federal radiation guidance authority (Sec. 204 of the Atomic Energy Act) directs the
Administrator to advise the President with respect to radiation matters directly or indirectly
affecting health, including guidance for all Federal agencies in the formulation of radiation
standards. EPA has the responsibility to assess the impact of radiation sources, develop
policies for their control, and to document radiation levels and exposures that occur.
Selection of sources requiring guidance is based on the extent to which the source contributes
to the total public exposure to radiation, anticipated growth in sources, or development of
new information on control techniques or health effects.
R - 6
-------
.ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS
1976 Accomplishments
In FV 1976, EPA completed the final generally applicable standard for the uranium
fuel cyclCi but negotiations with other agencies delayed its publications until FY 19??.
Final interim regulations for radioactivity in drinking water were published,
1977 Pros-ram
—, —-
The current estimate for this program element is $517,500 and 25 positions. In
FY 1977i EPA plans to publish standards for carbon-14 from the uranium fuel cycle, an
effluent not covered in the original standards. The Agency will also consider covering
radon and uranium in its drinking water standards. A large effort in 1977 will be the
development and Federal Register publication of proposed environmental standards for disposal of
high-level radioactive wastes.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $95,000 is a result of operating adjustments required to adjust
the budget to actual operating conditions. In the process of applying the budget to
the specific needs of each regional office, laboratory, and headquarters program office,
it is often necessary to make small adjustments to the planned budget. This decrease is
the effect of these changes on this program element in 1977; the transfer of funds was
kept within the radiation program under the environmental impact assessment activity
($57,000) and the Federal radiation guidelines program element ($38,000).
1978 Plan
Resources required for this activity in FY 1978 are $625,000 and 25 positions, a
slight increase of $7,500 for personnel costs. Final standards for carbon-14 from the
uranium fuel cycle and environmental standards for disposal of high-level radioactive
wastes will be published. The data bases for radon standards, for a plutonium recycle
standard, and for standard defense-related and commercial usage of plutonium will be
completed.
FEDERAL RADIATION GUIDELINES
1976 Accompl1shments
Contracts totaling $120,000 were negotiated to study problems of radioactivity in
various fossil fuels and construction materials, and to help determine the need for addi-
tional work towards guidelines in these areas. The issuance of two reports on medical
x-ray applications in Federal health care facilities will form the basis of proposed
Federal guidance for these areas. Protective action recommendations encompassing gaseous
releases resulting from nuclear reactor accidents were issued for use by States in
radiation emergency response planning. Two Federal Register notices were published
recommending limits to occupational exposure to raaon in caverns and the other recommending
interim screening levels covering radon emanations from reclaimed phosphate mining lands*.
1977 Program :
The FY 1977 estimate for this element is $598,400 and 25 positions. Federal guidance
.for radiation protection in Federal health care facilities covering prescription and
technique for medical x-rays will be sent to the President. Recommendations for cleanup,
restoration, and occupancy of areas contaminated by plutonium will be published.
Protective action guidelines covering participates in the reactor plume resulting from
nuclear reactor accidents will be developed and issued for State use. Completion of the
assessment of radioactivity levels in various fossil fuels, and their potential population
impact, will.permit a determination of the need for guidance for those radiation sources.
Final recommendations will be made on corrective measures for existing structures on
reclaimed phosphate mined lands, and on screening measures for structures planned to be
built in undeveloped areas.
R - 7
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The increase of $57,000 over the budget estimate is a result of operating adjustments
required to adjust the budget to actual operating conditions. This increase is the effect
of these changes on this program element in 1977; the transfer of funds was kept within
the radiation program from the environmental impact assessment activity ($19,000) and
within the criteria standards and guidelines activity ($38,000).
1978 Plan
Resources required for this element in FY 1978 are $604,000 and 26 positions, a slight
increase of $5,600 for personnel costs. The program to control naturally occurring
radiation which, because of man's activities, has the potential to expose people, will
consist of the issuance of Federal guidance for the use of land containing elevated
concentrations of radioactivity and for acceptable radioactivity concentrations in building
materials. The program will also issue a report on the extent of radioactivity in fossil
fuels, implications for increased utilization of these fuels, and the need for guidance.
Environmental criteria for radioactive waste management will be developed. While the nature
of the criteria for radioactive waste management have not as yet been completely determined,
such criteria would include parameters for defining the degree of protection that should be
afforded to present and future generations and for specifying risk limits from such
activities. Protective action guides for food and water contaminated by particulates
released by a nuclear accident will be issued to further assist States in developing
emergency response capabilities.
R - 8
-------
>_
,-> ')
FEDERAL ACTIVITIES/ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT ASSESSMENT
1976 Accomplishments
A review of the NRC Reactor Safety Study (WASH-1400) was completed and a final
report was issued. Environmental impact statements for advanced applications, including
the light water breeder, the liquid metal fast breeder reactor, the Hanford reservation,
and the Lincoln experimental satellites 8/9 were reviewed and .comments were provided.
Regional office personnel were assisted in the review of light water reactors within
their jurisdictions.
1977 Program - - ,
The current estimate for this program element is $351,000 and 16 positions. '
Review of and comment on all environmental impact statements involving nuclear facilities
will be made. Those involving generic issues or advanced applications are expected to
include the generic statement for waste management, the last part of Offshore Power *'
Systems, and the Generic Environmental Statement for Mixed Oxides (GESMO). Advanced >
applications will be reviewed for the Idaho Nuclear Engineering Lab, the Savannah River
Plant, Uranium Fuel Fabrication Facility, Portsmouth Gaseous Diffusion Plant, the spent
fuel storage, and the Exxon Reprocessing Plant. EIS reviews for light water reactors
will be performed in the regional offices.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $92,000 from the budget estimate is a result of operating t >
adjustments required to adjust the budget to actual operating conditions. Of the
net decrease, $74,000 is a result of transferring positions to the regions for increased
regional capabilities. The transfer of funds was kept within the radiation program
environmental impact assessment activity. ,
1978 Plan I
Resources required for this program element are $398,000 and 16 positions, an
increase of $47,000 for personnel costs. This level of resources will provide a }
continuation of the FY 1977 program. In FY 1978, review of EIS's for advanced • \
applications of nuclear technology will be performed as needed; issues expected to be
included relate to the generic mixed oxides statement, safeguards, proliferation and
reprocessing. Light water reactor EIS's will be reviewed as necessary by the regional
office staff. j
MONITORING AND ANALYSIS
1976 Accomplishments 'i
Monitoring of ambient ionizing radiation and surveys of nonionizing radiation were
continued. The first annual Radiological Quality of the Environment Report was published
documenting environmental radiation levels as identified in a variety of surveillance t\
systems. Dose models were validated through field studies at Cooper Nuclear Power ?
Station, Nebraska (direct external exposure), and Quad Cities, Iowa (radioactive pathways *. --'
in boiling water reactors).
1977 Program . t
The current estimate for this program element is $1,328,900 and 58 positions. In ^*
FY 1977, monitoring efforts will be continued; the second annual Radiological Quality
of the Environment Report will contain trends analyses. Industry influence on pollution ,|l
of the environment by natural radionuclides will be reported. Data analyses will be 1
performed for selected nuclear facilities. Low-level nonionizing radiation surveys *f<
will continue on the West Coast.
R - 10
-------
Appropriation
Federal Activities/
Environmental Impact
Statement Assessment..
Monitoring and Analysis.
Technology Assessment...
State Program Support...
Total.
Permanent Posi ti ons
Federal '"Activi ti es/
Environmental Impact
Statement Assessment..
Monitoring and Analysis.
Technology Assessment...
State Program Support...
Total.
Budget Request
RADIATION
Abatement and Control
Environmental Impact Assessment
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Current Increase +
Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
{dollars in thousands)
$251
1,696
644
865
$443
1,428
516
381
$351
1,329
842
813
$398
1,400
975
813
+$47
+71
+133
3,456 2,768
3,335
3,586
+251
15
58
30
35
18
58
21
26
16
58
24
25
16
58
24
25
* * »
• •
• • *
138
123
123
123
The resources requested for this subactivity are $3,586,000 and 123 positions, an
increase of $251,200 for personnel costs and work on radioactive waste management. These
resources essentially reflect a continuation of the program at the FY 1977 level.
Program Description
Data collection and analysis provide the basis for identifying the need for
standards and determining conformance with established standards. In addition to
information collected through the Environmental Radiation Ambient Monitoring System
(ERAMS), EPA collects and analyzes data from specialized sources to determine the
scope of a problem, the need for remedial action, and the effectiveness of the
applied remedy. The system Is also used to determine the nature and extent of
radioactive fallout from atmospheric detonation of nuclear devices.
A major focus of EPA's radiation protection program is the collection of
information needed to develop criteria for radioactive waste disposal and
environmental standards for disposal of high-level radioactive waste. A second
activity is the review of environmental impact statements (EIS's) prepared under
provisions of the National Environmental Policy Act for generic issues and advanced
applications for nuclear facilities licensed or operated by other Federal agencies.
The ability to make intelligent reviews of EIS's and .establish environmental standards which
are technically feasbile requires maintenance of a base level of information acquired through
study of new and developing technologies, such as' new types of power reactors, designs of fuel
reorocessing plants, and waste disposal facilities. Review of EIS's f9rJlesignt construction,
arid operation of light water reactors is performed in the regional offices. The
State program support activity deals with States in the development phases of their
radiation control programs, including technical information and assistance on localized
problems, in .addition to the assistance-provided by small regional- of free-staff s,
this effort includes the provision of laboratory support for radiochemical analysis
of air, water, soil, food, and milk samples.
R - 9
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $99,000 from the budget estimate Is a result of operating
adjustments required Id adjust the budget to actual operating conditions. This
decrease is the effect of these changes on this program element in 1977; the
transfer of funds was kept within the radiation program environmental impact
assessment activity.
1978 Plan
Resources required for this element are $1,399,700 and 58 positions, an
increase of $70,800 for personnel costs. In FY 1978 monitoring operations to
collect data on both ionizing and nonionizing radiation levels will continue,
with data and trends analysis included in the annual Radiological Quality of
the Environment Report. A report of nonionizing radiation exposures based on
West Coast site surveys will be published. Environmental measurements will
also be reported to assure conformance with safe drinking water standards. A
guidance manual on sampling procedures will be issued, and data analyses for
selected nuclear facilities will be published.
TECHNOLOGY ASSESSMENT
1976 Accomplishments
Contracts amounting to $125,000 were negotiated to study problems
associated with radioactive waste disposal and transportation. In FY 1976,
EPA published reports «n the evaluation of low-level radioactive waste burial
sites and environmental transport of radioactive wastes at ocean dumping sites.
A review of the NRC Reactor Safety Study (WASH-14QO) was completed and a final
report issued; transportation accident risks in the nuclear power industry for
the years 1975-2020 were also evaluated and a report published.
1977 Program
The current estimate for this program element is $841,600 and 24 positions.
Contracts totaling $300,000 will be used to study new technologies for radioactive
waste disposal, principally for low-level waste and for activities under the Ocean
Dumping Act. In FY 1977, EPA will complete and publish the background considerations
report and supporting documents needed for the promulgation of fundamental
environmental criteria for radioactive waste management. Additional waste efforts
will be directed toward assessments of the Maxey Flats, Kentucky, and West Valley,
New York, disposal sites; developing and reporting on an environmental model of
high-level waste disposal in geological formations; publishing reports on shallow
land burial of low-level wastes; and on ocean site-specific waste packaging studies.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The increase of $326,000 was used to fund contracts primarily to study new
technologies for low-level radioactive waste disposal.
1978 Plan
Resources required for this program element are $975,000 and 24 positions, an
increase of $133,400 for personnel costs and work on radioactive waste management.
Radioactive waste management will continue to be emphasized. Developmental work
necessary for ths publication of criteria for disposition or stabilization of uranium
mine and mill tailings at active and abandoned sites will be continued. Regulations
will be published on site selections and base line monitoring for ocean dumping of
low-level -radioactive wastes. The development plan for technical analysis of the
thorium fuel cycle in support of a standard will be completed.
R - 11
-------
STATE PROGRAM SUPPORT
1976 Accomplishments
States were assisted in the use of protective action guides in developing and
implementing emergency response plans for nuclear facilities; State and EPA
enforcement personnel were also supported, as necessary, in the area of radiation
standards for drinking water.
1977 Program
The current estimate for this program element is $813,300 and 25 positions.
Technical assistance to States, particularly with regard to application of EPA
standards, will be provided as will laboratory support for radiochemical analyses.
States will be assisted in the use of protective action guides and in implementing
emergency response plans if dictated by further weapons testing in the atmosphere.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The net increase of $432 thousand over the budget estimate is a result of a
$500,000 congressional add-on to the 1977 budget for restoration of a reduction
originally proposed in the budget estimates. Offsetting this increase is a decrease
of $97,000 reprogrammed within this subactivity to support technology assessment
contracts. The regional offices reprogrammed +$29,000 into the radiation program
.as a result of adjusting the budget to actual operating conditions.
1978 Plan
Resources required for this area are $813,300 and 25 positions, representing
no change from the 1977 level. The regional office staff will provide technical
assistance to States in efforts such as emergency response planning and stimulation
of training efforts. Other technical assistance requests, such as site surveys
and remedial actions, recommendations for site-specific problems such as uranium
tailings, and phosphate mining operations will be honored where possible.
R - 12
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
-. J
RADIATION
i &'J
. c.l Research and Development
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 _J978 197 8 j^., 1.977
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Health and Ecological
Effects..., $1,515 $879 $830 $830
Permanent Positions
Health and Ecological
Effects , 45 30 30 30
The establishment of guidelines for permissible environmental levels of radiation to which
the public may be exposed is an EPA responsibility. Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1970 transferred
all functions of the Federal Radiation Council to EPA. It also transferred to the Administrator
authority, under provisions of the Public Health Service Act, as amended in 1970, to conduct
research to provide scientific data needed for the formulation of radiation standards. Further,
because of great concern about the potential biological hazards of electromagnetic radiation, the
Office of Telecommunications Policy (DTP), Executive Office of the President, initiated and is
coordinating a multiagency program to assess the hazards of nonionizing radiation. EPA has been
assigned the responsibility to conduct research on health effects associated with frequencies of
potential environmental consequence.
Budget Request
An appropriation of $830,000 is requested for 1978, the same as the 1977 resource level.
Program Descri ption
The health and ecological effects radiation program has been reoriented to eliminate research
on ionizing radiation. This reorientation allows the Agency to capitalize on the extensive body of
knowledge available on ionizing radiation and on information from ongoing programs of the Energy
Research and Development Administration (ERDA) and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC). EPA's
limited laboratory studies on the toxicity of radionuclides, support of epidemiological studies
conducted by the Atomic Bomb Casualty Commission, and research on radiation exposure pathways were
phased out by the end of FY 1976. Efforts were then fully concentrated on the health effects of
exposure to nonionizing radiation, a relatively, new, complex, and growing area of concern. The
program of studies on nonionizing radiation focuses on the potential biologic effects of exposure
to electromagnetic radiation (EMR) as shown through toxicological investigations and on the
mechanisms of interaction of EMR, including frequency dependence, with biological and biochemical
systems.
One additional aspect of the program is ionizing radiation research and radiological
surveillance which EPA performs on a reimbursable basis for ERDA in the areas adjacent to ERDA's
Nevada Te'st Site. The ionizing radiation research program is primarily aimed at determining the
biological availability of transuranic radionuclides, with special emphasis on human food webs.
The surveillance program operates three kinds of sampling networks—routine, special, and test
oriented. In the routine surveillance program, sampling (air, milk, and water) and radiation
R - 13
-------
exposure measurement networks are maintained to record existing environmental radiation levels and
their variations. Special surveillance includes monitoring for possible migration of test-
related radioactive debris in.ground water on and around the site and soil sampling programs.
The test oriented program involves positioning radiation monitoring teams in the areas most likely
to be affected by a release of radioactive material to the atmosphere, and includes sampling by
aircraft and long range tracking of debris in the event of a radioactive release. Salaries and
expenses for personnel performing these functions are included in the Agency's reimbursable account.
1976 Accomplishments
Approximately $120,000 in extramural resources is reflected in the 1976 funds. Results
emerging from the program preliminarily tend to confirm earlier, internationally reported data
indicating effects at exposure levels much lower than current guidance in this country. Among
the observations in 1976 were the following:
- Mice exposed to microwave oven radiation- throughout gestation have shown an increased
incidence of encephaloceles, a gross fetal abnormality.
- Lymphoblastic transformation rates were found to increase in Chinese hamsters
exposed to microwave radiation at levels below the occupational exposure guides.
Such changes in cell development suggest an effect on immune mechanisms.
- The learning and performance of rats chronically exposed to microwave power
densities at the maximum permissible occupational exposure level for several
months, and subsequently exposed to somewhat higher levels, were markedly
affected by exposure to EMR.
1977 Program
The 1977 resource level for health effects research is $830,000 and 30 positions. This
includes approximately $55,000 in extramural resources.
In the health effects program on nonionizing radiation, biological and biochemical systems
are employed to determine which specific frequencies of EMR are absorbed and to detect effects on
structures such as brain tissue and cell membranes and on processes such as cell repair and
genetic alterations. Further, the health effects of chronic, low-level exposures of EMR will be
evaluated through animal studies which will focus on teratologic, neurophysiologic, behavioral,
and itranunologic responses.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The $49,000 reduction from the budget estimate resulted from minor reprogramming and is to
be reassigned to the program management program to meet increased costs, contingent upon Committee
approval, as appropriate.
1978 Plan
The 1978 resources level for health effects research will be $830,000 and 30 positions, the
same level as for 1977. This includes a projected $55,000 for extramural research.
In 1978, EPA will continue to concentrate on the health effects of nonionizing radiation.
Although no detrimental effects to humans have yet been demonstrated in the general population
exposed to nonionizing radiation from environmental sources, e.g., TV, radio and radar,
preliminary animal data reported in 1976 have for the first time shown demonstrable effects of
chronic low-level exposure. These results suggest a significant potential human health problem
and must be evaluated further. In 1978, the program will build oh data and results from 1977
studies. Particular emphasis will be directed towards teratologic, behavioral, and neuro-
physiologic endpoints, the response parameters which appear to be of concern.
As .a result of the reduction in the allocation of positions across the research and
development program, consideration must be given to closing certain EPA facilities and reducing
staffing and activities'at others as well as other alternatives. When these decisions are made,
it may be necessary to modify or terminate the current reimbursable agreement with the ERDA.
R - 14
-------
Noise
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Abatement and Control:
Ford Submi ssi on
Pos. Amount
(dollars In thousands)
78 $9,957
Environmental' Noise Strategies and Standards.
45
6,957
Regulation of Indoor Noise Sources
Regulation of Outdoor Noise Sources....
Regulation of Protective and Control Devices
Program Imp/I ementati on.
(13)
(29)
(3)
33
0,937)
(4,864)
(156)
3,000
Federal Agency Coordination.
Noise Strategies Implementation.
Noise Strategy Evaluation
Enforcement:
(9)
(22)
(2)
25
(672)
(2,082)
(246)
832
1978 Revised
Carter Final
Pos. Amount
(dollars in thousands)
77 $9,994 —* -
44
TT2T
(28)
(4)
33
(9)
(22)
(2)
24
6,994
(17937)
(4,864)
(193)
3,000
(672)
(2,082)
(246)
888
Noise Enforcement.
Noise Enforcement
25
(25)
832
(832)
24
(24)
888
(888)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions.
Transition Quarter..
Enforcement:
Appropriation.......
Permanent Positions.
Transition Quarter..
Total, Noise Program:
Appropriation ,.,
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Outlays...
Authorization Levels.
Actual
1976
$5,240
65
2,525
385
18
364
5,625
83
2,889
5,817
15,400
NOISE
Budget
Estimate
1977
$9,576
74
N/A
709
21
N/A
10,285
95
N/A
10,285
10,285
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thousands)
$9,570
75
N/A
707
21
N/A
10,277
96
N/A
9,200
1-4,619
$9,957
78
N/A
832
25
N/A
10,789
103
N/A
10,300
*
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+$387
+3
N/A
+125
+4
N/A
+512
+7
N/A
+1,100
Authorization pending.
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
The overall objective of the national noise control program is to achieve an environment
free from noise which jeopardizes health or welfare.
Noise, like other pollutants, is a waste product generated by the activities of modem
industrialized society, except for some signalling or warning applications. It is defined in
the EPA Report tothe President and Congress on Noise as "any sound that may produce an
undesired jphys'ioTo'gTcaY "effect in an individual and that may interfere with the social ends of
an individual or group". Noise is an extremely pervasive pollutant.
Harmful effects from noise include:
- Noise can cause permanent damage to the inner ear,
resulting in hearing loss that ranges from mild to
severe, depending upon the level of duration of
exposure.
- Noise can cause interference with spoken communica-
tion and can interfere with the enjoyment of watching
television and listening to radio.
- Noise can disturb sleep.
- Noise can disrupt the performance of certain jobs,
especially those that require concentration or spoken
communication.
- Noise can be a source of annoyance.
The actual number of people with noise-induced hearing loss is unknown, as is the incidence
of other health problems caused by noise. However, noise-induced hearing loss is a recognized
problem i,n the military, in highly mechanized industries, and in other high noise-exposure
occupational situations. An estimated 14.7 million American workers are exposed to 8-hour
average sound levels (Leg (8) above 75 decibels (dB)), which pose a possible hazard to hearing.
An estimated 13.5 million Americans are exposed to Leg (8) of 75 dB or greater as operators of
or passengers in transportation or recreational vehicles.
Annoyance reactions to noise are highly subjective, and individuals react differently.
However, community annoyance has provided a powerful impetus to noise abatement when substantial
portions of the exposed population verbalized their annoyance. Their number can be expected to
N - 1
-------
increase as public awareness of the noise problem is heightened. For example, the Census Bureau's *•
1974 Annual Housing Survey reported noise as a leading cause of dissatisfaction with neighborhood
conditions, far surpassing such problems as crime. Of the 60,000 respondents surveyed, 34 percent . »
cited noise as a "condition existing in this neighborhood". Of those reporting the conditions, 60 ' 3
percent felt that street noise was disturbing, harmful, or dangerous, and 18 percent felt that > ,j
noise was so objectionable that they would like to move. In addition, 20 percent of the respondents
reported airplane noise as an existing condition in their neighborhood; 34 percent of that number
were disturbed by it and six percent wished to move because of it. > t*4
The EPA-identified level for protection of the general population with an adequate margin of ^ '"-
safety against activity interference is a day-night sound level (Ldn) of 55 dB. Outdoor noise
levels above Ldn SSdBare likely to interfere with speech communication, sleep, relaxation, and
privacy, which is manifested as community annoyance. An estimated 103 million Americans are ,. j
exposed to an Ldn of 55dBor greater; this is virtually half the Nation's population. ;,
Without coordinated Federal, State, and local programs to abate and control noise:
- Urban noise lievels can be expected to increase roughly in proportion !
to growth in population density. ?
- Airport noise will continue to be a major source of noise even with
the short-term improvements that will result from the introduction • f
of larger numbers of new, quieter wide-body jets. The estimated J
number of people exposed to noise levels of Ldn 65 dB or greater
due to aircraft noise will remain essentially unchanged in the year
2000 unless further actions are initiated now. ' }
t
- The number of residents adjacent to freeways and/or highways who will •*
be exposed to noise levels of Ldn 65 dB or greater by the year 2000
will increase by three to four-fold. ,
- A 50 percent increase will occur in the number of person-hours of I
exposure to construction noise above 55 Ldn by the year 2000.
Federal regulations promulgated to date have served to mitigate these trends. For example, |
it is estimated that over 27 million people are exposed to construction site noise levels that !
jeopardize their health or welfare. Compliance with the recently promulgated EPA air compressor '
noise limit will reduce the impact upon people from construction site noise by 14.7 percent,
Regulations of medium and heavy duty trucks and wheel and crawler tractors should increase this
total reduction to 45 percent. Still further reduction will depend on regulation of other |
construction site sources and EPA's regulatory program is designed to cover these. Similar noise fi
reduction efforts are being undertaken for other areas of exposure, such as surface transportation
noise.
'i
EPA's general noise abatement objectives are: I
- Reduce environmental (nonoccupational) noise exposure of the population
to an Ldn value of no more than 75 dB as soon as possible. This will
essentially eliminate risk of hearing loss due to community noise and
will reduce annoyance and activity interference for the population
most severely impacted. Emphasis will be placed on reducing noise
characterized by very brief exposure to high sound levels (noise
intrusiveness).
* As a long-term objective, reduce environmental noise exposure levels
to Ldn 65 dB or less. As the national noise abatement program pro-
gresses, Itmay be feasible to lower this objective to an Ldn level of 55 dB,
which would be most desirable to achieve health and welfare protection.
EPA's major efforts for the first five years of implementation of the Act have been focused
on the establishment of national standards for interstate motor carriers, railroads, and for the
following new products: medium and heavy trucks, portable air compressors, buses, motorcycles,
solid waste compactors, truck-mounted refrigeration units, and dozers and loaders.
N - 2
-------
Although for the long-term, national emission source standards can make a significant
reduction in the number of people exposed to levels that jeopardize health and welfare, the
problem is of such magnitude and complexity that national source standards cannot by themselves
provide sufficient protection of public health and welfare. A comprehensive program involving
State and local agencies, as well as other Federal agencies, is needed to provide the requisite
relief. A national noise abatement program must therefore include actions that can be utilized
in conjunction with new product emission standards, so that the noise impacts from a spectrum
of products nan be steadily reduced both 1n the near and long-term.
Therefore, other objectives of the EPA noise program are:
- Identifying complementary use and operational restrictions and encouraging
State and local jurisdications to adopt them; instituting an active labeling
program and associated educational program so as to allow consumers to make
intelligent decisions concerning the noise characteristics of products they
buy.
- Utilizing the authorities implicit in other Federal agency mandates.
The overall noise program strategy for FY 1978 and beyond outlines a process of continuing
Federal noise emission regulations for various products, instituting an active labeling program,
and growth in the implementation of necessary noise control measures at the State and local
level (e.g., use restrictions, zoning, etc.) with related Federal support. Expanding-Federal
efforts will include product labeling, Federal research coordination oriented toward defining
health effects and advanced noise control technology needs, coordination of Federal agency
noise control actions, assurance that production of new products meet Federal limits, and overall
noise strategy coordination.
The EPA noise enforcement program is responsible for Federal enforcement of noise standards
and labeling requirements applicable to new products. The main emphasis of the EPA enforcement
effort in 1978 will be on enforcing new product noise emission standards for portable air com-
pressors and medium and heavy-duty trucks through production verification and auditing of noise
emission performance of such new products, and on development of enforcement regulations for
identified products. An EPA Noise Enforcement Test Facility will be used to support new product
noise enforcement.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES (in thousands of dollars)
1977 Noise Program $10,277
Abatement and Control +387
The increase is for expanding regulatory efforts in the
labeling of products, to strengthen economic analysis
associated with product regulation, and to expand the
development of State and local programs.
Enforcement +125
The increase will be used primarily for enforcement of
new product noise emission standards for medium and heavy-
duty trucks and portable air compressors.
1978 Noise Program 10,789
SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES
-
1. Summary of Budget Request
An appropriation of $10,789,000 is requested for 1978. This request, by appropriation
account, is as follows:
Abatement and Control $9,957,000
Enforcement , 832,000
This request represents an increase of $511,800 over the 1977 noise program and
provides for the expansion of regulatory effort on product labeling; strengthening economic
analysis in the area of product regulation; expansion of the development of State and local
programs; and for the enforcement of new product noise emission standards for medium and
heavy-duty trucks and portable air compressors.
N - 3
-------
2. Changes from Original 1977 Budget Estimate
Changes from the original budget are as follows:
Original 197? estimate.
Transfer of function —
Operating adjustments..
Current 1977 estimate..
(in thousands of dollars)
$10,285
+4.5
._..-53
10,277
The noise coordination function was transferred from the Office of Research and
Development, interdisciplinary media, in order to consolidate all noise control activities
under the Office of Noise Control.
Operating adjustments were required in the application of the budget to operating
needs at the beginning of the fiscal year.
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Current
Prior year obligations..,..
Decrease due to program reduction.
Change in amount of carryover
funds available.. ,
Program increases,
Estimate
C\n tnousands or no liars)
Total estimated obligations
(From new obligation authority).
(From prior year funds) .....
$5,625
-228
+8,916
14,313
(9,728)
(4,585)
$14,313
-4,036
+435.
10,712
(10,163)
(549)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
The 1977 budget estimate included program redactions from the 1976 level which are expected to
result In a decrease of $228,000.
Carryover funds effecting obligations after FY 1976 result in a change of +$8,916,000; obliga-
tions in 1977 form carryover funds are expected to be $4,585,000. In 1978, obligations from carry-
over funds are estimated to be $549,000, a decrease of $4,036,000.
The increases in 1978 for product labeling and regulation, development of State and local
programs, and noise enforcement activities are estimated to increase obligations by $435,000.
N - 4
-------
NOISE
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 - 1978 1978 vs. 1977
PROGRAM LEVELS
Develop enforcement strategies
for new products 7 8 11 19 +8
Issue test orders for medium
and heavy duty trucks and
portable air compressors ... 20 ... 12 +12
Monitor production verification
and SEA tests for trucks and
compressors ... ... — 15 +15
Review production verification
reports ... ... ... 300 +300
Conduct SEA testing pursuant
to test requests. ... ... ... 1 +1
Conduct PV Tests ... ... ... 5 +5
Conduct tampering
investigations.. ... ... ... 2 +2
N - 5
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
NOISE
Abatement and Control
Appropriation
Environmental Noise
Strategies and Standards.
Program Implementation
Total.
Permanent Positions
Environmental Noise Strategies
and Standards
Program Implementation
Total,
Actual
1976
$4,019
1.221
5,240
65
Budget
Estimate
1977
$8,342
1.234
9,576
74
Current Increase +
Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1977 1978 1978 vs 1977 Page.
(dollars in thousands)
$6,904
2.666
9,570
75
$6,957
3.000
9,957
78
+$53
+334
N-7
N-ll
+387
38
27
49
25
42
33
45
33
+3
+3
The Abatement and Control appropriation provides for regulation development and implementation
programs directed toward preventing the escalation of source noise generation and reducing the
number of people exposed to harmful and annoying levels of environmental noise. These activities
include identifying major sources of noise and subsequent new product emission regulations, which
are intended to protect the public health and welfare through the application of the best available
technology, taking into account the cost of compliance. Labeling regulations will be set for
products which emit noise capable of adversely affecting the public health and welfare and for which
new product regulations are unnecessary of insufficiently protective. Labeling will also be required
for products which are sold on the basis of their effectiveness in reducing noise.
The Abatement and Control appropriation provides for technical assistance to other Federal
agencies and to State and local governments for the development and implementation of their noise
control programs. It also provides for technical assistance to the States in preoaration for their
complementary in-use enforcement role both in areas where new product regulations have been
established and in localized problem areas more susceptible to State than to Federal enforcement.
Abatement and control activities include direct guidance to State and local agencies,
environmental assessments relating to defining the noise problem and provision of environmental
source data for use in developing new product regulations, and advice and assistance to programs
of other Federal agencies which have noise control implications.
EPA has identified eight products as major sources of noise, promulgated regulations for
two products (portable air compressors and medium/heavy-duty trucks) and will propose
regulations for the other six products in FY 1977 (motorcyles, buses, wheel type loaders and dozers,
track type loaders and dozers, truck mounted solid waste compactors, and truck mounted refrigeration
equipment). Recommended regulations have been proposed to the FAA to control aviation noise.
A labeling regulation for hearing protectors will be proposed in FY 1977.
N - 6
-------
1978 Plan
ircraft noise were submitted to the FAA, three concerning approach e
ations and one operational regulation for the control of noise gener
ay SST's.
; and technology studies were initiated on a number of products incl
j hydraulic tools, automobiles, light trucks, and snowmobiles to del
ility for formal identification for regulatory or labeling actions.
1977 budget for this program is 28 positions and $4,888,100. Contra
lopment of outdoor noise regulations have been allocated $3.8 millic
is being spent for problem definition and assessment and $1.1 mini
sportation sources, with the remainder to be utilized for regulatior
equipment, small engine powered equipment, electrical and electron
•velopment of labeling of outdoor noise sources, and for control tec
m and development.
977 planned activities include Federal Register publication of Noti
•making (NPRM) for the six products identified in FY 1976 as major s
ters and dozers, buses, truck mounted compactors and refrigerator un
es).
>on the economic and technology studies initiated in FY 1976, major
ns for either regulatory or labeling actions will be issued. Some,
cts under consideration for identification are lawnmowers, pavement)
Is, automobiles, light trucks, and snowmobiles. 1
ification economic and technology studies on rapid rail transit sy
11 be initiated. Three additional regulations for reduction of air*
will be proposed to the FAA in early FY 1977. These include modif
ke off procedures, and an airport regulation,
describing special local conditions permitting exceptions to the In;
r Carrier regulations will be published in the Federal Register. !
ing activity, currently available noise control technology will be <
research, development, and demonstration programs, in the Federal I
universities. Critical noise programs will be identified and tech
programs will be initiated in conjunction with other Federal agenc
appropriate, to meet the long-range needs for noise abatement throu
ion of Changes from the Budget Estimate
jnt estimate shows a decrease of $3,072,000. This change reflects
* given to investigation of indoor machinery and household and cons.
i control, with special emphasis on possible labeling of these prodi
;h source regulation; expanded airport noise abatement planning ass;
•"fected by airport noise; increased coordination of other Federal pi
ilications; and increased support to State and local programs. Thei
decrease in activities related to emission regulations of products
;door noise, which had been the Agency's initial noise emphasis and;
(urces, such as medium and heavy trucks and air compressors, were H
will be regulated in FY 1977. This also reflects the near complet)
1 aircraft regulations for submission to the FAA. The shift furthel
it that an effective noise reduction program to provide aqeduate he
;tion requires complementary efforts at the State and local governnn
on of all Federal Government research programs having noise implio
ideral noise source standards.
Appropriation
Federal Agency Coordini
Noise Strategies
Imp! ementati on..,..-.
Noise Strategy Evaluati
Total,
Permanent Positions i
Federal Agency Coordinaj
Noise Strategies
Imp! ementation........
Noise Strategy Evaluati
Total.
Budget Request j
I
The resources requesi
33 positions, which refle|
and strategy, it is evidetl
welfare protection in the}
local governmental levels.
of a "Quiet Conmunities Pi
in the development and doc
The "Quiet Communities Prc
to proceed with the estab
then provide technical assj
programs. 1
Airport noise will alj
noise represent one of the
noise abatement planning
the Nation's airports thr
EPA is already working wit
will be added in FY 1978.
Program Description
This subactivity incl
to implement noise abateme
model codes or model legis
specific nplse control and
regulations and guidelines
requirements for which the
N - 11
The FY 19?
change in posit
$100,000 fundin
guidelines for
$300,000 will fc
agencies begun
NOISE STRATEGIE
1976 Accomplish
Contract s
by State and lo
control of vari
to facilitate
supplement the
These include a
criteria to ena
to meet their i
activities was
doing to abate
their communit
and local conrnu
consnunities and
1977 Program
$1.1 milli
noise control s
for an optimum
restrictions an
Utilizing the a
will be provide
to minimize thE
consumer educat
distribution of
presentation at
heighten the a*
necessary to at
contnunicated th
Plans for
local legislati
regional office
the EPA product
airports which
N - 13
-------
Promulgation of regulations requiring labeling of products involves the development
of measurement methodologies, testing requirements, and appropriate label content for
products which either cause adverse health and welfare effects or which attentuate noise.
REGULATION OF INDOOR NOISE SOURCES
1976 Accomplishments
Resources were primarily allocated to product emission regulations development.
These include investigations of such indoor noise sources as electrical and electronic
equipment, household products, consumer products and industrial machinery. Work was
initiated toward the development of a general strategy for labeling.
1977 Program
The FY 1977 budget for this program element is 12 positions and $1,906,000.
Outputs planned for this fiscal year include: development of a general labeling
strategy, including rating schemes and establishment of general labeling procedures;
publication of reports on noise research and development in government, industry, and
universities; continued investigation of household products, consumer products, and
industrial machinery product groups for possible labeling or emission regulations; and
continued work on health effects assessment related to product regulation. Contract
funds to support investigations for possible emission on labeling regulations of indoor
noise sources total $1.5 million.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
$1,574,000 has been reprogrammed into this program element. This change reflects
increased emphasis to be given to investigation of indoor machinery and consumer products
noise control, with a special emphasis on possible labeling of products in these groups,
is contrasted with noise emission regulations. This increase results from a decrease in
activities related to emission regulations of products which are sources of outdoor noise,
which had been the Agency's initial noise emphasis and for which a number of sources have
been regulated in FY 1976 or will be regulated in FY 1977. This also reflects near
completion of aviation regulations for submission to FM.
1978 Plan
The resources requested for this program element for FY 1978 are 13 positions and
$1,937,000 an increase of one position and $31,000 to support analyses of the economic
impact of noise regulations. Of these funds, $1.4 million is for contract support for
development of emission or labeling regulations to control noise from major sources of
indoor noise. Development work has already begun on various product groups in FY 1977
and in FY 1978. It is expected that in FY 1978 regulations specifying emissions
requiring labeling will be proposed for a number of indoor noise sources.
REGULATION OF OUTDOOR NOISE SOURCES
1976 Accomplishments
An estimated $5.1 million was allocated for contract support to develop noise
regulations. Included were regulation of construction equipment, investigation of
possible regulations of such sources as small engine powered equipment and outdoor
electrical equipment, further problem definition and assessment and for identification
of control technology for outdoor noise sources, development of airport and aircraft
regulations for FAA proposals and analytical services (technical, economics, and benefits
assessment) in support of regulations and development of a national noise control strategy.
During FY 1976, final regulations were promulgated for newly produced medium and heavy
trudcs and portable air compressors. In addition, regulations governing noise emissions
of interstate rail carriers were issued both for all rail cars in use and for newly
manufactured locomotives and rail cars. Four additional proposed regulations for the
N - 8
-------
control of aircraft noise were submitted to the FAA, three concerning approach and
landing operations and one operational regulation for the control of noise generated
by present day SST's.
Economic and technology studies were initiated on a number of products including
pneumatic and hydraulic tools, automobiles, light trucks, and snowmobiles to determine
their suitability for formal identification for regulatory or labeling actions.
1977 Program
The FY 1977 budget for this program is 28 positions and $4,888,100. Contracts to
support development of outdoor noise regulations have been allocated $3.3 million;
« $1,4 million is being spent for problem definition and assessment and $1,1 million for
* surface transportation sources, with the remainder to be utilized for regulation of
* construction equipment, small engine powered equipment, electrical and electronic
5 equipment, development of labeling of outdoor noise sources, and for control technology
identification and development.
* The FY 1977 planned activities include Federal Register publication of Notices of
Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) for the six products identified in FY 1976 as major sources
of noiseOoaders and dozers, buses, truck mounted compactors and refrigerator units,
and motorcycles).
|
Based upon the economic and technology studies initiated in FY 1976, major source
identifications for either regulatory or labeling actions will be issued. Some of the
^ primary products under consideration for identification are lawnmowers, pavement breakers
t and rock drills, automobiles, light trucks, and snowmobiles.
> Preidentification economic and technology studies on rapid rail transit systems and
3 chain saws will be initiated. Three additional regulations for reduction of aircraft and
1 airport noise will be proposed to the FAA in early FY 1977. These include modifications
I to FAR 36, take off procedures, and an airport regulation.
1 An NPRM describing special local conditions permitting exceptions to the Interstate
1 Rail and Motor Carrier regulations will be published in the Federal Register. To support the
I standard setting activity, currently available noise control technology will be developed from
] ongoing noise research, development, and demonstration programs, in the Federal Government,
j industry, and universities. Critical noise programs will be identified and technology
! demonstration programs will be initiated in conjunction with other Federal agencies or
i industry, as appropriate, to meet the long-range needs for noise abatement through source
control,
1977 Explanation of _Change.s. from the Budget Estimate
The current estimate shows a decrease of $3,Q72,DOD. This change reflects increased
emphasis to be given to investigation of indoor machinery and household and consumer
products noise control, with special emphasis on possible labeling of these products, as
contrasted with source regulation; expanded airport noise abatement planning assistance to
communities affected by airport noise; increased coordination of other Federal programs
with noise implications; and increased support to'State and local programs. These increases
result from a decrease in activities related to emission regulations of products which are
sources of outdoor noise, which had been the Agency's initial noise emphasis and for which
a number of sources, such as medium and heavy trucks and air compressors, were regulated
in FY 1976 or will be regulated in FY 1977. This also reflects the near completion of the
development of aircraft regulations for submission to the FAA. The shift further reflects
acknowledgement that an effective noise reduction program to provide aqeduate health and
welfare protection requires complementary efforts at the State and local governmental levels,
and coordination of all Federal Government research programs having noise implications, in
addition to Federal noise source standards.
N - 9
-------
.* 1973 Plan
The FY 1978 budget request for this program element is 29 positions and $4,864,000,
V • an increase of one position and a decrease of $24,100. The position increase is to provide
;|J additional resources for development of economic analyses of proposed regulations; the
83s decrease of $24,100 is a result of a slight contract effort decrease offset by the new
position funding. Funds are primarily to be allocated to contract support for regulations
™ development: $1.4 million for assessing outdoor noise emissions and effects from industrial
if' equipment, surface transportation vehicles, small engine powered equipment and electrical
sU and electronic equipment; and $2.4 million is for the purpose of developing cost and economic
impact analyses to facilitate justification of standards, to develop data to enable
identification of major noise sources, to update the Criteria and Levels Documents and for
j1 control technology identification and development.
The FY 1978 planned program includes intensive activity in various stages of the
development, preparation, and issuance of new product regulations covering noise emissions
> from outdoor sources. In addition, revisions or amendments to previously issued standards
will be prepared covering such areas as tampering and useful life provisions. Specific
,1 activities include the issuance of 10 final regulations, nine notices of proposed rulemaking,
and a number of products for preidentification economic and technology study. A major output
planned for FY 1978 is the updating of the Criteria and Levels Documents (first issued in early
1974) as a result of the availability of new information developed over the past three years
and indicated by currently ongoing research efforts.
REGULATION OF PROTECTIVE AND CONTROL DEVICES
1976 Accomplishments
Resources were directed toward development of labeling regulations for hearing protectors
and investigation of automobile mufflers for possible labeling.
•i 977 Program
The 1977 allocation to this program element is two positions and $110,000. NPRH's for
the labeling of hearing protectors and for general labeling provisions will be published.
Initial work will begin on development of labeling regulations for muffler,s. Work on general
, labeling strategy will be carried out. Investigation will begin on possible labeling regulations
for building materials.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The current estimate reflects a reprogramming of $60,000 into this program element.
In addition to labeling of products which are protective and control devices, this increase
emphasizes work on development of general labeling provisions while reflecting a decrease in
activities related to emission regulations of products which are sources of outdoor noise and
* • near completion of aviation regulations for submission to the FAA.
1978 Plan
The resources requested for this program element for FY 1978 are three positions and
$156,000. This reflects an increase of one position and $46,000 from the FY 1977 current
estimate for development of economic analyses for proposed regulations. It is expected that
': v in FY 1978, the Agency will issue a final rule on labeling of hearing protectors, a proposed
-; 1 rule on labeling of mufflers, and a final rule setting out general labeling provisions.
1 • Work will also continue on labeling strategy refinement, i.e., determination of which products
can be effectively controlled through labeling and what labeling techniques are most effective.
, , Work may begin on labeling of building materials.
N - 10
-------
NOISE
Abatement and Control
Program Implementation
Aroroarlatipj
FederaTAgency Coordination..
Noise Strategies
Implementation..,..-..
Noise Strategy Evaluation
Total,
Actual
1976
$249
907
65
Budget
Estimate
1977
$205
828
201
1,221
1,234
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thousands)
Increase +
Decrease -
1973 vs 1977
$671
1,750
245
2,666
$672
2,082
246
3,000
+$1
+332
+1
+334
Permanent,Positions
Federal Agency Coordination..
Noise Strategies
Implementation ,.
Hoise Strategy Evaluation....
Total.
19
5
16
5
22
2
22
2
...
27
25
33
33
Budget Request
The resources requested for this budget subactivity in 1978 are $3.0 million and
33 positions, which reflects an increase of $334,000. As indicated in the overview
and strategy, it is evident that source standards cannot provide adequate health and
welfare protection in the near future without complementary efforts at the State and
local governmental levels. The resource levels requested will support the initiation
of a "Ouiet Communities Program" which will assist a few carefully chosen communities
in the development and documentation of locally proposed noise programs or projects.
The "Quiet Communities Program" will capitalize on the willingness of some communities
to proceed with the establishment of noise control programs. These communities will
then provide technical assistance to other communities in the establishment of similar
programs.
Airport noise will also receive special attention in FY 1978. Airports and aviation
noise represent one of the foremost noise problems in the country. EPA has developed a
noise abatement planning process by which significant noise abatement can be achieved at
the Nation's airports through action available to airport proprietors and local communities.
EPA is already working with eight airports on a pilot basis and some additional airports"
will be added in FY 1978.
Program Description
This subactivity includes areas related to the development of State and local capability
to implement noise abatement programs, including the development of guidelines and information,
model codes or model legislation, consultation with State and local control programs on
specific npise control and planning problems, and assistance in the interpretation of Federal
regulations and guidelines. It also includes implementation of regulatory and statutory
requirements for which the Federal Government has responsibility.
N - 11
-------
The Federal agency coordination function incorporates those activities and
outputs related to: (1) the coordination of other Federal agencies'.-activities~in implementing
Section 4 of the Noise Control Act, (2) the responsibilities for monitoring other
Federal facilities' noise abatement activities; and (3) the review of other Federal
agency environmental impact statements (EIS) insofar as their noise impacts are
concerned,
FEDERAL AGENCY COORDINATION
, :
1976 Accompl i shments
Resources were allocated for contract work related to Federal noise program
coordination such as work on EIS review manuals and guidelines for Federal agency
noise control.
The preparation of several manuals and guidance documents was initiated to assist
.EPA regional personnel and other agencies in evaluating and implementing the requirements
of various Federal noise regulatory actions. For example, a methodology for describing
and assessing blast noise was developed in conjunction with the National Research
Council and the Department of Defense and recommendations were submitted to the Departments
of Defense, Housing and Urban Development, and Interior to utilize this common methodology
in future blast effects research programs. Recommendations for improvements to the Federal
Highways Administration's (FHWA) noise regulations were accepted by the FHWA, including
the use of the EPA recoirmended noise description (leq) methodology. ' '
1977 Program
$100,000 is allocated for contract support for development of materials for general
assistance to other Federal agencies' noise control programs and $300,000 will be spent for joint
Demonstration programs with other Federal agencies. Studies of other Federal agency noise
programs will be carried out to assist these agencies in assessing the adequacy of their-programs
in carrying out the national noise abatement effort. This-will be used for the basis
of coordinating Federal noise programs as an integral element into the Agency's national
noise abatement strategy. Other support material will also be produced; examples include
a manual for reducing noise impact of off-road vehicles in recreational areas and a manual
on techniques for reducing noise impact from highways. The joint demonstration projects
are designed to improve the effectiveness of the Federal noise abatement effort through
the pooling of resources toward common ends and to demonstrate the effective use of Federal
authorities for the purpose of noise control. An example of the joint demonstration projects
with other Federal agencies which are now being discussed is a proposed demonstration project
using cost-effective methods of mitigating construction site noise on Federal construction
projects to be carried out with the Department of Transportation and the Department of Defense.
Through such demonstration projects, the Agency expects to both increase Federal Government
noise control efforts and to demonstrate available noise control techniques to Federal and
non-Federal institutions.
1977 Explanation of Changesfrom Budget Estimate
The current estimate shows a reprogramming of $466,000 into this program element.
This shift in funds is designed to support increased Federal coordination activities and to
initiate joint demonstration programs with other Federal agencies.
This change reflects increased emphasis to be given to coordination of the total Federal
Government noise control program as required in Section 4 of the Noise Control Act of 1972.
These changes result from a decrease in activities related to emission regulation of products
which are sources of outdoor noise and the near completion of the development of aviation
regulations for submission to the FM.
N - 12
-------
1978 PI an
The FY 1978 request for this program is 9 positions and $672,000. There is no
change in positions and a minor increase of $1,000. The 1978 resources will Include
$100,000 funding for contract support for continued development of manuals and
guidelines for Federal agencies and others to use in noise control efforts.
$300,000 will be used to continue joint demonstration programs with other Federal
agencies begun in FY 1977 and to initiate some new demonstrations.
NOISE STRATEGIES IMPLEHENTATIOH
1976 Accomplishments
Contract support was provided for development of concepts and materials for use
by State and local noise control programs (such as model legislation, manuals on
control of various sources, and noise surveys and assessments). Several documents
to facilitate the establishment of State and local ordinances to complement and
supplement the Federal new product regulations were published and distributed.
These include a model community Noise Control Ordinance, which provides the basic
criteria to enable local communities to develop specific noise ordinances designed
to meet their individual needs. A summary report on State and municipal noise control
activities was prepared to permit these jurisdictions to evaluate what others are
doing to abate noise and to provide some stimulation to initiate similar programs within
their communities. A detailed methodology was developed to assist airport operators
and local communities to assess the magnitude of the airport noise problem in their
communities and to indicate the potential benefits of specific remedial actions.
1977 Prpgram
$1.1 million of the current estimate is for contract funds. A comprehensive
noise control strategy will be developed Identifying the options and alternatives
for an optimum mix of Federal regulatory actions, State and local operational
restrictions and individual consumer contributions to reducing noise from all sources.
Utilizing the airport analysis methodology developed in 1976, technical assistance
will be provided to seven participating airports to develop noise abatement plans
to minimize the effects of aircraft noise on the local communities. In the area of
consumer education, a diverse program will be developed including publication and
distribution of pamphlets and brochures and the production of an airport film for
presentation at community functions and television outlets. Objectives are to
heighten the awareness of the public as to the effects of noise and the actions
necessary to abate it and to enable the public to make use of the information
communicated through the labeling program.
Plans for FY 1977 include development of reports on the status of State and
local legislation across the country; support of noise control workshops in the EPA
regional offices; development of an initial consumer education program to accompany
the EPA product labeling program; and two proposed noise abatement plans for six
airports which are to implement pilot noise abatement projects.
N - 13
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The current estimate shows a reprogramming of $922,000 into this program element. This shift in
resources reflects increased emphasis to be given to extending assistance to airport noise impacted
communities to support noise abatement planning and increased support to State and local programs.
This reflects acknowledgement that an effective noise reduction program to provide adequate health
and welfare protection requires complementary efforts at State and local governmental levels.
1978 Plan
The FY 1978 request for this program element is 22 positions and $2,082,000. The increase of
$331,600 is primarily for contract support and brings the 1978 level of contract support to $1.5
million. In FY 1978, the Agency will begin a program which will focus on demonstrating how
balanced local and State noise control programs (using proper methods) can effectively lower urban
noise levels in selected communities. It is then planned that jurisdictions which have developed
programs through this "Quiet Communities Program" will assist other nearby jurisdictions through
the Agency's ECHO (Each Community Helps Others) program begun in FY 1977. Some of these communities
will focus their effort under the "Quiet Communities Program" on perfecting one element of their
noise control program such as the implementation of a program of property line standards,motor vehicle
inspection, etc. Others will develop comprehensive programs.
Support will be provided to additional airports for the development of noise abatement plans
utilizing the abatement methodology previously developed. Coordination with Federal agencies
responsible for planning grant programs will be initiated to insure the proper use of those
programs to further implement the community noise control planning strategy element of the airport
planning process. The consumer education program developed in 1977 will be fully implemented
nationwide to tie in with the planned labeling regulatory actions,
HQ.I_SE_ STRATEGY EVALUATION
376 Accompl ishments
Work carried out during FY 1976 included development of a manual for use by local officials in
measuring and assessing community noise, development and testing of measurement methodologies and
data gathering activities, and development and issuance of a report assessing interior noise levels
in transportation systems.
1977 Program
The resources include $185,000 in contract support. Planned outputs include development of a
national monitoring protocol for both physical measurements and additional surveys of noise impact;
an assessment of noise exposures experienced by typical populations through various daily cycles;
an assessment of the effectiveness of regulations to control noise impact from highways; development
of a protocol for assessment of the effectiveness of EPA's air compressor regulation which will go
into effect in 1978; and continued collection of data on noise source emissions in support of EPA
standard setting.
1977 Explanation of Changes from JBudget Estimate
The current estimate reflects an increase of $44,000 to provide for the transfer of the noise
coordination function from the Office of Research and Development to the Office of Hoise Control.
/1978 Plan
The FY 1978 request for this program is two positions and $246,000, which reflects a slight
increase of $1,300 over the 1977 estimate. Planned outputs include pilot implementation of physical
and social surveys for data collections and assessment of the national noise environment;
implementation of data collection and assessment programs in selected communities; assessment of the
effectiveness-of the EPA interstate motor carrier regulations; and continued collection of data on
noise source emissions in support of EPA standard setting activities.
N - 14
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Enforcement
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
NOISE
Enforcement
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976, 1977 ' 1977 1 978 1971^.^977
• ' (dollars 1n thbusahdsy
Appropriation
"^tt •*
Noise Enforcement .......... $385 $709 $707 $832 +$125
Permanent Posi ti ons
Noise Enforcement.... ...... 18 21 21 25 +4
Budget Request
The request for $832,000 and 25 positions will provide for enforcement of new product noise
emission standards for medium and heavy duty trucks and portable air compressors (effective in 1978),
development of enforcement regulations for future new product and labeling regulations, participation
in the coordination of State, local, and regional office activities, and operation of the Noise
Enforcement Facility.
Program Description
The noise enforcement program provides for the enforcement of new product noise emission
standards and labeling regulations pursuant to Sections 6 and 8, respectively, of the Noise Control
Act of 1972. It also provides for development of enforcement regulations for new product noise
emission standards and for labeling requirements as necessary, tampering inspections, surveillance
activities, recalls, and continued participation in providing assistance to States and local
jurisdictions for the development of in-use noise enforcement programs.
1976 Accompl i shments
$41,000 was allocated for contracts in support of the noise enforcement effort. In 1976, noise
emission standards and enforcement regulations were promulgated for medium and heavy duty trucks
(April 13, 1976) and for portable air compressors (January 13, 1976). The standard for medium and
heavy duty trucks becomes effective on January 1, 1978. For portable air compressors with a
delivery rate equal to or less than 250 cubic feet per minute (cfm), the standard becomes effective
on January 1, 1978; for compressors with a delivery rate greater than 250 cfm the effective date is
July 1, 1978. Development of enforcement regulations for five products (wheel and crawler tractors,
mobile solid waste compactors, truck refrigeration units, motorcycles, and buses) was initiated. -
Additionally, development of regulations for the enforcement of labeling regulations for hearing
protectors was started.
Construction of the Noise Enforcement Facility (NEF) at NASA's Plum Brook Station in Sandusky,
Ohio, was completed. NEF has the capability to test products in accordance with applicable noise
emission test procedures* Additionally, the first Mobile Noise Enforcement Facility (MoNEF) was
received and placed in operation. MoNEF has the capability to test both compressors and trucks at
manufacturers' facilities and to perform in-use surveillance. A correlation testing program between
NEF and manufacturers' test sites was initiated with both truck and compressor manufacturers.
N - 15
-------
^ Assistance was provided for the development of a local community noise workbook. Program
guidance to the regions and support to the Office of Noise Abatement and Control concerning
! assistance to State and local governments in the development of in-use enforcement programs was
initiated.
I •
vl 1977 Program
v,-,; • •
JThe FY 1977 resources are $707,000 and 21 positions. Of this amount, $191,000 is allocated
for contracts. This money will be used for modification and development of the NEF to accoimodate
testing of additional products, for contractor support for surveillance testing, for new and
,vs replacement instrumentation, and for general supplies, services, and maintenance.
l) New product noise emission regulations for buses, motorcycles, loaders/d.ozerfr, truck
mounted refrigeration units, and solid waste compactors will be proposed-in the second
1 quarter of FY 1977. Public hearings will be held for each of these new product regulations.
Enforcement regulations will be developed in coordination with the development of noise emission
' limits for various additional products. Regulations reqarding the importatiofi of regulated
new products will be developed and coordinated wtth the Department of Treasury. Administrative
1 hearing procedures will afso be developed. These regulations will set out the administrative
procedures to be followed in all EPA enforcement actions Initiated under authority of the
I Noise Control Act.
In FY 1977, planned activities include the development of strategies for Federal enforcement
of new product noise standards in-use, and participation in assistance to State and local
t enforcement authorities in the adoption and enforcement of in-use noise emission standards.
Federal recall, warranty, and tampering enforcement programs will be developed and guidance will
be provided to regional personnel for any necessary investigations. Further, a program of noise
emission test site studies with manufacturers of regulated products will continue. This site
characterization program is conducted by the Noise Enforcement Facility in Sandusky, Ohio.
Additional activities Include monitoring of production verification testing conducted by
truck and compressor manufacturers in accordance with testing requirements of the regulations.
The noise emission standards of these regulations become effective on January 1, 1978; however,
manufacturers have indicated their plans to conduct production verification testing up to six
months in advance of that date.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $2,000 is a result of operating adjustments made in applying the budget to
actual needs at the beginning of the fiscal year.
1978 Plan
In FY 1978, the resource levels requested for this program will be $832,000 and 25 positions,
1 an increase of four positions and $125,000 over the 1977 estimate. This increase will be used
primarily for the enforcement of new product noise emission standards for medium and heavy duty
; trucks and portable air compressors. Approximately $215,000 of the 1978 resources are contract
funds to be utilized by the Noise Enforcement Facility to provide for the surveillance and
investigation of in-use noise emissions and tampering and to modify the Noise Enforcement Facility
to accommodate newly regulated products. The FY 1978 resource levels will be allocated to four
'• main areas: enforcement of new product noise emission standards for medium and heavy duty trucks
I and portable air compressors, development of enforcement regulations for future new product and
labeling regulations, participation in the coordination of State, local, and regional office
noise enforcement activities, and the operation of the Noise Enforcement Facility.
N - 16
-------
The noise emission standards for trucks and smaller compressors will become effective
on January 1, 1978. For larger compressors the standard will become effective on
July 1, 1978. Six positions will be allocated to ensure that only complying products are
distributed in commerce. 'The positions will allow EPA to monitor a small portion of the
Production Verification (PV) testing that manufacturers must do and to review approximately
300 PV reports that manufacturers must submit. Additionally, a minimum of 12 Selective
Enforcement Audit (SEA) test requests will be issued to manufacturers of trucks and
compressors to ensure that compliance is continued after the initial PV. Furthermore, it
will be necessary to conduct investigations, prepare administrative orders, and participate
in, administrative hearings and prosecutions.
The development of noise emission standards for a number of additional products is
scheduled. Enforcement regulations in support of these standards are required and the
request will allow for six positions for this activity.
Two positions will be used to participate,in the coordination of the enforcement
efforts of the regional offices, and State and local agencies to ensure that regulated
products do not unreasonably degrade in-use. Without a strong State and local enforcement
effort with respect to the use of regulated products, the overall effectiveness of the
Agency's noise abatement program will be reduced.
The Noise Enforcement Facility will provide technical support that will be necessary
for enforcement of the new product noise emission standards for trucks and compressors.
Also, the Facility must develop the capability to provide technical support for future
noise emission standards for five products. To provide this support, 11 positions are
allocated for staffing the Noise Enforcement Facility.
Modification of the Noise Enforcement Facility will include the purchase of new
instrumentation, primarily weather instrumentation, and the replacement of instrumentation
damaged or worn out equipment. Miscellaneous other needs such as tools, supplies, and
services are included herein as well.
To support enforcement of the truck and compressor standards, NEF will monitor 10
PV tests and five SEA tests and conduct five PV tests and one SEA test. This is a
minimal but necessary effort to guard against any potential conflict of interest since
the regulated industries have control of PV testing and the reporting of test results.
NEF will also conduct two tampering investigations and correlate 20 manufacturers' test
facilities with its test facility.
N - 17
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
' \
!
-------
Interdisciplinary
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Interdiscii ry
Ford Submission
1978 Revised
Carter Final
Abatement and Control :
Preparation of Environmental Impact
Statements
Regulatory and New -Source NEPA *
Compl iance »
Waste Water Management Programs
NEPA Compl iance ,
Research and Development:
Health and Ecological Effects...,
Ecolonical Processes and Effects
Heal th Effects
Industrial Processes.
Renewable Resources
Pub! ic Sector Activities
Environmental Management.
Monitoring and Technical Support
Measurement, Techniques and
Equipment Development
Qual ity Assurance
Technical Support
Science Advisory Board.. ..............
Pos.
152
152
(50)
(102)
6
(Z)
(4)
\^ /
28
(28)
10
(10)
144
(21)
\ i
(67)
(42)
(14)
Amount
(dollars in thousands)
$13,983
, 13,983
(4,955)
(9,028)
25,773
5,230
(246)
(4,984)
5,566)
(5,566)
1,599
(1 ,599)
13,378
(1 ,441 )
(5,355)
(5,882)
(700)
Pos.
143
143
(44)
(99)
201
8
( 2)
(6)
\ w/
38
(38)
10
(10)
\ • v/
145
(21)
(56)
(54)
(14)
Amount
(dollars
$13,983
13,983
(4,955)
(9,028)
26,060
5,272
(246)
(5,026)
5,650
(5,650)
1,599
(1 ,599)
13,547
(1 ,441 )
(5,355)
(6,051 )
(700)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
INTERDISCIPLINARY
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation........
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Research and Development:
Appropriation...........
Permanent Positions
Transition Quarter......
Total, Interdisciplinary Program:
Appropri ation.
Permanent Positions
Transition Quarter
Outlays....
Authorization Levels
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
Actual
1976
$3,946
123
5,516
23,010
203
8.556
Budget
Estimate
1977
$10,664
137
N/A
25,355
213
N/A
Current
Estimate
1977 ^_^__ .
(dollarsin thousands)~
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
$11,483
143
N/A
26,288
228
N/A
$13,933
152
N/A
25,773
188
N/A
+$2,500
+9
N/A
-515
-40
N/A
26,956 36,019 37,771 39,756 +1,985
326 350 371 340 -31
14,072 N/A N/A N/A N/A
15,534 26,500 36,200 30,100 -6,100
Authorizations are contained within amounts authorized
for Federal Water Pollution Control Act, Clean Air Act,
Solid Waste Disposal Act, Federal Insecticide,
Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, Safe Drinking Water Act,
as well as certain portions by virtue of the Appropriation
Act.
Effective management of environmental programs frequently requires cutting across the
usual media lines. Although most problems are best approached directly by specific media
programs, there are frequently cases where either the problem, skill, or technique for
addressing it is not readily assignable to a particular media* A multimedia or inter-
disciplinary approach is consequently the most efficient and effective vehicle for Agency
action. EPA applies this concept primarily in the research and development area where both
the problems and tools are frequently multidisciplinary.
The interdisciplinary program in health and ecological effects includes the development
of pollutant assessment documents and the funding for EPA's contribution to the National
Center for Toxicological Research (HCTR). Multimedia documents are prepared assessing the
scientific and technical information on health and environmental pollutant effects to assist
the Agency in regulating environmental pollutants. In addition, special studies will be
carried out to advance the methodology available for determining the optimum levels for
setting pollution control standards and the benefits of pollution control. The National
Center for Toxicological Research is funded jointly by the Food and Drug Administration,
HEW and EPA. NCTR is a national research endeavor to study long-term effects of low doses
of chemical toxicants by various exposure routes. This toxicological proaram will provide
research on carcinogensis, nutagenesis, teratogenesis, comparative metabolism, and improved
toxicological testing methodology addressing EPA priority needs in those research areas.
The renewable resources research program conducts, in cooperation with other Federal
agencies, research related to control of environmental pollution associated with agricultural
and forestry production. The program encompasses: (a) the assessment, development and
demonstration of total management systems, including Best Management Practices (BMP's)
and pollution control predictive methodologies to control water, land and air pollution
associated with the production and harvesting of food, fiber, wood and their related
residual wastes; (b) the assessment of probable trends in the production of there renewable
resources and their resulting environmental inpacts;
I - 1
-------
and (c) the development of integrated pest management controls to reduce runoff of
agricultural pesticides and to reduce reliance on pesticides for controlling urban _
pests. This research is supportive of the requirements of P.L. 92-500 for " a
controlling pollution from nonpoint sources and the Section 208 needs to assess t 4
areawide waste management alternatives. The FY 1978 program will continue to emphasize
technical coordination with other Federal agencies to Agency programs, planning agencies
and other user groups. The FY 1977 initiatives to intensify model verification and ^^
evaluation of cost effective implementation options are continuing. *>^j
Environmental management research provides environmental planners and managers
with methods to determine alternative solutions for specific environmental problems
and develops techniques for evaluating and selecting effective, efficient, and equitable <
solutions. The research focuses on the development of improved multimedia planning *
techniques, improved methods for the collection and analysis of environmental quality
and economic information, evaluation of alternative institutional arrangements, and
development of comprehensive systems analysis and evaluation methodologies. Included . -
in the requirements of current Federal environmental quality programs that relate to i
this research are the development of statewide continuing planning processes (Section 303(e)
of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act), areawide waste management plans related to
water quality management (Section 201 of the Federal water Pollution Control Act),
solid waste plans, and State implementation plans (Section 110 of the Clean Air Act), >
including air quality maintenance and transportation management plans. The program in 5
FY 1978 will emphasize primarily the implementation and postimpletnentation evaluation
of environmental management research results.
Monitoring techniques and equipment development research is geared to monitoring j
systems development for operational use. The basic objective of this effort is to develop s
cost-effective and efficient monitoring systems and techniques which will provide the
information required by EPA in meeting its regulatory and enforcement roles under present
and anticipated legislative mandates. This objective will be met by application of ••
optimization techniques and systematic approaches which permit clear identification and
quantitative definition of the relationships between pollutant sources, their environ- *
mental path ways, and exposure to dose-response relationships of the critical receptor(s),
i.e., population(s) at risk, FY 1978 emphasis will be in the development of methodologies j
to cheaply and accurately monitor nonpoint discharges from urban runoff and agricultural • I
sources.
Quality assurance research addresses the operational monitoring needs of the Agency. n
The objective of this activity is to provide the reference or standard monitoring methods, ;
quality control procedures, associated standard reference materials, and quality control ,
program audits needed by the Agency's monitoring program in the acquisition of accurate
and legally defensible ambient and source environmental quality data. Emphasis will be
given to the promulgation .of reference and equivalent methods and quality control ,' /*
procedures and the production of standard reference materials needed to enforce the I
standards and regulations now in existence and being planned for adoption. FY 1978 emphasis - '
on the water supply and air monitoring quality assurance needs of the Agency are noteworthy.
Interdisciplinary technical support includes several types of discrete activities ?
which serve ORD and Agency needs. These include technical information dissemination, ™>j
technology transfer, minority institution research support, and multimedia technical support.
As these are service and supportive activities to ORD and other units of the Agency, the
FY 1978 program is a continuation of FY 1976-1977 initiatives.
A multimedia or interdisciplinary approach is being applied to the preparation of "';i
environmental impact statements. Although this activity is often media specific, the focus
is continually shifting from problem to problem and media to media. Accordingly, it can be
managed more effectively and efficiently from an interdisciplinary stance than by assigning y
resources to each media and reprogratnning every time a change occurs. 3
I - 2
-------
SUMMARY OF INCREASES ANDDECREASES
(in thousands of dollars)
1977 Interdisciplinary Program., $37,771
Abatement and Control +2,500
The requested Increase will provide
for additional environmental impact
statements for construction grants,
new source discharge permits, and
other selected regulatory programs.
Research and Development -515
The decreased funding request for
interdisciplinary research and
development corresponds to a $300
thousand reduction in socioeconomic
research to determine the benefits
of pollution abatement and a $500
thousand reduction in the renewable
resources in irrigated crop production
and animal production research which
are entering less costly phases.
The $285 thousand increase in monitoring
and technical support results from
restoration of the program to the FY 1977
budget level subsequent to the action which
reprogrammed funds to the air media to
support the BACER program,
1978 Interdisciplinary Program 39,756
SUMHARY^pF, BUDGET ^.ESTIMATES
1. Summary of Budget Request
An appropriation of $39,756,000 is requested for 1978. This request, by
appropriation, is as follows:
Abatement and Control $13,983,000
Research and Development., 25,773,000
This represents an increase of $1,984,600 over the 1977 Interdisciplinary program.
This net increase results from an increase of $2,499,600 for the preparation of additional
environmental impact statements and environmental appraisal; from a decrease of $500,000
in the industrial processes activity, irrigated crop production and animal production
programs; from a decrease of $300,000 in the health and ecological effects activity, to
reduce the socioeconomic work on pollution control benefits; and from an increase of
$285,000 to restore the funds transferred in 1977 to the BACER project from the technical
support activity.
2. Changes from Origi nal_l977 Budget Estimate
Changes from the original budget estimate are as follows:
(in thousandsof dollars)
Original 1977 estimate $36,019
Congressional add-on +400
Operating adjustments +511
Transfer for BACER -28S
I - 3
-------
Transfer noise function -45
Transfer to program management and
support media.. " -545
Transfer to quality assurance activity +322
Transfer to technical support... 4394
Current 1977 estimate -.. 37,771
The Congress added-on $400,000 for an environmental impact study of the" proposed
coal-fire thermal power development project near the East Poplar River north of Montana,
in Canada.
Operating adjustments were made by the regional and headquarters offices in order to
reflect actual operating condition requirements. The cumulative change of these adjustments
to the interdisciplinary media is +$511,000.
A transfer of $285,000 to the air media was made to support the Biological and Climatic
Effects Research program (BACER).
The reprogramming of $45,000 to the Office of Noise Control reflects the transfer of the
noise coordination function from the interdisciplinary media.
I
A proposal will be submitted to the Committee* as appropriate, for separate consideration for
the research and development reprogrammings of -$545,000 to the program management and
support media for increased costs; +$822,000 in the quality assurance activity for the
water supply lab certification program; and +$894,000 in the technical support activity for
increased costs for major projects such as the Kepone incident,dioxin disposal and certain
regional oxidant transport studies.
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO .OBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate Estimate
1977 1978
(inthousands of dollars)
Prior year obligations $26,956 $36,763
Change in amount of carryover
funds available.... +10,620 +1,008
Net change of 1977 program increases and
decreases in budget estimate. -1,455
Adjustment for congressional add-ons -440
Miscellaneous increases and decreases,
as listed above , +1,082
Net change of 1978 program increases and decreases .... +1,610
Total estimated obligations 36,763 39,381
(From new obligation authority) , (32,459) (34,069)
(From prior year funds).. (4.304) (5,312)
EXPLANATION, OF INCREASES JiNDJDECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
A change in the amount of carryover funds effecting obligations after FY 1976 results in an
increase of $10,620,000. Obligations from carryover funds in 1977 are estimated to be $4,304,000;
in 1978, obligations are expected to be $5,312,000, an increase of $1,008,000.
The 1977 budget estimate included program increases and decreases to the 1976 level which are
expected to result in a reduction of obligations in 1977, ,-$1,455,000.
The one-time congressional add-on in 1976 and the 1977 add-on for an environmental impact study
results in a net change of -$440,000 to 1977 obligations.
I - 4
-------
The increases and decreases detailed in the changes to budget are expected to reflect
a net change of +$1,082,000 to 1977 obligations. -
The 1978 increase for additional environmental impact statements and for research monitoring
and technical support, combined with the 1978 decreases for socioeconomic research and irrigated
crop production and animal production research, are expected to result in a net increase of
$1,610,000 in obligations.
I - 5
-------
INTERDISCIPLINARY
Abatement and Control
Number of Draft and Final EIS's Filed with
Council on Environmental Quality
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
PROGRAM LEVELS
NEPA Comoliance. . .
New Source Water
Permi ts . . . . • .
Other Requlatory
Discharge
Actions
14
(2)
(12)
130
(100)
30
68
(35)
(33)
I - 6
72)
42)
(+37)
Waste Water Management Programs
NEPA .Compliance.. 7... 7.77..... 64 179 113 186 +73
Construction Grants (64) (179) (95) (115) (+20)
Section 208 Areawide Planning ... (11) (45) (+34)
Clean Lakes Demonstration Grants ... (7) (26) (+19)
Requlatoryand Hew Source
.,„ . ,^
114 +46 '
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
INTERDISCIPLINARY
Abatement and Control
Actual
1976
Appropriation
Preparation of Environmental
Impact Statements $3,946
Budget Current
Estimate Estimate Estimate
1977 1977 1978
(dol l.afs inthousand's!
Permanent Pos1ti ons
Preparation of Environmental
Impact Statements
123
$10,644
137
$11,483
143
$13,983
152
Increase +
Decrease -
1978vs 1977 Pajf
+$2.500 1-8
+9
With certain exceptions, the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 requires that all
Federal agencies prepare environmental impact statements on all of their proposed major
actions which would significantly affect the environment. Accordingly, EPA has undertaken
the preparation of EIS's (or negative declarations in instances where no significant
environmental impact is involved) for municipal waste water treatment plant grants and
for the issuance of new source discharge permits (NSDP). In addition, the Agency has
announced a policy of voluntarily preparing EIS's for major regulatory actions even though
they are not required by law.
1-7
-------
INTERDISCIPLINARY
Abatement and Control
Preparation of Environmental Impact Statements
Actual
1976
Appropriation
Regulatoryand New Source
NEPA Compliance.. $2,210
Waste Water Management
Programs NEPA Compliance..
Total 3,946
Permanent Positions
Regulatory and New Source
NEPA Compliance
Budget Current Increase +
Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. .1.977
(dol1ars inthousands)*
$2,210
1 ,736
$2,767
7,897
$3,328
8,1.55
$4,955
9,028
+$1 ,627
+873
10,664
11,483
13,983
+2,500
Waste Water Management
Programs NEPA Compliance..
69
54
38
99
44
-99
50
102
+6
+3
Total.
123
137
143
152
+9
Budget Request
The budget request for this subactivity is.$13,983,000 and 152 positions, an increase of
$2,499,600 and nine -positions, which will provide for the preparation of additional environmental
impact statements and environmental appraisals related to construction grants, new source discharge
permits, regulatory and standard setting actions, and other selected regulatory programs,
Program Description
The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) requires that all agencies of the
Federal Government prepare detailed environmental Impact statements on proposals for legislation
and other major Federal actions significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. NEPA
requires that agencies include in their decision making process an appropriate and careful con-
sideration of all environmental aspects of proposed actions, an explanation of potential environ-
mental effects of proposed actions and alternative actions considered for public understanding, a
discussion of ways to avoid or minimize adverse effects of proposed actions, and a discussion of
how to restore or enhance environmental quality as much as possible.
EPA's compliance with NEPA requires environmental reviews culminating in the preparation
of environmental impact statements, or negative declarations with environmental appraisals in
instances where no significant environmental impact is involved, for (1) municipal waste water
treatment plant construction grants,; (2) areawide waste water management planning grants, (3)
clean lakes demonstration grants, (4) solid waste management activities, (5) legislative proposals,
and (6) the issuance of new source discharge permits. Although not required by NEPA, EPA has a
policy of voluntarily preparing EIS's for many of its major regulatory actions.
Activities include consulting with EPA grantees and contractors to ensure that environmental
assessments are accurate and complete; performing environmental reviews and issuing notices of
intent; preparing draft and final EIS's, or negative declarations with environmental impact
appraisals,; holding public hearings on EIS's; and developing Agency policies and guidelines for
NEPA compliance. . .
REGULATORY AND NEW SOURCE NEPA COMPLIANCE
1976 Accomplishments
A total of 14 EIS's, both drafts and finals, were filed with CEQ: two EIS's on water new
source discharge permits and 12 voluntary EIS's on proposed EPA regulations. More efficient con-
tract procedures were established to expedite the preparation of new source EIS's and ocean dumping
I - 8
-------
site regulatory ElS's. In our regulatory programs, efforts have been directed toward integrating
all the analyses performed during the development of the standards and publishing them in a single
document that will meet NEPA and all other statutory requirements.
? ,1> f
«-] Guidelines on the content of ElS's on new radiation regulations were completed, and work was
(^l initiated on guidelines for the content of pesticide and ocean dumping site regulations ElS's.
Final revisions were completed on regulations for water new source permit EIS preparation;
y^ substantial progress was made on new procedures for preparing voluntary ElS's on pesticides
\K1 cancellation.
j KOJ
' ?>• \
c * 1977 Program
'*/ The resources allocated to this program are $3,327,800 and 44 positions. A total of 68 draft
1 4 and Tina! ElS's are expected to be filed with CEQ, including 35 water new source permit EIS's
« and 33 voluntary regulatory EIS's. Most of the volunary regulatory EIS's initiated will be for
stationary air new source performance standards. Additional EIS's will be initiated on the
ambient air lead standards and vehicle and product noise standards. Efforts will continue on
*"\ integrating all the analyses performed during the development of the standards and publishing
'; them in a single document that will meet NEPA and all other statutory requirements. EIS prepara-
tion guidelines for ocean dumping sites will be completed, and new guidelines for toxic substances
and solid waste regulatory EIS preparation are anticipated. The development of new EIS pesticides
- . regulations will be completed. Water new source permit EIS preparation technical guidelines will
be developed for specific industries, and final regulations will be promulgated.
' J i977_Explanation of Changes from .Budget Estimate
% The increase of $561,000 over the budget estimate results from several factors. The Congress
' added-on $400,000 for an environmental impact study of the proposed coal-fire thermal power
development project near the East Poplar River north of Montana, in Canada. The remaining
+$161,000 are adjustments resulting from the application of the budget estimate to actual
operating conditions.
1978 Plan
The resources in this program will be $4,955,000 and 50 positions, an increase pf$l ,627,200
and six positions. Approximately 114 draft and final EIS's are expected to be filed with CEQ, an
increase of over 60 percent, including 72 water new source permit EIS's and 42 regulatory EIS's.
A significant increase in the number of EIS's prepared on ocean dumping site designations
is expected. The first EIS's on toxic substances and solid waste are anticipated. A
continued high level of EIS activity is expected on stationary air new source standards
development.
Available projections of the number, type, and complexity of water new source discharge
, - f permit applications are tentative, reflecting economic uncertainties over the rate of industrial
I expansion. However, EPA exports to almost double output on new source EIS preparation.
HASTE WATER MANAGEMENT PROGRAM NEPA COMPLIANCE
'- ' 1976 Accompl i s hmervts
1 ' A total of 64 construction grants EIS's were filed with CEQ, including 27 finals and 37
drafts. More efficient contracting procedures were established to expedite EIS preparation.
-- - Policy guidance was issued on concurrent facility planning EIS preparation ("piggybacking") for
construction grant EIS preparation, and several EIS's were initiated using this method.
I',.'
Technical guidelines for projecting the secondary socio-economic impacts of toaste -water .
treatment plant siting and construction were initiated, and policy guidance on clean lakes
y "? demonstration-grants and section 208 planning grants EIS's was initiated.
I - 9
-------
1977 Program
The resources allocated to this program are $8,155,600 and 99 positions. The total number , ;
of draft and final EIS's filed with CEQ will increase to 113, including 95 construction grant ^
EIS's, 11 section 208 EIS's, and possibly seven clean lakes demonstration grant EIS's. New ,-»!
contracting procedures for expediting the preparation of construction grant EIS's will be fully
implemented. Work will begin on the development of technical guidelines for evaluating the ^
secondary impacts on the physical environment from waste water treatment plant siting and con- £„•':?
struction, specifically for wetlands, floodplains, and endangered species. '* 5
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
i
The incrfiffSE of $258,000 over the 1977 budget estimate reflects the additional regional I
funding required to support the increased workload of the construction grants activity and i
the new work generated by Section 208 and Clean Lakes policies.
1378_,Plan . •>
The resources in this program are $9,028,000 and 102 positions, an increase of $872,400, ' )
and three positions. The total number of draft and final EIS's filed with CEQ will increase
to 186, an increase of over 50 percent including 115 construction grant EIS's, 45 section 208
grant EIS's, and 26 clean lakes demonstration grant EIS's. The number of draft EIS's on Step 1 ;
construction grant awards and clean lakes demonstration grants will continue to increase. The , {
bulk of final EIS's on 208 areawide planning grants will be filed with CEQ during FY 1978. - J
Technical guidelines on secondary impacts of siting waste water treatment plants in flood-
plains or wetlands will be completed. In addition, revisions to EPA's regulations on construction i
grant EIS preparation will be completed to bring them into compliance with recently issued CEQ |
guidelines, National Parks Service regulations on historic preservation, and proposed revisions
to Executive Order 11296 on floodplain development.
I - 10
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
INTERDISCIPLINARY
Research and Development
Appropriation
Health and Ecological
Effects
Industrial Processes,..
Public Sector
Activities...
Monitoring and Technical
Support... .
Total.
Permanent Positions
Health and Ecological
Effects
Industrial Processes...
Public Sector
Activities
Monitoring and Technical
Support ...
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
(dollars in
$5,908 '
6,303
717
10,082
23,010
5
35
7
156
$5,573
6,416
1,794
11,572
25,355
14
31
12
156
$5,530
6,066
1,599
13,093
26,288
16
38
10
164
Increase +
Estimate Decrease -
1978 1978 vs. 1977
thousands)
$5,230-
5.566
1,599
13,378
25,773
6
28
10
144
-$300
-500
+285
-515
-10
-10
...
-20
Page
1-12
1-15
1-20
1-23
Total.
203
213
228
188
-40
The interdisciplinary research program is designed to provide a wide range of
assessment vehicles—theoretical, operational, and managerial—across common property
environmental resources, i.e., air and water. The program considers the interrelationship
of these resources throuoh multidisciplinary, multimedia research activities in health and
ecological effects, environmental management of nonpoint source pollution and its
socioeconomic impact, i.e., renewable resources of food and fiber, and monitoring techniques
and equipment. The program develops quality assurance procedures for use in regional and
State programs, provides standard setting methodologies, and produces assessment documents
on pollutants for which standards may be established. Through this regional program,
environmental planners and managers are provided with methods to determine alternative
solutions for specific environmental problems. Technical support under this program makes
available to Agency operating programs technical services in response to specific requests
and technical information to users throughout the public and private sectors.
I - 11
-------
INTERDISCIPLINARY
Research and Development
Health and Ecological Effects
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands )
Appropriation
Health and Ecolooical
Processes and Effects... $5,908 $5,573 $5,530 $5,230 -$300
Permanent Positions
~~———————
Health and Ecological
Processes and Effects... 5 14 16 6 -10
Budget Request
The 1978 request for this program is $5,230,000 and six positions, a decrease of
i
$300,000 and 10 positions. "'
Program Description *
This program consists of assessment documentation development, socioeconomic research, -,
and support for the National Center for Toxicological Research (NCTR). ' ',
The major portion of this research consists of projects at the National Center for
Toxicological Research, funded jointly by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the
Environmental Protection Agency as a national facility to study the long-term effects of I
low doses of chemical toxicants. Previous research efforts associated with toxicants have '
concentrated on acute studies with high doses and their effects on man. The scientific "*'
community continues to be concerned about the possibility that much more severe damage
to man and the environment may be occurring through low dose exposure to toxicants over ?,
a long period of time. NCTR is undertaking research to evaluate such cumulative, low ^
dosage chronic effects.
Assessment documents are prepared to synthesize and assess the available scientific
and technical knowledge on major pollutants, as well as to summarize the validity and -\
significance of such data prior to initiating action to develop regulations. ,1
Socioeconomic research is undertaken to develop and demonstrate improved methodology
for quantifying the benefits of pollution control expenditures and for other means of ' v
assessing tradeoffs in pollution control management. The Agency uses this research to ,4
establish and adjust the goals and priorities for national pollution abatement activities. ,-I
12
-------
t\
1976 Accomplishments
Assessment documents accomplishments Included:
- Two new panels were established by the National Academy of Sciences to prepare
multimedia assessment documents on nonfluorinated halomethanes and nitrates.
These documents will comprehensively assess the scientific, technical, and
cost-benefit information available on these compounds for use in EPA review
of them for regulatory purposes.
- A report has been completed which outlines two systems for rapid ranking of
the relative environmental problems posed by various pollutants and makes
an initial application of one of them.
Socioeconomic research accomplishments included the completion of reports, as
follows:
- Economic impacts of urban noise;
- Recreation benefits of urban water quality improvements;
- Application of a benefit-risk framework to some alternatives for
cadmium and asbestos regulation;
- Air damage functions for sulfurdi oxide and total suspended parti culates; and
- Case studies of alternative control strategies for mobile source air pollutants.
National Center for Toxicological Research accomplishments included:
- A two year age sensitivity study of 2-acetylamino fluorine to determine
potential differences in susceptibility to tumors was completed which
contributed to an ongoing effort to establish test methods and protocols
for carcinogens.
- Other work was completed in the area of test protocol development, including
a pilot study to determine the experimental dose range for tumorigenesis for
selected estrogens such as estradiol. Based on this work, larger scale studies
were initiated.
- Long-term teratogenic studies for the herbicide 2,4,5-T were completed.
- Development of an automatic data system for teratology data was completed.
- Baseline data for morphologic and histologic parameters was established for
populations of animal species to be used in further studies, wherein experimental
observations can be compared to the baseline observations for analysis
of results.
1977 Program '
The 1977 resource level for health and ecological effects research was 35,530,000
and 16 positions. Those resources include approximately $1,023,000 in contracts and
$4,000,000 in interagency agreements.
Included in the program at NCTR are chronic lifetime and multigeneration studies
to determine the relationship between levels of exposure and biological effects;
carcinogenic, teratogenic, and mutagenic evaluations of environmental pollutants;
and metabolic studies to compare chemical breakdown and common metabolic pathways
between different animal species and man.
I - 13
-------
-K
i
The 1977 non-NCTR emphasis continues to be on assessment documents preparation and
on economic research. The assessment document program is to include the completion of
multimedia reports reviewing the literature on at least six suspect pollutants or
classes of pollutants and assessing the pollution problems posed by at least two of
them, as well as completion of the NAS halomethane and nitrate assessments. The
economic research emphasizes methodology development to estimate the benefits of
pesticides control and to determine the benefits and costs of controlling particular
pollutants^
1977 Expl anati on of Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $43,000 from the budget estimate reflects the transfer of the
noise coordination function to the Office of Noise Control (~$45,"OOQ), and a minor
shift of funds (+$2,000) within the interdisciplinary media to adjust to actual
operating conditions.
1978 Plan
The 1978 program for this subactivity is planned at $5,230,000 and six positions,
including $4,000,000 in interagency agreements and $850,000 in grants. •;
\
Research support for NCTR will continue at a $4,000,000 level in 1978 to provide
toxicologic data on long-term, low level exposures to various possible carcinogens,
teratogens, and mutagens using mice and rats as test animals.
In 1978, non-NCTR work will include completion of about TO combined literature
reviews on pollutants, primarily those being considered for point source control in
effluents, as well as completion of assessments of the environmental problems posed
by several of them. The economic research program will emphasize benefits methodology "~
development at both the program and pollutant levels. Major reports on water pollution '•
benefits and methodology development for determining air pollution benefits in the '
Western United States are expected.
The $300,000 and 10 position reduction from the 1977 level reflect a management ]
decision to reduce the socioeconomic work on pollution control benefits and to
increase the extent to which extramural effort is used to execute the remainder.
I - 14
-------
INTERDISCIPLINARY
Research and Development
Industrial Processes
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs.1977
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Renewable Resources.... $6,303 $6,416 $6,066 $5,566 -$500
Permanent Positions
Renewable Resources.... 35 31 38 28 -10
Budget Request
In 1978, $5,566,000 and 28 positions are requested for the renewable resources program.
This is a decrease of $500,000 and 10 positions from the 1977 resource level. The position
reduction will be taken at the Robert S. Kerr Environmental Research Laboratory in Ada,
Oklahoma.
Program Description
The renewable resources research program conducts research related to control of
environmental pollution associated with agricultural and forestry production. This research
program is integrated with those of the Departments of Agriculture and Interior and State
universities and land grant colleges. The program encompasses:
(a) the evaluation and development of total management systems, including Best
Management Practices (BMP's) and pollution control predictive methodologies,
to control water, land, and air pollution from the production and harvesting
of food, and fiber, and from their related residual wastes;
(b) the assessment of probable trends in the production of renewable resources and
their resulting environmental and socioeconomic impacts, including crop
production on both irrigated and nonirrigated lands, forest management practices,
and animal production; and
(c) the development of integrated pest management controls to reduce runoff of
agricultural pesticides and usage of chemical pesticides.
Research conducted on a near-term basis is essential to support development of
guidelines for identifying and evaluating the nature and extent of agricultural and
forestry nonpoint sources of pollution, along with the necessary processes, procedures,
and methods to control pollution from these sources, as required in Section 304(e) of
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, P.L. 92-500. Also vital
is the requirement in Section 208 to support assessment and management of pollutants
emanating from nonpoint sources, as required of State and local aqencies in the
execution of their areawide waste management responsibilities. As a result of
mounting pressure for increased production of renewable resources, efforts must be
initiated now to better understand the potential environmental impacts of alternative
approaches to increased production in order to maintain desirable levels of environmental quality.
I - 1.5
-------
In order to develop a basis for selecting and justifying local management techniques
for controlling nonpoint source pollutants related to agricultural and forestry production,
it will first be necessary to:
(a) develop methodologies to estimate or determine background levels of
pollution in agriculture and forestry production regions;
»
(b) provide tools for the planner/decision makers to determine the
probable environmental consequences of the major agricultural
and forestry pollutants including appropriate predictive methods;
(c) provide tools to evaluate both the pollution and cost effectiveness
of individual and combined management systems;
(d) develop cost effective methods (i.e., BMP's) that minimize agricultural
and forestry pollution by evaluating and demonstrating different
systems at different locations; and
(e) develop, evaluate and demonstrate implementation strategies (including
socioeconomic and institutional aspects) for candidate BMP's.
1976 Accomplishments
1976 resources were allocated among five subprograms: nonirrigated crop production,
irrigated crop production, animal production, forest management and integrated pest
management. Resources included $400,000 for contracts, $3,400,000 for grants, and
$1,500,000 for interagency agreements.
Nonirrigated crop production—The nonirrigated crop production subprogram concentrated in
the areas of:(1) predictive modeling: completion of a simulation model for pesticide
transformation and downward movement in agricultural lands, and development of a gross basin
scale sediment model; (2) chemical/sediment management systems: technical reports were
completed on methods for prediction and measurement of organics adsorption by soil and sediment;
and (3) trends assessment: several studies were initiated to develop the capability to assess
and predict the environmental effects of existing and advanced technologies necessary for
increased production of renewable resources at the State, regional, and national levels. An
interagency agreement with USDA-ARS produced Volume I of a manual for guideline development for
selection of controls for water pollution from croplands.
Irrigated crop production—The irrigated crop production area included an interagency
agreement with the USDA-Salinity Lab and grants devoted primarily to the evaluation of
irrigated system management methods and to the development of predictive methods for management
and reduction of mass pollutant emissions in irrigation return flow systems. An evaluation,
including recommended changes was initiated on the legal constraints associated with western
water laws and the implementation of salinity control technology. Fertilizer management studies
under irrigation practices were completed in Southern Plains (Texas) and Pacific Northwest.
Animal production--In animal production, cooperative work with USDA-ARS has produced a
manual on pollution potential from application of animal wastes to land and is assessing the
problem of pasture runoff with respect to animal Wastes. The Economic Research Service
initiated an economic analysis of cost effective techniques for land application of animal
wastes. Other work undertaken by grant and contract is assessing and developing environmentally
safe techniques for land application of animal wastes considering both optimum crop utilization
and disposal where crop production is not a governing factor, and management techniques for
animal wastes from small unconfined feeding operations not covered by the NPDES program.
Forest management—An interagency agreement was initiated with the U.S. Forest Service to
identify, evaluate, and consolidate into a user manual, information on currently available cost
effective methods to reduce or control the environmental impact of forestry production activities.
I - 16
-------
Integrated pest managemerit—The objective of the integrated pest management program is to
assess alternative methodsfor integrated pest control for a variety of agronomic and horticultural
crops. Research was primarily devoted to investigating alternatives for controlling pests
in ,eight crop ecosystems, including the major ecosystems of cotton and corn.
1977 Program
Resources devoted to the renewable resources industry subactivity in 1977 are planned
to be $6,066,000 and 38 positions. Research continues in the same five areas as outlined
above. Resources include funds for contracts, $400,000; grants, $3,100,000; and
interagency agreements, $1,300,000.
Nonij*rigated crop pfoductlon—Twelve positions and $1.8 million have been allocated to
this area. In nomrngated crop production, through an interagency agreement with USDA,
the report, Control of Mater Pol 1 ut.1 on from Crop!and for use by the local agricultural
community in thedevelopment of water pollution management guidelines, is to be completed.
An economic evaluation of alternative implementation strategies for control of agricultural
nonpoint sources of sediment and nutrients in the corn belt, a cost-effectiveness analysis
of pesticide use monitoring and compliance strategies, and an assessment and cost-effectiveness
analysis of soil and water conservation practices to prevent or control environmental
pollution from agriculture are also being completed. These socioeconomic studies provide
the kinds of tools needed to evaluate both the pollution potential and cost effectiveness
of individual and combined management systems and implementation strategies for determining
BMP's for nonpoint source control. In the predictive modeling area, the pesticide watershed
model (ARM-2) and user's manual are being verified for Piedmont and Great Lakes Regions.
Research to expand assessment of long and short-term trends in agricultural and
forestry production as they impact environmental quality is focusing on specific analyses
of environmental impacts from agr'cultural systems of highest priority, such as conversion
of marginal lands to cropland, chemical/energy intensive practices, and the likely increase
in the use of crop irrigation. The annual assessment of recent developments in agriculture
(i.e., irrigated and nonirrigated crop production, and animal production) and forest
management is emphasizing the socioeconomic aspects of the trends on a nationwide basis,
will be reported.
Irrigated crop product!on—Twelve positions and $1.5 million have been allocated to
this area.Effortsin the irrigated crop production subprogram are completing a salinity
control project in the Upper Colorado River Basin, including evaluation of the various
demonstrations of salinity control measures, evaluation of the socioeconomic and
institutional constraints to irrigation water management reform and salinity control, and
development of a multilevel optimization model for cost effective salinity control measures
which integrates desalinization.
Animal production—Eleven positions and $1.1 million have been allocated to this area.
In cooperation with the Economic Research Service of USDA, a manual is being developed for
evaluating cost effective techniques for land application of animal wastes including
management of subsequent runoff. An evaluation of the environmental impact resulting from
unconfined animal production, and Phase I of a manual on storage-retention design and model
for waste holding structures for animal production facilities, are to be completed.
Forest management—Two positions and $300,000 have been allocated to this area. In
forest management, a complete but general forest management planning model is being
synthesized by integrating pollutant loading models with forest resources management and
appropriate water quality models. In cooperation with the U.S. Forest Service, a user
manual that includes a methodology for economic evaluation of alternative control strategies
(BMP's) for forestry nonpoint sources of sediment, plus a complete list of forest management
R&D needs relative to environmental protection, is being, completed.
I - 17
-------
Integrated pest management—One position and $1.4 million have been allocated to this area.
The integrated pest management efforts include an annual report for six major crop ecosystems,
a vector ecological study, a study on juvenile hormones, an analysis of alfalfa weevil viruses, f"~"i
a study on pheromone control, and an analysis of urban pest management. f "•
* s- ^
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
PWP!- L
The $350,000 decrease from the budget estimate, contingent upon Comittee approval, as «•„ ;,
appropriate, is to cover Increased program management support costs. ;
1978 Plan
The 1978 program for this subactivity is planned at $5,566,000 and 28 positions, a decrease
of $500,000 and 10 positions from the 1977 resource level. Research will continue to assess the
agricultural and forestry nonpoint source problem and to develop and assess best management
practices to alleviate such problems. Resources include funds for contracts, $100,000; grants,
$3,000,000; and interagency agreements, $1,200,000.
Nonlrrigated crop production—Twelve positions and $1,586,000 are allocated to this area.
In nonirngated crop production, an assessment of agricultural chemical practices for selected
regions (Piedmont and Great Lakes) in terms of effectiveness for pollution control; a one state
assessment of the implications of-olacing a marginal, submarginal, and "soil bank" land
reserves into crop production; a state-of-the-art evaluation of minimum/no tillage as a pollution
control measure; and the verification of a plant nutrient watershed model (ARM-2) and user's
manual for the Piedmont and Great Lakes Regions are to be completed. The development of a
watershed-scale agricultural chemical and biodegradable organics model (ARM-3) is to begin.
Irrigated crop production—Seven positions and $1.290,000 are allocated to this area. In
irrigated crop production, the following efforts will be completed: an evaluation of State quality
control strategies and agencies with regard to Implementation of irrigation return flow quality
control; salinity control project in the Upper Rio Grande Basin; development of management
manuals including cost effectiveness of recommended practices for control of sediments, nutrients,
and salinity in the Pacific Northwest; report integrating phosphorus and organic nitrogen .
submodels into the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation-Irrigation Return Flow (,USBR-IRF) model - ,
package; and further verification of the IRF model package. The reduction in resources from
the 1977 level and the resulting transfer of this program to another laboratory will likely delay
some of these efforts.
Animal production—Six positions and $900,000 are allocated to this area. An interim
manual wi11 be developed on the integrated cost effective animal waste application techniques ,
and runoff control measures for use by planners/decision makers in the determination of best
management practices. Phase II (land application practices scheduling) of the manual on waste
holding structures for animal production facilities, will be completed, as will a final manual
on waste management systems for unconfined animal production operations, i.e.,'those not covered
by the Agency's permit program, and an analysis of State laws, regulations, and other codes <
impacting the management of animal wastes. Due to a reduction in program resources, son®
delay in outputs will occur.
Forest management—Mork with the U.S. Forest Service in the forest management subprogram :
will result in the completion of a user's manual for the highest priority timber production
regions outlining detailed methodology for the selection of nonpoint source controls of all
major pollutants resulting from forestry production activities. Field evaluation of an
integrated forest resource management model developed earlier will be initiated. i
I - 18
-------
-- i
Integrated pest management—One position and $1.3 million are allocated to this area.
y? The integrated pest management will continue work on additional crop ecosystems, urban
|J pest management systems* and pest ecosystem models/control systems. New work will :be
> i initiated on the nonchemical control of weeds. Work with USDA and NSF will continue.
The 1978 resource level in the renewable resources program is $500,000 and 10
^\' positions less than the 1977 level. The position reduction is part of the overall
^\ reduction of positions in the Office of Research and Development directed at conducting
* * more research on an extramural basis in order to release positions for other
Agency activities. The position reduction will be taken at the Robert S. Kerr
, ; Laboratory in Ada, Oklahoma. The $500,000 reduction includes a $250,000 reduction
"' ' in personnel costs related to the 10 position reduction and a $250,000 reduction in
the irrigated crop production and animal production programs. Thi$ reduction is
part of a longer term trend to decrease the resources in these two programs, since
the more costly technology development work is being completed, and the programs'
*"* ^ emphases will shift to implementation of demonstrated control technologies.
I
I - 19
-------
INTERDISCIPLINARY
*S ak
Research and Development ^ "J
Public Sector Activities
Budget Current Increase + * t*
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977 , v
(dollars in thousands) ,1
Appropriation
Environmental Management... $717 $1,794 $1,599 $1,599 ... -?•
Permanent Positions <
Environmental Management... 7 12 10 10
Budget Request ~\
The request for 1978 is $1,599,000 and 10 positions, the same level as 1977.
Program Description :|
JfeV
The objective of this program is to provide regional environmental planners and
managers with methods to determine alternative solutions for specific environmental
problems and to provide techniques for evaluating and selecting effective, efficient, '
and equitable solutions. The research focuses on the development of improved multi-
media planning techniques, improved methods for the collection and analysis of
environmental quality and economic information, evaluation of alternative institutional
arrangements, and development of comprehensive systems analysis and evaluation . ";j
methodologies. Important efforts involve: •
(1) investigation of the systematic interrelationships among various
residuals (solids, liquids, and gases) generated and discharged
by communities to the environment; <
(2) the design of integrated environmental management systems, including
analytic planning techniques, alternative implementation techniques,
and administrative and institutional considerations; and Cl
(3) the evaluation of the impacts (both positive and negative) on all '
media (air, water, land,) of single media pollution control strategies.
1976 Accomplishments ;f
In 1976, $363,900 was utilized for extramural contracts and $22,700 for
grants.
i'
A special Section 208 project was undertaken for the purpose of focusing '/
environmental management research on the substantive and methodological problems "
of Section 208 planning. The first task of the project was to bring together into
a single user's document the state-of-the-art knowledae. information, and f,
orocedures available for carrying out Section 208 planning. During fiscal year
1976, the. part of the document dealing with evaluation'of the water quality impacts ±%
of runoff"was completed and published separately in order to accelerate the
diffusion of knowledge to the Section 208 planners. The complete user's manual
will be published in 1977. *''
I - 20
-------
During 1976, a number of other projects were completed, resulting in reports
dealing with such subjects as:
(1) an assessment of the potential impact of the disposal of air pollution
control residuals on surface and ground water quality;
(2) development of procedures for design of practical, implementable
^ vj parking management plans for the reduction of automobile use and
it reduction of mobile source air pollution;
9 i
(3) theoretical economic analysis of land use and its control, and
analysis of potential changes in the incentive structure to improve
»" « environmental quality;
(4) handbooks describing methods for estimating secondary impacts of
municipal waste water treatment projects;
' (5) assessment of the uncertainties associated with current mobile
• ' source emissions control enforcement programs; and
„„, f (6) development and demonstration of quantitative methods for managing the
1 effluent permit compliance monitoring program.
1977 Program
The current estimate for 1977 is $1,599,000 and 10 positions. Of this total
figure, $753,000 is for contracts, $200,000 for interagency agreements, and
$300,000 for grants.
During 1977 the program is to focus on three primary areas:
(1) effective multimedia implementation incentives: to develop and
evaluate alternative methods for implementing and enforcing
integrated land use management and multimedia environmental
management strategies, for use by regional and local governments;
(2) improved evaluation methods: to develop and demonstrate
methods for the evaluation of the physical and economic effects
of community environmental quality management plans, and to
extend single media systems modeling techniques to other
media; and
(3) comprehensive planning guidelines: to examine joint air shed and
water basin planning; evaluate air quality data collection and
management systems on a regionwide basis; review population
- " forecasting procedures; and examine methods for defining ambient
water quality standards.
; , Achievements during 1977 will include:
(1) completion of a report of the administrative and institutional aspects
of implementing regional environmental quality management programs.
•y i This document discusses alternative types of governmental structures,
!- } regulations, administrative procedures, economic incentives, and
ta * enforcement programs applicable to integrated environmental management.
It is to be prepared in a format suitable for use bv State, local, and
,.,-« regional governmental officials in designing their own programs, and
* > will be used as a major section of the Regional Environmental
? ^ Management Handbook, to be published in early 1978;
I - 21
-------
(2) the special Section 208 project is to be completed, resulting in an
Areawide Assessment Procedures Manual, which will be a user-oriented
catalog of available technical, economic, and management'information
necessary for conducting 208 planning; and
(3) procedures for local governments to use 1n dealing with the social
and economic aspects, of alternative waste water sludge disposal
options and decisions on the design and scheduling of alternative
domestic waste water management systems (home, neighborhood,
municipal, and regional) are also being developed.
1977 Explanationof Changes from Budget Estimate
The decrease of $195,000 from the budget estimate, contingent upon Committee
approval, as appropriate, is to cover increased costs incurred in the program
management media.
1978 Program
The estimated 1978 budget is $1,599,000 and 10 positions. Of this amount,
$549,000 is for extramural contracts and $700,000 for interagency agreements.
Early 1978 will see as a major accomplishment, the publication of the Regional
Environmental Management Handbook, which summarizes and presents relevant
environmental management research and experience occurring over the past decade
for use by governmental authorities and consultants at all levels concerned
•;1th environmental quality.
With many of the major "first-round" regional environmental planning
efforts nearing completion throughout the Nation, the 1978 Environmental
Management Research Program will be emphasizing primarily the implementation,
enforcement, and post-construction evaluation problems of environmental management.
Based on theoretical analyses conducted over the past few years, research on
economic incentive mechanisms as substitutes or complements to traditional regulatory
enforcement systems will be undertaken.
A low-level effort in the "planning" subprogram will be directed at improving
the reliability of small-area population and economic activity forecasting to provide
better bases for environmental plans.
I - 22
-------
INTERDISCIPLINARY
Research and Development
Monitoring and Technical Support
Budget Current
Actual Estimate Estimate
1976 1977 1977
(dollars in thousandsj
Estimate
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
Appropriation
Measurement, Techniques
and Equipment Dfi'
Quality Assurance
Technical Support
Science Advisory Board
ivelopme
t
Board..
nt.. $1,273
. ... 3,052
.... 5,225
532
$1 ,777
4,533
4,652
610
$1,441
5,355
5,597
700
$1 ,441
5,355
5,882
700
...
+$285
Total 10,082
permanent Positions
Measurement, Techniques
and Equipment Development.
Quality Assurance
Technical Support
Science Advisory Board
Total,
156
11,572
156
13,093
164
13,378
144
+285
21
77
46
12
39
52
51
14
21
67
62
14
21
67
42
14
• * *
» • *
-20
...
-20
Budget Request
Resources of $13,378,000 and 144 positions are requested for 1978. This is an increase
of $285,000 and a decrease of 20 positions from the FY 1977 program. The Agency is
considering various options as to where the position reduction will be taken.
Program Description
The components of this program activity include: (1) pollution monitoring measurement
techniques and equipment development; (2) monitoring quality assurance, methods and procedures
preparation; (3) technical support, which includes technical services, technical information
and technology transfer, and the Minority Institutions Research Support (MIRS) program; and
(4) the Science Advisory Board.
The objective of the interdisciplinary measurement techniques and equipment development
program is to develop, demonstrate, and evaluate advanced and multimedia monitoring
systems, techniques and equipment for monitoring all aspects of the environment. The program
supports Agency monitoring requirements through the development, design, optimization and
evaluation of new multimedia monitoring systems and networks, airborne and remote sensing
techniques, automated field in-situ techniques and associated data handling systems, and
monitoring instruments and equipment including the adaptation of available analytical
techniques to measure pollutants in all media and receptors.
I - 23
-------
The quality assurance program, serving all environmental monitoring activities of the
Agency, standardizes the monitoring methods, provides quality control procedures for
operational use, supplies standard reference materials, performs quality control audits,
develops quality control guidelines and manuals, conducts on-site evaluation of all
regional laboratories, administers laboratory performance tests, develops laboratory
certification procedures and laboratory automation instruments and data handling systems,
and participates in regional quality control workshops. The Agency uses the procedures,
protocols, and materials generated by the quality assurance program to assure that the data
generated from the use of measurement systems is scientifically valid and accurate,
intercomparable, and legally defensible.
The technical support program is responsible for assuring that the state-of-the-art
knowledge gained from the on-going research, the expertise of ORD personnel and the specialized
equipment and instruments in ORD are made available to Agency operating programs in response
to their specific requests for support. This program, which also includes air and water quality
elements, plans for and provides resources and staff to respond to unique and highly specialized
requests from the Agency operating programs.
Most of the interdisciplinary technical services required by the Agency and provided under
this program element is dependent upon maintaining a highly sophisticated, airborne, remote-
sensing capability for multimedia monitoring which is employed for both short-term and long-term
investigations.
The technical support area includes the technical information and technology transfer which
is responsible for managing and coordinating the effective dissemination and transfer of the
findings and products of the research and development program to a variety of dependent users
both within the Agency and throughout the public and private sectors. The program involves the
entire range of general scientific and technical information dissemination activities including
the publication and general distribution of scientific and technical reports, responding to
requests for specific information, and positive information dissemination whereby proven
marketing techniques are used to match available information or technology to the expressed
needs of particular user groups such as local community decision officials who frequently do
not possess technical or scientific backgrounds and the professional engineering community.
Appropriate information transfer products such as specialized publications or tailored
seminars are also developed in a form designed to be most useful and readily understandable
to the targeted user.
The Minority Institutions Research Support (MIRS) program in the technical support area
awards research grants to minority institutions to stimulate environmental research consistent
with EPA requirements and to enhance the competence of these institutions to acquire Federal
support under conditions of open competition. To assure that grants are based upon actual
requirements, they are funded on a cost-sharing basis between this program and the EPA unit
sponsoring the research requirement. Requirements are made known to minority institutions,
and those possessing expertise in the necessary disciplines are encouraged to develop
appropriate research proposals.
The Science Advisory Board was established to provide a strong, direct link between EPA's
Administrator and the scientific community. The Science Advisory Board renders independent
advice to the Administrator on the Agency's major,scientific programs, performs special tasks
and program review assignments for the Agency, provides advice on broad scientific and policy
matters concerning emerging environmental problems and assesses the results of specific research
efforts to solve these problems.
I - 24
-------
MEASUREMENT f TECHNIQUES AND EQUIPMENT DEVELOPMENT
1976 Accomplishments
1976 resources included $400,000 for contracts.
Accomplishments for the measurement techniques and equipment development program include:
(a) Development of techniques and equipment for monitoring stack plumes,
atmospheric mixing heights and for detecting participate signatures;
(b) Development of remote sensing environmental interpretation keys for
pollution monitoring;
(c) Development of nonpoint source monitoring techniques for oil shale
development areas;
(d) Improved design of integrated monitoring biological systems linking
sources of pollution to exposure and effects; and
(e) Initiation of a program to develop active and passive sensors and
systems for measuring water quality parameters in fresh and marine
waters and estuaries.
]977 Program
'
Resources for interdisciplinary measurement, techniques and equipment development are
planned'to be $1,441,000 and 21 positions, including $500,000 in contracts.
The measurement, techniques and equipment development program is planned to include:
(a) The design and field evaluation of a Differential Absorption System (DAS),
and the development of a technique for remote quantitative sensing of
nonvisible gaseous pollutants;
(b) Field evaluation of an algae and dye dispersion laser system;
(c) Testing and validation of operational nonpoint source monitoring techniques;
(d) Design and construction of a general purpose laser fluorosensor;
(e) Design and development of air deployable instrumentation packages for
characterization of toxic substances;
(f) Continuation of integrated monitoring systems research for.monitoring remote
areas such as oil storage facilities in wetlands;
(g) State-of-the-art analysis for optimizing the design of monitoring
networks using simulation models;
(h) Development of a remote sensing system for plume identification by
particle signature and for measuring plume mixing patterns;
(1) Testing of an air deployable package for measuring surface temperature sensors;
(j) Develop and validate guidelines for an optimized integrated monitoring network
for air and water monitoring;
•
tk) Develop and apply systematic multimedia monitoring concepts for toxic substances
and carcinogens; and
(1) Development of a LIDAR method for monitoring ozone to measure transport of
oxi dants.
1-25
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
H-O
The $336,000 reduction from the budget estimate reflects funds reassigned to \ *>
interdisciplinary technical support to meet increases in technical support requirements ^ ^
involving major projects such as the Kepone incident, dioxin disposal, and certain regional
oxidant transport studies. ^.,
1978 Plan ^\
The 1978 plan for this subactivity includes resources of $1,441,000 and 21 positions,
of which $400,000 will be allocated for contracts. These resources reflect the same level as r'"" i
in 1977. {
The resources applied to the measurement, techniques and equipment development program
in 1978 will be used to: , ^
(a) Develop a helicopter deployable laser fluorosensor system for monitoring \
pollutants such as algae and specific toxic chemicals whose characteristic
signatures are detectable;
(b) Develop a differential absorption system for monitoring pollutants such
as sulfur dioxide and particulates from airborne platforms; '
(c) Develop nonpoint 'source monitoring techniques for oil shale development areas;
(d) Develop and apply integrated multimedia monitoring concepts to measure high I
priority pollutants such as toxic substances, carcinogens and hazardous wastes;
(e) Develop and validate guidelines for optimization of air and water monitoring *
networks including applications of modeling and data interpretation techniques .
for station siting and network design;
(f) Identify, develop and validate appropriate biological response organisms as
monitors of pollutant exposures, and Integrate the biological techniques with f
operational multimedia monitoring systems; and , ;
(g) Study laser ramon scattering techniques for monitoring toxic substances.
OJAUTY.AgSJIRAjICE (
1976 Acco'mpJi shments
1 -rt
1976 resources Included $800,000 for contracts, $100,000 for grants, and V
$30,000 for interagency agreements. Accomplishments for the quality assurance , 3
program include: .
- Evaluation and collaborative testing of measurement methods and systems for 1
determining the presence of Cesium, Strontium, Potassium and other radionuclides ^
in water, soil, milk, and biological:samples and publication of guidelines and
quality control procedures for their use;
- Completion of an ozone calibration procedure; - ^*|
- Preparation and distribution of approximately 100,000 water quality control samples
containing various concentrations of pollutants for use as references for
determining performance of laboratories and calibration of instruments; \4l
- Conduct of quality control audits of EPA reg'ional laboratories for 35 "**
' chemical parameters;
I - 26
-------
:- Established the traceability of radionuelide quality control samples with
the National Bureau of Standards to assist States, utilities, and the Nuclear
Regulatory Commission in licensing of nuclear facilities;
- Initiated a water supply quality assurance program and provided support to
the regional offices to begin developing procedures for water supply laboratory
certification;
- Conducted performance surveys of 23 continuous sulfur dioxide monitoring
instruments at eight industrial sites;
<• Developed a quality control sample repository for use in calibration of
instruments and measurement methods designed to measure sulfur dioxide, nitrogen
dioxide, carbon monoxide, sulfates, nitrates, lead, and arsenic; and
- Developed a biological laboratory evaluation protocol for evaluation of State
laboratories engaged in studies of water quality.
1977 Program
Resources for the quality assurance'subactivity are planned to be $5,355,000 and 67
positions. These resources include funds for contracts, $1,200,000; interagency agreements,
$600,000; and grants, $100,000.
Significant activities and planned outputs resulting from the 1977 program are to include:
* Development and implementation of an interim measurement methods equivalency
program to support the National Pollution Discharge Elimination Systems (NPDES)
required under Subsection 304(g) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act
Amendments of 1972, Public Law 92-500;
- Validate procedures for the collection and preservation of water and waste
water samples;
- Completion and preliminary evaluation of currently available methodologies
to measure the 65 Consent Decree pollutants;
- Continuation of a measurement methods equivalency program for stationary
air pollution emission sources;
- Standardized and validated measurement systems for air, water, waste water,
pesticides, and radionuclides as determined by monitoring program priorities;
- Procedures and acceptance criteria for testing and officially approving
alternatives to reference methods promulgated by the EPA;
- Develop a national work plan and conmittee to coordinate and carry out the
functions of the Pilot Secretariat for pollution measurement under the authority
and auspices of the International Organization of Legal Metrology. This is a
treaty organization to which the United States is a signatory, and this activity
is responsive to an Agency commitment to the Department of Commerce in the area
of pollution metrology;
I - 27
-------
J
\
- Manual of measurement methods for ambient air and stationary emission sources;
- Manual of evaluation procedures and acceptance criteria to certify the capability
and performance of laboratories analyzing public drinking water under the Safe
Drinking Water Act, Public Law 93-523 (laboratory certification program);
- Develop and maintain repositories of reference and quality control samples and
materials for air, water, pesticides, radionuclides, and other measurements and,
as needed, for calibrations, testing, and quality control;
- Quality control guidelines for the measurement of nitrogen dioxide (N02) in
ambient air, and a technical guidance document for the use of continous NOg monitors;
- Performance specifications and performance evaluation reports for continuous water
quality monitors and automated samplers; continuation of interlaboratory
performance/tests for air and water measurements and cross-check samples studies
for radiochemical measurements to include support to the Nuclear Regulatory
Commission;
- Technical assistance to the regions/States to upgrade environmental laboratories
relative to performance and quality control; the conduct of semiannual meetings of
all regional quality control coordinators; participation in planning and conducting
quality assurance workshops and seminars; and direct technical assistance to solve
operational monitoring problems and to provide the on-site evaluation of laboratories
particularly for laboratories making radiochemical measurements; and
- Additional intra and interlaboratory quality control samples and performance check
materials are to be developed and made available to environmental laboratories.
New quality control guidelines and protocols are being developed as criteria
for a laboratory certification program.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The $822,000 increase over the budget estimate was provided for the water supply
laboratory certification program, a requirement which was realized subsequent to the budget
request.
1978 Plan
-
Planned resources for this category in 1978 are the same level as 1977, $5,355,000 and 67
positions, which includes $1 ,200,000 for contracts, $200,000 for grants, and $600,000 for
interagency agreements.
Significant activities and planned outputs for this program in 1978 will include:
- Develop performance evaluation samples for organic nitrogen and phosphorus
pesticides, minerals and nutrients;
- Production of approximately 50,000 quality control samples for use in instrument
and methods calibration and laboratory performance evaluation;
- Standardization of methods for specfic pollutants in response to the requirements
of Section 304{g) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972;
- Addition of mass spectral data for toxic compounds and chemical abstracts registry
numbers to the Mass Spectral Search System;
- Development of a standard biological tissue sample for analysis of toxic substances;
- Development of specifications for effluent monitoring Instruments and evaluate
capabilities of commercially available instruments for this purpose;
I - 28
-------
* Development and modification of radiological methods for measuring
radionuclides in phosphate manufacturing facilities and wastes from coal
fired plants;
- Continuation of the water supply quality assurance program and the provision
of support to regional offices for certification of state and local drinking
water laboratories; and
- Preparations of quality assurance guidelines governing the use of LIDAR
systems to measure water quality parameters.
TECHNICALISUPPQRT
1976 resources for this category included $1,800,000 for contracts and $500,000 for
grants .
The technical services program in 1976 improved its responsiveness to the scientific
and technical needs of the Agency by successfully conducting numerous monitoring and source
inventory mapping activities with airborne remote sensing techniques. Projects included
aerial surveillances for the purposes of delineating land-use patterns and pollution
sources, surveys of strip mine areas to determine causes and sources of acid mine wastes and
effects of rehabilitation practices; and studies of sanitary landfills to determine the
movement of leachate. More specific accomplishments Included contact sensing and
sampling to determine the Impact of aircraft operations on air quality, vegetation and soil
at a major municipal airport; assessment of agriculture and silviculture practices based on
aerial photography surveys; and the determination of transport and dispersion of effluent plumes
from certain power plants.
An important accomplishment of the technical information program was the completion and
distribution of the publication, Choosi na the Optimum, Fi nanci al Strategy^ for Pol Tuti on
Control Investments, designed to aid Industrial pi aW managers, particularly those in
smaller firms, in analyzing the financial implications for their companies when faced with
the necessity of acquiring and installing pollution control equipment, often involving
substantial capital Investment. Another significant publication distributed during 1976 was
Waste Water Treatment Alternatives. This document, prepared in semitechnical language, was
specifically targeted to assist local decision makers to Identify, evaluate and choose
appropriate pollution control technology from available alternatives which will best meet
the specific needs of their local communities. The 1976 program also included substantial
effort In the area of land treatment of municipal waste effluents. This topic is of
particular concern because of the legal requirement that this technology be considered
as a possible alternative before Federal funding may be approved for municipal waste
treatment projects. To assure that the latest information on this subject was available,
a series of special seminars was held throughout the Nation in the 10 EPA regions. These
seminars reached an audience of more than 3,000 consulting engineers and a three volume
summary of the seminars has been distributed to more than 5,000 requestors.
In addition, a comprehensive five year plan for the management of automated data
processing resources used throughout the research and development program was completed to
facilitate maximum productivity and cost effective utilization of the resources which are
available for AOP.
I - 29
-------
A final major activity is the Strategic Environmental Assessment System (SEAS), a
comprehensive environmental model designed to'assist national policy makers in environmental
forecasting and policy impact analysis. During 1976, a number of energy demand and supply
modules were incorporated into the system to support EPA studies of environmental and
energy relationships and a series of user application guides were designed to assist the
transition of SEAS from a research mode to an operational system. This program was terminated
in fiscal year 1976.
The MIR5 program awarded research grants totaling $500,000 to 21 minority institutions.
Second and third year grants totaled $200,000 and $300,000 went to new starts.
1977 Program
The 1977 resources for this program are $5,597,000 and 62 positions, including $2,000,000
for contracts, $700,000 for grants, and $200,000 for interagency agreements.
The 1977 technical services program of airborne monitoring and surveillance includes on-going
projects and support for studies related to plant thermal discharge mapping; wetlands inventory
of six coastal states; spill prevention control and counter measures, surveys, and studies
of sanitary landfills to determine the movement of leachates delineation of land use patterns and
pollution sources; surveys of strip mine areas to determine causes and sources of acid mine
wastes and effects of rehabilitation processes; a 100 site study for noise regulation model
verification and a hazardous material disposal site survey. A portion of the technical services
program is nonspecific to allow for support of urgent and unforeseen activities as they occur. .
The technical information program follow-up activity 1n the area of land treatment of waste
water by continuing a joint effort Involving EPA and :the Corps.of Engineers initiated during 1976
to produce a detailed technical design manual for use by military and civilian engineers.
This major publication is scheduled for completion by the end of 1977. Support of the Urban
Consortium for Technological Initiatives, a policy level group of local officials representing
the 33 largest municipal and county jurisdictions in the Nation, continues into 1977 and
includes the involvement of local officials in the Federal environmental R&D program to assess
common problems for large urban centers on a priority basis, to direct future research
activities toward solutions of those problems and to assist the rapid transfer of these
solutions to those who need and will use them. In a parallel effort an experimental program to
assess the feasibility of utilizing the existing and substantial capabilities of Tand grant
college and university extension programs as an environmental information dissemination
mechanism for transferring needed technology and other technical information to local decision
officials in smaller, rural communities is planned.
A total of nine national seminars are planned which relate to technological advances in
municipal waste water treatment. The principal subjects of these seminars include upgrading
waste treatment lagoons> advances in physical-chemical treatment and nitrogen control. In
addition to these national seminars, 10 regional seminars are planned to support the needs
of local participants in the various areawide planning agencies established as required by
Section 208 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended. Additional specialized
seminars will be presented in selected regions which relate to water supply and treatment
technology, analytical methods for environmental monitoring, and pollution control technology
for the metal finishing industry. Several specific information transfer publications will be
completed including: a methods manual for the measurement of organic compounds 1n'water and
waste water; a two volume Power Industry Manual on latest development of pollution control
for that industry; a similar manual for the textile industry; and an air monitoring handbook.
1-30
-------
The MIRS program will award research grants to minority institutions to stimulate
environmental research consistent with EPA requirements, and the resource level will remain
constant.
11977^^xpj.angtion of Changes from Budget Estimate
The $945.000 increase over the budget estimate results from an increase of $1,230,000
required to cover increased costs" for major projects such as the Kepbne incident, dioxin
disposal and certain regional oxidant transport studies, offset by a transfer of $285,000
to the air media for support of the Biological and Climatic Effects Research program (BACER).
1978 Plan
The 1978 planned resources for this activity are $5,882,000 and 42 positions, an increase
of $285,000 and a decrease of 20 positions from the 1977 level. The resources include
$700,000 for grants, $2,000,000 for contracts, and $200,000 for interagency agreements.
The technical services program has historically provided airborne monitoring and
surveillance of sources and distribution of pollution in air, water and on the land; and
provided resources for responding to immediate needs for technical services. In 1978, this
technical services program, as well as the closely related technical support activities
funded under the air and water quality medias, will undergo a restructuring and be largely
handled on an extramural basis.
The 1978 technical information program will continue to emphasize the transfer of
environmental information specifically tailored to user audience needs. Significant efforts
shall again be devoted to the area of waste water control for both municipalities and
industries and this activity shall continue at least through 1980 to achieve maximum impact
as the 1983 and 1985 milestones of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act P..L. 92-500
approach. Anticipated specific projects shall include seminars and publications on
alternative disinfection techniques which have increasing importance under the Safe Drinking
Water Act. Increasing emphasis shall be placed on the transfer of information and technology
on the environmental implications of the national thrust in energy development. Specific
activities shall deal with the transfer of air pollution control technologies, energy aspects
of waste water control and nonpoint source management. The development of a program to
package and disseminate known information regarding toxic and hazardous substances is also
being planned.
The MIRS program will remain unchanged in 1978 continuing its emphasis on awarding
research grants to minority institutions to stimulate environmental research activity.
The 20 position reduction in interdisciplinary monitoring is part of an overall reduction
in research and development positions in order to release positions for other higher priority
activities. The reduction will result in more of the research being implemented on an
extramural basis.
\
I 1-31
-------
The $285,000 increase is the result of a FY 1977 reprogramming action to meet the funding
requirements of the Biological and Climatic Effects Research program (BACER). This increase
restores the interdisciplinary technical support program to the FY 1977 level of funding
prior to the BACER transfer.
SCIENCE ADVISORYBOARD (SAB)
; *••
1976 Accomplishments " € »«
1! (^,1
During FY 1976, the Board provided advice to the Agency on the scientific aspects of a
variety of regulatory problems. These include, for example, reports on organic chemicals
in water supply, nitrosamines in the environment, the scientific basis for air quality I
standards, the effects of disposal of waste water treatment sludges, and research programs \
in ecological effects.
1977 Program 't
The FY 1977 program continues the active use of the Science Advisory Board as the Agency's
principal link with the independent scientific community. Activities are underway on a number
of topics. Examples include, mutagenicity testing and interpretation, criteria for airborne .,
lead, hazards of recombinant DNA activities, environmental monitoring program strategies, :
and the quality of extramural scientific and technical activities. \
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
, -..
The $90,000increase over the budget estimate reflects the now fully operational status (
of all member advisory committees and resulting operating increases.
1978 Plan
The 1978 request 1s $700,000 and 14 positions. The Science Advisory Board will continue }
to provide for consultation with the scientific community on matters of concern to the Agency.
Such consultation will, as in the past, largely be in response to requests from policy level
Agency officials. It is anticipated that scientific Issues relevant to new legislation, such
as TSGA, will serve as one major source of questions which will be referred to the SAB.
I - 3.2
-------
Toxic Substances
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Toxic
Ford Submission
1978 Revised
Carter Final
Abatement and Control :
Toxic Substances Strategies
Toxic Substances Strategies.
Research and Delevelopment:
Health and Ecological Effects
Health Effects., .
Ecol ogi cal Effects
Enforcement:
Toxic Substances Enforcement.,
Toxic Substances Enforcement.
Pos.
311
311
(311)
6
6
(6)
5
5
5
Amount
(dollars in thousands)
$21 ,000
21 ,000
(21 ,000)
1 ,383
1,388
(1 ,068)
(320)
370
5
(5)
Pos.
256
256
(256)
45
45
(45)
13
13
13
Amount
(dollars
$24,803
24,803
24 ,803
1 ,944
1 ,944
(1,624)
V ' ' wl" ' 1
(320)
1,259
1,259
1 ,259
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
TOXIC SUBSTANCES
-~
' 1
CJ
n
_/
U
n
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions....
Transition Quarter
Actual
1976
$4,732
32
3,081
&
Enforcement:
Appropriation. ,
Permanent Positions...
Transition Quarter.,..
Research and Development:
Appropriation 759
Permanent Pos i t1ons.... 4
Transition Quarter..... 690
Total, Toxic Substances Program:
Current kJUnAZ*
Estimate Estimate Estimate
1977 1977 1978
(do!lars in thousand's
$6,012 55,883
45 137
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
1,355 1,388
7 6
N/A - N/A
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
311
N/A
370
5
N/A
1,388
5,
N/A
+174
N/A
+370
+5
N/A
N/A
Appropriation.
Permanent Positions
Trans i ti on Quarter...,.
Outlays ,.
Authori zation Levels...
7,271
143
N/A
6,100
11,600*
322
+179
5,491 7,367
36 52
3,771 N/A
5,289 5,100
<» * «-A«*U. _.
IL^U^J" »•
/j£/.a5"*
Additional authorizations are contained within authorizations
under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Clean Air
Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, and the Federal Insecticide,
Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act.
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
The Toxic Substances Control Act, which became Taw October 11, 1976, authorizes EPA to acquire
information on and to regulate many types of chemicals. This new statutory authority was granted
in recognition of the existence of significant gaps in the Federal Government's ability to protect
public health and environmental quality against unreasonable risks arising from human exposure to,
and environmental releases of, potentially toxic chemicals. It is estimated that there are already
more than 20,000 chemicals in commercial use in the United-States and that approximately 1,000
additional chemicals are introduced each year. Their uses are many and varied; their value to
the Nation is inestimable,but their potential dangers all too often are unknown. Events in
recent years have resulted in identification of previously unsuspected hazards of many chemicals,
including, for example, asbestos, vinyl chloride, and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB's). Prior
to the enactment of the Toxic Substances Control Act, EPA's authority to prevent or correct such
problems consisted largely of authority to regulate environmental discharges from sources such as
factories, motor vehicles, sewage treatment plants, etc. Only in the pesticides area did EPA
have any authority to regulate the production and use of chemicals.
The Toxic Substances Control Act greatly expands and strengthens EPA's ability to deal with
environmental and health problems associated with chemicals. It gives EPA authority to control
the introduction and use of toxic chemicals. It enables EPA to require the testing of new and
existing chemicals that might present an unreasonable risk to human health or the environment.
It also requires manufacturers of new chemicals or existing chemicals with new uses to notify
EPA 90 days before beginning commercial production. This will enable EPA to evaluate any risks
the chemical may pose. In support of this program, the law also authorizes EPA to undertake
needed research and development activities, as well as activities designed to ensure compliance
with regulatory restrictions applied to the production, processing, distribution, use, and disposal
of chemicals.
A comprehensive strategy for implementation of this new Act is being developed. It is
already clear, however, that certain basic principles will have to guide EPA's implementation
activities. EPA will have to provide leadership In the area of toxic substances control, but
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
: t will also have to encourage other governmental agencies and industry to make full use of their
capabilities. EPA will have to intensify Its efforts to develop 'the best possible Information on
the production, use, and disposal of chemicals and on their potential for causing environmental
and human health problems, but it will have to concentrate on Developing information that is truly
needed for, and can -be effectively used in, the implementation of the Act. In addition, EPA
clearly will have to share the information it develops with other Federal agencies having regula-
tory responsibilities related to toxic chemicals and will have to rely heavily on such agencies to
share with EPA the information they have acquired and will acquire in the future. Finally,
because the number of chemicals alT-eady in commercial use and the number of new ones being Intro-
duced every year are so large, it. is clear that EPA will have to be selective in exercising both
its data gathering 'and regulatory authorities.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES (1n thousands of dollars). . .
FY 1977 Toxic Substances Program..... ............... . ......... , $7,271
Abatement and Control .................. , ..................... ....... !'1B,117"
The increase is for Implementation of the new Toxic
Substances Control Act including the Initial efforts
required under its substantive provisions such as testing
requirements, premarket notification, regulations (e.g.,
PCB's and fluorocarbons), reporting requirements, etc.
Enforcement ...... . ... ......... . .......... . ......... ........... +370
This Increase is for enforcement participation in the
Implementation of the Toxic Substances Control Act
.including response to toxic substances emergencies,
participation in regulations development, preparation
of enforcement policies and guidance, and control of
specific toxic substances. ___
FY 1978 Toxic Substances Program .................... . .......... --88; 738- o24*/ %&«
The Toxic Substances Control Act became law October 11, 1976. In the short period since
that time, EPA has been intensively applying its efforts to th« development of an Implementation
strategy for the new law. It is expected that the outcome of the strategy development process and
initial Agency program efforts will significantly impact the resources required for various toxic
substances activities, necessitating the future reprogramming of resources among these Initial
allocations.
SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES
1 . Summary of Budget Request e
•
f
An appropr i ati on of 5££ , 7 ofl , BOO 1 s requested for 1978. This request, by appropriation
account, is as follows:
Abatement and Control.. ........... . ............. ...... 5E1 ,003,i3OT
Enforcement . ......... ............. . ........ . ....... ... 370 ,000
Research and Development. . . ...... . . . . ........... ...... 1 .388,000
This represents an increase of ITS'fW .400 from the 1977 toxic substances program and
will provide for the implementation of the recently enacted Toxic Substances Control Act.
2. Changes from Original 1977 Budget Estimate
Changes from the original budget estimate are as follows:
(in thousands of dollars)
Original 1977 estimate , $7,367
Transfer of resources to water quality media for grant... -135
Transfer within research and development ;......... +33
Operating adjustments +6
Current 1977 estimate , ,...., 7,271
, - TS-2 \
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
I 3
-------
I ,
' , A transfer of SI 34 ,700 was made to the water quality media to support a grant for the
administrative and technical support of Agency sponsored conferences.
} —
) A proposal will be submitted to the Committee, as appropriate, for separate consideration
L . ..' for the research and development reprogramming of +$33,000 to supplement studies to evaluate human
hazards to toxic substances.
r~j Operating adjustments are changes required to adjust the budget to actual operating
• \ condition. In the process of applying the budget to the specific needs of each regional office,
" " laboratory, and headquarters program office, it is often necessary to make small adjustments to
the planned budget. The $5,300 increase is the cumulative effect of these changes on toxic
n substances programs in 1977.
v-J ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS ...... ... ' ..
C Current
Estimate Estimate
1977 1578
(in thousands of dollars)
f" Prior year obligations .................. ..... $5,491 $10,084
Changes in amount of carryover
funds available... ............... „ ......... +4,670 -2.813
Miscellaneous increases and decreases
to budget estimate listed above ............ -77
Addftional cost of program increases ......... .«_&«.
L_J
n
, — ,
••-;'
L"~' Total estimated obligations ........ , ......... 10,084 01. gat"
(From new obligation authority). ..... . ..... (7,271) (31 iiB») (2,3, 38
r~l (From prior year funds) ..... , --------- . ..... (2.813) (_.) ^ <
i '
1 '•'-"' EXPIANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
r -, A major change in obligation results from the prior year funds available for obligation.
' . Carryover funds effecting obligations after FT 1976 result in a change of +$4,670,000; carryover
L J funds expected to be obligated in 1977 are $2,813,000. There are none projected for FY 1978,
___, The Increases and decreases to the budget estimate, as detailed previously, are expected to
P"": result in a net decrease of -$77,000 in 1977 obligations.
^ J Other changes in the 1978 budget due to the recently enacted Toxic Substances Control Act are
expected to increase obligations by yi'fl«710'iQOO'f
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
•ransfer of $134,700 was made to the water quality media to support a grant foj
technical support of Agency sponsored conferences.
A proposH^will be submitted to the Committee, as appropriate, for separate consideration
for the research and asjtelopment reprogramming of +$33,000 to supplement stujWes to evaluate human
hazards to toxic substanc
\.
Operating adjustments\are changes required to adjust the budget to actual operating
condition. In the process of apiHjqmg the budget to the specific/needs of each regional office,
laboratory, and headquarters progranNjffice, it is often necessary to make small adjustments to
the planned budget. The $5,300 increases the cumulative |>fect of these changes on toxic
substances programs in 1977.
ANALYSIS .OFJNCREASE5 AjJOECflEASES TO OBLIGATtPNS
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
Prior year obligations.
Changes in amount of carryovey
funds available.
Miscellaneous increases ajxf decreases
to budget estimate listed above....
Additional cost of program increases.
Total estimated obligations.
(From new obligation authority).
(From prior wear funds).........
(in thousands of dollars)
$5,491 $10,084
-2,813
+14.71*6
10,084
(7,271)
(2,813)
21,981
(21,981)
(...)
EXPLANATIONOF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
A major change in obligation results from the prior year funds available for oB^lgation.
Carryover funds effecting obligations after FY 1976 result In a change of +$4,670,OOOrscarryover
funds expected to be obligated in 1977 are $2,813,000. There are none projected for FY 1978.
The increases and decreases to the budget estimate, as detailed previously, are expected to
result in a net decrease of -$77,000 in 1977 obligations.
Other changes in the 1978 budget due to the recently enacted Toxic Substances Control Act are
expected to increase obligations by $14,710,000.
TS-3
-------
PROGRAM LEVELS
TOXIC SUBSTANCES
Budget Current Increase +•
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Regulations affecting the
production, processing,
distribution, use, or
disposal of chemicals...
Requirements for testing
of chemicals to identify
and evaluate potential
adverse effects, ,.
Premarket notifications
reviewed
Special reports on problem
chemicals...
Procedural regulations for
TSCA implementation
6
10
6
800
6
5
+3
+3
+800
-5
TS-4
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
c
TOXIC SUBSTANCES
i—« • Abatement and Control
j ;
Budget Current i^jSAn^**— Increase
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
PI J976 1977 Igre, 1978 1978 vs. 1977
I • "'• - • • {dollars' in thousands)
Appropriation
j" Strategies.. , $4,732 $6,012 $5,883 •OgTiOOO .n3'l3,U"7""*
Permanent Positions
^ Strategies..., 32 45 137 311 +174
Budget Request
r~"
' An appropriation of JKFmi 11 ion and 311 positions is requested for 1978. This represents
L.J . an increase of 5lfe,»17,40Q and 174 positions over the 1977 appropriation. The increase will
permit EPA to begin approaching full implementation of the Toxic Substances Control Act.
r~~- Program Description
In general, the purpose of the toxic substances program is to acquire data that will permit
EPA to identify and assess the human and environmental effects of chemicals and to regulate the
n production, processing, distribution, use. and disposal of chemicals in order to prevent
unreasonable risks of injury or imminent hazards to human health and the environment. The
Toxic Substances Control Act instructs EPA to consider the environmental, economic, and social
impact of actions taken to implement the Act.
' EPA may require testing of chemical substances if they may present unreasonable risk of
; injury to health or the environment or if there are substantial quantities produced, resulting
'"'"" in significant exposure to humans or the environment; and if there are insufficient data and
experience for determining or predicting the health and environmental effects; and if testing
ris necessary to develop such data. An interagency committee is established by the Act to
! , recommend chemical substances for testing. Testing requirements must be established by
t—* regulation after opportunity for public comment and hearing; they must specify the health and
environmental effects and information relating to chemical characteristics for which data are
to be developed. Also standards for data development to assure its reliability and adequacy
are to be prescribed, to the extent necessary. In addition, the Agency is required to respond
to industry petitions for the issuance of testing standards for new chemical substances.
Manufacturers of "new" chemical substances must give EPA 90 days notice before starting to
f manufacture them. EPA may also by rula designate a new use of an existing chemical as a
l significant new use based on consideration of the anticipated extent and type of exposure to
^-— human beings or the environment. Any person who then intends to manufacture or process a
chemical for such a significant new use must also report 90 days before marketing the chemical
,.--, for that use. In addition, the Administrator may publish by rule a 11st of new chemicals or
I ' classes of new chemicals and any significant new uses which present or may present an unreasonable
( i risk of injury to health or the environment if they are introduced into commerce. Notices
submitted by the manufacturers for new chemicals or significant new uses of existing chemicals
are to include specified information, including information on the health and environmental
D effects, to the extent that the manufacturer has such information. In addition, if a rule
requiring testing of the chemicals or members of its chemical class has been promulgated, the
manufacturer must also submit the required test data. When a manufacturer of a new chemical
which is on the risk'list submits his premarket notice, he must also submit data which he
,~-, believes show that the chemical or significant new use will not present such a risk. Exempt
TS-S
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
*
-------
from the premarfcet notification requirement are chemicals which are not "new" or are produced
in small quantities solely far experimental or research and development purposes or are used
for test marketing purposes or are determined not to present an unreasonable risk. EPA will
have to establish criteria for judging exemption requests. In the first years of implementation,
the major effort will Involve development and refinement of a system for handling and evaluating
this information.
EPA may determine that there 1s inadequate information to evaluate the health or
environmental effects of a new chemical; in this case it may issue an order 45 days before the
expiration of the premarket review period to prohibit or limit the manufacture, processing,
distribution in commerce, use, or disposal of the chemical, pending acquisition of additional
data. If the manufacturer or processor files objections to the order, EPA nay seek a court
injunction to prevent marketing of the chemical until data are developed which Indicate that the
substance does not present an unreasonable risk. EPA may also find that there Is a reasonable
basis to conclude that a new chemical presents or will present an unreasonable risk of injury
to health or the environment. In that event, the Agency may issue an order and, if appropriate,
initiate court action to prohibit the manufacture of the chemical. If a total ban does not
appear necessary, EPA may propose a rule which becomes immediately effective limiting the
manufacture or use of a chemical or regulating its distribution, use* or disposal.
In the long run, the effectiveness of EPA's handling of premarket notifications will
largely determine whether this legislation provides environmental benefits that outweigh the
costs to society. The premarket review system must ensure rapid processing while providing
reasonable confidence that significant problem chemicals are identified.
If EPA finds that there is a reasonable basis to conclude that the manufacture, processing,
distribution, use, or disposal of a chemical substance or mixture, or that any combination of
such activities, presents or will present an unreasonable risk of injury to health or the
environment, it may impose, through rulemaking, appropriate regulatory requirements to the ' ,
extent necessary to protect adequately against such risk. Analyses of the ecological and
health effects of the chemical substances and mixtures, identification of sources and exposed
opulations and exposure levels, evaluation of possible -substitutes, and assessment of economic
.nd technological factors will have to be performed as part of the regulatory process. In
proposing regulatory actions, EPA must provide an opportunity for comments by all Interested
parties, including an -opportunity for oral presentation of facts and arguments.
The Information-gathering provisions of the Act authorize EPA to issue rules requiring
manufacturers and processors of specified chemicals to report to EPA such Information as chemical
names and Identity, proposed uses, estimates of production levels, descriptions of byproducts,
health and environmental data, number of workers exposed, and disposal methods. Manufacturers
of chemical mixtures and research chemicals are exempt from these requirements unless EPA
determines such reporting is necessary to enforce the Act. Similarly, in the absence of a
determination that reporting is necessary because of an unreasonable risk, small manufacturers
are exempt frast reporting, except for chemicals that are subject to proposed or promulgated
testing requirements or limitations under the regulatory provisions of the Act. These reporting
rules are to be promulgated within 180 days of the Act's effective date.
The Act also requires EPA to make rules under which any person who manufactures, processes,
or distributes any chemical substance or mixture must keep records of significant adverse reactions
to health or the environment that allegedly were, caused by the chemical. EPA may also issue
rules requiring that any health and safety studies on specific chemicals known or available to
any person who manufactures, processes, or distributes such chemicals, be submitted. In addition,
1f such a person has information which Indicates that a chemical presents a substantial risk of
injury to health or the environment, he must notify the Agency.
TS-6
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
EPA is required to publish an inventory list of all existing chemicals by November 1977.
This list, which will be continually updated, will contain all chemicals manufactured or processed
for commercial purposes in the United States or imported into the United States within the last
three years. Chemicals not on the initial inventory list will be considered "new" for pre-
market notification purposes.
In addition to designing, establishing, and coordinating through an interagency committee,
a data system within EPA for data submitted under the Act, EPA is responsible for designing,
establishing, and coordinating a system for toxicologies! and other scientific data accessible to
all Federal and other departments .and agencies. Over the first two years, systems will have to
be established that can handle the inventory of existing chemicals, premarket notifications, test
data, and data collected in support of regulatory actions.
EPA may determine that an unreasonable risk presented by a chemical may be prevented or
sufficiently reduced by action under a Federal law admiriistrered by another Federal agency. In
such cases, EPA must request the other agency to determine whether the risk exists and if the
agency's actions would sufficiently reduce the risk. If the agency finds no risk or takes
action directed to the risk, EPA may not take any regulatory action directed to the same risk.
The law also directs EPA to use other laws it administers to protect against unreasonable
risks, such as the Federal Water Pollution Control Act or the Clean Air Act, unless the
Agency determines that it is in the public interest to protect against such risks under the
Toxic Substances Control Act.
Confidential data, such as trade secrets and privileged financial data, will be protected
from disclosure by EPA. All health and safety information on chemicals in commerce submitted under
the Act is subject to disclosure. A person submitting other types of data to EPA may designate any
part of it as confidential. If the claims of confidentiality are subject to question or if the
release of such data is essential for the protection of health or the environment, EPA must notify
the person who submitted the data in advance of any contemplated release.
Not later than 60 days after a rule is promulgated, any person may file a petition for judicial
review of such rule. Any person may bring a civil suit to restrain a violation of the Act by any
party or to compel EPA to perform any nondiscretionary duty required by the Act. In addition, any
person may petition the Administrator to issue, amend, or repeal, a rule under the testing, reporting
or restrictions sections of the Act. EPA has 90 days to respond to a petition. If the Agency takes
no action or denies a petition, the party has the opportunity for judicial review in a U. S. district
court.
EPA is required to establish an office to provide technical and other nonfinancial assistance
to chemical manufacturers and processors regarding EPA's requirements under the Act, Agency policies
for implementation and administration of the Act, and means of complying with them. EPA is also
required to perform or support various special studies and to conduct public hearings on proposed
rulemaking actions.
In support of the establishment of regulatory requirements necessary to carry out the Act, the
participation of EPA's legal counsel, research and development, and enforcement staffs will be
necessary. EPA's procedures for the development of regulations give a leadership role to the
program office principally responsible for implementation of a particular statute but require the
involvement of other program offices that may be affected or may have expertise in the areas in
question. EPA's regional offices also are called upon to participate in this process to some extent
their activities in support of implementation of the Toxic Substances Control Act will also include
a role in providing technical assistance to affected industries, data-gathering, encouraging public
participation in policy development and rulemaking, and, ultimately, in enforcement of Agency
requirements.
1976 Accomplishments
Prior to the enactment of the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Agency's toxic substances
activities were focused largely on identifying and characterizing chemical problems, studying
techniques that would permit the Agency to anticipate such problems, and assessing and dealing
with special problem situations involving chemicals released into the environment. Funds
obligated in 1976 amounted to $4,732,100, which included contracts and lAG's to support chemical
TS-7
-------
identification, chemical characterization, and development of preventive and corrective approaches
to deal with chemical problem aspects of the program. Accomplishments included continued
implementation of programs to clarify and reduce the risks associated with chemicals such as
asbestos ,%yinyl chloride, PCB's, benzidine, and others; assistance to various States in determining
the magnit&de of specific chemical problems and developing means of dealing WJCT them-, publication
of reports describing the scope and character of governmental programs dealy*g with selected toxic
chemicals; andNstart~up of programs to examine the potential hazards of nqpruel uses of
synthetic fuels and the use of flame retardants in textile products.
1977 Program
Of the 1977 resources, $3.7 million will be used for grants,y
the activities listed beu
rontracts, and lAG's to support
In 1977, EPA's efforts will include the development of ./comprehensive strategy for
implementation of the Act; development of an inventory of existing chemicals; development of various
procedural rules and regulations Necessary to establish a/framework for future actions and define
industry's responsibilities (in areas such as premarkeyTOtifi cation and data reporting);
development of procedures for interagency coordinations of actions related to toxic substances
control; setting up a system to handleSand disseminate information submitted to EPA under the Act
and to obtain relevant information from \rther governmental agencies; issuance of three to five
sets of requirements for testing of chemicals to identify their potential for adverse effects on
human health and the environment; issuance of proposed regulations dealing with PCB's,
fluorocarbons, and, possibly, other chemical sSfound to deserve priority attention; responding to
citizens' petitions requesting specific testjnfspr regulatory action; and intensive recruiting of
talented scientific personnel to help with jm activities under the Act.
1 977
. from Budget jstjinate
The decrease of $129 thousand fro/ the 1977 budge^SfStimate resulted from the transfer of
$135 thousand to the water quality grants assistance program to support a grant for the
administrative and technical supporjrof Agency sponsored conferences; offsetting this decrease is
a slight increase as a result of allying the budget to actaaj operating needs at the beginning of
the fiscal year.
1978 Plan
Of the $21 million requ/sted, $13 million will be used for contracts, grants, and lAG's. The
increase of 174 positions and $15.1 million over the 3977 level is rkiuired to implement the
activities called for by trie Toxic Substances Control Act in 1978. AXjnal inventory of chemicals
manufactured or proeesse/in the United States will be published. Its pablication will trigger
the requirement for preinarket notification to EPA with respect to new cheinicals; this means that
EPA will have to review and make decisions on an estimated 1,000 new chemicals within stringent
time constraints. Wwh the inventory completed, EPA will also have to initiate the process of
gathering data on, and making-assessments of, many of the chemicals listed in order to determine
whether they should/be tested and/or regulated in any respect- EPA will also have to respond to
the recommendations of the interagency committee regarding chemicals which should be tested; this
group may recommend testing of as many as 50 chemicals at any one time. Based on information
received from pnemarket notification, industry reporting, and other sources, EPA expects to find
it necessary to/initiate the regulatory process with respect to 10 to 15 chemical substances or
classes. It is expected that approximately eight1 actions will be completed in 1978. In regard to
all the activities to be undertaken in 1978, requirements for acquisition and evaluation of
scientific and technical data and identification and assessment of regulatory alternatives will
constitute a very significant workload. Added to these requirements is the necessity for
coordination with other governmental agencies, implementation of various requirements of the Act
for studies in specific areas, conducting public hearings to provide opportunities for interested
and affected parties to participate in the regulatory process, and providing responses to what is
expected to be a very large volume of requests for information from industry and the public.
f i
TS-8
-------
identification, chemical characterization, and development of preventive and corrective approaches
.^p deal with chemical problem aspects of the program. Accomplishments included continued
^flplementation of programs to clarify and reduce the risks associated with chemicals such as
Asbestos, vinyl chloride, PCB's, benzidine, and others; assistance to various States in determining
the magnitude of specific chemical problems and "developing means of dealing with them; publication
of reports describing the scope and character of governmental programs dealing with selected toxic
chemicals; and start-up of programs to examine the potential hazards of nonfuel uses of
synthetic fuels and the use of flame retardants in textile products.
1977 Program
Of the 1977 resources, $3.7 million will be used for grants, contracts, and lAG's to support
the activities listed below.
In 1977, EPA's efforts will include the development of a comprehensive strategy for
implementation of the Act; development of an inventory of existing chemicals; development of various
procedural rules and regulations necessary to establish a framework for future-actions and define
industry's responsibilities (in areas such as premarket notification and data reporting);
development of procedures for interagency coordination of actions related to toxic substances
control; setting up a system to handle and disseminate information submitted to EPA under the Act
and to obtain relevant information from other governmental agencies; issuance of three to five
sets of requirements for testing of chemicals to identify their potential for adverse effects on
human health and the environment; issuance of proposed regulations dealing with PCB's,
fluorocarbons, and, possibly, other chemicals found to deserve priority attention; responding to
citizens' petitions requesting specific testing or regulatory action; and intensive recruiting of
talented scientific personnel to help with all activities under the Act.
1977 ExplanationofChangesfrom BudgetEstimate
The decrease of $129 thousand from the 1977 budget estimate resulted from the transfer of
$135 thousand to the water quality grants assistance program to support a grant for the
administrative and technical support of Agency sponsored conferences; offsetting this decrease is
a slight increase as a result of applying-the budget to actual operating needs at the beginning of
-the fiscal year.
TS-8
(Revised 2/22/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
1978 Plan
Of the $21 million requested for program activities,
$13 million will be used for contracts, grants, and TAG's.
The increase of 174 positions and $15.1 .million over the
1977 level is required to implement the activities called
for by the T.oxic Substances Control Act in 1978. A final
inventory of chemicals manufactured or processed in the
United States will be published. Its publication will
trigger the requirement for premarket notification to EPA
with respect to new chemicals; this means that EPA will have
to review and make decisions on an estimated 1,000 new
chemicals within stringent time constraints. With the
inventory completed, EPA will also have to initiate the
process of gathering data on, and making assessments of,
many of the chemicals listed in order to determine whether
they should be tested and/or regulated in any respect. EPA
will also.have to respond to the recommendations of the
Interagency committee regarding chemicals which should be
tested; this group may recommend testing of as many as 50
chemicals at any one time. Based on information received
from premarket notification, industry reporting, and other
sources, EPA expects to find it necessary to initiate the
regulatory process with respect to 10 to 15 chemical sub-
stances or classes. It is expected that approximately eight
actions will be completed in 1978. In regard to all the
activities to be undertaken in 1978, requirements for
acquisition and evaluation of scientific and technical data
and identification and assessment of regulatory alternatives
will constitute a very significant workload. Added to these
requirements is the necessity for coordination with other
governmental agencies, implementation of various require-
ments of the Act for studies in specific areas, conducting
public hearings to provide opportunities for interested and
affected parties to participate in the regulatory process,
and providing responses to what is expected to be a very
large volume of requests for information from industry and
the public.
the new Toxic Substances Control Act implicitly requires
EPA to move in the direction of better integration of all
Agency programs dealing with toxic chemicals in the environ-
ment. It is becoming increasingly apparent that increased
emphasis must be given to a coordinated approach whenever
problems involve specific pollutants, whether nationally,
regionally, or at the State level. At the State envrion-
mental program level, the need for such coordination is
is accentuated by the more serious limitations on resources.
and expertise usually available.
The Act authorizes EPA, to make grants to assist States
in the establishment and operation of programs to prevent
or eliminate unreasonable risks to health or the environment
associated with toxic substances. EPA is soliciting from
the States their ideas on how grant funds might be most
effectively utilized in dealing with toxic chemicals problems.
It is apparent that States will need some additional funds
and manpower in order to make real progress in the direction
of integrated toxic substances controls programs. Grant funds
of '$1.5 million are requested in FY 1978 for priority State
grant needs based on the seriousness and extent of the toxic
substances problem within the States.
TS-8a (Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
TOXIC SUBSTANCES
Research and Development
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 .1.97.8vs1977 Page
(dollars in thousands) '
Appropriation.
Health and Ecological
Effects $759 $1,355 $1,388 $1,388
Mrmanent ...Positions
Health and Ecological
Effects , 4766
EPA's major toxic substances research efforts include development of predictive techniques
for early identification of substances most likely to pose a hazard to man or the environment;
implementation of methods for monitoring air, water, and soil for selected toxic chemicals; and
development of strategies under a variety of Federal authorities to control multimedia toxic
pollutants.
This program determines the effects of toxic pollutants and their metabolites on human
health and ecosystems. The research produces protocols for testing substances to determine the
potential hazards of their release into the environment, provides information on the transport
and persistence of toxic substances as well as their health and ecological effects, and develops
analytical chemistry methods to measure and identify these pollutants.
Research is being conducted to develop improved techniques for assessing the environmental
acceptability of toxic chemicals. Research is conducted into the health and ecological effects
of selected toxic substances and their metabolites to provide short and long-term data on
chemicals of current concern, and background to support future regulatory efforts. Development
of test protocols and methodologies is emphasized.
Studies are carried out in animal model systems.to evaluate the hazard to humans of selected,
high-priority toxic materials. These studies emphasize acute toxicity through studies of oral,
dermal, and respiratory exposure routes, and possible long-term effects through evaluations of
teratogenic and mutagenic potential.
Emphasis is also placed on the development, characterization, and use of model ecosystems
to evaluate toxic substances. These ecosystems will be capable of simulating a range of key
ecosystem-level processes and parameters, and will be suitable as screening tools for toxic
contaminants.
The Office of Research and Development's toxic substances research program has been carried
on under the authorities granted in the Agency's major legislative mandates. The focus of the
program is currently being shifted toward support of the Toxic Substances Control Act in areas
such as the development of screening methods for lexicological screening of toxic substances.
TS-9
-------
TOXIC SUBSTANCES
Research and-Development
Health and Ecological Effects
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 .J977, Jiff?..,., .JJjJTJL. 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousandTJ
Appropriation
Health Effects $439 $1,035 $1,068 $1,068
Ecological Effects 320 320 „ 320 320
Total, 759 1,355 1,388 1,388
Permanent Positions
Health Effects
Ecological Effects.
Total 4 7 6 6
Budget Request
The FY 1978 resources for this program will remain at the same level as 1977, six positions
and $1,388,000.
Prp_g_rain_D_escr1|)t1on
A limited research program is being conducted to determine the adverse effects of toxic
substances and their metabolites on human health. This includes the assessment of the toxicity
of metals and of inorganic and organic nonpesticide pollutants which reach man through different
•routes of exposure. The program includes developing protocols for improved toxicity testing of
substances, validating these protocols, and establishing criteria for determining which substances
should be declared hazardous to human health.
In the ecological effects portion of the program, currently available microcosms are being
used to advantage in estimating the environmental behavior of toxic pollutants. However, there
is a need for microcosms representing other systems and for microcosms with controlled reproduci-
bility. In an attempt to meet this need, multimedia microcosm techniques (tools to predict pollu-
tion transport and distribution) are being tested and evaluated to determine the impact of size,
ecological structure, and abiotic components on the system responses. The stability and reproduci-
bility of microcosms in relation to the above factors are being determined. The degree of relia-
bility of aquatic and terrestrial microcosms to predict pollutant transport and distribution will be
determined and improved microcosm utilization techniques will be developed. The data resulting
from this research program will be used to study the ecological effects of toxic substances and
provide a scientific basis for criteria for toxic substances.
HEALTH EFFECTS
1976Accomplishments
In 1976, resources included approximately $17,533 in contracts and $56,512 in grants.
The major 1976 accomplishments for health effects research were as follows:
- The effects of contaminants in technical grade pentachlorophenol (PCP),
such as dibxins and polychlorinated dibenzofurans, were compared with
relatively pure PCP. The results of studies on the liver led to the
conclusion that the presence of synthetic compounds, whose potency is so
great that parts-per-million-level contamination can dramatically alter
biological activity, makes it essential that careful cHemical definition
be undertaken before assigning toxicological properties to such substances.
TS-10
-------
- Low and high resolution gas chromatographic/mass spectrophotometric (GCMS) analysis
has determined the presence of 2, 3, 7, 8 tetrachlorodibenzp* p-diox1n (TCDD) in
environmental samples. TCDD, an extremely toxic material, is a possible contaminating
by-product in manufacturing processes utilizing tetrachlorobenzene, and in the manu-
facture of herbicides containing esters of 2, 4, 5 trichlorophenoxyacetic acid. Among
the studies conducted was a comparison of chronic versus acute exposure, where chronic
dosing was apparently cumulative in terms of effects and was a prerequisite to the
development of phenomenon seen in hexachlorobenzene poisoning.
~*
- A facility was completed at the Health Effects Research Laboratory, Research Triangle
Park, North Carolina, to examine amphibole material contained in taconite iron ore in
order to determine whether the material has harmful biological characteristics similar
to a related asbestos material. Serpentine and amphibole minerals are common in the
earth's crust. The physical and chemical characteristics of these substances vary
from place to -place and in some areas resemble commercial asbestos. The completed
facilities will permit research with pathogen-free animals and with high security
for personnel involved.
1977.Program
The resource level under the 1977 appropriation for health effects research is $1,068,000
and six positions. These resources include approximately $506,500 in contracts, $235,000 in grants,
and $6,800 in interagency agreements.
The health research program selectively evaluates hazards of human contact with toxic substances
by conducting animal toxicology studies of selected high priority toxic materials. In support of
the Toxic Substances Control Act, the program is to develop and improve laboratory methods for
toxicological screening of toxic substances to identify which compounds are likely to persist in
the environment or have adverse effects on man. Studies to assess whether fibrous amphiboles are
carcinogenic or co-carcinogenic are being continued.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
A planned $33,000 reprogramming into the health program, contingent upon Committee approval,
as appropriate, is intended to supplement studies to evaluate human hazards to toxic substances.
1978 Plan
Six positions and $1,068,000 1s requested in FY 1978, the same level as 1977. Epidemiological
and experimental data developed to date gave a clear indication of health effects associated with
exposure to asbestos. Health hazards may also be associated with asbestos-like fibers and man-made
fibers. The more important question, in the case of persons with nonoccupational exposures to
asbestos and other amphiboles, is whether there is an increased risk of malignancies. A study will
be conducted to evaluate whether certain amphiboles are carcinogenic or co-carcinogenic. These
particles, UICC chrysotile particles and iron oxide particles, will be administered to animals,
and the biological effects due to these particles will be compared during the life span of the
animals. In support of the Toxic Substances Control Act, the program will continue work on
toxicological screening methods for toxic substances to identify which compounds are likely to
persist in the environment or have adverse effects on man.
ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS
1976 Accompli shments
The 1976 resources included approximately $69,691 in contracts and $250,000 1n interagency
agreements. The major 1976 accomplishments for ecological effects research were as follows:
- In a terrestrial microcosm, it was shown that lead contamination causes a loss
of carbon dioxide and leaching of nutrients from the soil at lead levels below
those that have discernible effects on soil microorganism populations. This
provides an.Important new parameter for assessing low level lead contamination.
- In an aquatic microcosm, it was found that the rate of arsenic absorption in
bottom sediments is directly correlated with the concentration of organic
material in the sediment. This is an important step in the determination of the
best substrates for use in microcosms for testing trace contaminant fate and transport.
TS-11
-------
1977 Program
The resource level under the 1977 appropriation for ecological effects research is
$320,000, which includes $250,000 in interagency agreements.
The 1977 ecological effects research involves characterization of existing model eco-
systems and microcosms as to replicability, effect of size and structure, applicability of
results to real-world ecosystems, and suitability for criteria development anchas screening
tools for toxic contaminants. Toxic contaminants will be screened, by use of model ecosystem/
microcosms, to provide ecosystem-level criteria data on specific environmental stressing
factors. The program also includes development and characterization of new model ecosystems
and microcosms capable of simulating a range of key ecosystem-level processes and parameters.
These microcosms will be suitable for evaluating major categories of ecological stressing
factors.
1978 Plan
The 1978 ecological effects research will remain the same as 1977, $320,000, and the
distribution of extramural resources is not expected to change significantly.
In 1978, the ecological effects portion of this program will evaluate terrestrial and
aquatic microcosms as research and Screening tools for use in assessing potential environmental
transport and distribution of toxic pollutants. Evaluation of flowing aquatic microcosms for
delineating transport and distribution of toxics will continue.
Homogeneity and stability studies will be conducted for the microcosms being evaluated.
Final reports on the developmental phase of the research are expected to be completed during
1978 and will provide valuable information for the direction of future studies. Screening of
selected substances in model ecosystems or microcosms, developed in the earlier phase, for fate
and effects is expected to begin in late 1978. These data will be available for establishment
of criteria, based on ecosystem-level responses.
TS-12
-------
Enforcement
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
TOXIC SUBSTANCES
Enforcement
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs 1977
(dollars in thousands} ;
Appropriation
toxic Substances
Enforcement ........ .. ... ... ... $370 +$370
.,, x Permanent Positions
Toxic Substances
Enforcement .......... ... ... ... 5 +5
' Budget Request
The 5 positions and $370,000 requested for toxic substances enforcement in FY 1978 reflect
the minimal enforcement needs to participate in the implementation of the Toxic Substances
Control Act (TSCA) as well as to provide some enforcement response to toxic emergency problems.
' Program Descri pt ion
The EPA toxic substances enforcement program is administered pursuant to the Toxic Substances
Control Act. For purposes of administering the Act, EPA may conduct inspections and may also
subpoena witnesses, documents, and other information as necessary to carry out the Act.
Enforcement may also be undertaken regarding imported or exported chemicals subject to the
Act. Any person who fails or refuses to comply with any requirement made under the law inay be
subject to civil and/or criminal penalties. Civil actions concerning violations or lack of
compliance with the Act may be brought in a U.S. District Court for judicial review. Any chemical
substance or mixture which was manufactured, processed, or distributed in commerce in violation
of the Act may be subject to seizure.
The toxic substances enforcement program is responsible for providing enforcement input
into the implementation of TSCA and for implementing the Act's enforcement provisions. This
involves substantial enforcement input in the development and promulgation of regulations, and the
control of specific chemical substances and mixtures, as well as the preparation and establishment'
1 of general and specific enforcement policy and guidance. ' :
. *
The program is also responsible for directing and coordinating enforcement authorities against
toxic substances pollution in the environment. As such, the program will augment and systematize
the current enforcement procedures so that the full thrust of available enforcement authorities
can be brought to bear against a toxic problem in an intermedia coordinated manner.
1978 Plan
•; _, The FY 1978 resource level for toxic substances enforcement is 5 positions and $370,000, of
< } which $260,000 will be for contracts to assist enforcement in obtaining and assessing compliance
monitoring data and technical program data, as well as to provide assistance in developing guidance
packages and in determining program direction.
TS-13
-------
The FY 1978 toxic substances enforcement program will have two major focuses: (1) directing
and coordinating the enforcement activities within EPA against toxic substances problems, and
(2) providing enforcement input into the implementation of the Toxic Substances Control Act. %"*"
;
(1) to implement various sections of TSCA, and (2) to regulate and control certain chemical
substances, e.g., PCBs and chlorofluorocarbons. Specific enforcement actions also may be under-
taken in those cases where regulations are in place.
TS-14
-------
Energy
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
ENERGY
Ford Submission
Pos.
Amount
Research and Development:
(dollars in thousands)
125 $96,427
1978 Revised
Carter Final;
Pos. Amount
(dollars in thousands)
125 $96,427
Energy.
123
96,427
125 96.427
Extraction and Processing Technology (46) (24,350)
Conservation, Utilization and Technology Assessment (64) (30,550)
Health and Ecological Effects (5) (39,20.0)
Technical Support. (8) (2,327)
(46)
(64)
(5)
(8)
(24,350)
(30,550)
(39,200)
(2,327)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
ENERGY
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
• ' '-
Budget Current Increase +
. Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976* 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs 1977
(dol 1 ars in Thousands!
Research and Development:
Appropriation $83,036 $96,427 $96,362 $96,427 +$65
Permanent positions 143 123 123 123
Transition quarter 63,191 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Outlays..., 65,687 120,000 106,000 101,000 -5,000
Authorization Levels.... Authorization is contained within Federal Water Pollution Control Act
and Clean Air Act. Authorization levels for these Acts are shown
under the water quality and air media descriptions.
*1976 and Transition Quarter resources were funded under the appropriation Energy Research and Development.
OVERVIEWAND STRATEGY
! !
As the Nation strives to reduce its dependence on foreign energy supplies, environmental
problems arising from domestic energy development become increasingly important. A major mission
for the Agency is protecting public health and welfare from the adverse environmental effects of
energy systems. Research and development efforts toward this end are mandated by the Clean Air
Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act.
Such protection must be accomplished through a multimedia approach so that the control of one form
of pollution does not result in other unacceptable impacts. Environmental protection must be
accomplished in a reasonable manner and at acceptable cost compatible with other national interests.
As the Nation attempts to meet its serious energy needs and problems several approaches have
bean proposed. These approaches include:
(a) the increased use of coal through direct burning;
(b) the replacement of dwindling oil and gas supplies with synthetic gas and
liquid fuels derived from coal;
(c) the use of alternate sources of energy such as solid waste, geothermal steam
and nuclear fission; and
(d) more efficient energy extraction and utilization processes.
Because of the potentially acute health and ecological effects associated with these energy
initiatives, and with both existing and new technologies for fuel processing! conversion, and
utilization, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has made a major commitment to ensuring
that the environment and human health are protected. Further, since many of the problems are
long-term (e.g., many technologies will not be available or in commercial use before 1985), EPA
must have programs under way now to develop the health and technical data necessary to support
energy-related environmental quality standards and source discharge or emission regulations. The
lead times for health assessment and control technology development are such that research programs
must be implemented now if energy development is to be compatible with environmental protection.
Several long-term problem areas are anticipated for the regulatory and enforcement components
of the Agency. The increased reliance on substitute fuels from coal and oil shale, requiring
cleaning, gasification, liquefaction, and other processing techniques, can generate new pollutants
whose effects are not known and must be defined. For .example, coal gasification processes may
emit unacceptable quantities of carcinogenic materials. Another problem area concerns the
potentially cumulative chronic health and ecological effects of new and emerging energy sources
such as advanced combustion systems and geothermal facilities.
E-l
-------
The Agency must also address many energy-related environment problems in the near-term. The
decreased supply of domestic oil and increased dependence upon foreign oil may result in converting
a number of oil-fired boilers to coal. Significant conversion from oil to coal will result in the
additional emission of particulates, nitrogen oxides, sulfur compounds, and other combustion
pollutants. The increased use of coal and oil shale will accelerate mining in senriarid western
areas, raising serious questions about restoration of mined lands and degradation of the quality of
available ground and surface water resources. The expanded interest in offshore oil may lead to
increasing the severity of the environmental problems associated with petroleum extraction and
transportation and with coastal refining facilities.
The primary goals of the energy research and development program are: (1) to provide a
sound data base necessary for the Agency to establish regulations and incentives to encourage the
use of environmentally acceptable practices in extraction, processing and utilization of energy
resources, and (2) to provide environmental control options, as soon as practicable, for those
extraction, processing and utilization practices which cause significant health and ecological
damage.
The approach for addressing the near-term pollution problems involves reducing the air and
other pollution associated with expanded, coal use. This will primarily entail completing
reliability testing and sludge disposal research and development on current generation stack gas
scrubbers and demonstrating improved scrubbers which generate more easily disposed or marketed
by-products. Assessment activities will determine the potential environmental problems
associated with currently unregulated coal combustion pollutants (e.g., trace elements, organics,
sulfates, etc.) In addition, information on the health and ecological effects of coal and oil
shale extraction and on environmentally protective mining and reclamation techniques will be
developed.
The definition of the environmental problems and requirements for control of the longer-term
energy supply systems is of particular importance. EPA is not responsible for energy technology
development, per se, but must work in concert with the Energy Research and Development Administra-
tion (ERDA) and other agencies. The approach used is to: (1) conduct environmental assessments of
emerging energy extraction, processing, and utilization techniques to identify new pollutants
and determine their potential health and ecological effects; (2) develop an adequate scientific
basis for new environmental regulations; (.3) provide guidance on control technology requirements
to Federal and industry groups developing new technologies; (4) assist in the development of
control technologies especially where the Office of Research and Development (ORD) has special
expertise; and (5) assess the adequacy of existing control technologies.
The implementation scheme used to maximize the useful output of the program involves an
extramural approach with EPA relying heavily on expertise available within both the Federal and
industrial sectors. In fact, EPA manages, coordinates, and integrates the efforts of 16 Federal
agencies under the auspices of the interagency energy/environment program. In addition to the
major interagency components of the program, much of the research and development program is
performed by industrial organizations and universities via contracts and grants.
Each of the participating Federal agencies or departments has its own charge (e.g., management
of the federally owned energy resources, management of Federal lands, the development of new
fuel sources or cycles, etc.). In pursuing their own programs and responsibilities, each agency
must have access to the available information on the environmental effects of energy development
and must also perform the research ncessary to provide needed additional data. The EPA management
of an interagency program attempts to minimize the overlap of the separate research programs and
to assure a reasonably comprehensive coverage of all environment/energy questions. In addition,
the results of the multiagency research program are disseminated and reviewed through a system
of publications and joint conferences or symposia supported by the Office of Energy, Minerals and
Industry (OEMI/EPA) management function.
E-2
-------
The overall interagency energy/environment program is structured to implement the
November 1974 recommendations of the two Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ)/Office
of Management and Budget (OMB) energy task force reports.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES
1977 Energy Program...........
Research and Development...
This increase restores the program to its FY 1977
appropriation level.
.(in thousands of dollars)
$96,362
+65
1978 Energy Program
SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATE
!• Summary of Budget Request
96,427
An appropriation of $96,427,000 is requested for 1978 under the Research and
Development appropriation account. This represents an increase of $65,000 which is for
program operating costs to restore the program to its 1977 level.
2. Changes from Original 1977 Budget Estimate
Changes from the original budget are as follows:
(in thousands of dollars)
Original 1977 estimate $96,427
Reprogramming to air media -65
Current 1977 estimate 96,362
A transfer of -$65,000 was made to the air program to support funding of the Biological
and Climatic Effects Research program (BACER) and has been submitted to the Committees for
their consideration.
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS (in thousands of dollars)
Current
Estimate Estimate
' 1977 1970
Prior year obligations $83,036 $115.680
Change in amount of carryover funds
available +44,857 -19,318
Reduction due to program decrease -3,573 ...
Change due to rate of contractual
obligations... -8,640 +4.700
Total estimated obligations 115,680 101,062
(From new obligation authority) (91,574) (96,274)
(From prior year funds).. (24,106) (4,788)
E-3
-------
r >*
1','
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIOHS
• \*
The major change is due to the amount of carryover funds available for obligation. jh
Carryover funds effecting obligations after FY 1976 result in a change of +$44,857,000; **
obligations from carryover funds in 1977 are estimated to be $24,106,000. In 1978, obligations
are expected to be $4,788,000, a decrease of $19,318,000. ,,-,,.,
The 1977 budget estimate included a program decrease from the 1976 level which is (J}>
expected to reduce the 1977 obligations by $3,573,000. ^
The 1977 obligations are estimated to be reduced by $8,640,000 due to a change in "* v?
the expected rate of obligation and nonrecurring awards. The 1978 obligations will reflect ?;l
the rate of obligation returning to previous levels. ,
E-4
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
+ / Is
ENERGY
Research and Development
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Appropri ati on
Extraction and Processing
Technology ,..V.
Conservation, Utilization
and Technology
Assessment
Health and Ecological
Effects
Technical Support
Total.
Permanent Posi tions
Extraction and Processing \
Technology.
Conservation, Utilization
and Technology
Assessment
Health and Ecological
Effects
Technical Support,
51
Total.
143
Budget Request
Current Increase +
Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Pagg
i20,890
27,075
34,179
892
$24,227
36,000
33,700
2,500
$25,400
32,700
35,200
3,062
$24,350
30,550
39,200
2,327
-$1 ,050
-2,150
+4,000
-735
E-8
E-15
E-22
E-29
83,036 96,427
24
96,362
46
96,427
46
+65
71
13
8
76
23
...
64
5
8
64
5
8
. . .
123
123
123
An appropriation of $96,427,000 and 123 positions is requested for 1978. This is a
$4,000,000 increase in the health and ecological effects program and decreases of $1,050,000
in the extraction and processing technology program, of $2,150,000 in the conservation,
utilization and technology assessment program, and $735,000 in technical support.
Program Desertption
The energy research and development program is designed to determine the environmental
implications and effects of the Nation's energy development efforts. This energy/environment
research and development program involves 16 Federal agencies. A comprehensive plan based- on
a multidimensional matrix to classify program content and resources has been developed to
assure that the entire range of Federal energy/environment research and development is woven
together into a manageable framework. The interagency energy/environment program also
includes the development of appropriate cost-effective control technologies for emerging
energy systems.
E - 5
-------
In addition to its activities with other agencies, EPA conducts, within its own
laboratories, a widely diversified program. EPA coordinates with other Federal agencies
now performing related research and development. This is accomplished by annual reviews
resulting in updated program planning documents which, when approved, serve to obligate
that year's "pass-through" funds. EPA coordination minimizes the duplication of efforts
of the other Federal agencies.
The program is divided into two broad segments. The health and ecological effects
program consists of the research activities associated with the behavior and effects of
energy-related pollutants once they are in the environment. The remainder of the research
program is designed to provide information on the types and quantities of pollutants
released by energy supply activities and to develop control options where necessary.
This technology research program is further divided to group research on the activities
associated with fuel extraction and processing separately from those associated with
energy conservation and utilization.
The specific objectives of the program's major components are discussed below:
Extraction and Processing Technology—The fuel processing program contributes to the
development of advanced technologies for fuel processing by providing environmental
technology development and environmental assessment. The major processes considered are
physical/chemical coal-cleaning, fluidlzed bed combustion (FBC), and synthetic fuel
generation. The program for synthetic fuel and oil shale technologies includes identifying
and quantifying the discharges from processes under development and evaluating or developing
new control options.
The energy resource extraction program deals with the technologies and processes for
obtaining fuels, particularly oil and natural gas extraction and oil shale, and coal
mining. The major purposes of the research program are: (1) to assess the existing and
potential adverse environmental impacts from active and planned oil and gas production,
storage and transportation; (2) to develop methods, technology and equipment to prevent,
control and abate environmental pollutants from these operations (including spill clean-up);
and (3) to demonstrate and document the technical/operational feasibility and cost effectiveness
of environmental control options.
Conservation, Utilization and Technology As5essn«nt--The utility and industrial
power program has as 1 ts overall objectives the 1 dehttfTcatfon, characterization* assessment
and development, where appropriate, of control technology for pollutants associated with
electric utility and industrial combustion sources. A multimedia approach is taken and
gaseous, liquid, and solid wastes are characterized in detail. Both primary pollutants
(effluents from combustion systems) and secondary residuals (effluents from control
technologies) are carefully considered.
The energy conservation and advanced systems program provides environmental assessments
and contributes to the development of environmentally compatible advanced technologies.
Specific elements of the program include control technologies for waste recovery, analysis
of the indoor air quality implications of energy conservation, and environmental assessments
of geothermal energy. Techniques and technologies are under development by ERDA, the Federal
Energy Administration (FEA), the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), and other
agencies in each of these areas. Environmental assessment and some process development
support are provided under the EPA program.
E - 6
-------
The integrated technology assessments program provides summary analyses of the
environmental, economic, and social consequences of energy supply and use alternatives.
These studies use the results of the environmental research program in evaluating the
cost/risk/benefit trade-offs of energy production and pollution control alternatives.
Health and Ecological Effects—The health effects program examines possible
carcinogenic* mutagenic, teratogenetic and respiratory effects on humans from existing
and emerging energy technologies. Information about the effects of previously
unanticipated pollutants related to fossil fuel combustion is specifically sought.
The ecological effects subarea addresses the environmental aspects of freshwater,
marine, and terrestrial ecosystem responses to energy-related activities. Freshwater
studies concentrate on impacts from coal and oil shale extraction and from coal
gasification and liquefaction. Near-term marine research is designed to establish
background contaminant levels in both ocean and estuarine dwelling organisms and
their habitats. The terrestrial portion of the program emphasizes the ecosystem
impacts of pollutants from coal combustion and effects of strip mining and mined
land reclamation practices.
The transport processes subarea traces the transmission ,by air, water, and soil of
pollutants emitted from energy operations from their sources to their destination in
man and the environment. Additionally, it covers the physical and chemical changes
that the pollutants undergo during their transport. Emphasis in air transport research
is on conversion of sulfur and nitrogen oxides, chiefly from coal-burning power plants,
to sulfates and nitrates. Transport of photochemical oxidants from various energy
sources is also emphasized.
The monitoring and instrumentation program subarea is directed toward identifying and
quantifying pollutants related to energy production or use and to the improvement of
pollutant measurement capabilities. The two main objectives in this area are to
accelerate development of new and improved sampling and analysis methods for energy-
related pollutants and to identify, measure, and monitor pollutants associated with
rapid implementation of emerging energy technologies.
Technical Support—The expertise developed through the energy related environmental
research^and development program provides the basis for technical support to EPA's regional
and program offices and other governmental entities. This program employs a multitude of
different mechanisms, ranging from cooperative, regionally oriented research and development
projects, to development of scientific data for regulatory functions, provision of expert
witness testimony, conduct of conferences and program seminars, and provision of executive
reports relating to salient regional and technological energy/environmental concerns.
E - 7
-------
ENERGY I
Research and Deveeopment
Extraction and Processing Technology "' I
Budget Current Increase + *'
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 IfffJL. 1978, ysAl.j9,Z7
(dollars in thousands)J i
Appropriation , $20,890 $24,227 $25,400 $24,350 -$1,050 {-',
Permanent Positions.... 51 24 46 46
Budget Request " " ^
An appropriation of $24,350,000 is requested for FY 1978, representing a decrease of ^
-$1.050,000 from the 1977 level.
Program pesgr1j)ti_ojL • ' f
The program covers the technological aspects of pollutants discharged from fuel extraction
and processing operations. The extraction activities include off-shore oil and gas drilling,
eastern and western coal mining and oil shale mining. The fuel processing activities include ^
coal cleaning, fluidized bed combustion, and synthetic fuel generation from coal and oil shale. |
1976 Accompli shments
As of June 30, 1976, obligations included $15,600,000 in contracts, $965,000 in grants, 1
and $2,886,000 in interagency agreements. t)
Half of the resources were used to obtain detailed characterization of the emissions and
effluents from the bench-pilot scale and commercial advanced fossil fuel facilities operating 1
in the United States and abroad. In addition, the fluidized bed combustion (FBC) miniplant >
was operated for its first year, the Meyers process coal cleaning pilot-scale test facility
design was completed, the chemically active fluidized bed (CAFB) residual oil clean-up/combustion
process demonstration was initiated, and the construction of a bench-scale coal gasification
sulfur control test facility was begun. New programs started in fiscal year 1975 in oil shale f
and nuclear waste environmental assessment were continued. More detail on the 1976 accomplish-
ments is provided in the subprogram narratives which follow.
1977 Program
For fiscal year 1977, the total resource allocation is $25,400,000. Of this amount,
$16,500,000 is for contracts, $2,700,000 for grants, and $3,200,000 will be used by other
Federal organizations through interagency agreements. The fiscal year 1977 program continued .,
the detailed characterization program and initiated new control technology development efforts j
for fluidized bed combustion and synthetic fuels. Bench-scale environmental test facilities , 4
are to be designed for coal liquefaction, for conversion waste water treatment and for high
pressure/high temperature sampling and analysis in FBC systems. The allocation of 1977 funds
in the extraction and processing program is given below: ',
Extraction , $6,700,000
Fuel Processing: '
Coal Cleaning $4,500,000
Fluid Bed Combustion.. 5,930,000
Advanced Oil Combustion.. 2,660,000
Synthetic Fuels 5.610,000
Subtotal , 18,700.000
Total , 25.400.000
More detail cm the 1977 program is provided in the subprogram narratives which follow.
E - 8
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The increase of $1,173,000 in this program element over the original 1977 budget estimate
results primarily from acceleration of the environmental assessment and control technology
program relating to fluidized bed combustion and coal cleaning. Both of these options offer
the potential for allowing the combustion of coal with a minimum of environmental damage from
sulfur oxide emissions. The transfer of funds came from within the energy program.
1978Plan
The total resource allocation for the extraction arid processing program will be~$24,350,000.
Of this amount, $15,650,000 will be expended through contracts, $2,500,000 through grants, and
$3,200,000 will be used by other Federal agencies through interagency agreements. Fiscal year
1978 will be the first year in which major results of the extraction and processing technology
program will emerge. Sufficient environmental data will have been accumulated on advanced
fossil fuel technologies to define the magnitude of environmental problems which require control
technology. The currently available control technology will be thoroughly characterized in
standard-of-practice manuals which will be used to guide ERDA and industry and to provide
information far setting standards. The allocation of 1978 funds in the extraction and processing
program is given below:
Extraction $6,200,000
Fuel Processing:
Coal Cleaning $4,360,000
Fluid Bed Combustion........ 6,000,000
Advanced Oil Combustion 1,200,000
Synthetic Fuels 6.590,000
Subtotal... 18.150.000
Total... 24,350,000
Our effort in the area of advanced oil processing will have been reduced. The reduction
in this area is mainly in oil denitration and chemically active fluid bed (CAFB). CAFB was well
funded initially and will require only minimal additional current and out year support.
A shift in emphasis will also be made in the area of synthetic fuels. Funding levels have
been increased in the environmental assessment of oil shale technology because of recent develop-
ments in the l.n^sltu processing. This technology promises to have a more limited environmental
impact than above-ground processes. Funding of environmental assessment and control technology
development for coal derived synthetic fuels has been reduced because of a delay in ERDA's
demonstration and commercialization program. We are coordinating with ERDA and its contractors
as they assess the environmental impact of first and second generation coal conversion plants.
More detail on the 1978 plan is provided in the subprogram narratives which follow.
EXTRACTION
The extraction portion of the research program is devoted to an assessment of the
environmental problems of oil and gas and coal extraction. The major program areas are acid
mine drainage, western mining problems, surface reclamation and oil spill control.
1976 Accomplishments
Major 1976 accomplishments occurred in controlling the environmental effects of surface
and deep mining for coal.
- The final report on the treatment of acid mine drainage by the Alumina-Lime-
Soda process was completed. This process shows promise as a technologically
feasible alternative for treating acid mine drainage. The costs of the
process, however, may not be compatible with wide use.
E - 9
-------
- The use of sewage sludge to control-acid mine drainage was demonstrated
at the Troga River Mine. This technique provides the option of reducing
the overall discharge associated with a given mine.
- Evaluation was completed of the watershed clean-up demonstration at Dent's
Run, West Virginia. This project demonstrated methods of reclaiming strip
mined lands and methods of controlling infiltration from deep mines.
- A demonstration project was completed on the use of fly ash as a soil
additive for Surface mine reclamation at Hi 11man State Park, Pennsylvania.
The use of fly ash neutralizes mine waste and accelerates reclamation.
1977 Program
For fiscal year 1977, the total allocation for this program area is $6,700,000.
Major 1977 outputs are planned in the areas of reclamation procedures for surface and
deep coal mines, run-off problems for eastern surface mines and environmental assessments
of coal transportation practices. Planned activities include:
- Completion of a long-term evaluation of Elkins, West Virginia, abandoned
surface-mine demonstration project.
- Completion of a Manual of Practices for sediment ponds, pre-mining planning,
geologic prediction of acid mine drainage and underground mine close-down
procedures.
- Completion of active surface mine demonstration projects on steep slope
mining and sediment control using debris basins. These projects are
providing techniques for controlling erosion in eastern surface mining
operations.
- Completion of underground mine demonstration projects on permeable
limestone seals and connector wells to dewater mines. These projects
are providing techniques to eliminate future acid mine drainage problems.
- Completion of an assessment of the environmental impact of the transportation
of solid fossil fuels.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
There is no change.
1978 Plan
For fiscal year 1978 the total allocation for this program area is $6,200,000. During
fiscal year 1978 the extraction research program will produce summary documents on acid mine
drainage and surface mining practices. The program plans to:
- Complete the summary of all available treatment techniques for acid mine
drainage from coal production. This document will provide information on
the technology available for and costs of treating acid mine drainage;
- Complete an environmental instruction package for control agencies and
operators concerned with surface mining. This manual will provide a
basis for State regulations as well as a training program to assist in
implementation; and
- Complete assessments of environmental impact of western coal development
on areas of the Northern Great Plains.
E - 10
-------
> FUEL PROCESSING
This portion of the control technology research and development includes the assessment
;"V of new coal technologies. Specifically, the potential environmental problems and benefits
>;, 5 of coal cleaning, fluidized bed combustion, residual oil processing and synthetic fuel
s* f generation (i.e., coal liquefaction and gasification) are studied. The goal of the program
is to assure the investigation and understanding of the environmental consequences of
j^, potential technologies for coal use.
lS 1976 Accomplishments
Major 1976 accomplishments occurred in the areas of fluidized bed combustion, synthetic
*» ' gaseous and liquid fuels, and chemical coal cleaning and oil shale development.
t /
- The 0.63 megawatt (MW) fluidized bed combustion mini plant in Linden,
New Jersey, completed two successful runs of 100 hours and 250 hours.
"^'" EPA is presently using this facility to study pollutant formation
1 and control. The successful performance established the viability
of the process for generating the data needed to assess the potential
to control sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions.
1 - Environmental testing was underway at two ERDA-sponsored fluidized
• 1 bed combustion process development unit facilities. A comprehensive
analysis is to be made of all pollutants emitted from the process
early in the FBC development program. Presently, this technology
• • appears to have notable environmental, economic, and energy benefits.
\
• •< l - A joint program with ERDA was initiated to perform environmental
measurements on the Hygas coal gasification and the Solvent Refined
Coal liquefaction pilot plants operated by ERDA. Similar joint
programs were expected in 1977 for the Synthane and Bi-gas
gasification pilot plants.
•- A joint project with an electric utility was undertaken to demonstrate
^ the chemically active fluidized bed.two-stage .combustion/clean-up process
for environmentally acceptable combustion of high sulfur/high metal
> residual oils.
- The final design for the Meyers process chemical coal cleaning pilot
j test facility was completed. Construction started in October~1976.
This process offers the capability of desulfurizing many coals to meet
sulfur emission standards for electric utility boilers.
- A comprehensive environmental characterization test program at full-
| scale of the Lurgi coal gasification process at Prinstina, Yugoslavia,
• ' was begun. This will provide the first comprehensive environmental
data obtained from a Lurgi plant. The plant is modern and contains
, ] many units which will be part of the United States plants.
v * - A joint EPA/U.S. Bureau of Mines (USBM) physical coal cleaning test
facility was being designed for construction at the USBM facility at
Bruceton, Pennsylvania, this facility will advance the state-of-the-
"* art of physical desulfurization for medium and high-sulfur coals.
if > It will also permit potential users of the technology to clean their
* ' coals and determine the achievable degree of sulfur removal.
t I * Environmental guidance was given to ERDA on theCoalcon clean fuels demonstration
*. t plant and on their coal research and development program through
1 ' • participation in environmental task forces.
E - 11
-------
- A report was published on the capabilities of different high
temperature/pressure participate control methods. Such technology
is critical"for environmentally acceptable operation "f low-BTU
gasifier and high-pressure fluidized bed systems.
- An updated report was published on the sulfur reduction of United
States coals achieved by physical coal cleaning techniques. This
is a fundamental data book used by all who are contemplating using
coal cleaning.
- A memorandum of understanding was signed with two electric utility
companies to undertake a three-year project, demonstrating physical
coal cleaning, at the Homer City Power Plant (1850 MW) In Pennsylvania
as a cost-effective method for meeting Federal and State air pollution
standards.
- An environmental sampling and analysis program was completed at the
Paraho Oil Shale Retort at Anvil Points, Colorado. This program was
designed to characterize the emission and effluents associated with
this oil-shale retorting process.
- The oil-spill research staff provided technical assistance for land
protection, clean-up, and restoration at oil or hazardous material
spills at the Hackensack River, New Jersey, at the Duwarnish Waterway,
Seattle, Washington, and at Hopewell, Virginia. In addition, a
mobile laboratory was constructed to provide analytical capability
for emergency response.
1977 Program
For fiscal year 1977, the total allocation for this program area is $18,700,000. In
1977, this program is to have available test facilities and initial testing results on coal
cleaning, coal gasification and chemically active fluidized bed coal conversion. Planned
activities include:
- Publication of a report on environmental problems identified by testing
the operation of eastern and midwestern coal cleaning plants. This
data is to support development of standards and retrofit control
technology for operating coal cleaning plants.
- Completion of the program to identify novel technologies for the removal
of hazardous trace materials from coal. This is being done at laboratory
scale. Promising technologies are to be studied further at bench-scale.
- Initiation of a test program at the Homer City power plant to demonstrate
the multistream physical coal cleaning strategy to meet Federal/State
standards. This is the first full-scale application of coal cleaning to
. meet power plant standards and is expected to be a significant impetus
for this technology.
- Completion of construction of the Meyers process chemical coal cleaning
test facility. This is the most advanced second generation coal
cleaning technology and has several advantages over physical coal
cleaning.
- Completion of environmental testing of the fluidized bed combustion
facilities at Morgantown, Pennsylvania, and at Leatherhead, England.
These are both process development units and represent two distinct
types of FBC.
E - 12
-------
- Operation of the Exxon miniplant to provide environmental data and to
provide access to ERDA to obtain engineering and operating data. This
second-year of operation is mainly funded by ERDA to support their
development program.
- Completion of the development of pollutant sorbent regeneration and
alternate sorbents for FBC systems. In FBC, presently, the combustor
,, j-^j sorbent is disposed_of by land fill with consequent environmental
r*J problems. Reaeneration is needed to minimize disposal.
', 1 . . •
- Completion of a report on evaluation of high temperature/pressure
particulate control methods. These are needed to make low BTU-
" gasification and pressurized FBC environmentally acceptable.
- Completion of construction of the chemically active fluid bed two-
stage combustion and clean-up process. This process removes sulfur
>!•" • and metals from residual oil and produces a clean burning gaseous
" I fuel for existing boilers. This system provides a retrofit SOX
. control technology alternative for utility and industrial boilers.
- Completion of a report on development of oil desulfurization/
j denitrification/demetallization technology. ,
- Completion of Phase I environmental testing of the Yugoslovian
Lurgi and the ERDA Hygas coal gasification facilities and the ERDA
solvent refined coal liquefaction process.
•> * - Completion of construction of the in-house bench-scale coal gasification
acid-gas clean-up test facility. This facility is to be used to
characterize environmentally the fate of pollutants such as H2S, COS,
C$2, NH3« mercaptans, etc. in the sulfur removal control technologies.
1978 Plan
' • For fiscal year 1978, the total allocation for this program area is $18,150,000. During
1978 this program will complete publications on physical coal cleaning and fluidized bed
1 ! combustion. Test results on ERDA gasification facilities will also be obtained. The program
plans to;
- Complete the initial environmental assessment of the multistream coal
j, cleaning demonstration at the Homer City power plant. Publish a report
containing the cleaned coal characteristics, cleaning plant costs,
energy consumption and the environmental controls of the Homer City facility.
- Publish standard-of-practice manuals for best available environmental
' ' control technology for physical coal cleaning plants and for fluidized
bed combustion facility.
- Complete first year of Meyers process operation. Provide cleaned coal
to utility and industrial users for combustion testing. Publish a
report on the economics of the Meyers process in comparison with flue
gas cleaning and the Homer City coal cleaning demonstration.
- Complete environmental testing of the ERDA-sponsored Rivesville 3QMW
fluidized bed combustion pilot plant. This is the largest FBC unit
under construction. The data from this testing is expected to lead
to standards for atmospheric FBC units.
- Complete initial evaluation and environmental assessment of the combined
combustor, regenerator and granular filter in the Exxon fluidized bed
miniplant. This will be the first operation of a completely integrated
pressurized FBC system. It is at the process development unit scale.
E - 13
-------
- Complete initial report pn the environmental assessment of the chemically
active fluid bed (CAFB) process for converting high sulfur oil and coal
to clean burning low BID gas.
- Complete Phase I environmental testing of the British gas slagging Lurgi
plant, two fixed-bed gasification pilot plants at Mprgantown and Grand
Forks, the ERDA second generation Synthane and Bi-gas plants and the ERDA
funded industrial gasification demonstration plants*
- Prepare standard-of-practice manuals for best available environmental
control technology for synthetic fuels processes for coal and oil shale.
- Complete construction of the in-house bench-scale coal liquefaction
environmental test facility and the waste water treatment test facility.
These facilities will permit studies of the behavior of pollutant chemicals
and processes equipped with different control technologies.
- Continue environmental testing of emerging fuel processing technologies
and development of a data base to support new source performance standards
and effluent guidelines.
- Complete assessment of the environmental effects of coal slurry pipelines,
- Complete a final report assessing the environmental impacts from, and
control technology requirements of, oil shale development.
E - 14
-------
ENERGY
Research and Development
Conservation, Utilization, and Technology Assessment
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1j77 1978 1978. vs. 1977
(dollars in thousandTJ
Appropriation $27,075 $36,000 $32,700 $30,550 -$2,150
Permanent Positions... 71 76 64 64
Budget Request
An appropriation of $30,550,000 is requested for FY 1978, representing a decrease of
$2,150,000 from the 1977 level.
Program Description
This program includes research and development relating to utility and industrial power;
energy conservation and advanced energy systems; and integrated technology assessments. The
utility and industrial power program emphasizes the characterization and control technology
development for fossil-fuel-combustion related pollutants. Flue gas desulfurization along
with nitrogen oxide, participate and thermal control technologies are being developed. In the
energy conservation and advanced energy systems portion of the effort, major thrusts are the
development of waste-as-fuel technology, evaluation of the environmental impact of industrial
conservation technology and the environmental assessment of geothermal and other advanced energy
systems. Integrated technology assessments provide summary analyses of the environmental,
economic and social consequences of energy supply and use alternatives.
1976 Accomplishments
As of June 30, 1976, obligations included $15,647,000 for contracts, $2,800,000 for grants,
and $6,200,000 to other Federal organizations for interagency agreements. More detail on 1976
accomplishments is provided in the subprogram narratives which follow.
1977 Program
The total resource allocation for this program is $32,700,000 in 1977. Of this amount,
$15,600,000 is for contracts, $2,800,000 for grants, and $6,200,000 is for interagency agreements,
The allocation of 1977 funds in the conservation, utilization and technology assessment program is
given below:
Utility and Industrial Power:
Flue Gas Desulfurization $4,940,000
Waste Heat/Waste Products 3,770,000
NOX Control... 9,740,000
Fine Particulates 3,550,000
Combustion Pollutant Assessment 1,600,000
Subtotal > $23,600,000
Conservation and Advanced Systems...... 6,300,000
Integrated Techno!ogy Assessment 2,800.000
Total , , 32,700,000
More detail on the 1977 program is provided in the subprogram narratives which follow.
1977 Explanation of 'Changes from Budget Estimate
The $3,300,000 decrease in this program from the original 1977 budget estimate resulted
from two changes in orientation within the energy program.
(1) The research related to monitoring, transport and health effects of airborne
sulfates was increased since preliminary information indicates sulfates may
be the most important of the sulfur compound air pollutants. Funds were
E - 15
-------
reprogrammed from the utility and industrial power program to the health ' 3
and ecological effects program. \
(2) Funds in the thermal pollution and flue gas desulfurization (including sludge
disposal) areas were reprogrammed into areas of higher priority, fluidized bed '„5
combustion and coal cleaning. ; \
-> » i
1978 Plan
The total resource allocation planned for this program is $30,550,000 in fiscal year 1978. Of , ^|
this amount, $21,550,000 is planned for contracts, $2,800,000 for grants, and $3,200,000 for inter- AH
agency agreements. The allocation of the 1978 funds in the conservation, utilization, and tech-
nology assessment program is given below:
>-—)
Utility and Industrial Power: \
Flue Gas Desulfurization $3,200,000 '
Waste Heat/Waste Products 2,500,000
NOX Control 10,100,000 .
Fine Particulates 3,900,000 ?
Combustion Pollutant Assessment 1 ,,900,000 |
Subtotal, , $21,600,000
"\
Conservation and Advanced Systems 5,750,000 (
Integrated Technology Assessment , 3,200.000 *'
Total , , 30,550,000 ,
In the conventional combustion control technology area, flue gas desulfurization funding has }
dropped from $25,000,000 in 1975 to a planned $3,200,000 in 1973. Major demonstrations have been
successfully undertaken and no new ones are scheduled. The program is shifting from hardware ,
procurement to a period of testing, evaluation and technology transfer to the user community. ss
No new programs are planned for the thermal pollution control area to support waste heat '
utilization studies. Previous demonstrations by this Agency and others have successfully shown
that waste heat can be used in growing food crops in greenhouses.
^
In the wastes-as-fuel area, emphasis is focusing on near-term technology development and ;
pollution assessments. Long-range technologies, such as biomass conversion and advanced pyrolysis
systems, will receive reduced support.
,1
More detail on the 1978 plan is provided in the subprogram narratives which follow. \
UTILITY AND INDUSTRIAL POWER
'?
This component of the control technology research and development program addresses the j
environmental problems of conventional fuel combustion systems. Combustion units varying in size „ -j
from residential furnaces to steam-electric generating units are included. The conventional com-
bustion pollutants™ SOX, NOX and particulates -- receive the largest portion of the research
effort, followed by waste heat, ash and waste sludges. The program also includes emissions charac-
terization for non-criteria pollutants. '
'.a-
1976 Accomplishments ;
Major 1976 accomplishments were in the areas of flue gas desulfurization and combustion |
modification for NOX and CO control. . „. J
- A demonstration of the Well man-Lord regenerate flue gas desulfurization
process was begun at the Northern Indiana Public Service Company's Mitchell *
Power Plant. This process, "installed on a 100 megawatt (MW) boiler, removes 4
sulfur compounds from the flue gas and produces marketable elemental sulfur.
If proven economic and reliable, this project will provide an attractive
alternative to lime/limestone scrubber systems requiring sludge disposal. ^
- The final intensive tests of the General Motors industrial boiler double
alkali SOX scrubber systems were completed. The results are very encouraging
with good chemical conversion, high solids content in the waste and low sodium
loss. t
E - 16
-------
• ' - The Bahco lime scrubber on an industrial size boiler at Rickenbacker Air Force
Base began operation. The initial operation showed 90 percent SOX removal efficiency.
This process offers one of the few control options now available for small industrial
>«•" boilers.
^ 5- - The EPA Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory in North Carolina developed
an improved residential oil burner that will be used by the Department of Commerce's
Office of Minority Business Enterprise as a commercial product to be manufactured by
sK a newly formed company. The burner offers high efficiency, low carbonaceous emissions
J"A and 70 percent reduction of NOx emissions.
- Guidelines for Residential Oi1»Burner Adjustments and Guidelines for Commercial
r < Oil-FiredBoiler"Adjustments were published and have been extremely successful,
, The oil Heating industry plans to use the guidelines for training burner service
I > personnel. The guidelines have been reprinted in FuelOiland Oil Heat magazine.
i
I ^. - The combustion test program involving burning of western coal in small size utility
j ' boilers has been completed. The western coal showed lower NOx but higher CO emissions
j I and carbon carryover than Illinois coal under similar combustion conditions.
" - A comprehensive technical report was issued on the assessment of Japanese flue
\ ' * gas treatment technology for NOx control. Such technology offers the potential
; I of nigh efficiency denitrification. The transfer of Japanese NOx control technology
1 to the U.S. will reduce the need for duplicative research programs.
\
{ - An environmental assessment program was initiated to evaluate the effect of NOX com-
i ., bustion modification practices on emissions of other pollutants (such as carbon and CO)
J I from fossil fuel burning stationary sources. An understanding of trade-offs among pollu-
| tant species is necessary to optimize conditions for reduction of adverse environmental
; impacts.
' - Encouraging results were obtained for fine particulate removal using polyester nonwoven
I fabric filters and high-gradient-magnetic-field separation. These materials and processes
1 should provide effective and reliable alternatives to conventional fabric filters.
I | - The demonstration of waste heat utilization in a greenhouse located at the Sherburne
< : ' County Generating Plant at Becken, Minnesota, was successful. This project utilized
: energy conservation practices to economically recover heat that would otherwise be lost
.: to the atmosphere through cooling towers.
5 1977 Program
s * The total allocation for this program area for 1977 is $23,600,000. Planned 1977 accomplish*
* ments include the completion of research projects on three FGD units and the* development of
i improved particulate removal capability for electric utility flue gas.
| . i - Completion of Shawnee advanced lime/limestone flue gas desulfurizatlon test program
| and publication of final report. This program aims at identifying Improved process
variations capable of yielding improved SOx removal, economics, reliability and sludge
J " characteristics.
\ •. '- - Completion of the Shawnee sludge evaluation program. This involves pilot testing of three
j . commercially offered sludge fixation processes with subsequent environmental evaluations.
I Such processes offer the potential for changing sludges into acceptable landfill materials.
4 I
- , - Completion of Bahco test program for lime scrubbing on a coal-fired industrial boiler and
publication of final report. This program will evaluate a sulfur control option for the
important smaller combustion sources. Small combustion sources are major emitters of
sulfur dioxide and cost-effective technology options are few.
- Completion of Wellman-Lord FGD demonstration program final report. This report will
summarize the operability and performance of the first application of this FGD technology
to a coal-fired power plant. Marketable sulfur will be produced in this process.
- Issuance of final report on Louisville Gas and Electric laboratory and field FGD waste
disposal studies. The objective is to understand and apply the unique chemistry of this
successful unit to other applications and improve sludge disposal technology.
\ ' E - 17
-------
- Preparation of comprehensive report on the application of staged combustion NOx control
technology for tangentially-fired coal boilers.
- Update of a comprehensive report on assessment of Japanese flue gas treatment for NQx
control.
- Publication of application guides for electrostatic precipitators and for the turbulent
contact absorber scrubber for particulate control at power plants.
- Completion of the development of control technology for high resistivity particulates
from the combustion of low sulfur and cleaned coals.
- Completion of field testing of control technology for treating cooling tower blowdown.
Slowdown represents an important water effluent from both fossil and nuclear power
plants,
1978 Plan
The total allocation for this program area in fiscal year 1978 is $21,600,000. The major
1978 accomplishments will include the testing of two FGD facilities and a summarization of the
research results on the FGD sludge problem. NOX and particulate control options will also be
evaluated. The program plans to:
- Initiate testing of the double alkali (non-regenerable) and aqueous carbonate
(regenerable) full-scale flue gas desulfurization demonstration facilities. These
second generation systems offer performance, economic and operability improvements
over present systems.
- Prepare annual reports summarizing the EPA-sponsored FGD sludge effort. The activities
encompass evaluation studies and pilot and prototype-scale testing of various sludge
disposal technologies.
- Complete preliminary studies assessing the impact of flue gas, water and solid waste
streams from a variety of combustion sources. Such studies aim at characterizing
the problems associated with presently unregulated pollutants associated with com-
bustion sources.
- Perform a comprehensive application testing program aimed at identifying means of
controlling NOX through retrofit operational modifications on a wide variety of
combustion sources. Potentially controllable stationary combustion sources produce
over one-half of man-made nitrogen oxide emissions.
- Develop and apply NOX control technology employing combustion modifications to new
utility boilers, commercial/industrial boilers, residential heating systems,
stationary engines and advanced combustion processes. These combustion systems
represent the major stationary source of nitrogen oxides emissions.
- Undertake programs to improve the effectiveness of conventional electrostatic
precipitators, fabric filters and scrubbers for fine particulate removal. Fine
particulates are potentially harmful and are difficult to control with conventional
technology.
- Demonstrate, at the prototype level, a wet-dry and a dry cooling tower technology
capable of dissipating waste heat from steam-electric plants while minimizing
water consumption and pollution.
CONSERVATION AND ADVANCED ENERGYSYSTEMS
This component of the control technology research program addresses three major areas. The
conservation research effort analyzes the environmental consequences of alternative industrial
manufacturing processes and of using solid waste as an energy source. The research on advanced
energy systems attempts to identify the environmental implications of new energy sources, princi-
pally geothermal power and fuels derived from oil shales.
1976 Accomplishments
Major 1976 accomplishments included a survey of the environmental consequences of industrial
energy conservation, demonstration of refuse-derived fuels and the initiation of five environmenta
assessments.
E -• 18
-------
- Potential energy-conserving options in 13 industries and their potential environ-
mental impact were identified. These manufacturing categories included aluminum,
copper, olefins, fertilizer, phosphorus, ammonia, iron and steel, pulp and paper,
textiles, petro-chemicals, chlorine, glass and cement production. A number of
promising new industrial processes with favorable environmental aspects were
revealed and two are now under development with EPA support. Also, major trends
in industry pollution sources were documented including projected increases in fine
participates and NOX.
- A project was initiated in which densified-refuse-derived-fuel was to be burned
with coal to generate electricity and steam. If successful, the project will
extend the application of refuse-derived fuel to stoker boilers. Stokers are
generally located in smaller communities. These communities are likely to have
waste disposal problems.
- Construction was completed on a pilot scale fluidized bed pyrolysis reactor which
will convert mixed solid waste to fuels. This technology will enable the con-
version of large quantities of agricultural wastes to fuel and alleviate pollution
from these wastes.
- Programs were initiated to conduct five environmental assessments of advanced
power cycles presently under development; geothermal systems; geopressure energy
conversion; solar energy systems; and trace emissions from conventional combustion.
1977 Program
The total allocation for this program area for 1977 is $6,300,000. Major 1977 outputs
include a summarization of the St. Louis co-firing tests, a completed assessment of bacteria
and viral levels associated with waste used as fuel and the completion of one geothermal site
assessment. Other activities include:
- Completion of development of the St. Louis Union Electric system for the
co-firing of refuse and coal in a large utility boiler.
.- Completion of final report on presence of bacteria and viruses in waste-as-
fuel system. Unless controlled, these micro-organisms could inhibit utilization
of energy-efficient waste-as-fuel processes.
- Completion of the combustion characterization of densified refuse-derived fuel
mixed with coal in a stoker-fired boiler.
- Completion of construction of a pilot scale experimental facility for pyrolytic
conversion of mixed wastes to fuel.
- Completion of environmental assessments of geothermal energy development at
Imperial Valley, Klamath Falls and other sites.
The total allocation for this program area in fiscal year 1978 is $5,750,000. The major
1978 planned accomplishments are in the waste-as-fuel area. The program plans to:
- Perform economic, technical and environmental evaluations of resource recovery
systems, refuse-derived fuel processing and energy recovery equipment and systems.
These evaluations will indicate the potential .for successful implementation of the
numerous systems being developed by EPA and private parties.
- Identify and characterize various waste streams and perform emission and residuals
studies on pollutants inherent in wastes or produced in resource. recovery and energy
conservation processes. Develop pollution control techniques for waste reuse processes
which cannot meet environmental standards.
- Develop systems for co-firing wastes with coal in industrial-sized boilers and for
co-firing wastes with oil in large utility boilers. These systems, along with the
' E - 19
-------
St. Louis technology already developed by EPA, should make possible conversion of
50 percent of the Nation's municipal solid wastes to energy.
- Develop an inexpensive processing system for producing fuel from refuse. For smaller
and middle-sized communities, this system will make recovery of wastes competitive
with disposal.
INTEgRATEDTECHNQLOGY ASSESSMENT
1976 Accofflpli s hments
Major 1976 accomplishments included the initiation of three major studies and the completion
of the initial phase in two more.
- Three major "technology assessments were Initiated, two of which Involve regional
energy development (the Ohio River Basin, and the Northern Great Plains/Rocky
Mountain coal and oil shale region) and one which addresses the future development
of electric utility systems. The assessments were designed to identify the impacts
of introducing or expanding energy technology and to analyze alternative means of
mitigating undesirable impacts and enhancing benefits,
- A detailed and comprehensive work plan and a draft report describing the results of
the first year's work of the technology assessment of energy development in the
western U.S. were published. The work plan lays out a program for identifying all
of the impacts of developing energy resources in the coal and oil shale areas of the
West, and for examining alternative strategies to mitigate the adverse impacts of
such development. The draft first year report evaluates the impacts of developing
coal mines, oil-shale facilities, coal gasification and liquefaction plants, steam-
electric power plants and other facilities at six selected sites and throughout
the region.
- A comprehensive work plan for assessing the future activities of the electric utility
industry was developed. The plan lays out a series of plausible scenarios for future
national development of electric generation, and describes a program for evaluating
their environmental, social and economic consequences.
1977^Program
The total allocation for this program area in fiscal year 1977 is $2,800,000. Major 1977
planned program achievements include the initiation of two studies and completion of the initial
phases of three others: the Ohio River Basin, the western coal region and the electric utility
industry studies. Other activities include:
- Initiation of a technology assessment of energy development in the Appalachian
Region, in coordination with the Appalachian Regional Commission, The assessment
will focus on fossil fuel, especially coal.
- Initiation of an integrated assessment which will produce a comparative evaluation
of the environmental, energy and economic impacts of advanced coal-based energy
technologies (such as high and low BTU gasification, flindized-bed combustion, etc.).
- Initiation of at least one additional technology assessment dealing with regional
energy development problems, emerging energy technologies, or energy conservation.
- Publication of reports describing the results of the first phases of efforts for the
three technology assessments (western energy development, Ohio River Basin development,
electric utility industry) initiated in fiscal year 1976.
E - 20
-------
1978llan
The total allocation for this program area in fiscal year 1978 is $3,200,000. In 1978 the
integrated technology assessment of the western energy supply will be completed. In addition,
the program plans to:
- Perform studies to evaluate the cost/risk/benefit trade-offs of energy production,
conservation and pollution control alternatives.
- Complete the two technology assessments of energy development in the western U.S.
and the activities of the electric utility industry. Publish comprehensive reports
of the results and conduct seminars.
'
E - 21
-------
ENERGY
Research and Development
Health and Ecological Effects
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thosands)
Appropriation ......
Permanent Positions.
Budget Request
$34,179
13
$33,700
23
$35,200
5
$39,200
5
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
+$4,000
An appropriation of $39,200,000 is requested for FY 1978, representing an increase of
$4 million over the 1977 level.
Program Description
The overall program has the goal of presenting the clearest possible statement of the
nature and extent of the actual and potential changes in the human environment to be
associated with ongoing and proposed energy development. To do this successfully, the
program includes research on the laboratory characterization of the nature and effects
of energy related pollutants and field studies to record the baseline and ecosystem
responses to actual energy projects. As part of the overall effort, the research
program also includes work on pollutant measurement and transport/transformation
processes.
1976 Accompli shments
As of June 30, 1976, obligations included $21,237,000 for interagency agreements,
$6,881,000 for contracts, and $4,052,000 for grants. More detail on 1976 accomplishments
is provided in the subprogram narratives which follow.
1977 Program
The 1977 funds available for the interagency energy related health and ecological
effects program were $35,200,000. Of these resources $20,337,000 are for interagency
agreements, $6,880,000 for contracts, and $5,052,000 for grants. Allocation of these
resources by program subarea is as follows:
Health Effects
Hazardous Agent I.D.... $1,525,000
Dose and Damage Indicators.
Metabolism of Hazardous Agents
Evaluation of Hazards to Man
Damage/Repair/Recovery Processess.
Subtotal.
Ecological Effects
Freshwater Effects
Marine/Estuarine Effects.
Terrestri al Effects
2,138,000
1,887,000
5,230,000
1 J45.0QO
2,650,000
4,460,000
3,600,000
$11,925,000
Subtotal.
10,710,000
E - 22
-------
Transport Processes
Atmospheric Transport 2,160,000
Aquatic Transport 1,560,000
Marine Transport. 1.050.000
Subtota.1 4.770,000
Monitoring and Instrumentation
Monitoring 3,440,000
Instrumentation 2,780,000
Qua! ity Assurance 1.575.000
Subtotal 7.795.000
Total... 35,200,000
The 1977 program in energy related health and ecological effects was
essentially a direct continuation of the 1976 program. More detail on the 1977
program is provided in the subprogram narratives which follow.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The $1,500,000 increase in the current 1977 estimate for health and ecological
effects reflects the requirement for increased emphasis on sulfate research.
Additional efforts were mounted in the areas of synthetic fuel screening, sulfate
health research, sulfate instrumentation and the SOx transport and transformation.
The transfer of funds was from within the energy program.
,978 Plan
The 1978 appropriation requested for the health and ecological effects program
is $39,200,000, an increase of $4,000,000 over the 1977 level. Of these resources,
$21,366,000 are for interagency agreements, $9,380,000 for contracts, and $6,052,000
for grants. Anticipated allocation of these resources by program subarea is indicated
as follows:
Health Effects
Hazardous Agent I.D $1,325,000
Dose and Damage Indicators 2,388,000
Metabol i sm of Hazardous Agents 1,687,000
Evaluation of Hazards to Man 6,130,000
Damage/Repair/Recovery Processess 1,745,000
Subtotal $13,275,000
Ecological Effects
Freshwater Effects , i. 2,650,000
Marine/Estuarine Effects 4,460,000
Terrestrial Effects 3.600,000
Subtotal 10,710,000
Transport Processes
Atmospheric Transport 3',160,000
Aquatic Transport 1,560,000
Marine Transport 1,050,000
Subtotal 5,770,000
E - 23
-------
Monitoring and Instrumentation
Monitoring $4,240,000
Instrumentation. 3,330,000
Quality Assurance .. 1.875,000
Subtotal 9.445.000
Total 39,200,000
The research program will enter a phase of summarization and evaluation
during 1978. At this time the program should begin to yield comprehensive
information on several topics including: (1) the documentation of air and
water quality in energy producing areas; (2) the summarization of detection
methods for the potential health and ecological effects of energy pollutants;
and (3) an understanding of the transport and transformation characteristics of
energy pollutants.
The resource reductions previously discussed in the extraction and processing
technology and the conservation, utilization and technology assessment areas would
permit a redirection of effort toward the health and ecological effects area in 1978.
The $4 million increase would be allocated in the following manner:
Health Effects
Dose and Damage Indicators $450,000
Evaluation of Hazards to Man....... 900,000
Subtotal $1,350,000
Transport Processes
Atmospheric Transport 1,000,000
Monitoring and Instrumentation
Monitoring , , 800,000
Instrumentation 550,000
Quality Assurance 300.000
Subtotal " 1,650.000
Total.,.. 4,000,000
The 1978 increase is required primarily to keep pace with the developing coal
gasification and liquefaction technologies. Three to five synthetic fuel plants
Consuming 1.0 to 15 million tons of coal annually are projected by 1980. Potentially
carcinogenic compounds may be present in the organic fraction of these plant emissions
or may result from the transport and transformation of emitted compounds, itore detail
on the 1978 plan is provided ;in the subprogram narratives which follow.
HEALTH EFFECTS
The Health Effects program examines possible carcinogenic, mutagenic, teratogenic and
respiratory effects on humans from existing and emerging energy technologies. Information abou
the effects of previously unanticipated pollutants related to fossil fuel combustion is
specifically sought.
WS^AccompJJshments:
- Completed installation of Community Health Air Monitoring Program aerosol instrument
array in prototype station. This station established the precedent for all of the
field measurements to be taken in conjunction wi-th epitdeniologic studies.
E - 24
-------
Demonstrated the potential value of rabbit lung tissue cytotoxicity test as
a preliminary method of assessing toxicity of energy related air pollutants.
This test may be widely used by parties interested in the toxicity of energy
pollutant emissions.
Continued series of toxicological and clinical studies to assess the risk
to humans resulting from exposure to energy related agents (single and
multiple stressor studies). These tests produced information on the effects
of ftoSO. and energy related carcinogens in two animal species.
- Initiated accelerated effort to develop and utilize 1n vitro screening
techniques for determination of the presence of carcinogenic, teratogenic,
mutagenic and generally toxic agents in environmental samples. Such screening
techniques will be valuable in reducing the number of expensive and time
consuming studies required to develop quantitative dose response relationships
necessary for decisions regarding control systems development and/or rulemaking
activity.
- Contributed to development of sophisticated exposure facilities necessary for
clinical studies under controlled conditions.
- Completed development of hazardous materials (e.g. amphiboles and carcinogens)
experimentation facility to permit research with pathogen-free animals whil-e
providing high security for involved personnel.
1977 Program
'Planned-accomplishments include:
- Development of more sensitive diagnostic techniques for assessing long-term,
low-level dose and damage to man from multiple stressors influenced by energy
technology. Such technologies include use of Type I and Type II alveolar
epithelial cells in vitro to assess potential toxicity and neoplastic transformation
and enzymatic characterization of metabolic activation potential and identification
of presumptive carcinogen metabolites.-
- Determination of metabolism and fate of agents and mechanisms of damage and repair
to refine techniques for estimating risk to man from data derived from animal
experimentation, including studies on the relationship between carcinogen
metabolism in the alveola! macrophage and the induction of lung cancer.
- Completion of installation of aerosol monitoring equipment in three air monitoring
systems. These monitoring facilities complete the chemical and physical data
acquisition systems to be used with all human epidemiology studies.
- Completion of the study of the effect of inhaled, respirable particles and H2S04 mist on
host defense against pulmonary infection.
1978 PI an
An increase of 31,350,000 will be allocated to the health effects area. The health
effects portion of the program is the single area where organics and specifically
carcinogens have traditionally been emphasized. The recent OMB study to determine possible
overlaps in the EPA administered interagency program and the ERDA program, however, has
suggested areas within the health program that warrant attention.
" The development of new energy technologies, specifically coal gasification, and
liquefaction, will generate pollutants whose effects on both the worker community and
general population are as yet unknown. To be able to adequately assess health impacts
E - 25
-------
of these emerging technologies in a time frame commensurate with anticipated development,
emphasis must be placed on speeding the generation and utilization of diagnostic tools which
can indicate early sublethal reparable changes. Emphasis in this area will be given to the
hazardous organics associated with the synthetic fuel industry. Procedures and techniques
will be developed to assess pollutant hazards based on their concentration and distribution
and the reaction in experimental organisms. Finally, an additional emphasis is required to
determine the effects of multiple pollutant stress on animals and to develop techniques to
extrapolate these results to man.
ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS
The ecological effects sub-area addresses the environmental aspects of freshwater, marine,
and terrestrial ecosystem responses to energy-related activities. Freshwater studies
concentrate on impacts from coal and oil shale extraction and from coal gasification and
liquefaction. Near-term marine research is designed to establish background contaminant levels
in both ocean and estuarine dwelling organisms and their habitats. The terrestrial portion of '
program emphasizes the ecosystem impacts of pollutants from coal combustion and effects of
strip mining and mined land reclamation practices.
1976 Accomplishments
- Completed assessment of chemical and biological field site studies of the effects on
aquatic ecosystem of coal extraction at the Montana site. This study established
the comprehensive environmental baseline for this semiarid ecosystem.
- Completed preliminary report on the immediate and long-term effects of waste heat in
surface waters of the Great Lakes Basin on aquatic species and community populations.
The report includes power plants (nuclear and fossil), refineries and other technologies
releasing waste heat to the aquatic environment.
- Developed guidelines and methodology for the acquisition, synthesis, analysis, and
interpretation of complex ecological and biological information relative to major
coastal ecosystems.
1977 Program
Planned accomplishments include:
- Determination of chemical and biological effects on aquatic ecosystems from coal
extraction at a Wyoming site.
- Determination of the effects on aquatic organisms of leachate from the weathering of
western coal extraction spoils.
- Development of models for comparison of pollutant impact with natural
population dynamics in marine fishes.
- Establishment of biological indices for pollutant effects on freshwater ecosystems
from coal combustion and processing.
- Initiation of testinq methods to determine, under controlled conditions, the maintenance
"flows" required for biological/fishery stability in areas of the. United States
affected by increased energy development.
1978 Plan
Preliminary report on results of chemical and biological field site studies of the
effects on aquatic ecosystems from coal extraction at Colorado sites.
Publication of final report on determining the immediate and long-term effects of waste
heat in surface waters of the Great Lakes Basin on aquatic species and community
populations. Sources will include power plants (nuclear and'fossil), refineries and an>
other technologies releasing waste heat to the aquatic environment. Emphasis will be on
relationship of larval entrainment to reproducing populations.
E - 26
-------
- Completion of preliminary thermal effects evaluation on marine organisms, stressing
responses to co-exposures to heat and metals.
- Determination of the toxicity to marine organisms of petrochemicals and energy related
organic compounds from offshore activities.
- The conduct of experiments on plants, including fast growing trees, to assess growth
support capabilities of specific land reclamation sites in relation to water quality
and soil characteristics.
TRANSPORT PROCESSES
The transport processes sub-area traces the transmission by air, water and soil of pollutants
emitted from energy operations from their sources to their destination in man and the environment.
Additionally, it covers the physical and chemical changes that the pollutants undergo during
their transport. Emphasis in air transport research is on conversion of sulfur and nitrogen
oxides-chiefly from coal-burning power plants—to sulfates and nitrates. Transport of
photochemical oxidants from various energy sources is also emphasized.
1976 Accomplishments
- Results from Midwest Interstate Sulfur Transformation and Transport Study (MISTT)
indicated: consistent conversion of SOg to sulfate in power plant plumes, in contrast
to earlier studies; S02 conversion to sulfate increases after NO is nearly converted to
NOg by ozone interaction; and urban plumes can be sampled beyond 250 km and power plant
plumes beyond 60 km.
- Completed assessment of the effects of heat and vapor discharge from large-scale cooling
systems on local weather, including fogging and icing.
'1977 Program
- Determination of the persistence pf organo-chlorine compounds in marine waters.
- Evaluation of data from Midwest Interstate Sulfur Transformation and Transport Study
(MISTT); this will yield specific information on transformation coefficients and
conditions leading to production of atmospheric sulfate.
1978 Plan
- Report on atmospheric chemistry of pollutants from oil refining complexes and their effects
on oxidant-transport. Reevaluate sulfate/nitrate emphasis versus airborne organic
fine participate studies.
An increase of $1 million will be allocated to the air transport area. Existing efforts for
determining the atmospheric transport and transformation of pollutants is now directed primarily
toward sulfate emissions from fossil-fuel power plants. The additional 1978 effort is designed
to identify and quantify the major organic components of airborne particulate matter. The study
will be applicable to general urban industrial aerosols and will focus on particulate emissions
from new technologies such as coal gasification and liquefaction. The study will focus on the key
precursor conditions for transformation of organic! aerosol fractions into potentially carc'inogemc
compounds and the transport and spatial distribution of these compounds. The study will also
identity and quantify the major sources of airborne particulate matter in representative atmospheres
and attempt to project the incremental contribution of the new synthetic fuel technologies.
MONJTORIH.6 AND INSTRUMENTATION
The monitoring and instrumentation program sub-area is directed toward identifying and
quantifying pollutants related to energy production or use and to the improvement of polluant
measurement capabilities. The two main objectives in this area are to accelerate development of
new and improved sampling and analysis methods for energy related pollutants and to identify,
measure and monitor pollutants associated with rapid implementation of emerging energy technologies,
1976 Accomplishments
N - Completed energy related air and water pollution source inventory, established numerous
additional air and water monitoring stations and implemented a multi-laboratory interagency
air and water measurement quality assurance program as part of the Western Energy/
Environment Baseline Monitoring Study in the Northern Great Plains and Rocky Mountains.
E - 27
-------
- Completed initial comprehensive survey of low level trace and potentially
hazardous organic contaminants from oil shale, coal liquefaction, and coal
gasification technologies.
1977 Program
- Complete initial evaluation of energy related air and water pollution monitoring
Stations and associated analytical laboratories as element of the multilaboratory,
interagency Western Energy/Environment Study throughout the Northern Great Plains
and Rocky Mountains Province, Evaluation reports to Indicate remedial measures
for ensuring consistent, valid data on a regional basis.
- Initiate annual coverage with rapid, automated interpretation of multispectral
imagery to document progress and environmental protection measures for major
western coal development areas.
- Initiate and evaluate limited sulfate/fine particulate baseline monitoring in
Western Study Area where major coal combustion and conversion facilities are
planned.
- Develop improved analytical methodology for collection and analysis of energy
related carcinogenic vapors in ambient air.
- Develop long path instruments for differentiating power plant emissions from fugitive
dust at distances up to 20 kilometers from the source.
1978 Plan
- Continuation of western air, water, and land use baseline monitoring studies and
evaluation of the need to intensify (1) fine particulate and sulfate measurements;
(2) specific waterborne toxic measurements; and (3) full scale automated
multispectral analysis surveys.
- Completion of report evaluating ground water monitoring methodology requirements
for western strip mines, oil shale, and geothermal developments,
- Evaluation of air and water pollutant measurement methodology and instrumentation
development to determine if emphasis should be:shifted from toxic elements and
compounds to hazardous organics.
An increase of $1,650,000 is allocated to the monitoring and instrumentation area.
Emphasis in the existing monitoring and instrumentation program has been on development
of the instrumentation to measure sulfates in the atmosphere and toxic metals in water.
In keeping pace with the emerging synthetic fuel industry an addttional
emphasis is required to develop rapid, accurate field monitoring, and laboratory analytical
methods for the measurement of hazardous organic materials in both air and water.
Standardized monitoring equipment must be developed before these technologies reach
commercialization. A multimedia monitoring package will be developed to provide guidance
on source and ambient monitoring procedures for network design, sampling procedures,
analytical methods, quality assurance, and data management for the gasification and
liquefaction technologies. This will assist in achieving a degree of consistency in
monitoring emissions from new technologies for both regulated and nonregulated pollutants.
Thei initiation of a multimedia -data'baseline will be undertaken in those areas of the
midwest and eastern United States where major new coal extraction and conversion activities
have been planned. This is aimed particularly atestablishing a valid environmental baseline
in advance of the completion of new coal-mining, power plant, and gasification complexes.
E - 28
-------
ENERGY
Research and Development
Technical Support
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars; in thousands)
Appropriation....... $892 $2,500 $3,062 $2,327 -$735
Permanent Positions 8 ... 8 8
Budget Request
An appropriation of $2,327,000 is requested for FY 1978, a decrease of $735,000 from
the 1977 level.
ProgramDescription
The expertise developed through the energy-related environmental research and development
•program provides the basis for technical support to EPA's regional and program offices and
other governmental entities. This program employs a multitude of different mechanisms,
ranging from cooperative, regionally oriented research and development orojects, to
development of scientific data for regulatory functions, provision of expert witness
testimony, conduct of conferences and program seminars, and provision of executive
reports relating to salient regional and technological energy/environment concerns.
In 1976, the technical support program obligated approximately $800,000 for contract
support operations. Support activities included program planning assistance, Interagency
Program Sector Group support, technical assessments, and information handling activities.
The 1976 program included a number of major accomplishments. Among these were:
- Sponsorship of a major conference at which Interagency Program research managers
from a dozen Federal agencies and departments exchanged program status information
with each other and with the public. With a hundred government research managers
and five times that number of the interested public in attendance, information
transfer was effective.
- Production of several program status reports including an extensive analysis of both 1975
and 1976 Interagency Programs. These documents, together with a listing of the
researchers' addresses and telephone numbers, served to open up lines of
communication both within the Interagency Program and between'the program and those
who needed the information and technologies developed under the program's aegis.
- Assistance to EPA Regions IV and V to involve them in an extensive Integrated
Technology Assessment of the overall impacts of energy development in the Ohio
River Basin. The Ohio River Basin has been the site of extensive energy-related
development activities, including synthetic fuel plants and additional electrical
power generation facilities. So that the full impacts, environmental, social, and
economic, of these developments can be taken into account in the regional and
national decision-making process, the results of the ongoing integrated technology
E - 29
-------
assessments are to be transferred as they are developed, through direct support of the
involvement of regional personnel in monitoring the research effort,
1977 Program
The 1977 technical support program includes a number of major planned accomplishments:
- Support of energy/environment issues analyses both for participants in the
Interagency Program and for specific key audiences. These analyses, in either
seminar or written form, are to provide program and technology status information
in an efficient format.
- Support to EPA Regions IV, V, and VI to assure their direct involvement in
major aspects of the Interagency Program research effort relevant to their
particular information needs. This expanded effort to involve the regions
includes such issue areas as developing information on the combustion of
lignite (Region VI), performing integrated assessments of energy
development in the Ohio River Basin (Regions IV arid V), and transferring
information between the regions and the Interageney Program.
- Development and implementation of an Interagency Program information transfer
network within the program itself to assure proper distribution of information
and quality of documentation, A centralized review of all of the hundreds of
research reports scheduled to be produced by the Interagency Program in this
fiscal year should help assure that the information in these .reports is
appropriately dissaninated and is available prior to key program area reviews,
- Initiation of a series of publications designed to provide technical information
in a decision-making context which is directed at managers in the energy/environment
area. More than two dozen such reports are planned. These range from program
status reports and executive reports to issue papers and research report summaries.
This effort is aimed at assuring that the hundreds of millions of dollars of
research funded under the Interagency Program produces information which is both
comprehensible and useful to its various constituencies,
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The Increase of $562,000 from the budget estimate to the current estimate is caused by
several factors, including:
The acceleration of the production schedule for the Interagency Program executive
reports and issue papers. As the last two years of the orginal five-year program approach,
the interim results of the Interagency Program will be reviewed. Useful documentation
should be available on the issues addressed by Interagency Program projects. Another
convocation of the major participants in the Interagency Program is planned for 1977,
Based upon a belief that the Interagency Program has developed adequate information on
results to date to justify an output-oriented (as contrasted with a plannlng-oriented)
session, this convocation is planned for late in the fiscal year.
Information on the environmental aspects of various energy development decisions
should and will be available to the informed public and in a usable format. Major energy
decisions will be made soon, and an informed public will play a significant role in these
decisions,
E - 30
-------
These Items were increased by $627,000. Offsetting this increase is a transfer of
-$65,000 to the air program to support funding of the Biological and Climatic Effects
Research program (BACER) which has been submitted to the Committees for their consideration.
1978 Plan
The 1978 program in technical support will continue to support, with research and
information, EPA's regional and program offices. The 1978 resource level ''for this
subactivity is $2,327,000. Of these resources, approximately $1,800,000 will be allocated
to contract activities.
This program will continue to employ a number of different technical support devices,
ranging from cooperative regional research and development projects, provision of scientific
data for regulatory functions, provision of expert witness testimony and production of
executive reports and seminars on salient energy/environment issues. The main thrust of the
efforts will be to assure that the expertise developed under the auspices of the Interagency
Program is communicated efficiently to the appropriate decision-making audiences.
The program includes several major initiatives of great import to the Interagency Program
including the following:
- Conduct a major review of the Interagency Program. This review will involve all
of the participating research managers from the 16 Federal agencies and departments
which are part of the program. This review will serve to assure the appropriateness,
relevance, and comprehensiveness of the Interagency Program. The major results of
this review will be a documented set of corrections to the future course of the
Interagency Program.
- Publish a compendium of research projects status reports in a format which will
allow effective communication of the entire scope of the Interagency Program
and its findings to date.
The decrease of $735,000 is a result of the acceleration of several aspects of the
program. Activities originally planned for 1978 have, in fact, been initiated in 1977.
Among the activities being initiated in 1977 are the production of seven Interagency
Program executive reports and issue papers and a convocation of the major participants
in the Interagency Program. The implementation of these activities in 1977 allows some
of the resources originally allocated in the 1978 budget to be part of the initiative
to increase research on the health and ecological effects of energy development.
E - 31
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Region ._/',.
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
^pjV'
C/5
m
3
o
I
01
•5
1
O
i,B5/ $72,846
Agency Management and Support...... * 1,315 58,356 1,330 59.295
Agency Management (1,315} (47,3543 (1,330) (48,2663
Agency Support (11,002)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
U
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Abatement and Control:
Appropriation........
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Enforcement:
Appropriation
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Research and Development:
Appropri ati on ....
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
'Total, Program Management
and Support Program:
Appropriation.,..,...
Permanent Positions..
Transition Quarter...
Outlays
Authorization Levels.
OVERVIEW ANO STRATEGY
$30,275
162
10,454
$34,692
168
N/A
14,168 16,042
158 176
1,340 N/A
16,507
139
2,631
60,950
459
14.425
67,320
16,461
142
N/A
67,195
486
N/A
65,150
Current
Estimate Estimate
1977... 1978
(dollars in thousands)
1*3 ^ n i
$39p015 TpSftfTaWQ*
169 169
N/A N/A
14,760
172
N/A
18,398
141
N/A
72,173
482
N/A
70,546
Increase +
Decrease -
1973 vs. 1977
173
N/A
141
N/A
N/A
•HHES-
+1
N/A
±43+
N/A
7 /,
483
N/A
+1
N/A
*««*
Authorization is by virtue of the Appropriation Act.
This media encompasses the overall management of the action oriented programs described
in the foregoing media sections. Resources for the Assistant Administrators, their principal
deputies, office directors, and their immediate staffs are provided directly through the
program management and support media, rather than through charges to each of the program media.
Management functions covered include the development of program policies and strateaies,
planning of media activities, monitoring and review of program performance, including that
performed in the regions, and the direction of program activities carried out in headquarters.
In the enforcement area, program management also includes the staffing and funds fqr EPA's
Office of General Counsel at headquarters and Offices of Regional Counsel in the 10 regions.
This media also includes support costs for program activities not otherwise covered by
centralized agency support.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES
1977 Program Management and Support Program.
Abatement and Control...........
Thisdetraase is primarily,
appropriation's share of
space rental charges.
(in •thousands of dollars)
$72,173
Enforcement
This increase is primarily to fund
PC ft «M**I»»
aad additional
costs associated with the new toxic
substances legislation.
PMS - 1
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Research and Development, ...... j-gcMtf && f*"^ - t*&&t* •+&&* — •? oO
This^ntrease Is primarny^a««Aw*this
appropriation's share of increased GSA
space rental charges. • ...
1978 Program Management and Support Program
SUMMARY OF BUDSET ESTIMATES
1. Summary of Budget Request
f
An appropriation of 194 '.Ml i'380 is requested in 1978. This request, by appropriation
account, is as fallows: •,
*££/?/, 30 a
Abatement and Control ----- ..................... $30. 040 1 "MO
Enforcement ....... , ..... .............. ,. ...... 15,489,000
Research and Development. ... ...... ............ 18,822,000
This represents an iBepeaac of .31",J70,500 over, the 1977 program management and support
activity and includes netas&reasas for the prorated share of the sucoort services, primarily
for iOTMMi costs of leasing additional space (•! 51,010.300% additional*costs associated
with.the new toxic substances legislation (+S38?,2QO)8 and-a/slight decrease (-$24,000) due to a
reduction in program management costs. I
2. Changes from the Original 1977 Budget Estimate
Changes from the original budget estimate art as follows:
(in thousands of dollars)
Original 1977 estimate.,....,.. $67,195
Transfer from Agency and Regional Management.. +1,908
Proration adjustments......... +1,032
General/Regional Counsel... +127
Transfer to other media for increased
workloads... , , -E25
Research and development lab support..,, +2,196
Operating adjustments ... -70
Current 1977 estimate.. , 72,173
The +$1,908,000 transfer from the Agency and Regional Management appropriation represents
the reprogrannrfng of the funds which were added-on by Congress for relief in pay cost absorption;
this transfer restored funds which had been reduced due to the estimated absorption.
"Bookkeeping" adjustments were made to the support prerations to more accurately reflect
the users by appropriation account; the total support account did not change, the share applied
to the Abatement and Control, Enforcement, and Research and Development appropriations was
adjusted +$1,032,000. This amount is transferred from the Agency and Regional Management
appropriation support account.
A reprogramaring of $137,000 was made to the General/Regional Counsel to meet additional
legal support requirements, primarily in support of cancellation hearings and new toxic
substances legislation.
$225,000 was transferred to other media, as follows: $110,000 to pesticides enforcemeent
in support of new toxic substances legislation; $40,000 to the permit program in support of
second generation permit issuance; and $75,000 to stationary source enforcement and water
enforcement to meet growing litigation burdens.
PMS ~
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
LJ
L:
A proposal will be submitted to the Committee, as appropriate, for separate consideration
for the research and development reprogramming of +$2,196,000 in order to.meet anticipated
costs of research and development program management and support. When the research and
development program was reorganized in FY 1976, funding for this media was decreased;
subsequent experience indicates that, to maintain efficient operations, it is necessary
to partially restore these funds.
Operating adjustments of -$70,000 were required to adjust the budget estimate for
the program management account in order to reflect actual operating conditions.
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
Prior year obligations ...... .....
1977 budget estimate program increases
and decreases. . .....................
Change in amount of carryover
funds available ........... ..........
Net changes of increases and decreases
as 1 isted above ........... :...
1978 program Increases
(in thousands of dollars}
$71,304
+869
Change in estimated rate of obligations
*1,780- — /-Z3.43
Total estimated obligations.
(From new obligation authority).
(From prior year funds) .,
71,304
(69,588)
(1,716)
(7V.36S*.
(2,585)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
The 1977 budget estimate Included program increases and decreases from the 1976 level which
are expected to change 1977 obligations by +3237,000.
The amount of carryover funds effecting obligations after FY 1976 results in an increase of
$4,307,000. Obligations in 1977 from carryover funds are expected to be $1,716,000; in 1978,
obligations are expected to be $2,585,000, an increase of $869,000.
The increases and decreases detailed in the section on budget estimate changes are estimated
to have a net increase of $4,978,000 on 1977 obligations.
J
.
The increasesArequested in 1978 Arr~5SA~ space rental charges and additional management costs
associated with the new toxic substances legislation are expected to result in a net^Sfease of
~|n 1973 obligations.
In 1977, obligations are expected to increase by $832,000 due to a change in the estimated
rate of obligations.
n
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Abatement and
Control
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
n
LJ
L
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Abatement and Control
TJeufaetff
Budget Current ryfi/^Sfff Increase +
i—i Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
-j 197S 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977 Page
__4 (dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
.
; Program Management 54,767 $6,022 56,018 $5,994 -$24 PMS-5
LJ Program Support.» , 25.508 28,670 32.997 -»*»4433/yy .*Mfr -/«fa PMS-6
•—I Total..... , 30,275 34,692 39,015
LJ Permanent :LPos1t1pns
Program Management 162 168 169 169
P""* Program Support . ... ...
162 168 169 169
n
LJ This subact1v1ty provides the resources for management of each of the media programs
funded through the Abatement and Control appropriation and for unique support services not
otherwise covered by centralized Agency support.
'LJ
G
a
LJ
PMS - 4
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Appropriation
Program Management
Program Support...
Total
Permanent Positions
Program Management
Program Support...
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Abatement and Control
Current
Estimaief
1977
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
ars in thousands}
$6,018
32.997.
$5.994
33.846
-$24
+849
Page
PMS-5
PMS-6
39.015
169
39.840
169
+825
169
169
This subactivity provides the resources for management of each of the media programs
funded through the Abatement and Control appropriation and for unique support services not
otherwise covered by centralized Agency support.
PMS - 4
-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Abatement and Control
Program Management
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thousands)
Appropriation
Permanent Positions....
Budget Request
$4,767
162
$6,022
168
$6,018
169
$5,994
169
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
-$24
An appropriation of $5,993,700 and 169 positions is requested for 1978. This
represents a decrease of $24,000 from 1977 due to a reduction in costs for the Office
of Air end Waste Management management activities.
Program Description
This subactivity provides for the overall management of the Office of Air and
Waste Management and the Office of Water and Hazardous Materials, including program
planning, policy and strategy development, performance monitoring and review
(including those portions of the program carried out in the 10 regional offices),
and direction of headquarters activities. To carry out these functions, managerial
positions are provided to each office as follows:
Office of Air and Waste Management
Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
Office of Mobile Sources Air Pollution Control...
Office of Solid Waste Management Programs..
Office of Radiation Programs
Office of Noise Abatement and Control
Total, Office of Air and Waste Management.
Office of Water and Hazardous Materials.
Office of Water Programs Operations
Office of Water Planning and Standards..
Offi ce of Pesti ci des Programs
Office of Toxic Substances
Office of Water Supply
Total, Office of Water and Hazardous Materials.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
1977
35
11
13
7
14
8
88
29
6
5
30
5
6
81
1978
35
11
13
7
14
8
29
6
5
30
5
5
81
The decrease of $4,000 from the budget estimate results from operating adjustments
required to support actual operating conditions.
PMS - 5
-------
PROGRAM MANASEMEKT AND SUPPORT
Abatement and Control
Program Support
n
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
D
n
r
Appropriation..........
Permanent Pos1ti ons.:..
Budget Request
$25,508
(dollars in -thousands)
$28,670 532.397
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
~
—L^ An appropriation of 5S3i|Q1D,CBS is requested for 1978. - This represents
ofjSOJgil'Og attributable to the prorated share of Increased lease costs to S3
-j-hyff"?. TV
QUA. - CPA jim-
Program Description
Tfils subactlvlty includes the prorated share of EPA-'s total funding requlrenents of
comnon support services. These funding requirements cover certain agencywide and regional
leases, communications, and other cctmon service costs which are managed through a single
headquarters and 10 regional accounts. These requirements are fully described in the
section covering Agency and Regional Management. The prorated share charged under this
element represents that portion required to support the programs funded and conducted under
the Abatement and Control appropriation account.
1977 Explanation of Changes frcm Budget Estimate
The Increase of 54,327,000 over the budget estimate is a result of several actions.
$980,000 was transferred from the Agency and Regional Management appropriation from the
funds which were added-on by Congress for relief in pay cost absorption; this transfer
restored funds which had been -reduced due to the estimated absorption. , In addition, a
"bookkeeping" adjustment was made to the support proration to more accurately reflect
the "users" by appropriation account; the total support account did not change, the
share applied to the Abatement and Control appropriation was adjusted +$3,347,000.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Enforcement
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Enforcement
Appropriation
Program Management
Program Support.,.
Total
Permanent Positions
Program Management
Program Support.
4,881
9.879
$5,270
10,219
ncrease +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+$389
+340
14,168
14,760 15,489
173
72
158
176
172 \
173
+7Z9
+1
+1
Page
PMS-8
PMS-10
This activity encompasses the overall management of media programs funded under the
Enforcement appropriation. It also provides for the staffing and funding of EPA's Office
of General Counsel in headquarters and the Office of Regional Counsel in the 10 regions.
PMS-7
-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Enforcement
Program Management
AppropH ati on..........
Permanent Positions....
Budget Request
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
$4,483 $4,697
158 176
Current
Estimate Estimate
1977 1978
(dollars in thousands)
$4,881
172
$5,270
173
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+$389
+1
An appropriation of $5,270,100 is requested for 1978. .This represents an increase
of $389,200 from the 1977 level.
Program Description
This subactivity provides for the overall management of the Office of Enforcement,
including the development of program policies and strategies, the overall planning of
enforcement activities, the monitoring and review of the program including those
activities performed in the regions, and the direction of the program activities
performed in headquarters. It also covers the staffing of the Office of General Counsel
and Regional Counsel which serve the legal needs of all components of the Agency.
To carry out these functions, positions are allocated as follows:
1977 1978 Chanae
Office of Enforcement......
Office of General Counsel..
Office of Regional Counsel.
Total.
1976 Accomplishments
26
91
55
172
26
92
55
173
The role of Regional Counsel was greatly strengthened in 1976 as Regional Administrators
and their staffs became more reliant on their Regional Counsel for legal advise and support,
especially with respect to legal interpretation of construction grant documents. Agency
legal staff continued to provide legal assistance to all Agency programs such as construction
grant projects and the requirements for environmental impact statements. Necessary legal
support was also provided for public hearings required by pesticides and water legislation.
1977 Program
The top priority requirement for the current year will be the legal review of the recent
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the Toxic Substances Control Act. Effort will
continue to meet the demand for public hearings associated with pesticides and water
legislation, strengthen the legal review procedure for various grant programs with special
emphasis on construction grants, and promote Regional Counsel authority and responsibility
by decentralization.
PMS-8
-------
The increase of $184,000 over the budget estimate is a result of several factors. A
reprogramming of +$137,000 was made to the General/Regional Counsel to meet additional legal
support requirements, primarily in support of cancellation hearings and new toxic substances
legislation; -$110,000 was transferred to pesticides enforcement in support of new toxic
substances legislation; -$40,000 was transferred to the permit program in support of second
generation permit issuance; -$75,000 was transferred to stationary source enforcement and
water enforcement to meet growing litigation burdens; and -$17,000 was transferred due to
operating adjustments required to adjust the budget to actual operating conditions. In
addition, an increase of $289,000 was made to the General/Regional Counsel and enforcement
management activities from the agency management funds which were added-on by Congress for
relief in pay cost absorption.
1978 Plan
FY 1978 will see a continuation of legal support for public hearings, review of grant
programs, and expansion of Regional Counsel support to regional offices. The Toxic Substances
Control Act will increase the workload within the Office of General Counsel significantly;
the increase requested is required to meet this additional workload.
The increase of one position and $389,200 is associated with the new toxic substances
legislation. As a result of the new legislation, an additional four positions were authorized
for the last half of this year to interpret the legal aspects of the Act. These four positions,
plus the additional position planned for FY 1978, will be programmed to provide the legal
support for the toxic substances' public hearings anticipated for FY 1978. The $389,200 is
required to cover salaries and associated funds for these positions, plus the legal costs
associated with public hearings, such as court stenographers, transcripts, expert witnesses, etc.
PMS-9
-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Enforcement
Program Support
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
Appropriation.
Permanent Positions.,..
Budget Request
,685
(dollars in thousan
$11,345 $9,879
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+$340
An appropriation of $lQ,218,900^u> requested fdr 1976. This represents an increase
of $340,200 attributable to increased- Pease costs/to fiSA, As discussed under the section on
Agency Support, a difference has become\yidentnn the SLUC charges computed by EPA and
the charges estimated by GSA. This dlffetengrl-s now being reviewed by OMB, EPA, and GSA.
EPA will advise the Committees as to the correct amount as soon as the review Is completed.
Program .Description
This activity constitutes the^frorated shaTffi of EPA's total funding requirements for
common support services. These/finding rsqui remwjts cover certain a§encywide and regional
leases and communication and gjmer common serviceVosts which are managed through a single
headquarters and 10 regional/accounts. These requirements are fully described 1n the section
covering Agency and Regional Management. The proratM share charged under this element
represents that portiotjXequired to support the progr-aus funded and conducted under the
Enforcement appropriation account.
1977 Explanation ar Changes from Budget Estimate
The decree of $1,466,000 from the budget estimate resultts from several actions.
$440,000 was^transferred from the Agency and Regional Management appropriation from the
funds which were added-on by Congress for relief in pay cost absorption; this transfer
restored funds which had been reduced due to the estimated absorprton. In addition, a
"bookkeeping" adjustment was made to the support proration to more SKurately reflect the
"users" by appropriation account; the total support account did not change, the share
applied to the Enforcement appropriation was adjusted, -$1,906,000.
:PMS-10
-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Enforcement
Program Support
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Currant
Estimate Estimate
1977 1978
(dollars In thousands).
" Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
Appropriation
Permanent Positions....
Budget Request
S9.6B5 $11.345
$9,879
J
• ^ _
An appropriation of 510fMDjS09 is requested for 1978. This represents
S4@»aO» attributable to JUMMMH* lease .costs to GSA. A^diBeuaro*" HH
nny luppnn, i .diffimenea haa haeeme waeiit TH thn ShUC §Hai'§o tamputed
EPA
Program Description
This activity constitutes the prorated share of EPA's total funding requirements for
cotmon support services. These funding requirements cover certain agencywide and regional
leases and communication and other common service costs which are managed through a single
headquarters and 10 regional accounts. These requirements are fully described in the section
covering Agency and Regional Management. The,prorated share charged under this element
represents that portion required to support the programs funded and conducted under the
Enforcement appropriation account.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget_Est1inate
The decrease of 51,466,000 from the budget estimate results from several actions.
S440.00P was transferred from the Agency and Regional Management appropriation from the
funds which were added-on by Congress for relief 1n pay cost absorption; this transfer
restored funds which had been reduced due to the estimated absorption. In addition, a
"bookkeeping" adjustment was made to the support proration to more accurately reflect the
"users" by appropriation account; the total support account did not change, the share
applied to the Enforcement appropriation was adjusted, -51,906,000.
PMS-10
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Research and
Development
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPP
Research and Development
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
activity provides the resources for management of
ch and Development appropriation and for unique su
centralized Agency support. \
Appropriation
Program Management...
Program Support
Total ,
Permanent Pos 1ttgns
Program Management
Program Support........
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT
Research and Development
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate Estimate
1977 1978
(dollars In thousands
$4.169
12,338
54,456
12,005
$5,154
13.244
$5.154
16,507 16,461
139
142
18,398
141
141
139
142
141
141
Total ,....,..
Purpose
This activity provides the resources for management of the med1<
the Research and Development appropriation and for unique support s«
covered by centralized Agency support.
D
-------
Appropria
Permanent
Budget N
managemen
Program 0
Respi
regional ;
functions'
research |
headquart
represent
To
Explanatic
The i
re prograw
program ma
transfers
increase o
meet antic
and develo
greatly re
great, and
partial re
PMS-12
-------
Agency and
Regional
Management
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AGENCY AND REGIONAL fWHAGEMENT
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976T _J:977^ 1977 1973 1973 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Agency and Regional
Management:
Appropriation ......... $57,339 $67,538 $70,S90 $71,456 +$566
Permanent Positions... 1,869 1,795 1,334 1 ,842 +18
Transition Quarter.... 22,466 N/A N/A M/A N/A
Outlays.... ----- ....... 65,498 65,000 71,000 75,700 +5,000
Authorization Levels.. Authorization is by virtue of the Appropriation Act,
ND STRATEGY
This program covers Agency wide policy direction and administration as it is carriad
out at both EPA headquarters and the 10 regional off leas. It also covers certain common
services and functions which serve Agency wide renuirsments, A iriean1nnf>.!l way to
classify the activities covered by this appropriation is in terras of those which involve
management as opposed to those which are supportive in nature. Agency rana^mant
activities are personnel related in that they incluJe ths salaries and related expenses
of the Administrator and his immediate staff and staff offices, and components which provide
centralized management and administrative services. Thasa include ororram planning and
evaluation, budgeting and financial management, personnel, contracts and Brants
management , audit, legislative liaison, and other activities' functions which ara required
for the effective management of all Agency programs. The full cost o* these managerial
activities is charged to the Agency and Regional Management appropriation.
Agency support activities do not involve personnel costs but consist of a wide
assortment of common service requirements such as office and laboratory services , guard
and janitorial services, facilities lease costs, and, in most instances, they cannot be
raadily associated with a specific organization or orooram. .However, it is imnortant
that these costs in some way be associated with the nrograms which benefits from them.
To accomplish this, the total costs are allocated on a prorata basis to the various
appropriations where they are included under the baJnet activity, oro^ram management
and support. The Agency and Regional Management appropriation includes only the prorata
share of these .support costs which can be allocated to Agency wide management activities.
The scone of these Agency wi de management and support activities is, of course, set by
the programs they serve. Consistent with this, the increases shown under this appropriation
are confined to high priority needs or to mandatory increases.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES KID. DECREASES (in thousands of dollars)
1 977 Agency and Regional Management Program ........ , ______ $70,390
To adjust SLUC costs, provide for new, loan
guarantee function, and to provide for increased
cost in areas such as contract compliance* program
evaluation, and facilities rental .................
1978 Agency and Regional Management Program.
AR.M-1 (Revised
2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
.'; SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES
1. Summary of Budget Request
An appropriation of $71,456,000 is requested under the Agency and Regional
Management appropriation. This represents an increase of $565,900 which includes *
an additional amount to cover studies aimed at evaluating the effectiveness of EPA
technical assistance activities and the areawide planning activities carried out under
Section 208 of the FWPCA (+$300,000); the cost of assuming the contract compliance
activities now being performed by the USOA, the Bureau of Reclamation, and TVA
(+$290,000); the cost of developing procedures, systems and.controls for"the loan
guarantee program (+$300,000); offset by the reduction of the prorata share of
increased lease costs which are allocated to this appropriation (-$324,100).
2. Changes from Original 1977 Budget Estimate
Changes from original budget estimate are as follows:
(in thousands of dol1ars)
Original 1977 estimate.. $67,538
Congressional add-on for pay costs. +2,634
Transfer for Cost of Clean Environment report +125
Transfer to fund increased construction grant
• program support functions... +477
Adjustments to prorated shares of agency support -983
Regional office reprogrammings.. +992
Operating adjustments +107
Current 1977 estimate..:. 70,890
The principal change in the estimate for Agency and Regional Management is the
congressional add-on for providing relief in the absorption of pay costs. A total of
$5,462,000 was added-on to the Agency and Regional Management budget request with the
understanding that the funds would be reprogrammed to other programs as needed. A total
of $2,828,000 was transferred to other programs, leaving a net congressional add-on of
+$2,634,000.
The responsibility and associated resources for the preparation of the Cost of
Clean Environment report was transferred from the Office of Research and Development
to the Office of Planning and Evaluation, +$125,000.
A portion of the new 1976 constuction grants positions were allocated to the
Agency and Regional Management appropriation to provide for the increased support
necessary in the management areas of audit and contracts and grants administration.
The transfer of +$477,000 represents the funding necessary in 1977 as a result of the
1976 transfer.
Overall, the agencywide support accounts did not change from the budget estimate.
However, the prorated shares of the four appropriations - Research and Development,
Abatement and Control, Enforcement, and Agency and Regional Management - were adjusted to
reflect a "bookkeeping" change of allocation by users once the actual operating conditions
were applied. The effect on the Agency and Regional Management appropriation was - $983,000.
ARM-2 (Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
An increase of $992,000 was made by the regional offices when the budget estimate
was applied to their management workload requirements.
Operating adjustments totalling +$107,000 are as a result of miscelleanous
fund transfers from other programs.
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate Estimate
. ,I977. 1978
("in"""thousands of dollars)
Prior year obiigations $57,339 $70,890
Increases and decreases to budget
estimate, as listed above , +2,722
Change in amount of carryover funds
available +10,829
Additional cost of management program increases:
Contract compliance.
Program evaluation— , , „
Facilities rental , . *
Loan guarantee program ,
Total estimated obi igations., ,
(From new obligational authority)....
(From prior year funds)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATigHS
Increases and decreases to budget estimate — reflects the net change of the
items previously detailed under "Changesfrom Original 1977 Budget Estimate", +$2,722,000.
Change in amount of carryoverfunds available — ref1ects the amount of carryover
funds available at the end ofFY1976. There areno carryover funds in this appropriation
in subsequent years, $10,329,000.
Additional cost of management program— reflects the increased costs
for the requestednlncreaSesn'in 1978 for contract ioinpliance, program evaluation, and
the institution of the loan guarantee program, +$566,000.
+290
+300
-324
+300
70,890
(70,890)
71 ,456
(71,456)
ARM-3 (Revised
2/24/77
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AGENCY AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
Agency Management and Support
Total.
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Appropriation
Agency Management..
Agency Support
Total
Permanent: Positions
Agency Management..
Agency Support.
45,555
Current Revised
Estimate Estimate
177
. , ,..
(dollars in thousands)
$35,664
9,891
$44,374
11,325
$46,764
10,622
$47,654
10,293
+$890
-324
55,699
Increase +
Decrease -
1973 vs.1977 Page
ARM-5
ARM-9
57,386 57,952
+566
1 ,359
1,359
1,289
1 ,289
1,297
1,297
1,315
1,315
+18
+18
the agency management and support activity covers the top level policy direction
of agencywide programs provided by the Administrator and his immediate staff and staff
offices, the agencywide management functions provided by the Office of Planning and
Management, and the centralized administrative service and support activities which
are provided to all operations located in Washington, O.C., Research Triangle Park,
North Carolina, and Cincinnati, Ohio. It also provides for certain supporting costs
budgeted and managed on an agencywide basis.
ARM-4(Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AGENCY AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
Agency Management and Support
Agency Management
Budget Current Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 . 1977 1978 1973 vs. 1977
(dol1ars in thousands)
Appropriation
AgencyManagement $35,664 .$44,374 $46,764 $47,654 +$890
Permanent Positions
Agency Management 1,359 1,289 1,297 1,315 +18
Budget Request
An appropriation of $47,654,300 is requested for FY 1978. This represents an
increase of $890,000 and 18 positions over FY 1977.
P rog ramOescr.1pt i on
The agency management subactivity provides for the staffing, contract support,
and other costs of the Immediate office of the Administrator and those staff offices
which report directly to the Administrator, and for those of the Office of Planning
and Management.
Office of Administrator/Staff Offices
The Office of the Administrator is responsible for the establishment of major
Agency policies, and for providing the overall guidance necessary for their implemen-
tation. The staff offices carry out functions which are closely allied with policy
development and implementation. These include legislative services and congressional
relations, public information, international activities, direction of the Agency's
civil rights program, liaison with other Federal agencies, coordination of agencywide
education and manpower activities, coordination of regional office operations, and
relations with State and local governments. The administrative law judges who preside
over the Agency's qu.as,i~judicia1 proceedings are also attached to the Office of the
Administrator.
An increase of 13 positions and $290,000 is requested for the Office of Civil
Rights. This reflects the Administration's plan to consolidate the government wide
Contract Compliance Program so as to reduce the number of agencies involved in monitoring
contractors' employment practices. As the result of a study made by the Department of
Labor's Office of Federal Contract Compliance, it has been concluded that this program
can be substantially strengthened by reducing the number of agencies involved from the
current 16 to five. EPA has been designated *s one of the five agencies and will assume
the compliance monitoring responsibilities now assigned to portions of the Departments of
Agriculture and Interior and the Tennassae Valley Authority. The FY 1978 budget estimates
for these agencies are being adjusted to reflect this transfer of responsibility.
ARM-5
(Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
ASENCY AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
Agency Management and Support
Agency Management
Budget Current / Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 V978 1978 vs. 1977
Approgriation
AgencyManagement....... $35,664 $44,374
(dollars in .thousands)"
$46,76*' $47,354 +$590
PermanentPositions
AgencyMBnagonent.
Budget Request
1,359
1,289
r,297
1,315
+18
An appropriation of $4A,354,300 is requester for FY 1978. This represents an
increase of $590,000 and 18 positions over FY/1977.
Program Description
The agency management subactivitW'provides for the staffing, contract support,
and other costs of the immediate off*ceSpf the Administrator and those staff offices
which report directly to the Admin^Atrato^, and for those of the Office of Planning
and Management.
Office of Admin1strator/Staff Offices
The Office of the Administrator is responsi&te for the establishment of major
Agency policies, and for Dividing the overall guidance necessary for their implemen-
tation. The staff office/ carry out functions whicnSare closely allied with policy
development and inplemeiration. These include legislative services and congressional
relations, public information, international activities\ direction of the Agency's
civil rights program/liaison wi.thother Federal agenciesXcoordination of agencywide
education and manpower activities, coordination of regional office operations, and
relations with State and local governments. The administrative law judges who preside
over the Agency'/quasj-judicial proceedings are also attached\o the Office of the
Administrator.
An increase of 13 positions and $290,000 is requested for t)» Office of Civil
Rights. This reflects the Administration's plan to consolidate tne government wide
Contract Compliance Program so as to reduce the number of agencies\nvolved in monitoring
contractors' employment practices. As the result of a study made by\the Department of
Labor'syOffice of Federal Contract Compliance, it has been concluded\hat this program
can beAubstantially strengthened by reducing'the number of agencies involved from the
currejrc 16 to five. EPA has been designated as one of the five agencies and will assume
the crampliance monitoring responsibilities now assigned to portions of the Departments of
Agriculture and Interior and the Tennessee Valley Authority. The FY 1978 budget estimates
f017these agencies are being adjusted to reflect this transfer of responsibility.
ARM-5
-------
The resources associated with the Office of the Administrator and the staff offices
are as follows:
FY 1977
FY 1978
Office of the Administrator
Office of Legislation „..
Office of Public Affairs..
Office of International Activities
Office of Civil Rights
Office of Federal Activities
Office of Regional and
Intergovernmental Operations
Administrative Law Judges.
Pos.
45
39
67
23
27
39
9
12
$(000)
$1,588.9
947.5
3,142.3
864.2
628.9
1,252.1
474.1
408.2
PosT
$(000)
Change
Total.
Pos. $(000)
+13 +$290.0
261 9,306.2 274 9,596.2 +13 +290.0
45
39
67
23
40
39
9
12
$1,588.9
947.5
3,142.3
864.2
918.9
1 ,252.1
474.1
408.2
The significant contract activities carried out by the staff offices in FY 1977 and
FY 1978 are listed below:
FY 1977 FY 1978 Change Purpose
(in thousands of dollars)
Office of Public Affairs.. $979.7 $1,050.3 +$70.6
Office of International
Activities ....
212.2
232.2
+20.0
Office of Federal
Activities
Office of Regional and
Intergovernmental
Operations
90.0
166.0
90.0
166.0
Production and distribution
of information/education
material including publica-
tions, films, and TV and radio
announcements; Documerica;
Visitor Center maintenance;
and press office support.
Services provided by the
Library of Congress and the
National Technical Information
Service in connection with the
International Information
Exchange.
Development of guidelines for
EIS preparation and review.
Contracts with public interest
groups and national organi-
zations representing elected
officials of State and local
governments for seminars and
similar activities on environ-
mental programs.
ARM-6
-------
Office of Planning and Management
The Office of Planning and Management performs the Agency wide management
functions involved in planning and implementing EPA programs and provides the
administrative services required by EPA headquarters and the two major field
installations at Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, and Cincinnati, Ohio.
The major organizational components within the Office of Planning and Management
include the Office of Administration which provides services in the areas of
personnel administration, contracts management, data systems management, facilities
and support services; security, and general management and organization at each
of the three locations named above; the Office of Resources Management which is
concerned with the Agency's program analysis, budgeting, accounting, and grants
administration functions; the Office of Planning and Evaluation which provides
an Agency wide resource for economic analysis, program evaluations and the
coordinated review of standards and regulations; and the Office of Audit which
is responsible for the Agency's comprehensive audit program.
A five position increase is requested for the Office of Resources Management
to permit the establishment of a small group which will set Agency wide statistical
policies and methodologies and review statistical design and data development.
Existence of this capability is expected to lead to significant improvements 1n
the quality of the Agency's research, monitoring, and regulatory programs,
An increase of $300,000 is requested for two special studies to be performed
by the Office of Planning and Evaluation. One of these studies will address the
technical assistance which EPA provides to State and local governments. It will
consider the scope and direction of on-going EPA assistance programs and the extent
to which these activities are meeting the needs of the various State/local governments.
The second study will consider the long-range impact of the Agency wide planning
activities being carried out under Section 202 of the Federal Water Pollution Control
Act. Particular attention will be given to nonpoint source pollution control,
including control of storm water runoff in urban areas. An increase of $300,000 is
requested to contract for assistance in the development of procedures, systems and
controls for the newly established P.L, 94-558) loan guarantee program. The resources
associated with organizations and functions described above are as follows:
1^4977 FY 1978 Change
' POS. ..................... r SQMT POS. s(ooW
Assistant Administrator for
Planning and Management. . 11 $324.6 11 $385.3 ... +$60.7
Office of Administration. .. 625 17,146.5 625 17,085.8 ... -60.7
Office of Resources
Management.. ............. 225 5,557.2 230 5,857.2 +5 +300.0
Office of Planning and
Evaluation ..... .......... 68 5,763.8 68 6,063.8 ... +300.0
Office of Audit ............ 107 3,666.0 107 8.666.0 ... ...
Total ...... 1,036 37,458.1 1,041 38,058.1 +5 +600.0
The major contracts for the Office of Planning and Management are summarized
below:
FY 1977 FY 1 978 Change Purpgsie
(dollars in thousands)
Office of Administration.. $609.0 $650.0 +$41.0 Executive development and
supervisory training, spe-
cialized computer support,
and administrative services.
ARM-7
(Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Office of Resources Management., 96.7
Office of Planning and
Evaluation...*
3,531.8
Office of Audit. 4,600.0
96.7
300.0 +300.0
3,531.8
4,600.0
Support of financial budget
and grants information ADP
systems.
Support of Agency loan guarantee
program.
Contracts to assess the
economic impact of EPA
regulations on major
Industries, the energy
impact of environmental
regulations, and the
environmental impact of
energy legislation.
Contracts with CPA firms
for the conduct of
construction grant audits.
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
The net increase of $2,390,000 over the budget estimate results from a combination
of several reprogrammings:
The Congress increased the agency management request by +$5,462,000 to reduce the
absorption costs of pay increases by the Agency. It was understood that these funds
would be reproqrammed to other proqrams, as required. A total of -$3,734,000 was
transferred out of aqency management, leaving a net increase of +$1,728,000 as a result
of the congressional increase.
The responsibility for the congressionally mandated "Cost of Clean Environment"
^report was transferred from the Office of Research and Development to the Office of
H,'Planning and Evaluation resulting in an increase of +5125,000 to agency management.
Operating adjustments in the amount of +$107,000 were necessary when the budget
was applied to actual operating conditions of the agency management offices.
A transfer of +$430,000 was made to the agency management accounts from the
water quality media to support the 1976 new construction grants positions which were
allocated in 1976 to the agency management function.
ARM-8 (revised 2/24/77)
-------
'\
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AGENCY AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
Agency Management and Support
Agency Support
Budget Current Revised Increase +•
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1973 -vs..197?.
(do!1ars in thousands)
Appropriation
Agency Support $9,891 $11,325 $10,622 $101298 -$324
Permanent Positions
Agency Support
Budget Request
An appropriation of $10,297,500 is requested for FY 1978. This represents a decrease of
$324,100 from FY 1977.
Pagramjescrlption
The agency support subactivity provides support services to all program operations at EPA
headquarters, Research Triangle Park, N.C., and Cincinnati, Ohio, It also includes certain
agencywide support costs which are managed at the headquarters' level. The agency support
subactivity can be summarized as follows:
Office^leryicgs
Common services requirements for laboratory and office supplies, maintenance of office
equipment, printing and duplicating, audio-visual equipment and contracts, motor pool, etc.
Bunding Services
Utilities, local telephone service, purchase and rental of equipment, building altera-
tions and space relocations, building maintenance contracts, guard and janitorial service,
employee health service contracts, etc.
LibraryServices
Books, journals, equipment and service contracts for the branch libraries at head-
quarters, RTP, and Cincinnati, as well as specialized ADP services, literature searches,
technical reports processing, library systems development, etc. for the agencywide library
system.
Nationwide Costs
Facilities rental, U.S. Postal Service charges, Federal telecommunications service,
payments to the Civil Service Commission for security Investigations, reimbursements to the
Federal Employees Compensation Fund, payments to USPHS for personnel administration services
for commissioned officers detailed to EPA, and payments to the USGS for payroll services.
ARM-9
(Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
ADP Services
Agencywide ADP services which are provided through time-sharing contracts or by in-house
computer facilities and associated systems development/evaluation contracts.
Since Agency support costs are prorated to the various EPA appropriations according to their
personnel levels, the amount requested above is reflective only of that portion of the total Agency
support which is allocated to the Agency and Regional Management appropriation. However, in order
to provide a more complete explanation of the total scope of the Agency's supporting activities
the following discussion deals with the overall costs of providing support services.
The total cost of providing support services to the Agency is as follows:
Current Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(In thousands of dollars)
Office Services...
Building Services.
Library Services..
Nationwide Costs..
ADP Services
Total.
$2,241.6
10,672.7
1,043.0
26,215.8
17,242.6
57,415,7
$2,241.6
10,672.7
1,043.0
24,499.0
17,242.6
-$1,716.8
55,693.9 -1,716.8
The distribution of the total amount budgeted for Agency support costs to the various EPA
:appropriations is as follows:
Abatement and Control
Enforcement
Research and Development
Agency and Regional Management.
FY 1977 FY 1978 Change
frlol1ars i n thousands)
Total,
$28,603.2
8,068.4
10,122.5
10,621.6
57,415'. 7
$27,783.3
7,775.6
9,342.5
10.I297..5
55,698,9
-$819.9
-292.8
-280,0
-324.1
•-1,716.8
1977 ExplanatigrMyf Changes from Budget Estimate
A decrease of $703,000 from the budget estimate results from several reprogramming actions:
A transfer of +$280,000 was made from the agency management funds which were added on fay
Congress for relief in pay cost absorption; this transfer restored funds which had been reduced
due to the estimated absorption.
A "bookkeeping" adjustment was made to the agency support proration to more accurately
reflect the "users" by appropriation account; the total agency support account did not change,
the share applied to the Agency and Regional Management appropriation was adjusted, -$983,000.
ARM-10
(Revised 2/24/77)
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AGENCY AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
Regional Management and Support
Actual
1976
Appropriation
Regional Management $10,951
Regional Support... 773
Total........ 11,724
Permanent Positions
Regional Management
Regional Support...
Budget Current
Estimate Estimate Estimate
1977 1977 1978
[dollars in thousands)
$11,028
811
11,839
$12,693
811
$12,693
811
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977 Page
ARM-12
ARM-14
13,504 13,504
Total.
515
515
506
506
527
527
527
527
...
The regional management support activity provides for both the top level direction
of program operations and the general administrative/management functions which are
carried out in each of the Agency's ten regional offices. It also includes the support
requirements of the regional offices which are not covered by agencywide common services
costs described in the previous section covering the agency support subactivity.
ARft-11
-------
AGENCY AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
Regional Management and Support
Regional Management
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
Appropriation 1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Regional Management $10,951 $11,028 $12,693 $12.693
Permanent Positions
Regional Management 515 506 527 527
Budget Request
An appropriation of $12,692,900 is requested for FY 1978. This represents no change
to the FY 1977 level.
Program Description
The regional management subactivity provides for the salaries and related expenses
of the regional administrators and their immediate staffs as well as for those staff
offices - intergovernmental relations, public affairs, and civil rights - which report
directly to the regional administrators. It also covers the regions' management
divisions which perform the centralized administrative functions - program planning
and budgeting, personnel, financial management, procurement, and.other service
activities required to support regional operations. The resources required for these
activities in each of the regional offices are as follows:
Positions Amount
48 $1.045,000
59 1,261,100
54 1,608,100
64 1,500,000
66 1,746,000
48 1,263,700
56 1,085,300
43 1,120,500
49 1,139,100
40 924.100
Total 527 12,692,900
The amounts required for regional management activities in terms of functions are
allocated as follows:
Function Positions Amount
Regional Management 223 $6,699,500
Resources Management 102 2,091,700
Administrative Services.... 202 3,901,700
Total 527 , 12,692,900
ARM-12
-------
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
An increase of $1,665,000 over the budget estimate results from several reprogramming
actions:
A transfer of +$626,000 was made from the agency management program representing the
portion of the congressional add-on for pay costs required for the regional management
function.
An increase of $992,000 was made by the regional offices when applying their budget
targets to their actual operating conditions. These funds, as well as personnel, were
transferred to the regional management staff to reflect the management workload
requirements.
A transfer of +$47,000 from the water quality media to support the Increased
management services provided the construction grants program as a result of the 1976 new
positions.
ARM-13
-------
1
A
AGENCY AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
Regional Management and Support
Regional Support
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands') "
Appropri atl.pn
Regional Support $773 $811 $811 $811
Permanent Positions
Regional Support
Budget Request
An appropriation of $811,300 is requested for FY 1978. This represents no change
from the FY 1977 level.
Program Description
This subactivity covers the common services which are provided in all of the
regional offices. These include local telephone service, office supplies and
equipment, guard and housekeeping services and similar support required to operate
regional offices. As in the case of Agency support, the total cost of the support
services required by the regional offices is prorated to the various EPA appropriations
on the basis of personnel strength; the amount requested above is only that which 1s
allocated to the Agency and Regional Management appropriation. The distribution of
the total amount budgeted for regional support costs to the various EPA appropriations
is as follows:
Abatement and Control $3,557,800
Enforcement. , 1,810,300
Research and Development ." 62,400
Agency and Regional Management 8TL300
Total 6,241,800
1977 Explanation of Changes from Budget Estimate
There is no change from the budget estimate.
ARM-14
-------
Buildings and
Facilities
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
(dollars in thousands)
Buildings and Facilities:
Appropriation $636 $2,100 $2,100 $1,142 -$958
Permanent Positions....
Transition Quarter 1,241 H/A N/A N/A N/A
Outlays , 554 2,000 3,000 2,500 -500
Authorization Levels... Authorization is by virtue of the Appropriation Act.
OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY
This appropriation covers design and construction of all new "EPA owned facilities
as well as necessary repairs and improvements to all federally-owned facilities which
are occupied by EPA.
Existing federally owned facilities occupied by EPA include 23 separate installations,
most of which are laboratories or other special purpose installations. During the period
covered by these estimates, first priority is being given to those projects which are
needed to protect the health and safety of EPA employees and to enable the Agency to meet
applicable standards including those established by the Department of Labor under the
Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970. Lower priority is given to preventive
maintenance projects and to those projects which are intended to improve the facilities1
usefulness for program purposes. Since a number of repair and improvement projects of
these latter types were funded in 1977 and prior years, a determination has been made to
limit 1978 projects only to those needed to correct health and safety deficiencies.
SUMMARY OF INCREASES AND DECREASES (dollars in thousands)
1977 Buildings and Facilities Program $2,100
Decrease relates to the decision to
limit 1978 repair and improvement
projects to those related to the
correction of health and safety
deficiencies -958
1978 Buildings and Facilities Program 1,142
SUHMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES
1. Summary ofBudget Request
An appropriation of $1,142,000 is requested for the Buildings and Facilities
account. This represents a decrease of $958,000 and provides for repairs and improve-
ment projects ($642,000) at various locations which are required to eliminate hazardous
working conditions, as well as for the design and construction of a laboratory building
at the Environmental Research Laboratory at Gulf Breeze, Florida ($500,000). This latter
facility will replace an existing frame structure which is not adequate for high hazard
research activity.
BF-1
-------
2. Changes from Original 1977 Budget Estimate
there is ne change from the original budget request.
ND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIDNS
Current
Estimate Estimate
1977. ...... _1978
(in thousands of dollars)
Prior year obi igations ..... ..... , ........ $636
Change in amount of carryover funds
available......... ..... , ----- .... ....... +4,411
Reduction of costs due to program
decrease. ......... ....... .............. . ...
Total estimated obligations .............. 5,047 1,142
(From new obligation authority) ....... . (2,100) (1,142)
(From prior year funds).... ............ (2,947)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO DBL IGATIONS
Change in amount of carryover funds available ~ reflects the increased
carryover funds available over the 1976 level; In 1978» tne decrease of carryover
funds has been estimated.
Reduction of costs due to program decrease — decrease due to limitation of
repair and improvement projects to health and safety areas only.
BF-2
-------
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dbTTars in thousands)
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
Appropriation
Repairs and Improvements
New Facilities....
Total......... .........
Permanent Positions- ...... . ...... ... ...
Budget Request
An appropriation of $1,142,000 is requested in 1978.
$958,000 from the 1977 level. ,
Program Descrijjtion
$514
122
636
$2,100
2,100
$2,100
2,100
$642
500
1,142
-$1 ,458
+500
-953
This represents a decrease of
This appropriation covers the design and construction of new EPA-owned facilities
as well as necessary repairs and improvements to federally-owned installations which are
occupied by EPA. Modifications and repairs to leased facilities, to the extent that they
are paid for directly by EPA, are covered under the agency support subactivity under the
Agency and Regional Management appropriation.
REPAIRS AND IMPROVEMENTS
1 976 Accompl i shments
In FY 1976, work was initiated on eight projects at an estimated cost of $514,000.
All of these projects were for repairs and iroprovements.required to correct health and
safety deficiencies in existing facilities.
1.977 Program
$2.1 million has been appropriated for this program. In FY 1977, work under this
appropriation will consist of an anticipated 43 separate repair and improvement projects.
Twenty-eight of these projects, requiring an estimated $765,000, over a wide variety
of modifications to laboratories and other installations which are needed to protect the
health and safety of employees as required by OSHA and other health and safety standards.
Ten projects, totalling $885,000, are for preventive maintenance purposes and are intended
to protect the government's investment in the various facilities occupied by EPA.
Projects which were illustrative of this category of work include replacement of a sea
wall at Eulf Breeze, Miss., elevator replacement, roofing repairs and the construction
of storage facilities. Five projects, at an estimated $450,000 are for alterations
required to improve the overall utility of various facilities so as to better serve program
purposes. Projects of this type include the conversion of other office space to laboratories
and the expansion of shop space.
BF-3
-------
1978Plan
The FY 1978 repair and improvement requirements are based upon surveys of building
conditions at EPA-owned facilities. Fifteen projects, amounting to $642,000, are
planned to correct unsafe conditions, such as eliminating hazardous storage areas;
safety modifications to doors, flooring, and sidewalks; heating and air conditioning
system modifications; lighting improvements; and providing safety and showers and
eyewash equipment.
Proposed FY 1978 projects include:
Location Project Description . (in thousands of do11ars)
Edison, N.J. Repiping of drum lines $55.0
Beltsvilie, Md. Hazardous storage space 30.0
Miscellaneous safety modifications 15.0
Bears Bluff, S..C, Safety showers and eyewash 4.0
Gulf Breeze, Fla. Repair and construct sidewalks 6.0
Door modifications 14.0
Sandusky, Ohio Vehicle exhaust system 7.0
Welding shop exhaust system 2.0
Paving markers • 4.Q
Outside lighting 1,2.0
Ouluth, Minn. Modifications to heating and air
conditioning system 150.0
Ada, Okla. Modifications to lab ventilation and
air conditioning system
Corvallis, Ore. Construction of noncombustible lab space
Manchester, Wash. Repairs to pier
Total 642.0
In FY 1978, a decrease will be taken- Unobligated balances from previous years will provide
some of the needed funds. A decision Ms also :been made to limit repair and improvement
projects in FY 1978 to those projects necessary-to correct"health and safety deficiencies.
HEW.FACILITIES
1976 Accpmpl1shments
During FY 1976, construction of the Environmental Research Center in Cincinnati, Ohio,
and an extension to the Fish Toxicology Station in Newton, Ohio, was completed and both
facilities became available for beneficial occupancy. Construction contracts were also
awarded for an extension to the National Marine Water Quality Laboratory at Narragansett,
Rhode Island, and fior the Acquatic and Chemical Laboratory at Gulf Breeze, Florida;
both of these facilities are about 60 percent completed.
1977 Program
No funds are allocated to this program in 1977. It is anticipated that both the
extensions to the national Marine Water Quality Laboratory and the Aquatic and Chemical
Laboratory will be completed by the close of FY 1977.
BF-4
-------
1978 Plan
A total of $500,000 is requested for FY 1978 which will provide for the design
and construction of the replacement laboratory at the Gulf Breeze installation.
The Environmental Research Laboratory at Gulf Breeze, Florida, is concerned with
research on the effects of pollutants on estuarine and coastal-marine environments.
The laboratory is located on the site of a former PHS quarantine station and consists
of several frame structures converted to laboratory use, together with a new aquatic
and chemical analysis laboratory which is nearing completion. One of the frame
structures now houses high hazard studies of toxic materials related to energy
production and, use and industrial effluents, particularly studies involving
biological degradation of toxic materials and histopathology of exposed marine
organisms. Many of the materials being studied are known carcinogens, mutagens, and
teratogens and the present structure does not adequately provide for the safety of
the scientific staff; it is totally unsuitable for further modification. It is
proposed to design and construct a replacement facility to house this research program
which would provide about 5,000 square feet of laboratory space. It will contain
isolation areas, special air handling and water management equipment, and the other
specialized facilities required for hazardous research of this type.
This project will be the first of three small laboratories which the Agency
proposes to construct under a phased program intended to provide safe and adequate
research facilities at the Gulf Breeze location. The two remaining facilities planned
for subsequent years will accommodate physiology and bacteriology research.
The estimated costs and schedule for this project are:
Project Costs
Design.... ,, $35,000
Construction, 450,000
Construction Inspection 15.000
Total 500,000
Project Time Schedule
DeveTop Requirements and Select Architect/Engineer 4 months
Design Project , 8 months
Advertise for Construction Bids and Award Contract 3 months
Construction for Beneficial Occupancy 10 months
Total 25 months
BF-5
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Scientific Activities
Overseas
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
SCIENTIFIC ACTIVITIES OVERSEAS
PROGRAM HIGHLIGHTS
Budget Current . Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
976 1977 1977 B 1978 vs. 1977
i v ^,,,
(dollars in thousands)
Scientific Activities
Overseas: ' - .
Appropriation ------- .. $3,261 $6,000 $5,000 $5,000
Permanent Positions.. ... ... ... ... ..;
Transition Quarter... 820 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Outlays ........... .... 3,726 5,000 4,000 4,500 . +500
Authorization Levels. Authorization is by virtue of the Appropriation Act.
OVERVIEW .AND STRATEGY
" |
Scientific Activities Overseas (SAO), developed and implemented under the Special Foreign I
Currency Program (SFCP), are funded from excess foreign currencies accruing to the United States ' I
under various U.S. programs. The use of these currencies enables EPA to capitalize on unique ]
research opportunities and does not contribute to a balance of payments deficit or to domestic ;
inflation. The cost effectiveness of the SAO program is increased in the recent economic climate ;
of restrained government spending. It is likely that the need for fiscal restraint will continue
and the value of SAO research projects that utilize excess foreign currencies will be even more :
important.
Currently there are 50 cooperative research projects being carried out in Egypt, Pakistan,
Poland, Yugoslavia and Tunisia. These projects encompass practically all environmental concerns— ;
air, water, solid waste, radiation, pesticides and noise abatement. Research and development ;
"ogratns by their nature involve a variety of separately indentifiable activities. The SAO program |
involved in all phases of environmental research activities—the identification of pollutants and I
. & development of an effective data base, the impact assessment of pollutants on human health and j
the environment, the development of control technologies, and implementation of systems and j
procedures for monitoring ambient conditions. 1
The SAO review procedure for approving projects closely parallels the procedures for domestic
programs. Official proposals are initiated by institutions in participating SAO countries after
informal communications have identified mutual research interests. Scientific evaluations are made i
of each proposal by appropriate EPA scientists and engineers to determine their relevancy to j
domestic programs. University and industrial consultants are frequently invited to provide :
technical comments on the proposals. Official approval is made with the concurrence of the
responsible EPA program element, the EPA Office of International Activities, and the
Department of State.
In addition to the direct research benefits to EPA from SAO, this program also stimulates
environmental protection activities in participating countries. Without exception, countries !
active within the SFCP have significantly increased mechanisms to deal with environmental problems.
Further, the SAO programs are recognized in the United States and in all participating countries
as visible evidence of U.S. efforts to engage in peaceful endeavors directed toward the development
of knowledge and technological advancement specific to our global environment.
SAO-1
-------
SUMMARY OF BUDGET ESTIMATES
1. Summary of Budget Request
It is requested that $5 million be appropriated for the Scientific Activities
Overseas under the Special Foreign Currency Program.
2. Changes from.. Original 1977 Budget Estimate
The original budget estimate was $6 million; the $1 million reduction was made
by the Congress.
ANALYSIS OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
(dollars in thousands)
Prior year obiigations ,
Additional cost of program increase....
Change in amount of carryover funds available.
Accelerated rate of obiigations...............
Total estimated obligations
(From new obligational authority).
(From prior year funds)
$3,261
+1,000
+1,456
+117
5,834
(5,000)
(834)
$5,834
-834
5,000
(5.000)
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBLIGATIONS
Additional cost of program Increase—In 1977, an appropriation of $5 million was provided;
this was an increase of $1 million over 1976. There is no change requested for 1978.
Change in amount of carryover fund's available—In 1976, $198 thousand of carryover funds
were available for obligation; in 1877, a total of 5834 thousand i.s available. In 1978, it is
estimated that there will be no funds brought forward.
SAO-2
-------
SCIENTIFIC ACTIVITIES OVERSEAS
Special Foreign Currency Program
Program Level
SAO Projects.
Technology Transfer Seminars.
Appropriation
Poland...
Egypt
Pakistan.
Tunisia..
India....
Burma
Total.
Actual
1976
11
2
$1,830
667
751
2
11
3,261
Budget
Estimate
1977
24
4
$2,464
1,500
800
TOO
1,136
6,000
Current
Estimate Estimate
1977: 1978
(dollars in thousands)
14
$1,935
1,055
1,000
1,066
10.
5,000
12
4
$2,500
1,500
1,666
5,000
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
-2
-$1,935
+1,445
+500
-10
Budget Request
An appropriation of $5 million is requested representing no change from the 1977 estimate.
1976 Accomplishments
- Published bilingual report on the Polish/EPA Symposium on Wastewater Treatment and
Sludge Disposal held at the EPA Environmental Research Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
The Symposium highlighted mutual environmental research problems in waste water
treatment, sludge utilization, and renovated water reuse. It provided a forum for
scientists and engineers from environmental research institutions in both countries
to exchange ideas, compare research results, and suggest new research efforts.
- Published a report on the International Marine Pollution Symposium held at the EPA
Environmental Research Laboratory, Gulf Breeze, Florida. The Symposium focused
attention on marine pollution research in Egypt, Pakistan, Yugoslavia, Poland, and
the United States. Areas of potential international cooperation were Identified,
such as the need for collaborative monitoring of ocean and coastal waters,
standardization of sampling, chemical analysis and bioassays, and the importance of
scientific education and technology transfer relation to marine ecosystems.
- Developed cooperative programing with the Agency for International Development.
This programming will support research training, seminars, and equipment needs of
Special Foreign Currency projects in Egypt and Pakistan.
-;
- Participated in Science and Technology (S&T), Sub-Commission meetings in India,
Egypt, and Pakistan. SST Sub-Commission activities offer the highest bilateral
support for developing active SAO programs. These Commissions outline broad areas
for cooperation and identify institutions as well as individuals on a national basis
that can be targeted for project development.
- Initiated in Yugoslavia a cooperative research project on environmental assessment
• • , of the Lurgi coal gasification process. This project was funded with remaining funds
deposited in the U.S./Yugoslav Joint Fund. The studies made will assess air, water,
and solid waste.pollutant discharges from the process.
- Complied with the U.S./Polish Energy Agreement by reprogramming SAO funds to initiate
a limited energy related research program. Projects supported include a study of a
microbiological bacteria that removes sulfur from solid and liquid fossil fuels, an
air pollution monitoring program that will be coordinated with an epidemiology study,
and a study of ground water contamination from strip mining.
SAO-3
-------
- Polish Investigators are completing analysis of data from radionuclide and heavy
metal measurements of glacier samples. Data from a Peruvian expedition is being
incorporated with data from past sampling expeditions in Europe and Asia. Information
for this project will be used to establish baseline data for EPA in setting standards
for toxic substances in environmental radiation.
1977 Program
During FY 1977, a concerted effort is being made to accelerate expenditures in Poland due
to the termination of the excess currency designation. In Poland, program development focuses
on energy related research projects such as reclamation of strip mining areasi waste water
treatment from coal processing plants, and particulate pollution of the troposhere and
stratosphere, as well as projects on water pollution from agricultural runoffs, health effects
of contaminated drinking water, and watershed management practices.
The implementation of national and international legislative programs has created further
recognition of problems associated with marine pollution. Accordingly, emphasis is being
given to the development of marine studies in SAO countries that have marine environments
similar to those in the United States. For example, in Pakistan the effects of natural
siltation and petrochemicals on shrimp and other marine life are being studied; this research
complements U.S. studies in the Gulf of Mexico on pollution affecting the shrimp industry. In
Egypt, the effects of urban development and the growth of toxic substances in the marine
environment is being analyzed. United States research on petrochemical pollution in the
New York, New Jersey, and Delaware coastlines parallels these studies. In Poland, studies are
made on water borne salt particles which trace the movement of pollutants from air masses to
the ocean. This research is similar to the United States studies on ocean indicators in the
Puget Sound area.
With the increased municipal and industrial demands on water, more attention is being
given to water reuse and reclamation. Many of the SAO countries are water poor. In Egypt,
there is a high interest in water renovation in food production, such as poultry processing.
In Pakistan, research and experimentation is under way on .the use of treated waste water
for agricultural purposes. In Poland, the hyperfiltration process-(reverse osmosis) is being
studied to recycle waste water for use with dye and chemicals in the textile industry.
In India, seminars are being planned on waste water treatment, toxic and agrochemicals,
and technical information exchange. These seminars are being scheduled as a part of research
program development in the country.
1978 PI an
Igypt ($2.5...million.).
The SAO Egyptian project, "Water Quality Studies of the River Nile/Lake Nasser" may be the
most significant comprehensive study ever undertaken of the environmental effects of a man made
lake. The multidisciplinary nature of this study has identified new environmental research
initiatives. Industrialization and agronomic trends that have been developed as a result of the
Aswan Dam construction have been identified as the most promising research areas. Water research
will focus on the development and demonstration of technologies for open and closed cycle systems.
Areawide combined water studies will demonstrate the economic and technical feasibility of
combined point source waste water treatment management with special emphasis on developing
technical criteria for pretreatment standards. The impact of environmental controls on
agricultural economy is being assessed in studies dealing with irrigated and nonirrigated
crop production, animal waste utilization, and other silviculture activities.
Cooperative projects are planned in several new areas of mutual interest, including:
- Drinking water quality—Studies of algae removal and viral disease transmission from
water supply systems will be made, as well as studies to evaluate a pilot plant on an
existing water works system to assess the various mechanical combinations of coagulation,
sedimentation, filtration and chemical treatment to remove algae. In addition, virus
removal from water systems and bacteriological or chemical indicators of viruses will
be studied.
SAO-4
-------
- Marine and estuarine ecosystems—An analysis will be made of the fate and effects of
coastal and ocean disposal of waste materials, the distribution of carcinogenic compounds
derived from petroleum hydrocarbons, and the ecological significance of community
structure and population dynamics in the marine environment.
- Urban air pollution study—Investigations will be made on the correlation of indoor and
outdoor air pollution and its effects on humans. Air pollutant sampling and determination
will be cross-referenced with clinical health studies of urban residents living near
highly developed commercial industrial complexes.
Pakistan ($1.5 minion)
The establishment of the National Environment and Urban Affairs Division (NEUAD), Pakistan
Ministry of Works, Housing and Urban Affairs, has focused attention on environmental program
development. Environmental problems have been identified in the new Pakistan Constitution as
"an area for national concern." A draft National Science and Technology Policy has suggested
creating an "Environmental Research Council" to establish institutes for specific environmental
studies significant to the country. The development of the Pakistan economy, particularly in
industrial and agricultural production, additional port facilities in the Karachi Harbor, and
the near completion of the Tarbela Dam, the world's largest earth filled dam, offers unique
SAO program opportunities.
More than 20 research proposals have been submitted to EPA by the EUAD.
These proposals include:
- Mari ne Pol 1 ution—Environmental impact assessment of sewage discharges into the Karachi
Harbor. Studies will be made to identify industrial sources of water pollution from
heavy metals and toxic substances concentrations. Various forms of biological organisms
and transformations in marine life also will be studied to correlate aquatic life with
various types of water pollution.
- Waste Water Utilization—Haste water reuse for irrigation and augmentation of ground water
storage will be studied. Agricultural experimentation on crop use and .the uptake in crops
will be determined.
- Insecticides—Biological effects of the use of insecticides on small mammals will be
studied. Short and long-term effects on the different organs of small mammals by
insecticides such as DDT, DDE, Aldrin, and Dieldrin will be analyzed. Morphological and
biochemical data will be compared with similar data in the United States.
- Industrial Waste Hater Treatment—Biological and physical/chemical treatment methods will
be tested on effluents from different types of industries. Treatment efficiency will be
studied to determine types of discharge methods available and the possibilities of
recycling materials and other useful products.
- Watershed Management—Experimentation will be done on the methods of controlling runoffs
and increasing irrigation in semiarid regions. Studies will be conducted on various
watershed management techniques to control rain water and aquifer storage. v
- Solid Waste Utilization—Studies will be made on the possibility of land application of
municipal solid wastes. Field observations will be conducted to determine the vegetation
growth and plant uptake of toxic substances.
Seminars are planned to identify Pakistani research needs and priorities, on ecological
effects of marine pollutants, and on municipal and industrial waste water treatment and reuse.
India ($1 million)
India has built a strong infrastructure of research and development facilities and has a
substantial number of scientists and experts concerned with the abatement and control of
pollution. These resources are being merged with EPA through the U.S/India Joint Commission
on Science and Technology. EPA promotes scientifically sound environmental programs through
the Commission and has succeeded in having environmental concerns among the top priorities for
support by the Government of India. The political realities and sensitivities that effect the
scientific community are recognized in formulating projects and programs. There is, however,
mutual interest in five broad research areas:
SAO-5
-------
- Development of air and water monitoring techniques;
- Determination of health impact of urban and industrial air pollution; *" vj
- Development of methods for safe and efficient disposal of solid waste and sludges;
'* s "" *
- Development of economic methods for purification of drinking water; and ;•„ 1
**r^
- Impact of pesticides in the environment.
Within these broad areas, specific research projects from Indian 'institutions include: , ]
The National |nyironmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI ) . Nagpur— Studi es on
the use rind1 Wspo'sar'of "industrial soT'Sd wastes; cbmpartsoh of various analytical methods for
analysis of municipal solid wastes; efficacy of aquaculture in stabilization ponds; and ground ,
water quality with special reference to chemical characteristics and possible physiological ' |
effects. I
The Physical ,Resea^l^jBbo^ajtor^^4t!ffl^fe^J."wStud1es of heavy metals in marine systems.
These studies Twill define we"fa£e''"'6T fieavy'Tnitals in environmentally stressed and unstressed
coastal and estuarine systems.
Post-Graduate Institute of Medical Educati on and Research . Chandigarh— Two proposals on
environmental effects' of "pesticides "and insecticides. One proposal concerns studies of
pesticide levels and their biological effects. The other deals with the formation of
N-nitroso-carbamate pesticides in vitro and in vivo in rats and primates.
Central Plant Protection Training Institute. Hyderabad— Studies on the preparation of
analytical results obtained by gas liquid chromatography with thin-layer chromatography to
obtain accurate quantification and tolerance levels for insecticides used under Indian
conditions.
In addition to the specific projects, seminars are planned on the following subjects—
waste water treatment, toxic chemicals in the environment, and modeling of the fate of
agrochemicals. These seminars are to be held in India to bring together EPA and Indian
scientists and engineers to exchange ideas and develop specific cooperative research projects.
A seminar will be held in the United States on environmental information exchange.
SAO-6
-------
Special Analyses
SECTION TAB
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
SPECIAL ANALYSES
Contents
Page
EPA Organization Chart .,. SA- 1
EPA Regional Offices—Locations . .-. . ..... SA- 2
Summary of Resources ..... SA- 3
End-of-Year Employment and Budget Authority, By
Media and Appropriation, 1977...... SA- 6
End-of-Year Employment and Budget Authority, By
Media and Appropriation 1978 SA- 7
Total Funds Available, 1977, .-, SA- 8
Total Funds Available, 1978........ - .,,..., SA-10
Positions by Grade and Average Employment. SA-12
Budget Authority and Obligations, By Appropriation,
By Media for Transition Quarter -. SA-14
Classification by Objects:
Abatement and Control.. SA-16
Enforcement. — . SA-19
Research and Development — .*.. SA-Z3
Agency and Regional Management. -,.... SA-Z7
Bu1 Idings and Fac111 ties',. SA-32
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
-------
EPA Regions
Locations and States
Region I Headquarters. Boston, Massachusetts
Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts,
New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont
Region II Headquarters. New York, New York
New Jersey, New York, Puerto Rico,
Virgin Islands
Region III Headquarters, Philadelphia. Pennsylvania
Delaware, Maryland, Pennsylvania,
Virginia, West Virginia, District of Columbia
Region IV Headquarters, Atlanta, Georgia
Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky,
Mississippi, North Carolina,
South Carolina, Tennessee
RegionV Headquarters, Chicago, 111Inois
Illinois, Indiana, Michigan,
Minnesota, Ohio, Wisconsin
Region VI Headquarters, Dallas, Texas
Arkansas, Hew Mexico, Texas>
Oklahoma, Louisiana
Region VII Headquarters, Kansas City, Missouri
Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska
RegionVIII Headquarters. Denver, Colorado
Colorado, Montana, North Dakota,
South Dakota, Utah, Wyoming
Region IX Headquarters. San Francisco, California
Arizona, California, Hawaii, Hevada,
American Samoa, Guam, Trust Territories of
Pacific Islands, Make Island
Region X Headquarters. Seattle, Washington
Alaska, Idaho, Oregon, Washington
e
ro
-------
Summary of Resources
(dollars In thousands)
Abatement and Control
Budget authority
Obiigations
Outlays... ......
Contract authority
End-of-year employment
Enforcement^
Budget authority.,
Obligations..
Outlays.........
End-of-year employment.......
Research and Development 2/
Budget authority
Obi igations ,-,...
Outlays. ...,....„...,,
End-of-year employment
Agency ant Regional Management
Budget authority
Obligations
Outlays
End-of-year employment
Buildings and Facilities
Budget authority,
Obligations. .
Outlays ,
Construction Grants
Budget authori ty..,
Contract authority
Obiigations
Contract authority
Outlays
Contract authority
Actual
1976
$384,155
326,593
315,088
65,000
4.064
52,263
48,865
5-1,264
1,560
265,421
217,294
235,883
1,857
62,711
57,338
62,082
1.869
2,969
636
554
187,384
4,141,844
662,905
1,765.664
Current
Estimate
1977 E/
$380,388"
441,000
410,000
49,182
4,324
56,331
56,432
57,000
1,618
259,496
305,606
294,000
1,798
70,890
70,890
71,000
1.824
2,100
5,047
3,000
680,00
524,094
5,594.657
650,000
3,730,000
Reyi sed
Estimate
1978
$438,029
442,149
481,400
4,982
68,115
68,115
72,500
1,546
260,583
259.783
267,500
1,664
71,456
71,456
75,700
1.842
1,142
1,142
2,500
240,000
1,000,000
340,000
4,530,000
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+$57,641
+1,149
+71,400
-49,182
+658
+11,784
+11,683
+15,600
-72
+11087
-45J€23
-26,500
-134
+566
+566
+4,700
+18
-958
-3,905
-500
-680,000
-284,094
-4,594,657
-310,000
+800,000
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Actualt
1976
Current
Estimate
1977
Revised
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
Scientific Activities Overseas
Budget authority 4,000 5,000 5,000
Obligations.. 3,261 5,834 5,000 -834
Outlays..... 3,726 4,000 4,500 +500
Operations, Research and Facilities
Obligations 11,071 6,500 2,077 -4,423
Outlays 20,803 20,000 8,000 -12,000
End-of-year employment 20
Revolving Fund
Obligations , 455 500 500
Outlays -214 -40 ... +40
Trust Funds
Budget authority 13
Obligations... 12 20 53 +33
Outlays 15 20 28 +8
Reimbursements
Obligations.. 4,625 6,800 6,800
End-of-year employment Ill 116 116
Consolidated Working Fund
Obligations ............. 73
Outlays 161 53 ... -53
Total, Environmental Protection Agency 5/ c/
Budget authority 771,532 1,454,205-^ 844,325-' -609,800:
Obligations;...... 857,607 1,422,723 1,097,075 -32S.648
Contract authority... 4,141,844 5,594,657 1,000,000 -4,594,687
Outlays « 1,352,267 1,509,033 1,252,128 -266,905
Contract authority... 1,830,664 3,779,102 4,530,000 +750,818
End-of-year employment 9,481 9,680 10,150 +470
Note: Includes comparative transfer of Environmental Impact Statement activities from Agency and Regional Management to Abatement
and Control:
— Budget authority. 8,872
"u> Obligations..... 3,416
£f Outlays 3,416
*1 End-of-year erapl oyment.. 123
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Current Revised Increase •*•
Actual Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
a/ Includes Energy Research and Development
appropriation:
Budget authority 100.550
Obligations 83,436
Outlays.., . .. 65,687
End-of-year employment...,,. 143
b/ Excludes proposed funds for 1977 supplemental needs:
Abatement and Control; t/ ;
Budget authority 74,000
ObH gati ons , 74,000
Oultays.. 14,000.
(Supplemental positions under review)
Construction Grants:
Budget authority 4,500,000
Obligations 400,000
Outlays, - 50,000
c/ Excludes proposed construction grants legislation, $4.5 million.
END-of-year employment=permanent positions.
•£> 1
^-~tn
-»J
-j
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
End-of-Year Employment and Budget Auth>
By Media and Appropriation
1977
(dollars In thousands)
Air
Water Quality
Water Supply •
Solid Wastes
Pesticides
Interdiscipl inary. ...*....<•...
Toxic Substances ..*
Program Management
and Support
Agency and Regional
Management
Subtotal
Scientific Activities Overseas.
Total
Research and
Development
EOV Amount
460 $44,006.0
546 44,242.7
86 13,227.0
22 4,098.0
156 10,656.3
30 830.0
228
6
123
141
T.798
...
« • «
1.798
26,288.0
1,388.0
96,362.0
18,398.0
259,496.0
259,496.0
Abatement and
Control
EOY
824
1,774
203
188
637
174
75
143
137
169
4,324
4.324
Amount
$89,458.1
153,483.2
31,214.1
11,663.8
24,066.7
4,550.7
9,570.2
11,483.4
5,882.6
39,015.2
380,388.0
380.388.0**
Enforcement
EOY Amount
492
756
7
1 5
165
'ii
172
1,618
1,618
$14,341.1
21,368.9
154.1
5, 000 ! 2
707 .'6
• t *
14,759.6
56,330.9
56.330.9
Agency
and Regional
Management
EOY
1,824
1,824
1,824
Amount
$70,890.1
70,890.1
70,890.1
EOY
1,776'
3,076
296
215
958
204
96
371
143
123
482
1,824
9,564
iie
9.680
Total
Amount
1147,805.2
219,094.8
44.595.2
15,761.8
39,723.2
5,380.7
10,277.2
37,771.4
7,270.6
96,362.0
72,172.8
70.890.1
767,105.0
2,100.0
5,000.0
eao.ooo'.o*
1,454,205.0
*Excludes proposed $4.5 billion supplemental.needs.
** Excludes proposed $74 million supplemental needs.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
End-Qf-Year Employment and Budget Authority
By Media and Appropriation
1978
(dollars in thousands)
Research and
Development
Air...
Water Qual ity
Solid Wastes
Pesticides , ,
Radiation
No i se ,
Interdisciplinary. ...»..,
Toxic Substances
Enertiv
Program Management and
Support
Agency and Regional
Management
Subtotal
Buildings and
Facilities
Scientific Activities
Overseas
Reimbursements
Total
EOY
40ft
512
91
22
151
30
1 88
6
123
141
, . 1,664
,. 1,664
Amount
$39,604.0
44,769,0
15,200.0
7,718.0
10,756.0
830.0
• 25, 773"! 6
1 , 388*.b
96,427.0
18,118.0
260,583.0
260.583.0
Abatement
and Control
EOY
824
1,768
229
188
637
174
78
152
452
311
169
4,982
4.982
Amount
$94,065.7
149,872.0
37,8QO,0
27,815.0
24,050.0
4,815,0
9,957.0
13,983.0
15,000.0
22,500.0
38,171.3
438,029.0
438.029.0
Enforcement
EOY
489
657
7
5
185
'25
5
173
1,546
1,546
Amount
$19,107.0
21,398.0
154.0
1,000.0
10,398.0
832! 6
3?6! 6
14,856.0
68,115.0
68.115.0
Agency and Regional
Management
EOY
1,842
1,842
1.842
Amount
• « «
$"71,456.0
71,456.0
71.456.0
Total
EOY
1 ,713
2,937
327
215
973
204
103
340
452
322
1*23
483
1,842
10,034
iie
10.150
Amount
$152,776.7
?16,039.0
53,154.0
36,533.0
45,204.0
5,645.0
10,789.0
39,756.0
15,000.0
24,258.0
96,427.0
71,145.3
71,456,0
838,183.0
1,142.0
5,000.0
844,325.0'
*Excludes construction grants proposed legislation.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
Total Funds Available, 1977
(in thousands of dollars)
Abatement and Control
K]f
Water Qual 1 ty
Water Suppl y
Solid Wastes
Pesticides
Noi se
Iriterdiscipl inary.
Toxic Substances.
Program Management and Support...
Enforcement
Air
Water Qual i ty
Water Supply. .......... ..... .
Pesticides
Noise .
Program Management and Support
Research and Development
Air
Water Quality
Water Supply
Sol id Wastes
Pesticides ,
Radiation.
Interdisclpl inary
Toxic Substances
Energy ,
Program Management and Suooort.
.. Budget .
Author 1ty2/
$380.388
89 459
153,484
31 214
1 1 .663
24.066
4,551
9 570
11,483
5,883
39,015 .
56.331
14,341
21 ,369
154
5,000
707
14 .760
259.496
44,006
44 243
13,227
4,098
10,656
830
26,288
1,388
96,362
18.398
1977
Unobligated
Balance
Brought
Forward
$76,525
22,649
30,324
7,294
3 489
1,754
2,463
4 585
107
2,736
1,124
101
101
48,537
7 ,495
9 364
1 ,552
807
348
4,197
76
24,106
592
Unobligated
Balance
Carried
Forward
$10.421
14
2,474
1,441
371
177
549
5,187
208
„,
•
7.919
400
126
4
99
125
4,788
2.377
Total
Available
$446.492
112,094
181,334
37,067
15,152
25,449
6,837
13,606
6,403
8,619
39,931
56.432
14,341
21 ,470
154
5,000
707
14,760
300.114
51,101
53,607
14,653
4,901
10,905
• 830
30,360
1.464
115,680
16.613
t i
Co
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Agency and Regional Management
Agency Management and Support
Buildings, and Facilities
Scientific Activities Overseas-* —
Construction Grants (Appropriation)-'
Operations, Research, and Facilities
Trust Funds
Subtotal
Contract Authority
Construction Grants ,
Total
Budget ,/
Authority37
70,890
57,386
13,504
2,100
5,000
680,000
1,454,205
1.454.205
1977
Unobligated
Balance
Brought
Forward
2,947
834
124,094
8,577
73
261 ,688
6,594,657
6.856.345
Unobligated
Balance
Carried
Forward
280,000
2,077
53
300,470
1,000,000
1.300.470
Total
Available
70,890
57,386
13,504
5,047
5,834
524,094
6J500
20
1,415,423
5,594,657
7.010.080
a/ Excludes proposed funds for 1977 supplemental needs:
Abatement and Control, $74 million.
Construction Grants, $4.5 billion.
I
n>
o.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
Total Funds Available. 1978
•
(In thousands of dollars)
Abatement and Control
Water Quality
Water Supply.
Solid Wastes
Pesticides.
Radiation
Moi se
Interdisciplinary
Consolidated Program Grants.
Toxic Substances
Program Management and Support.
Undi stributed
Enforcement
Air
Water Qual 1 ty
Sol id Wastes
Pesti cides
Noise
Toxic Substances.
Program Management and Support
Research and Development
Air ,
Water Quality
Water Supply
Solid Wastes
Pesticides
Radiation. ,
Interdisciplinary..
Toxi c Substances
Energy.
3 Program Management and Suooort
Budget
Authority
$438,029
41,516
99 872
13 300
20 ,865
24,050
4,815
9,957
13,983
135,400
21,100
33 171
* 1 5 000
68,115
19,107
21 ,398
154
1,000
10,398
832
370
H856
260,583
39,604
44,769
15,200
7,718
10,756
830
25,773
1 ,388
96,427
18.118
1978
Unobligated
Balance
Brought
Forward
$10,421
14
2,474
1,441
371
177
549
5,187
208
•
7,919
400
126
4
99
125
4,788
2.377
Unobligated
Balance
Carried
Forward
$12,964
90
2
371
203
626
4,897
3,600
592
2,583
2,056
113
111
43
359
102
790
185
153
200
Total
Available
$435,486
41 440
102,344
14,741
20,865
24,050
4,789
9,880
14,273
' 131,800
20,508
35,796
15,000
68,115
19,107
21 ,398
154
1,000
10,398
832
370
14,856
266,446
39,891
44,658
15,283
7,363
10,753
830
25,108
1,203
101,062
20,295
I
o
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Aqency and Regional Management
Agency Management and Support. . . ,
Regional Management and Support
Buildings and Facilities
Scientific Activities Overseas
Construction Grants (Appropriation)
Operations, Research, and Facilities
Trust Funds
Subtotal ..........
Contract Authority
Construction Grants ..
Total
Budget
Authority
71,456
57,952
13,504
1,142
5,000
844,325
844,325
1978
Unobligated
Balance
Brought
Forward
280,000
2,077
53
300,470
IjOOO.OOO
1 .300,470
Unobl 1 gated
Balance
Carried Total
Forward Available
71,456
S7.952
13,504
1,142
5,000
40,000 240,000
2,077
... 53
55,020 ' 1,089,775
1,000,000
55,020 2,089,775
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Grades
EfM
Positions By Grade and Average Employment
Actual
1976
Executi ve Level M 1
Executive Level III 1
Executive Level IV........ ... 5_
Subtotal 7_
GS-18 6
6S-17 33
fiS-16 109
fiS-15. 435
6S-14 ., 793
6S-13 , ,. 1,232
GS-12 1,267
fiS-11. - 976
GS-10. 43
GS-9. . 878
fiS-8 151
fiS-7 787
GS-6. 545
GS-5 898
fiS-4 592
6S-3., 245
GS-2 37
GS-1 , .......... 2_
Subtotal.... 9.029
Positions established by act of July 1, 1974
(42 U.S.C. 207):
Assistant surgeon general grade,
$21,654 to $31,565 2
~S Director grade, $16,052 to $27,727 85
8 Senior grade, $12,838 to $22,626... 120
» Full grade, $10.825 to $18,918 88
8. Senior assistant grade, $10,058 to
w $16,358 38
w Assistant grade, $8,766, to $12,139 2_
Subtotal 335
Estimate
1977
1
1
6 *
8
6
33
109
462
843
1,312
1,355
1,043
43
947
160
850
573
, 954
635
264
37
2
9.628
2
85
120
88
38
2
Estimate
1978
1
6 *
8
6
33
109
461
844
1.311
1,355
1,044
43
947
160
851
573
953
635
264
37
2
9.628
2
85
120
88
38
2
335
335
Includes Executive Level IV position for Assistant Administrator for Toxic Substances, not reflected on President's
Budget Appsndix.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Grades
Ungraded .......
Total permanent positions..
Average Employment:
Permanent.
Other
Actual
1976
179
9,550
9,256
1,449
Total
10,705
Estimate
1977
• 179
10,150
9,344
1,392
10,736
Estimate
1978
179
10.15Q
9,514
1,392
10,906
50
IV
I/I
m t
Q-
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Grades
Ungraded
Total permanent positions
Average Employment:
Permanen
Other
Total
10,705
10,736
-------
Budget Authority and Obligations by Appropriation by Media for Transition Quarter
July 1 - September 30, 1976
(dollars In thousands)
Research and Development Abatement and Control
Enforcement
Agency and Regional
Management
Total
Air ,
Water Quality,
Water Supply
Solid Wastes
Pesticides.,.,
Radiation.
Noise
Interdisclpl 1nary. . . . .
Tox1 c Subs tances
Energy
Program Management
and Support. ,
Agency and Regional
Management
Subtotal
Buildings and
Facilities
Scientific Activities
Overseas
Reimbursements . .......
Budget
Authority
$11,979.9
11,189.3
3,074.7
1,023.4
2,793.7
402.4
6,982.4
308. 1
21,000.0
5,092.1
63,846.0
Budget Budget Budget Budget
Obligations Authority Obligations Authority Obligations Authority Obligations Authority Obligations
$19,293.7 $23,519.0 $44,707.1 $3,486.7 $4,315.8 $38,985.6 $68,316.6
21,638.0 38,527.7 45,582.1 5,076.7 5,874.3 54,793.7 73,094.4
6,487.9 S, 431.0 4,733.6 21.0 20.5 8,526.7 11,242.0
2,064.6 3,176.9 3,045.9 ... ... 4,200.3 5,110.5
4,209.7 8,012.4 13,240.7 1,068.9 1,159.7 11,875.0 18,610.1
498.0 1,318.3 1,589.4 ... ... 1,720.7 2,087 4
2,586,1 2,524.6 248,8 363.5 2,834.9 2,888.1
9,897 5 .. 82 7 6,982 4 9,980 2
690.3 1,880.0 3,081.1 ... ... 2,188.1 3,771.4
63,190 5 ... ... ... .. 21,000.0 63,190.5
4,795.9 8,882.0 10,573.1 3,920.5 4,566.9 ... ... 17,894.6 19,935.9
... $16,414.0 24,630.4 16,414.0 24,630,4
132,766.1 93,333.4 129,160.3 13,822.6 16,300.7 16,414.0 24,630.4 187,416.0 302,857,5
500.0 1,240.9
670.0 820.4
... 2,715.0 1,734.5
Total 63,846.0
132,766.1 93,333.4 129,160.3 13,822.6 16,300.7 16,414.0 24,630,4 191,301.0 306,653.3
-------
ABATEMENT AND CONTROL
Classification by Objects
Includes Direct Obligations Only
(In thousands of dollars)
Revi sed
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Personnel Services «... $81,660 . $93,984
Other Objects:
21 Travel and transportation of persons., 5,287 . 6,177
22 Transportation of things 509 1,381
23 Rent, communications, and utilities (15,223) (17,654)
23.1 Standard level user charges 7,398 8,561
23.2 Other rent, communications, and utilities 7,825 9,093
24 Printing and reproduction T.851 • 2,604
25 Other services ; '. 54,605 124,439
26 Supplies and materials 2,830 3,760
31 Equipment 2,595 3,872
32 Lands and structures , 109
41 Grants, subsidies, and contributions 158,507 265,129
42 Insurance claims and Indemnities 1 ._,_._
Total, Other Objects 241.517
Total Obi tgatlons . 323,177
Position Data:
Average salary, GS positions $18,482
Average grade, GS positions 9.74
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIOHS
Actual
1976
Personnel services. $81,660
425.016
519,000
$19,773
9.74
Budget
Estimate
1977
$91,143
Revised
Estimate
1977
$93,984
Revised
Estimate
1978
$99,499
The decrease in the 1977 current estimate from the 1977 budget request Is a result of:
Decrease of average paid employment ............ ........ ...... ........... -$1,824
Decrease in overtime due to Agency's effort to reduce costs.. .......... . -235
Subtotal ..... , ............
Effect of 1977 supplemental needs....... .......... _____ ...... ------ .........
Total ...... ... ............ +2,841
-2,059
*4.900
Revised
Estimate
1978
$99,499
7,055
1,265
(17,831}
6,753
11,078
2,674
139,381
2,296
4,711
167,437
342.650
442,149
$19,962
9.74
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
+$5,515
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
The increase for 1978 is a result of;
Increase of average paid employment in 1978
Within grade increases
Decrease of one extra day pay cost In 1978 over 1977
Subtotal ,
+$2,116
+133
• +1,122
-338
+3.033
+2,482
++5,515 Rii/iflpt
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Revised Revised
Estimate Estimate
1977 1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
Travel and transportation of persons., ,.., , $5,287 $6,277 $6,177 $7,055 +$878
The decrease in 1977 current estimate from the 1977 budget request Is the result of a revaluation to conform with overall
Agency travel ceilings, using 1976 actual as a new base, -$200; effect of 1977 supplemental needs +$100; net change -$100.
The increase in 1978 is the result of an Increase in staff and annualization of 1977 requirements, +$178; effect of new
positions, +$700-, net change +$878.
Budget Revised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs 1977
Transportation of things $509 $450 $1,381 $1,265, -$116
The increase In the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request is the result of a reestimate of costs due to expected
relocation"costs, +$931.
The decrease in 1978 reflects nonrecurring relocation costs, -$266; effect of new positions +$150; net change -$116.
Budget Revised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs 1977
Rent, communications., and utilities $15.223 18,016 $17,654 $17.831 +$177
The decrease in the 1977 current estimate.from the 1977 budget request is due to a reestihiatlon of costs using 1976 actual
as a base, -$362
The increase in 1978 Is the result of additional prorated requirements in leased space costs as well as program increases and
annualization of costs, +$1,846; result of SLUG review -$1,669; net change +$177.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Budget Revised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1376 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs 1977
Printing and reproduction $1,851 $1,800 $2,604 $2,674 +$70
The Increase In the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request Is the result of Increased printing costs, +$804.
The slight Increase for 1978 Is for anticipated Increased costs of printing, due to Increased staff, +$25; effect of new
positions, +$45; net change +$70.
Budget .Revised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1^77 1978 19?8 vs 1977
Other services „ $54,605 $64,163 $124,439 $139,381 +$14,942
The increase In the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request 1s due to a change In the amount of carryover funds
estimated to be available and due to an increase 1n services required, +$60,276.
The decrease In 1978 Is due to a change In the amount of carryover funds available In 1978,and the proposed 1977
supplemental of $4 million for relief of pay cost absorption, -$9,296; effect of effluent guidelines, +$24,238; net change +$14,942.
Budget Revised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs 1977
Supplies and materials $2,830 $3,036 $3,760 $2,296 -$1,464
The Increase 1n the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request Is the result of increased costs of goods, +$724.
The decrease In 1978 should be reflected with "Other Services" related to the change In carryover forms. The 1978 level
for supplies and materials should be the same as In 1977; effect of new positions +$35; net change -$1,464.
Budget Revised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs 1977
Equipment $2,595 $3,214 $3,872 $4,711 +$839
The increase in the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget estimate is the result of new equipment requirements
for the increased positions, as well as replacement of equipment, where necessary, +$658.
The Increase in 1978 is the result of estimated additional equipment and replacement requirements, +$389; effect of new
positions, +$450; net change +$839.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Lands and structures
Actual
1976
$109
Budget
Estimate
1977
Revised
Estimate
1977
Revised
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
No change is estimated for this item.
Actual
1976
Grants, subsidies, and contributions , , $158,507
Budget
Estimate
1977
$142,450
Revised
Estimate
1977
$265,129
Revised
Estimate
1978
$167,437
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
-$97*692
The increase in the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request is the result of congressional add-ons for control
agency grants, for training, and for clean lakes, as well as a change in the estimate of available carryover funds, +$53,679; effect
of 1977 supplemental needs, $69,000; net change +$122,679.
The decrease in 1978 is primarily due to the reduction of grant activity for training grants, area wide waste treatment .
management planning grants, the clean lakes program, and a reduction In the amount of carryover funds available,-$109,692; effect
of consolidated grants +$12,000; net change -$97,692.
Insurance claims and indemnities.
Actual
1976
$1
Budget
Estimate
1977
Revised
Estimate
1977
Revised
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs 1977
No change is estimated for this Item.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
ENFORCEMENT
Classification by Objects
Includes Direct Obligations Only
(in thousands of dollars)
Actual
1976
Revised
Estimate
1977
Personnel Services $31,492 $35,973
Other Objects;
21 Travel and transportation of persons... 2,356 2,617
22 Transportation of things 193 406
23 Rent, coinrauni cat ions, and utilities. . (6,681) (8,194)
23.1 Standard level user charges.. 3,324 4,065
23.2 Other rent, communications, and utilities 3,357 4,129
24 Printing and reproduction 356 403
25 Other services...., 5,776 6,124
26 Supplies and materials. 1,104 929
31 Equipment , 817 786
32 Lands and structures... 48
41 Grants, subsidies, and contributions.. 38 1,000
42 Insurance claims and indemnities ,... 4 iii_
Total, Other Objects. 17,373 20.459
Total, Obligations 48,865 56,432
Position Data:
Average salary, GS positions , $18,482 $19,773
Average grade, GS positions.. 9.74 9.74
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS
Budget Revised Revised
Actual ' Estimate Estimate Estimate
1976 1977 1977 1978
Personnel Services $3T,492 $33,061 $35,973 $36,263
^~. The increase in the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request 1s the result of:
Ci-2 Increase in average paid employment of permanent positions +697
£1. October 1976 pay raise +1,833
^j-10 Within grade increases +382
~ Total.. +T.1FT2
'Revised
Estimate
1978
$36,263
2,703
325
(8,321)
2,552
5,769
473
12,609
899
1,522
5,666
31.852
68,115
$19,962
9.74
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+$290
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
The increase for 1978 is the result of:
Annualization of average paid employment
Annualization of October 1976 pay raise.,..
Ui thin grade i ncreases
Increase overtime costs to support increased
workload ,
Decrease of one extra day pay cost in 1978
over 1 977
Total
+19
+40
+349
+19
-137
+290
Budget Revised Revised
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate
1976 1977 1977 1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
Travel and transportation of persons. .., ____ . ..... ........ . $2,356 $2.340 $2,617 $2,703 +$86
The increase in the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request is due to a reevaluation of costs to conform with
overall Agency travel ceilings and due to increasing workload, +$277.
The increase in the 1978 estimate is due to increased enforcement activities, +$86.
Budget Revised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977'
Transportation of things .................... _______ ... ....... $193 $200 $406 $325 -$8-1
The increase in the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request is the result of anticipated shipments' of materials,
+$206.
The decrease in the 1978 estimate is due to nonrecurring costs anticipated for shipment of materials, -$81.
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
$6.681 $7.378
Revised Revised Increase +
Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1977 1978 197fl vs. 1977
$8.194 $8.321 +$127
Rent, communications, and utilities
The increase in the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request is the result of anticipated additional communications
and rental costs, +$816.
The increase in the 1978 estimate is to support the prorated share of increased leased space costs as well as increased
equipment rental costs, +$760; result of SLUG review, -$633; net change +$127.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Printing and reproduction
The decrease in the
costs base, -$497.
The Increase In the
The decrease 1n the
actual costs as a base, -
ihe 1978 Increase 1s
Supplies and materials...
The decrease 1n the
actual base, -$389.
The slight decrease
Iget
Actual Jatimate
1976 1977
, $356 $900
1977 current estimate from the 1977 budget request Is the
Current
Estimate Estimate
1977 1978
$403 $473
result of a reestimate based on
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+$70
the 1976 actual
1978 estimate 1s the result of anticipated Increased printing costs, +$70.
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
,...., , $5,776 $7,544
1977 current estimate from the 1977 budqet request 1s the
$1,420.
the result of program Increases for contracts, +$6,485.
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
$1,104 $1,318
1977 current estimate from the 1977 budget request Is the
in the 1978 estimate is due to an anticipated nonrecurring
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
Current
Estimate Estimate
1977 1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
$6,124 $12,609 +$6,485
result of a reestimate of requirements using 1976
Current
Estimate Estimate
1977 1978
$929 $899
result of a reestimate of costs
cost of supplies, -$30.
Current
Estimate Estimate
1977 1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
-$30
over the 1976
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
Equipment $817 $610 $786 $1,522 +$736
The decrease 1n the 1977 current estimate from the 1977 budget request reflects estimated nonrecurring equipment requirements
using the 1976 actual base, -$176,
The Increase In the 1978 estimate Is the result of new and replacement Items, +$736.
-------
Lands and structures.
No change 1s estimated for this Item.
Actual
T976
$48
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Budget
Estimate
1977
Grants, subsidies, and contributions.
$38 $3,200
Current
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
$1,000
Estimate
1978
Estimate
1978
$5,000
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs.- 1977
+$4,000
The decrease in the 1977 current estimate from the i977budget request is the result of an adjustment In the 1977 budget
estimate which should have been reflected under other services, -$2,200,
The Increase in the 1973 estimate results from support of Federal/State pesticides cooperative agreements, +$4,000.
Insurance claims and Indemnities
No change Is estimated for this item.
Actual
1976
$4
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
£
PJ
PO
-------
RESEARCH AiiD DEVELOPHEMT
Classification by Objects
Includes Direct Obligations Only
{in thousands of dollars)
Revised Revised
Actual Estimate Estimate
1976 1977 1978
Personnel Services , $46.124 $49.655 $47,505
Other Objects;
21 Travel and transportation of persons... 3,011 3,158 2,963
22 Transportation of things ....... 462 1,101 1,094
23 Rent, communication, and utilities . (7,350) (8,480) (8,366)
23.1 Standard level user charges,. ,. 3.399 3,905 2,851
23.2 Other rent, communications, and utilities 3.951 4,575 5,515
24 Printing and reproduction 1,197 1,644 1,637
25 Other services 109,029 181,759 140,891
26 Supplies .and materials 4,932 4,909 5,023
31 Equipment , .., 5,853 4,524 5,069
32 Lands and structures .' 713 909 . 793
41 Grants, subsidies, and contributions 32,201 43,467 42,442
42 Insurance claims and idemnlttes... 2_ ... ...
Total Other Objects , 164,750 249.951 208.278
Total Obligations. , 210,874 299,606 255,783
Position Data:
Average salary, GS positions $18.482 $19,773 $19,962
Average grade, 6S positions ... 9.74 9.74 9.74
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AHD DECREASES TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS
Budget Revised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Personnel services $46,124 ,$42,753 $49,655 $47,505 -$2,150
The increase of $6,902 In the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request is the result of the funds reprogrammed from
other object classifications to absorb the October 1976 pay raise and a reesttmate based on 1976 actual costs, +$6,902.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
The decrease In 1970 Is a result of:
Decrease of average paid employment into 1978 , -$2.480
Annualization of October 1976 pay cost +64
Within grade increases.... , .....%... ... +476
Decrease of one extra day pay costs In 1978 over 1977 , -210
Total.. -2,150
Budget devised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977- 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Travel and transportation of persons $3.011 $3,252 $3,158 $2,963 -$195
The decrease in the 1977 current estimate from the 1977 budget request is the result of a revaluation to conform with overall
Agency travel ceilings, -$94.
The decrease in 1978 is the result of planned reductions in staff, -$195.
Budget Revised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 T978 vs. 1977
Transportation of things $462 $475 $1,101 $1,094 -$7
The increase in the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request is the result of anticipated transport of goods' costs, +$626.
The slight decrease in 1978 is the result of planned reductions in staff, -$7.
Budget Revised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Rent, communications, and utilities $7,350 $8,756 $8,480 $8,366 -$114
The decrease in the 1977 current estimate from the 1977 budget request is the result of a reevaluation of costs using 1976 actual
as a new base, -$276.
The increase In 1978 is the result of the prorated share of additional requirements for lease costs, as well as increased costs
of rental equipment In the labs and headquarters, +$590; result of SLUG review, -$704; net change -$114.
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Printing and reproduction. ,. $1,197 $1,525 $1,644 $1,637 -$7
The increase In the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request Is the result of a reestimate of printing and reproduction
costs, +$119,
The slight decrease in 1978 is the result of planned reductions in staff, -$7.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Other services.... $109,029 $125,609 $181,759 $140,891 -$40,868
The Increase In the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget estimate 1s the result of a change in the amount of carryover
funds available for contracts, +$56,150.
The decrease in 1978 Is the result of a change in the amount of carryover funds estimated to be available 1n 1977, -$40,868.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 "• 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Supplies and materials. •.. ... $4,932 $5,126 $4,909,, $5,023 +$114
The decrease tn the 1977 current estimate from the 1977 budget request 1s the result of a reestimate of costs using 1976
actual as a new base, -$217.
The increase in 1978 1s the result of a slight estimated increase in costs of goods, +$114.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Equipment , .. $5,853 $7,233 $4,524 $S,069 +$545
The decrease in the 1977 current estimate from the 1977 budget request is due to a reestimate of costs using 1976 actual as a
new base, allowing for a decrease for nonrecurring equipment, -$2,709.
> The increase in the 1978 estimate is the result of costs of new and additional equipment necessary, +$545.
ro
Ul
-------
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
Lands and structures ............. $713 $500 $909 $793 -$116
The increase In the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request Is due to a reestimate of costs based on 1976 actual, +$409.
The decrease In the 1978 estimate Is due to nonrecurring requirements for lands and structures, -$116.
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
Grants, subsidies, and contributions.
$32,201 $45,205 $43,467 $42,442. -$1,025
The decrease In the 1977 current estimate from the 1977 budget 1s due to a reestimate of costs using 1976 actual as a new base,
allowing for a change In the estimated amount of carryover funds to be obligated, -$1,738.
The decrease In 1978 1s the result of proposed program decreases, -$1,025.
Insurance claims and Indemnities. ,
Mo change Is estimated :for this Item.
Actual
1976_
$2
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
Increase •*•
Decrease '-
1978 vs. 1977
I
ro
CTl
-------
AGENCY AIIB REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
Classification by Objects
Includes Direct Obligations Only
(in thousands of dollars)
Revised Revised
, Actual Estimate Estimate
1976 1977 1978
Personnel Services...., , $40,946 $44,056 $44,543
Other Objects:
21 Travel and transportation of persons, 1,843 1,907 1,893
22 Transportation of things , 183 672 710
23 Rent, eawiwnicationfi, and utilities (6,316) (7,825) (7,469>
23.1 Standard level user charges 3,496 4,291 2,851
23.2 Other rent, communications, and utilities.. 2,820 3,534 4,618
24 Printing and reproduction ..... , 457 631 721
25 Other services 9,696 16,406 14,001
26 Supplies and materials 778 925 1,145
31 Equipment.,,..... , , 482 458 664
32 Lands and structures . 49 ... - ...
41 Srants, subsidies, and contributions .
42 Insurance claims and Indemnities. 4 10 10
Total, Other Objects 19,008 28.834 26.613
Total Obligations ,.,..., 60.754 72,890 71,156
Position Data;
Average salary, GS positions , , $18,482 $19,773 $19,962
Average grade, GS positions 9.74 9.74 9.74
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
AGENCY AND REGIONAL MANAGEMENT
Classification by Objects
Includes Direct Obligations Only
(in thousands of dollars)
Personnel Services
Other Objects:
2lTravel and transportation of persons
22 Transportation of things
23 Rent, communications, and utilities
23.1 Standard level user charges
23.2 Other rent, communications, and utilities
24 Printing and reproduction
25 Other services
26 Supplies and materials
3.1 Equipment
32 Lands and structures
41 Grants, subsidies, and contributions.
42 Insurance claims and Indemnities
Total, Other Qbjec
Total Obligations
71 ,860
Position Data:
Average salary, GS positions.
Average grade, GS positions..
$18,482
9.74
$19,773
9.74
$19,962
9.74
-------
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Personnel services.
The Increase in the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request is the result of the Increase in:
Annuallzation of Increased man-years ... +$2,909
October 1976 pay raise cost ,.,..,......... +2,523
Special presonnel service payments ,.... +300
Total............. +5,732
The increase for 1978 is the result of:
Change of average paid employment into 1978.
Annualtzatlon of October 1976 pay raise
Within grade increases.
Decrease of one extra $ay pay cost in 1978 over 1977.
Increase in benefit percentages
Total
-$20
+55
+454
-166
+164
"+48T
Estimate
1978
$40,946 $38,324 $44,056 $44,543
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+$487
Actual
1976
Travel and transportation of persons.
Budget
Estimate
1977
$1,343 $1,893
Current
Estimate
1977
$1,907
Estimate
1978
$1,893
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
-$14
The slight increase in the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request is doe to a reevaluatlon of costs in order to
conform to overall agency travel ceilings, using 1976 actual as a base, +14.
The slight decrease In the 1978 estimate is the result of minor program adjustments, -$14.
IM
CO
r
-------
Budget Revised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Transportation of things. « $183 $150 $672 $710 +$38
The Increase In the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request is due to an estimated increase of costs for
relocation of offices, +$522.
The slight increase In the 1978 estimate Is the result of some relocation of headquarters and regional staff, +$38,
I
Budget Revised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Rent, communications, and utilities $6,316 $7,904 $7,825 $7,469 -$356
The decrease 1n the 1977 current estimate from the 1977 budget request Is the result of a reestimation of costs using 1976
actual as a new base, -$79.
The Increase for 1978 Is primarily the result of the prorated share Increase for leased space costs, +$348; result of SLUG review
-$704; net change -$356. .
Budget Revised Revised Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1970 vs. 1977
Printing and reproduction.... $457 $600 $631 $721 +$90
The increase in the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request Is the result of increased costs primarily as a result of
increased printing costs, +$31.
The increase 1n 1978 Is the result of anticipated Increased costs of printing reports, statements, etc., +$90,
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Budget Current
Actual Estimate Estimate Esttmati
1976 1977 1977 197
Hf things. $183 $150 $672 y/'$710
current estimate over the 1977 budget request 1s due to an estimated increaseydf costs for
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+$38
The Increase In the
relocation of offices, +$522T
The slight Increase 1n the 1978 estl
Is the result of some relocation of headquarters and regional staff, +$38.
Rent, communications, and utilities.
Budget/' Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease - ,
1976 19/7 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
,316 /$7,904 $7,825 $8,173 +$348
ult of a reestimatlon of costs using 1976
The decrease in the 1977 current estimate from the 1977 budget request is t
actual as a new base, -$79.
The Increase for 1978 1s primarily the result of the prorated share kfcrease for leasfekspace costs, +$348.
Budget Current/1
Actual Estimate Estimate
1976 1977 1977
Increase +
Estimate Decrease -
978 1978 vs. 1977
Pr1nt1ng and reproduction.
$457
$600
$631
+$90
The Increase in the 1977 current estimate over tjjre 1977 budget request Is the result of increased costs prlmarlly'as *^esu1t of
Increased printing costs, +$31.
The Increase 1n 1978 is the result of anticipated Increased costs of printing reports, statements, etc., +$90.
-------
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Other services.
$9,696 $17,523 $16,406 $14,001
-$2,405
The decrease In the 1977 current estimate from the 1977 budget request Is the result of a decrease in estimated contractual services
using a new 1976 actual base, -$1,117.
The decrease for 1978 1s primarily the result of the proposed 1977 supplemental of $2 million for relief of pay cost absorption,
-$2,405.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Supplies and materials.
$778
$704
$925
$1,145
+$220
The Increase In the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request 1s due to the annual1zation costs as a result of the Increase
1n man-years, +$221.
The increase in 1978 1s to support a portion of the additional costs required as a result of the Increased cost of supplies, +$220.
Budget Current Increase +
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 - 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Equipment.
$482
$274
$458
$664
+$206
The increase 1n the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request 1s the result of areestimate based on 1976 actual costs,
+$184.
The increase in 1978 1s to support the estimated requirement for new and replacement equipment, +$206.
Lands and structures.
Ho change is estimated for this Item.
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
$49
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
-------
-",«£!-• •#-*"• f-
Budget Current Increase *
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Grants, subsidies, and contributions. ... $200 ... '...
The decrease in the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request Is the result of a reestlmate of requirements to
support grants with public Interest groups, -<$20Q.
Ho change In the 1978 estimate 1s reflected.
Budget Current Increase *
Actual Estimate Estimate Estimate Decrease -
1976 1977 1977 1978 1978 vs. 1977
Insurance claims and Indemnities. ..... $4 ... $10 $10
The Increase 1n the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request Is the result of a reestlmate of requirements based on
1976 actual, +$10.
No change In the 1978 estimate 1s reflected.
in
3»
I
-------
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
Classification by Objects
Includes Direct Obligations Only
(in thousands of dollars)
Other services:
21
25
26
31
32
Travel and transportation of persons.
Other services
Supplies and materials.
Equipment
Lands and structures...
Total obiIgations.. .
EXPLANATION OF INCREASES AND DECREASES TO OBJECT CLASSIFICATIONS
Actual
1976
$15
480
7
20
114
Estimate
1977
$30
4,530
37
150
300
Estimate
1978
$50
500
42
300
250
636
5,047
1,142
Travel and transportation of persons.
Actual
1976
$15
Budget
Estimate
1977
$56
Current
Estimate
1977
$30
Estimate
1978
$50
Increase +
Decrease -
1978' vs. 1977
+$20
The decrease in the 1977 current estimate from the 1977 budget request Is the result of a revaluation of costs to conform to
overall Agency travel ceilings, -$26.
The increase in the 1978 estimate is the result of required Inspections of alternations and improvements at EPA facilities, +$20.
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Other services.
$480 $2,125
Current
Estimate
1977
$4,530
Estimate
1978
$500
Increase +•
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
-$4,030
The Increase in the 1977 current estimate ever the 1977 budget request 1s primarily due to the change in the'original amount of
carryover estimated to be available, +2,405,
The decrease in the 1978 estimate is primarily due to a change in the amount of carryover funds available, "$4,030.
CO
ro
-------
Actual
1976
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
Estimate
1978
Supplies and materials.... ,, $7 , $5 $37 $42
The Increase In the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request 1s due to a revaluation of requirements, +$32.
The Increase In the 1978 estimate Is due to an anticipated Increase 1n the costs of supplies and materials, +$5.
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+$5
Equipment.
Actual
1976
$20
Budget
Estimate
1977
Current
Estimate
1977
$150
Estimate
1978
$300
leerease +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
+$150
The Increase 1n the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request 1s due to a reestlmate of new equipment requirements based
on a change In the amount of carryover funds available, +$150.
The Increase 1n the 1978 estimate 1s due to additional and replacement equipment, requirements, +$150.
Lands and structures.
Budget
Actual Estimate
1976 1977
$114
Current
Estimate
1977
$300
Estimate
1978
$250
Increase +
Decrease -
1978 vs. 1977
^$50
The Increase In the 1977 current estimate over the 1977 budget request Is due .to a change in the amount of carryover funds available,
+$300. •
The decrease In the 1978 estimate Is due to nonrecurring costs, -$50.
I
CO
to
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
Page Intentionally Blank
-------
------- |